X Rad Generator

Technical
Publications
sm 2401593--100
Revision 7
Proteus / BRX -- RAD Generator

sm
Service Manual
do not duplicate
WARNING
THIS EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR

UNLESS MEASURES OF PROTECTION ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED
Though this equipment is built to the highest standards of electrical and mechanical safety, the useful radiation
beam becomes a source of danger in the hands of the unauthorized or unqualified operator. Excessive
exposure to radiation causes damage to human tissue.
Therefore, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized or unqualified persons from
operating this equipment or exposing themselves or others to its radiation.
Before operation, persons qualified and authorized to operate this equipment should be familiar with the
Recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological Protection, contained in Annals Number
60 of the ICRP, with applicable National Standards, and should have been trained in use of the equipment.
ENVIRONMENTAL STATEMENT
ON THE LIFE CYCLE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM
This equipment or system contains environmentally dangerous components and materials (such as PCBs,
electronic components, used dielectric oil, lead, batteries etc.) which, once the life-cycle of the equipment or
system comes to an end, becomes dangerous and need to be considered as harmful waste according to the
international, domestic and local regulations.
The manufacturer recommends to contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer or an authorized
waste management company once the life-cycle of the equipment or system comes to an end to remove this
equipment or system.
--- MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ---

WITH RESPECT TO ELECTRIC SHOCK,
FIRE AND MECHANICAL HAZARDS
ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH
UL 60601---1, CAN/CSA C22.2 NO.601.1
<14NN>
GE Healthcare Proteus / BRX -- RAD Generator
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE
1 DEC 28, 2004 First edition.
2 OCT 10, 2005 Anode Starter Configuration and Schematics
3 FEB 06, 2006 New X-ray Tube E7865X
4 OCT 04, 2006 Information update for Capacitor Discharge Generators
5 JUL 10, 2007 Schematics upgrade
6 OCT 22, 2007 Schematics upgrade and Installation of Dosimeter option
7 AUG 08, 2008 General update
This Document is the English original version, edited and supplied by the manufacturer.
ADVISORY SYMBOLS
The following advisory symbols will be used throughout this manual.

Their application and meaning are described below.
DANGERS ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT

IF NOT HEEDED OR AVOIDED WILL CAUSE SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT IF NOT

HEEDED OR AVOIDED COULD CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL
INJURY, OR CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE OF EQUIPMENT OR
DATA.
Advise of conditions or situations that if not heeded or

avoided could cause personal injury or damage to equipment
or data.
Note . Alert readers to pertinent facts and conditions. Notes represent

information that is important to know but which do not necessarily
relate to possible injury or damage to equipment.
3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SAFETY SYMBOLS
The following safety symbols will be used in the equipment.

Their meaning are described below.
Attention, consult accompanying documents.
Ionizing radiation.
Type B equipment.
Dangerous voltage.
Ground.
This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and

electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted
municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please
contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer or
an authorized waste management company for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
4
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
CHAPTER 1 -- INSTALLATION
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.1 Tools and Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1.2 Pre-installation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.3 General Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
2 UNPACKING, MECHANICAL INSTALLATION AND POWER LINE CONNECTION 1-7
2.1 Compact Generators -- Line Powered Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
2.2 Compact-ESM Generators -- Battery Powered Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
2.3 Compact Generators -- Capacitor Discharge Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
2.4 Control Console Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
3 STORAGE CAPACITOR DISCHARGING AND VOLTAGE TEST

FOR CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
4 CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
4.1 Cable Routing inside Generator Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35

4.1.1 General Cable Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
4.1.2 Line Powered Generator with Base Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
4.1.3 Capacitor Discharge Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
4.2 HV Transformer Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
4.3 X-ray Tube Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41

4.3.1 High Voltage Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
4.3.2 Stator Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
4.3.3 Tube Selection Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
4.4 Interconnection Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
4.4.1 Serial Interconnection RS232 / RS422 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
4.4.2 Door Interlock Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
4.4.3 Warning Light Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
4.4.4 Collimator Lamp and System Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
4.4.5 Buckys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
4.4.6 Tomo Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
4.4.7 Ion Chambers (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
5
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
4.5 Radiation Measuring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
4.5.1 Internal Radiation Measuring System for TPC (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
4.5.2 External Radiation Measuring System (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
4.6 X-ray Tube Alignment Safety Kit (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51
5 FINAL INSTALLATION AND CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
5.1 HV Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
5.2 Cable Fastening and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
6 SYSTEM INTERCONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55
6.1 System Interconnection Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55
6.2 System Interconnection Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57
CHAPTER 2A - CONFIGURATION (RAD CONSOLE)
1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-3
1.1 Configuration and Test Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-5

1.1.1 3024SW1 - ATP Console CPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-5
1.1.5 3000SW2 - HT Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-6
1.2 Basic Configuration of Generator Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-7
1.3 AEC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-8
1.4 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-9
2 EXTENDED MEMORY SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-13
2.1 Extended Memory Locations ........................................ 2A-13
2.2 How to Enter and Store Data in the Extended Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-15
2.3 Limit of Maximum Rad kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-16
2.4 Limit of Maximum kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-16
2.5 Extended Memory Locations related to the Capacitor Discharge Generator . 2A-17
6
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
3 X-RAY TUBE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-19
3.1 X-ray Tube Insert Protection Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-19
3.2 Generators with LF-RAC (Low Speed Starter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-20

3.2.1 Stator Voltage and Capacitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-20
3.2.1.1 Configuration for One or Two Tubes with Standard Stator . . 2A-20
3.2.1.2 Configuration for One or Two Tubes with the same
Starting Voltage at 110 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-20
3.2.1.3 Configuration for Two Tubes with different Starting Voltage
at 220 VAC and 110 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-21
3.2.2 Programming of Rotor Acceleration Time and
RAD Filament Setting Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-22
3.3 Generators with LV-DRAC (High Speed Starter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-24
3.3.1 Anode Stator Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-24
3.3.2 Programming of RAD Filament Setting Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-24
3.4 Anode Rotation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-27
3.5 Focal Spots Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-28
4 X-RAY TUBE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-31
CHAPTER 2B - CONFIGURATION (RAD TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE)
1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-3
1.1 Configuration and Test Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-5

1.1.1 3024SW1 - ATP Console CPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-5
1.1.5 3000SW2 - HT Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-6
1.2 Basic Configuration of Generator Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-7
1.3 AEC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-8
1.4 Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-9

1.4.1 Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-11
1.4.2 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-12
7
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
1.4.3 Software Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-15
1.4.3.1 Language Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-15
1.4.3.2 APR Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-17
1.4.3.3 Touch Screen Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-19
1.4.4 GSC Program MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-20
1.5 Exposure Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-22
1.6 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-23
2 EXTENDED MEMORY SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-27
2.1 Extended Memory Locations ........................................ 2B-27
2.2 How to Enter and Store Data in the Extended Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-28
2.3 Limit of Maximum Rad kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-30
2.4 Limit of Maximum kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-30
2.5 X-ray Tube Power Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-31
3 X-RAY TUBE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-33
3.1 X-ray Tube Insert Protection Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-33
3.2 Generators with LF-RAC (Low Speed Starter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-34

3.2.1 Stator Voltage and Capacitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-34
3.2.1.1 Configuration for One or Two Tubes with Standard Stator . . 2B-34
3.2.1.2 Configuration for One or Two Tubes with the same
Starting Voltage at 110 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-34
3.2.1.3 Configuration for Two Tubes with different Starting Voltage
at 220 VAC and 110 VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-35
3.2.2 Programming of Rotor Acceleration Time and
RAD Filament Setting Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-36
3.3 Generators with LV-DRAC (High Speed Starter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-38
3.3.1 Anode Stator Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-38
3.3.2 Programming of RAD Filament Setting Time ..................... 2B-38
3.4 Anode Rotation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-41
3.5 Focal Spots Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-42
4 X-RAY TUBE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-45
8
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
CHAPTER 2C - CONFIGURATION (BRX WHO CONSOLE)
1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-3
1.1 Configuration and Test Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-5

1.1.1 3024SW1 - ATP Console CPU Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-5
1.1.5 3000SW2 - HT Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-6
1.2 Basic Configuration of Generator Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-7
1.3 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-8
2 EXTENDED MEMORY SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-9
2.1 Extended Memory Locations ......................................... 2C- 9
2.2 How to Enter and Store Data in the Extended Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-10
2.3 Limit of Maximum kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-11
3 X-RAY TUBE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-13
3.1 X-ray Tube Insert Protection Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-13
3.2 Programming of Rotor Acceleration Time and RAD Filament Setting Time . . 2C-13
3.3 Anode Rotation Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2C-16
CHAPTER 3A -- CALIBRATION (RAD CONSOLE)
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-3
1.1 Generator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-4

1.1.1 Minimum Current Time Product (mAs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-4
1.1.2 Accuracy of Radiographic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-4
1.1.3 HV Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-4
1.1.4 Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-4
9
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
2 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-5
2.1 Filament Stand-by Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-6
2.2 Exposure Time Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-7
2.3 kV Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-8
2.4 Digital mA Loop Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-11
2.5 Digital mA Loop Open (X-ray Tube Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-14

2.5.1 Auto-calibration of Digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-14
2.5.2 Manual Calibration of Digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-17
2.6 AEC Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-23
2.6.1 Optical Density Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-25
2.6.2 kV Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-29
2.6.3 AEC Optical Density Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-32
2.7 Final Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3A-33
CHAPTER 3B - CALIBRATION (RAD TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE)
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-3
1.1 Generator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-4

1.1.1 Minimum Current Time Product (mAs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-4
1.1.2 Accuracy of Radiographic and Fluoroscopic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . 3B-4
1.1.3 HV Frequency ............................................... 3B-4
1.1.4 Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-4
2 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-5
2.1 Filament Stand-by Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-6
2.2 Exposure Time Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-7
2.3 kV Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-8
2.4 Digital mA Loop Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-13
2.5 Digital mA Loop Open (X-ray Tube Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-18

2.5.1 Auto-calibration of Digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-18
2.5.2 Manual Calibration of digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-23
10
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
2.6 AEC Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-29
2.6.1 Optical Density Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-31
2.6.2 kV Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-35
2.6.3 AEC Optical Density Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-38
2.7 Final Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3B-39
CHAPTER 3C - CALIBRATION (BRX WHO CONSOLE)
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-3
1.1 Generator Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-4

1.1.1 Minimum Current Time Product (mAs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-4
1.1.2 Accuracy of Radiographic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-4
1.1.3 HV Frequency ............................................... 3C-4
1.1.4 Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-4
2 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-5
2.1 Filament Stand-by Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-6
2.2 Exposure Time Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-7
2.3 kV Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-8
2.4 Digital mA Loop Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-11
2.5 Digital mA Loop Open (X-ray Tube Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-14

2.5.1 Auto-calibration of Digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-14
2.5.2 Manual Calibration of Digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-17
2.6 Final Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3C-21
CHAPTER 4 -- LV-DRAC (HSS)
1 CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
1.1 LV-DRAC Status Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
1.2 Self-running Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
2 SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
11
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
CHAPTER 5 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
2 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
2.1 Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
2.2 General Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
2.3 General Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

2.3.1 External Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
2.3.2 Internal Cabinet Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
2.3.3 Internal Touch Screen Console Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
2.4 Cable Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
2.4.1 Ground Cable Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
2.4.2 AC Power Supply in X-ray Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
2.5 Control Console Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
2.5.1 Touch Screen Sensor Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
2.6 HV Transformer Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
2.7 X-ray Tube Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
2.8 Radiographic Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

2.8.1 Test for kV Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
2.8.2 Test for Digital mA Loop Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
2.8.3 Test for Digital mA Loop Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
2.9 AEC Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
2.9.1 Optical Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
2.9.2 kV Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
3 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE RELATED TO BATTERY POWERED GENERATORS 5-19
3.1 Battery Storage Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
3.2 Battery Charger Test and Battery Condition Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

3.2.1 Battery Charger Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
3.2.2 Identifying and Replacing Defective Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
4 PROCEDURES RELATED TO THE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATORS . 5-31
4.1 Storage Capacitor Discharging and Voltage Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
12
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Section Page
CHAPTER 6 - RENEWAL PARTS
CHAPTER 7 -- SCHEMATICS
CHAPTER 8 - DATA BOOK
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
1.1 Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
1.2 Maintenance History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
2 DATA TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
13
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
This page intentionally left blank.
14
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 1
INSTALLATION
1-1
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1-2
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
The Installation process depends on the Generator and System configuration.

Installation must be performed in the order indicated along this document.
Perform only the sections required to install this Generator.
1.1 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT
The following hand tools and products are required for the Installation:
Standard service engineers tool kit.
Electric drill motor and assorted bits.
Silicone Insulating Grease (proofing compound).
Alcohol cleaning agent.
The following test equipment is required for Configuration and Calibration:
Digital Multimeter.
Non-invasive kVp Meter.
Digital mAs Meter.
Calculator.
Only for AEC purposes:
G Sensitometer.
G Densitometer.
G Copper Plates for the Collimator Filter Holder (recommended for

AEC calibration):
2 units of 1 mm thickness,
1 unit of 0.5 mm thickness,
2 units of 0.2 mm thickness,
1 unit of 0.1 mm thickness.
G Instead of Copper Plates it can be used Acrylic Plastic Plates:

6 units of 5 cm. thickness,
5 units of 1cm. thickness.
Only for Tomo purposes:
G Tomophantom tool.
1-3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.2 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECK
Prior to beginning installation, it is recommended to inspect the site and verify

that the X-ray room complies with Pre-installation requirements, such as:
Incoming Line.
Main Switch and Safety Devices.
Conduits.
Space Requirements.
(Refer to Pre-Installation document.)
1.3 GENERAL CAUTIONS
MAKE SURE THAT THE MAIN STORAGE CAPACITORS OF

THE HIGH VOLTAGE INVERTER DO NOT CONTAIN ANY
RESIDUAL CHARGE. WAIT UNTIL THE LIGHT EMITTING
DIODES ON THE CHARGE-DISCHARGE MONITOR BOARDS
ARE OFF, APPROXIMATELY 3 MINUTES AFTER THE UNIT IS
TURNED OFF.
ALWAYS HAVE THE IPM DRIVER BOARD CONNECTED IN

THE GENERATOR PREVIOUS TO MAINS POWER IS
ACTIVATED IN IT. IF THE IPM DRIVER BOARD IS NOT
CONNECTED, PERMANENT DAMAGE WILL OCCUR TO
IGBTS.
TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT TOUCH ANY

HEATSINK OF THE CIRCUIT BOARDS EVEN THE
GENERATOR IS TURNED OFF. PREVIOUS TO
DISASSEMBLE ANY BOARD, REMOVE ALL CONNECTORS
PLUGGED TO IT.
1-4
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
LINE POWERED GENERATOR:

THIS GENERATOR IS PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO THE
POWER LINE, AND POWERED ON UNLESS THE SAFETY
SWITCH INSTALLED IN THE ROOM ELECTRICAL CABINET
IS OFF. WHEN THE GENERATOR IS POWERED, THE NEON
LAMP (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE TRANSFORMER 6T2
(GENERATOR CABINET) IS ON.
INTERNAL PARTS OF THE GENERATOR (ALL FUSES, LINE

CONTACTOR (6K5), INPUT TRANSFORMER (6T2), ON/OFF
RELAY (3K3) AND LF-RAC MODULE) ARE PERMANENTLY
POWERED ON THROUGH POWER LINE ALTHOUGH THE
CONTROL CONSOLE IS OFF. BE SURE THAT THE SAFETY
SWITCH IS OFF BEFORE HANDLING ANY INTERNAL PART
OF THE EQUIPMENT.
BATTERY POWERED GENERATOR:

POWER LINE THROUGH A LINE PLUG.
WHEN IT DOES NOT WORK WITH STAND-ALONE, IT IS

POWERED ON UNLESS THE SAFETY SWITCH INSTALLED IN
THE ROOM ELECTRICAL CABINET IS OFF. WHEN THE UNIT
IS POWERED, THE NEON LAMP (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE
TRANSFORMER 6T2 IS ON.
WHEN IT WORKS WITH OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE IT IS

POWERED ON IN ALL SITUATIONS. WHEN THE UNIT IS
TURNED ON, THE NEON LAMP (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE
KEEP THE PROTECTION COVERS IN PLACE ALL THE TIME,

ONLY REMOVE THE COVERS TO PERFORM SERVICE
OPERATIONS. INTERNAL PARTS (CONTACTOR 6K5, LINE
FUSES, BATTERY CHARGER BOARD, LINE MONITOR
BOARD, BATTERY MONITOR BOARD, ENERGY GUARD
BOARD AND STAND-ALONE BOARD) ARE PERMANENTLY
POWERED ON AND HAVE THE FULL VOLTAGE POTENTIAL
OF THE BATTERIES (APPROX. 400 VDC) ALTHOUGH THE
UNIT IS DISCONNECTED FROM THE LINE OR THE CONTROL
CONSOLE IS OFF. USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING IN THIS
AREA.
1-5
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CAPACITOR ASSISTED GENERATOR:

POWER LINE THROUGH A LINE PLUG. IT IS POWERED ON
UNLESS THE SAFETY SWITCH INSTALLED IN THE ROOM
ELECTRICAL CABINET IS OFF. WHEN THE UNIT IS
POWERED, THE NEON (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE

OPERATIONS. INTERNAL PARTS (CAPACITOR OF HV
INVERTER, STORAGE CAPACITORS MODULE, LINE FUSES,
DC BUS FUSES, ETC.) ARE PERMANENTLY POWERED ON
AND HAVE THE FULL VOLTAGE POTENTIAL OF THE
CAPACITORS (APPROX. 800 VDC), ALTHOUGH THE UNIT IS
DISCONNECTED FROM THE LINE OR THE CONTROL
AREA.
1-6
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 2 UNPACKING, MECHANICAL INSTALLATION

AND POWER LINE CONNECTION
The Generator is shipped in one box to facilitate transport and installation.
Upon receipt of the X-ray unit and associated equipment, inspect all shipping
containers for signs of damage. If damage is found, immediately notify the
carrier or their respective agent.
2.1 COMPACT GENERATORS -- LINE POWERED GENERATORS
1. Open the shipping box. Take out the Control Console, Interconnection
Cables, Cabinet Cover and other furnished parts. Do not discard any
packing material such as envelopes, boxes or bags until all parts are
accounted for as listed on the packing list.
2. Remove the packing material from the pallet.
3. Remove the Generator Cabinet from the shipping pallet and place it near
to its site in the room. At least two people are required for this operation.
4. When the equipment is unpacked, verify that all items on the customer
order are present, and the hardware and internal wiring is secure.
5. Check the part numbers / serial numbers of each component with its
identification labels, and inspect all pieces for visible damage. If any
damaged parts are found, repair or order replacements to prevent
unnecessary delay in installation.
Illustration 1-1
Compact Generators (two versions)
COMPACT GENERATOR FOR ONLY ONE LS TUBE (MINI) COMPACT GENERATOR FOR ONE OR TWO LS/HS TUBES
1-7
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. In some cases due to transport safety requirements, the HV Transformer

is shipped out of the Generator Cabinet. Install the HV Transformer
inside the Cabinet (upper area) and secure it with the respective anchors
or plates, then connect the following cables from the Power Module to the
corresponding terminals on the HV Transformer:
G P2-Shield (2 thin wires), P1 and P3. Connect these cables to the

stud-brass terminals using two wrenches to tighten the nuts (one
to hold the base nut in place and the other to tighten the nut over
the cable) and avoiding twisting the studs. Ensure that the
connection is secure and properly tightened.
G Ground wire to Ground stud.
G Connector J1.
THE HV TRANSFORMER HAS TO BE SECURED WITH ITS

ANCHORS OR PLATES INSIDE THE CABINET. OTHERWISE
P1, P2 AND P3 STUDS MAY BE IN CONTACT WITH THE
CABINET FRAME AND PRODUCE A SHORT-CIRCUIT.
Illustration 1-2
Cable Connections to the HV Transformer
P1
P2--Shield Ground Wire / GND Stud
P3
J1
7. Usually Generator Cabinet stands freestanding. Seismic areas and

other conditions require to make firm the Generator Cabinet to the floor
through the mounting holes on the bottom.
Line Powered Generators are usually provided with an optional Wall

Support and Base Support (for installation refer to steps-8.) except when
the Line Powered Generator is mounted on a carriage and installed
undertable in the Proteus XR/e Rad Room.
For Cabinet installation without Supports follow with step-11.
1-8
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
8. Wall Support and Base Support.
Usually, the Generator Cabinet (Line Powered Generator) can be

assembled over a metallic Base Support (Cable Box) and a Wall Support
at the rear side. The final assembly (Generator + Supports) can be
hanged on the wall (refer to step 9.) or stands freestanding (refer to step
10.).
(Refer to Pre-Installation document for more information.)
Illustration 1-3
Compact Generator with optional Supports
Generator Cabinet
Wall Support
FREESTANDING
Base Support / Cable Box
Generator Cabinet
Wall Support
WALL SUPPORTED
Base Support / Cable Box
1-9
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
9. When the Generator is going to be hanged on the wall, perform a safety

installation of the Wall Support in a resistant wall that can hold the
Generator with the Supports and Cables (keep in mind their weights).
a. Place the Wall Support against the wall and level it.
b. Mark the anchoring holes on the wall. Make sure that the number
of anchoring points is enough to secure firmly the Generator
Cabinet to the wall (minimum four / six anchoring points).
Illustration 1-4
Installation of the Wall Support
Wall Mounting Holes
Wall Support
c. Secure firmly the Support to the wall.
d. Hang on the Generator, at least two people are required.
e. Fix the two screws that joint the rear side of the Cabinet to the Wall
Support.
Illustration 1-5
Installation of the Generator in the Wall Support
Cable Entrance Wall Support Wall Mounting Holes
Hooks and Slots
Joint points for Cabinet -- Wall Support
1-10
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
f. Remove the four Adjustable Leveling Legs from the base of the
Generator Cabinet and re-install them in the Base Support.
g. Assemble the Base Support under the Generator Cabinet and

secure it using four M6x20 screws (supplied). At least two people
are required for this operation. Follow with step-11.
Illustration 1-6
Installation of the Base Support
Generator Cabinet
Joint points for Cabinet -- Base Support
Wall Support
Base Support
10. When the Generator is freestanding, perform the following steps:
a. Remove the four Adjustable Leveling Legs from the Base of the
Generator Cabinet and re-install them in the Base Support.
b. Place the Base Support near to its place in the room. Level the
Base using the Adjustable Leveling Legs. Keep the Base at the
maximum distance from the floor.
Seismic areas and other conditions require to secure firmly the

Generator to the floor through the mounting holes on the bottom
of the Base Support. In this case, place the four spacers (provided)
under the Base and secure them to the floor. Keep the four
Leveling Legs at the same height than the spacers (refer to
Illustration 1-7).
c. Assemble the Wall Support to the Base Support using two M6x20
screws (supplied). Place the Generator Cabinet over the Base
Support and secure it using four M6x20 screws (supplied). At least
two people are required for this operation.(refer to Illustration 1-7).
1-11
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 1-7
Installation of the Generator over the Base Support
Adjustable Leveling Legs
Base Support (Cable Box)
Spacer for using in Seismic Areas
Adjustable Leveling Legs
Joint point for Base Support -- Rear Support
1-12
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
11. Leave a sufficient working area around the equipment that will permit
unhindered movements until its final assembly.
POWER LINE CONNECTION
KEEP IN MIND THE GENERAL CAUTIONS FOR LINE

POWERED GENERATORS INDICATED IN SECTION 1.3.
DO NOT POWER ON THE GENERATOR UNTIL SPECIFICALLY

INSTRUCTED IN THIS SERVICE MANUAL.
12. Verify that the power supply line is OFF in the Room Electrical Cabinet.
Verify that the power line to the Generator is cut when the Emergency
Switch(es) is(are) activated.
13. The power supply line should conform with the Generator model defined
in the Pre-Installation document. Wire sizes indicated in this document
are relative to the power supply line and wire length. Verify that the power
line voltage and phase of the Generator coincides with the one for Room
Electrical Cabinet.
Note . As indicated in Pre-Installation document, from the Room

Electrical Cabinet to the Generator Cabinet 16 mm 2 (AWG 5) may
be used as long as that length does not exceed 6 m (20 ft).
14. Cut the cables to the appropriate length and remove insulation from both
ends of the power and ground wires. Connect them to the respective
terminals in the Room Electrical Cabinet.
1-13
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
15. Route the Power Line Cables to the Ground Terminal and Input Line
Fuses. These cables can be secured to the Fastening Bar of the Cabinet
and routed internally along the rear side of the Cabinet; or they can be
routed through the Round Cable Outlet on the Rear Cover of the Cabinet
(always apply Local Codes for cable routing). (Refer to Illustration 1-8.)
Illustration 1-8
Cable Routing in Compact Generator (Line Powered)
Fastening Bar
Input Transformer 6T2

Power Line Cables
Ground Terminals
Input Line Fuses
OR
Round Cable Entrance

(at the Rear Cover)
Power Line Cables
1-14
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
16. For Single Phase Generator, connect the Power wires L1 and N (L2) to
the Fuse Holders of F3 and F4 (right side of the Cabinet), and the Ground
wire to the Ground stud in the Cabinet Frame (above these fuses or close
to the right side of the HV Transformer).
SINGLE PHASE GENERATORS ARE FACTORY DELIVERED

TO OPERATE ON PHASE AND NEUTRAL. IN CASE OF
CONNECTING THE EQUIPMENT TO A TWO-PHASE LINE,
REPLACE THE NEUTRAL CARTRIDGE WITH THE FUSE
SUPPLIED WITH THE GENERATOR.
17. For Three Phase Generator, connect the Power wires L1, L2 and L3 to
the Fuse Holders of F3, F4 and F5 (right side of the Cabinet), and the
Ground wire to the Ground Studs in the Cabinet Frame (above these
fuses or close to the right side of the HV Transformer).
Illustration 1-9
Power Line connections
Input Transf. 6T2
GND Studs
GND Stud
L1 Input Line
L2 Input Line
L3 Input Line
1-15
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
18. According to the nominal voltage of the line, verify or connect wire :
to the indicated terminal (TB) of Transformer 6T2. This wire is factory
connected to 230 VAC (for 1-Phase) or 400 VAC (for 3-Phase). (Refer
to Schematic 543020XX).
Note . For 220 VAC power line, connect the wire : to the 230 VAC
terminals. For 380 VAC power line, connect the wire : to the
400 VAC terminals.
Illustration 1-10
Connections on Transformer 6T2
6T2 Terminal Strip
6T2
19. After connecting the Power Line Cables, secure them to the Fastening
Bar using cable ties if they are routed over the Fastening Bar, or using
a suitable clamp if they are routed through the Round Cable Outlet on the
Rear Cover of the Cabinet (always apply Local Codes). (Refer to
Illustration 1-8.)
20. Install the Control Console as indicated in Section 2.4.
1-16
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.2 COMPACT-ESM GENERATORS -- BATTERY POWERED GENERATORS
1. Open the shipping box, unpack the Control Console, Interconnection

Cables, Cabinet Cover and other furnished parts. Do not discard any
packing material such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for as listed on the packing list.
2. Remove the packing material from the pallet. One of the laterals is
adapted to be used as a ramp for moving away the Generator.
Illustration 1-11
Compact-ESM Generator (unit with batteries)
Battery Charger PCB HV Transformer
Input Transformer 6T2
Energy Storage Module (ESM)
Anderson Connector 6J10
Battery Trays
1-17
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. Remove both lateral anchoring plates of the Generator Cabinet.

Assemble the ramp to the pallet base. Move the Generator from the
shipping pallet and place it near to its site in the room. At least two people
are required for this operation.
THIS GENERATOR IS VERY HEAVY BECAUSE IT IS SHIPPED

WITH THE BATTERIES INSTALLED. AT LEAST TWO PEOPLE
ARE REQUIRED TO REMOVE THE UNIT FROM THE PALLET.
THE EQUIPMENT IS SHIPPED WITH THE BATTERIES
CHARGED (APPROX. 400 VDC). CAREFULLY HANDLE THE
UNIT DURING ITS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION.
SOME CONNECTORS ARE UNPLUGGED FOR TRANSPORT,

DO NOT PLUG IN THEM UNTIL SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED
TO DO SO IN THIS DOCUMENT.
6. Usually Generator Cabinet stands freestanding. Seismic areas and other

conditions require to make firm the Generator Cabinet to the floor through
the anchoring plates fixed to both lateral sides of the Cabinet.
Illustration 1-12
Anchoring Plates for Compact-ESM Generator
1-18
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
KEEP IN MIND THE GENERAL CAUTIONS FOR BATTERY

DO NOT PLUG THE UNIT INTO THE MAINS SOCKET OR

POWER ON THE GENERATOR UNTIL SPECIFICALLY
INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THIS SERVICE MANUAL.
8. Before connecting the cables, ensure that the power line to the Generator
is cut when the Emergency Switch(es) is(are) activated.
9. Measure the line voltage at the wall socket. The power supply line should
be according to the Pre-Installation document.
10. Obtain a suitable line cord with line plug to conform to local codes and
requirements.
11. Cut the line cord to the appropriate length. Fasten and route the cable
over the top bar of the frame as shown in the Illustration 1-13, using cable
ties (tie-wraps) in the holes provided. The cables should be routed
through the cable entrance of the Front Panel of Module-1 before
connecting the cable to the Terminals in 1TB-1 at the Front Panel. (Refer
to Illustration 1-13.)
12. The Terminal Block 1TB1 is also provided with connections:
G to supply power to a Table or another device (1TB1-Table), so the

whole system (Tables, etc.) can be switched ON/OFF when the
Generator is switched ON/OFF. (refer to Schematics 543020XX).
G to install an optional Emergency Stop Button for isolating the

Batteries and Power Line of the Generator. In this case, remove
the jumpers installed in the Terminals of 1TB1 (8--9, 7--10, 11--12)
and connect the Emergency Stop Button as indicated in
Schematics 543020XX.
The minimum specification for this installation should be:

-- Emergency Stop Button: AC-15 , 240 V, 3 A, Ith 10 A.
-- Cable: 2.5 mm 2 (AWG 14), 600 V.
13. Connections of power supply must be made as indicated below:
LINE VOLTAGE TABLE SUPPLY (WHOLE SYSTEM)
1TB1--1 1TB1--2 1TB1--3 1TB1--4 1TB1--5 1TB1--6
Phase Neutral GND Phase Neutral GND
14. Install the line plug to the other end of the cord.
1-19
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 1-13
Cable Routing in Compact-ESM Generator (Battery Powered Generator)
Cable Ties
Line Terminal in 1TB-1
Power Line Cord
Cable Entrance
Table Terminal Block
Line Terminal Block
Circuit Breaker
1-20
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
15. The equipment is factory set for a 230 VAC input line. Connect cable :
to Transformer 2T1 (close to Battery Charger Board) according to the
nominal voltage of the Line.
Set Jumper in SW1 of Line Monitor Board and connect cable : in

Transformer 6T2 (right side of Cabinet), as indicated below.
POWER SUPPLY LINE (NOMINAL VOLTAGE)
Stand-Alone 230 VAC

110 VAC 208 VAC 240 VAC
option (or 220 VAC)
Cable-: in
TB-3 or TB-8 TB-3 or TB-8 TB-21 TB-4 or TB-5 TB-6 or TB-7
Transformer 6T2
Jumper in Set according to SW1-5 with SW1-5 with SW1-5 with SW1-5 with
SW1 Line Monitor Power Supply Line SW1-4 SW1-3 SW1-2 SW1-1
Illustration 1-14
Connections according to Nominal Voltage
6T2 Terminal Strip Plastic Covers Charger Board
6T2
Line Monitor Board
SW1 J1
SW1 Jumper T1 Terminal Strip
SW1
2T1
1-21
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
16. For safety purpose, the following connectors are unplugged during
shipping:
G Remove the Protective Cover of the Battery Charger Board and

carefully plug Connector J1 into the Battery Charger Board.
Re-install the Protective Cover.
G Carefully plug the Anderson Connector 6J10 at the right side of the
Cabinet.
WHEN THESE CONNECTORS ARE PLUGGED, FULL

BATTERY VOLTAGE IS PRESENT ON THE TERMINALS OF
CONTACTOR 6K5 AND ON THE BATTERY CHARGER
BOARD, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE LINE PLUG IS
CONNECTED OR NOT. WHEN THE LINE PLUG IS
CONNECTED, THE BATTERIES ARE SUBJECT TO
VOLTAGES PRODUCED BY THE CHARGER BOARD.
Illustration 1-15
Connections of J1 on Battery Charger and Anderson 6J10
J1 Connector on Battery Charger
J1
J1
Connector 6J10
1-22
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
17. With Cabinet Cover close to the Cabinet, connect the Line and Battery
lamp wires from the Cabinet cover to the respective Molex connectors on
the top of the Cabinet (remove the wire tie-wrap).
18. Plug the Generator to the line socket and turn ON the Circuit Breaker.
Visually check that:
G Line and Batteries Lamps (on the Cabinet cover) are lit.
G LED CHECK (yellow) is flashing on the Line Monitor Board

(2A3). The MAX and MIN LEDs (red) on the Line Monitor Board
should be off.
Perform the Line Monitor Board Adjustment:

-- Note the Nominal Line Voltage configured with SW1 at the Line
Monitor Board.
-- Measure and note the Power Line Voltage with a Digitalmeter
in the mains socket.
-- Adjust VDC on TP2 (positive) and TP1 (negative) with POT1 at
the Line Monitor Board as per the following formula:
V mains V (mains:220V)
2.5 = V TP2 Example: 2.5 = V TP2(2.4VDC)
V nominal V (nominal:230V)
V mains is the line voltage obtained in the mains socket.

V nominal is the nominal voltage configured with SW1.
G All of the green LEDs and LED DS1 are lit on the Battery Charger
Board.
LED DS1
Connector J1
Row of Green LEDs
Charger Board
1-23
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
19. Turn Off the Circuit Breaker and unplug the Generator from the mains
socket. Observe the Line Lamp is switch off.
2.3 COMPACT GENERATORS -- CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATORS
1. Open the shipping box, then move away the Control Console,
Interconnection Cables, Cabinet Cover and other furnished parts. Do not
discard any packing material such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all
parts are accounted for as listed on the packing list.
2. Remove the packing material from the pallet.
3. Remove the Generator Cabinet from the shipping pallet and place it near
to its site in the room. At least two people are required for this operation.
Illustration 1-16
Capacitor Discharge Generator
Capacitors Module
1-24
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. In some cases due to transport safety requirements, the HV Transformer

is shipped out of the Generator Cabinet. Install the HV Transformer
inside the Cabinet (upper area) and secure it with the respective anchors
or plates, then connect the following cables from the Power Module to the
corresponding terminals on the HV Transformer:
G P2-Shield (2 thin wires), P1 and P3. Take care to connect these

cables to the stud-brass terminals, use two wrenches to tighten the
nuts and avoid twisting the studs.
G Ground wire to Ground stud.
G Connector J1.
THE HV TRANSFORMER HAS TO BE SECURED WITH ITS

ANCHORS OR PLATES INSIDE THE CABINET. OTHERWISE
P1, P2 AND P3 STUDS MAY BE IN CONTACT WITH THE
CABINET FRAME AND PRODUCE A SHORT-CIRCUIT.
Illustration 1-17
Cable Connections to the HV Transformer
P1
P2--Shield Ground Wire / GND Stud
P3
J1
7. Usually Generator Cabinet stands freestanding. Seismic areas and

other conditions require to make firm the Generator Cabinet to the floor
through the mounting holes on the bottom.
1-25
REV 7 sm 2401593--100

DO NOT PLUG THE UNIT INTO THE MAINS SOCKET OR

POWER ON THE GENERATOR UNTIL SPECIFICALLY
INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THIS SERVICE MANUAL.
9. Line Cord have to be fastened and routed over the Fastening Bar and
Cabinet Frame as illustrated below, before connecting the cable to the
Line Terminals (L1 and L2/N) in Fuses 8F1 and 8F2.
Illustration 1-18
Cable Routing
Cable Outlet (rear side)
Power Line Cord in Capacitors Generator
Cable Ties
Input Line Fuses
10. Before connecting the cables, check that an Emergency Switch has been
connected to Room Electrical Cabinet so that it cuts the power to the
Generator when it is off.
11. Measure the line voltage at the wall socket. Obtain a suitable line cord
and plug to conform to local codes and requirements. The power supply
line should be according to the Pre-Installation document.
12. Cut the line cord to the appropriate length, route and connect it to the Line
Terminals (L1 and L2/N) of Fuses 8F1 and 8F2, and the Ground wire to
the Ground Stud close to these fuses. (Refer to Schematics 54302020).
1-26
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
13. Connections of Power Line wires must be made as indicated below:
INPUT LINE VOLTAGE
1 Phase + Neutral 2 Phases
L1--Phase Neutral Ground L1--Phase L2--Phase Ground
L1 (8F1) N (8F2) GND Stud L1 (8F1) L2 (8F2) GND Stud
THE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATOR IS FACTORY

DELIVERED TO OPERATE ON PHASE AND NEUTRAL. IN
CASE OF CONNECTING THE UNIT TO A TWO PHASES LINE,
REPLACE NEUTRAL CARTRIDGE BY THE FUSE SUPPLIED
WITH THE GENERATOR.
14. Install the line plug to the other end of the cord.
Illustration 1-19
Power Line Connection
Extra fuse for 2 Phases Line Power Line Cord
Cable Ties
GND Stud
L1 (8F1)
Neutral or L2 (8F2)
Input Line Fuses
1-27
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
15. According to the Room Circuit Breaker (Magnetothermic), set the

Jumper at the Capacitor Charger Board (A3517-xx) to the indicated
position. This Jumper is factory set at JU2 for a 20 Amps Circuit Breaker.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
JUMPER POSITION
(MAGNETOTHERMIC)
8 Amps JU6
10 Amps JU5
12.5 Amps JU4
16 Amps JU3
20 Amps JU2
Illustration 1-20
Jumper Setting at Capacitor Charger Board
Note . The voltage of the Line is automatically selected by the Power Line
Selector Board every time the unit is plug into line and switched on.
16. Re-install the plastic covers over the Input Line Fuses and Capacitor
Charger Board.
DO NOT PLUG THE UNIT INTO THE MAINS SOCKET UNTIL

SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED IN THIS SERVICE MANUAL.
17. Secure the Power Line Cables to the Fastening Bar using cable ties after
connections are completed.
1-28
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.4 CONTROL CONSOLE INSTALLATION
1. Control Console can be freestanding, wall supported or mounted on an

optional Pedestal. Console is provided with a several mounting holes on
the bottom for anchoring to the Pedestal or another support.
Console CPU Boards and AEC Control Board can be located inside the
Console (RAD Console) or inside the Generator Cabinet (Serial
Communication -- RAD Touch Screen Console or BRX-WHO Console).
2. When a Pedestal is used, secure the Pedestal to the floor through the
anchoring holes on its base and place the cover base. Assemble the
Console to the Pedestal through the mounting holes on the bottom of the
Console.
3. When the Console is wall supported, secure the support to the wall and
assemble the Console to the support through the mounting holes on the
bottom of the Console.
1-29
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1-30
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 3 STORAGE CAPACITOR DISCHARGING AND

VOLTAGE TEST FOR CAPACITOR
DISCHARGE GENERATORS
PERFORM THIS PROCEDURE BEFORE MANIPULATING

INSIDE THE CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATOR FOR
SERVICE.
CAREFULLY HANDLE ALL INTERNAL PARTS OF THE

EQUIPMENT, ESPECIALLY PARTS UNDER COVERS.
DANGEROUS DC VOLTAGE IS PRESENT IN THE UNIT EVEN
IF IT IS UNPLUGGED FROM THE AC LINE.
NEVER TOUCH METAL PARTS UNDER COVERS BEFORE

TESTING THAT VOLTAGE IS BELOW 10 VDC.
KEEP IN MIND THE GENERAL CAUTIONS FOR CAPACITOR

DISCHARGE GENERATORS INDICATED IN SECTION 2.3.
1. With the Generator turned OFF, be sure that the Power Supply Cable is
unplugged from the Mains socket.
2. Remove the Generator cover.
3. Carefully remove the Protection Cover over the Capacitor Charger Board
(A3517--xx). DO NOT TOUCH ANY METAL PART UNDER COVERS
UNTIL THE CAPACITORS ARE FULLY DISCHARGED AFTER THIS
PROCEDURE.
1-31
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. Resistor 8R1 (1K5 ohms, 250 W) is assembles close to the Capacitor

Charger Board to allow Capacitor discharging. Connector J4 (from this
resistor) must be disconnected for normal operation of the Unit and
MUST ONLY BE CONNECTED to J4 of the Capacitor Charger Board for
the Capacitor discharging process.
5. Plug Connector J4 into the Capacitor Charging Board. Check that LEDs
D48 and D49 of this Board are blinking. When the Capacitors are fully
discharged, both LEDs will be OFF.
Capacitors will be discharged from 800 VDC (fully charged) to 10 VDC

in approximately 5 minutes.
Illustration 1-21
Connection of J4 for Capacitor Discharging
LEDs D48 & D49
Connector J4 (PCB Connector)
Capacitors Charging Board
Connector J4 (Aerial Connector)
Resistor 8R1
1-32
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Check that the voltage stored in Capacitors is < 10 VDC (maximum

voltage for a safe service manipulation). It is recommended that voltage
be close to 0 VDC. Check that LEDs D48 and D49 are OFF, and then
measure the voltage at the base of Fuses 8F3 and 8F4.
DO NOT MANIPULATE INSIDE THE UNIT WITHOUT

CHECKING THAT THE VOLTAGE IN THE CAPACITORS
MODULE HAS BEEN DISCHARGED (LESS THAN 10 VDC).
Illustration 1-22
Checking voltage
Check that voltage on 8F3 and 8F4 is > 10 VDC
Note . Storage Capacitors are fully charged four seconds after turning
the Generator ON (for a line of 230 VAC with selection of 20 A in
the Generator, or maximum 40 seconds for a line of 110 VAC with
selection of 8 A in the Generator).
1-33
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1-34
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 4 CABLE CONNECTIONS
This section provides the information necessary to connect the Generator

Cables with the system and options.
Note . For more information about electrical requirements and cable

connections, refer to Pre-Installation document and Section 6
System Interconnections at the end of this document.
Note . Identification of some terminal connections (TB, TS), boards, etc...

along this document (text and schematics) may have a prefix
number which indicates the module number in the equipment.
(a.e. TS2 as 4TS2, 10TS2 or 11TS2).
Some safety devices such as Safety Switch / Emergency Switch, Warning

Light, and Door Interlock Switch are supplied and installed by the customer.
Verify that safety devices have been properly installed and routed during the
Pre-Installation procedure.
4.1 CABLE ROUTING INSIDE GENERATOR CABINET
4.1.1 GENERAL CABLE ROUTING
1. Previous to cable connections inside the Generator Cabinet, cables have

to be first connected to the each Device (Tables, Buckys, etc.) and routed
through the raceways. Remove the ferrite blocks of the cables (factory
clamped) when it is required to carry out a correct routing, then re-install
again the ferrite blocks at the same place around cables.
2. Inside the Generator Cabinet, all cables have to be routed over the
Fastening Bar (upper rear bar) of Cabinet Frame. Keep in mind the Cable
Outlet at the rear side of Cabinet Cover.
1-35
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 1-23
Cable Routing in Compact Generator (Line Powered)
Fastening Bar
Stator & Interconnections

Cables Outlet (rear side)
Cable Ties

Cables Entrance
Cable Ties
Fastening Bar
Input Transformer
Power Line Cables
Ground Terminals HV Cables
Input Line Fuses Stator & Interconnections Cables
Power Line
Cable Entrance
Input Transformer

Cable Entrance
Power Line Cable Entrance
Input Line Fuses
1-36
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. For Generators with the Low Speed Starter located behind the Front
Panel (Module 4), Stator and Interconnections Cables have to be routed
internally through the Cabinet close to the Input Transformer.
4. For Generators with the Low or High Speed Starter located on a shelf
(Module 10 or 11), Stator and Interconnections Cables have to be routed
internally through the Cabinet close to the HV Transformer.
In order to avoid signal interferences, it is strongly

recommended to fold and fasten close to Generator Cabinet
the portion of cables not routed (see picture below). Never
wrap in circles.
YES NO
5. Connect all cables as indicated along Section 4 Cable Connections.
6. Secure all cables to the Fastening Bar using cable ties after all cable /
wire connections are completed.
1-37
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.1.2 LINE POWERED GENERATOR WITH BASE SUPPORT

2. Cables can enter into the Generator through the Cable Outlet on the
upper side of the Wall Support or through the Cable Outlet at the rear side
of the Base Support (according to the raceway position in the room and
Local Codes). The non used Cable Outlet has to be closed with the cover
supplied. (Refer to Illustration 1-24).
3. Route each cable through the Base Support and take out each one to fold
and fasten individually the remaining portion of cable that is non used for
Generator connections. (Refer to Illustration 1-24).
4. Then, route the other end of the cable through both Supports and over
the Fastening Bar (upper rear bar) of Cabinet Frame on the area given
by the Cable Outlet at the rear side of Cabinet Cover.
5. All the cables should be put into the Base Support. Install the Front Cover
of the Base Support.

recommended to fold and fasten the remaining portion of
cables as indicated in Illustration 1-24, before putting them in
the Base Support. Never wrap them in circles.
1-38
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 1-24
Cable Routing and Outlets
Fastening Bar Upper Cables Outlet Fastening Bar
Generator Cover Generator Cover
Wall Support
Wall Support
Cabinet Frame YES NO Cabinet Frame
Tie--wraps Tie--wraps
Base Support Base Support
Lower Cables Outlet
INTERNAL CABLE ROUTING INTERNAL CABLE ROUTING

FROM UPPER CABLES OUTLET FROM LOWER CABLES OUTLET
Cables Entrance (upper side of Wall Support
Cables Routing from Cabinet

to Base Support (rear view)
Cables Outlet (rear side of Cabinet Cover)
1-39
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.1.3 CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATOR

2. All cables have to be routed over the Fastening Bar (upper rear bar) of
Cabinet Frame. Be in mind the Cable Outlet at the rear side of Cabinet
Cover. Stator and Interconnection Cables have to be routed internally
through the Cabinet close to the Input Transformer.
Illustration 1-25
Cable Outlet
Cable Outlet (rear side)

recommended to fold and fasten the remaining portion of
cables as indicated in Illustration 1-24, before putting them in
the Base Support. Never wrap them in circles.
1-40
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.2 HV TRANSFORMER CONNECTION
FOR GENERATORS WITH A HV TRANSFORMER WITH

DOUBLE X-RAY TUBE RECEPTACLES (ANODE / CATHODE
TO CONNECT TWO TUBES), CONNECTIONS OF THE
FILAMENT LEADS FIL-1 RTN (J4-15) AND FIL-2 RTN
(J4-16) ON THE INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD HAVE BEEN
INVERTED. THESE CONNECTIONS ARE MADE IN THE
FACTORY. (REFER TO SCHEMATIC 543020XX).
4.3 X-RAY TUBE CONNECTION
4.3.1 HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES
The Terminal Pins of the High Voltage cables are extremely

delicate and easily damaged. They therefore must be handled
carefully. Make sure that they are straight and that the splits
in the pins are open (parallel to the sides).
Anode and Cathode cables are furnished according to the room layout (length
of the cables).
1. Assemble the mounting accessories of each Termination Plug following

the Cable manufacturers instructions.
Do not install he Silicone Washer supplied with the

HV Cables.
2. Prepare the High Voltage terminals that will be installed in the X-ray
Tube(s) receptacles. Apply Silicone Paste over the entire surface of the
Plug including the Pins.
3. Carefully connect the Anode and Cathode cables from the HV

Transformer into the respective X-ray Tube(s) receptacles. Insure that all
connections are made correctly, maintaining correct Anode and Cathode
orientation. Tighten the cable nuts securely.
4. Put approximately 1 cm (0.5) of HV Oil (Shell Diala Oil) in the HV

Transformer receptacles.
5. Carefully connect the Anode and Cathode cables from the X-ray Tube(s)
into the respective HV Transformer receptacles. Insure that all
connections are made correctly, maintaining correct Anode and Cathode
orientation. Tighten the cable nuts securely.
1-41
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.3.2 STATOR CABLE
Route the Stator cable together with the HV cables to the Generator Cabinet.
Connect the Stator cable terminals to the indicated Terminal Block TS2:
TERMINAL TS2
STATOR WIRES
TUBE-1 TUBE-2
MAIN TS2-1 TS2-9
AUX (Shift) TS2-2 TS2-10
COMMON TS2-3 TS2-11
Note . Terminal Block TS2 can be marked with a prefix number as 4TS2,
10TS2 or 11TS2 depending on the Generator model.
MAKE SURE THAT STATOR WIRES ARE PROPERLY

CONNECTED. BEFORE MAKING ANY EXPOSURE, CHECK
THAT THE ANODE ROTATES CORRECTLY.
IN GENERATORS EQUIPPED WITH LV-DRAC, THE LV-DRAC

OUTPUT CAN BE AS HIGH AS 1000 VRMS. FOR SAFETY
REASONS (TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCKS), THE STATOR
CABLE MUST BE SHIELDED AND BOTH ENDS OF THE
SHIELD HAVE TO BE CONNECTED TO GROUND.
DUE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI)

PROBLEMS, THE IGBTS HEATSINK IS NOT GROUNDED, IT
IS CONNECTED TO THE NEGATIVE TERMINAL OF THE
DC- BUS. TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK, BE SURE THAT THE
INPUT LINE IS DISCONNECTED AND THE CAPACITOR BANK
PROPERLY DISCHARGED, BEFORE MANIPULATE IN THE
LV-DRAC.
1-42
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
THERMOSTAT OR PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
If the X-ray Tube is provided with a Safety Thermostat (approx. 65oC) or

Pressure Switch (must be NC Contact), the two wires should be routed to the
Terminal Block TS2 in the Generator Cabinet and connected to the following
Terminals.
In the case that the X-ray Tube is provided with a Safety Thermostat (approx.
65oC) and a Pressure Switch (both must be NC Contacts), connect them in
series before routing and connecting both wire-ends to the respective Terminals
in TS2.
THERMOSTAT WIRES TUBE-1 TUBE-2
THERMOSTAT SIGNAL TS2-4 TS2-12
THERMOSTAT COMMON TS2-5 TS2-13
Note . Terminal Block TS2 can be marked with a prefix number as 4TS2,
10TS2 or 11TS2 depending on the Generator model.
If an X-ray Tube is not provided with Thermostat signal, jump both connections
in the Terminal Block TS2.
GND AND/OR SHIELD
For Compact Generators (for only one LS Tube) with the Starter LF-RAC
located behind the Front Panel (module-4), connect the GND and/or Shield wire
of the Stator cable to the Terminal 4TS2-6.
For Compact Generators (for one or two LS Tubes) with the Starter LF-RAC
located on a shelf at the bottom of the Generator (module-10), connect the GND
and/or Shield wire of the Stator cables to the Terminals 10TS2-8 and/or
10TS2-16.
For Compact Generators (for one or two HS Tubes) with the Starter LV-DRAC
located on a shelf at the bottom of the Generator (module-11), connect the GND
and/or Shield wire of the Stator cables to the Terminals 11TS2-8 for Tube-1 and
11TS2-16 for Tube-2.
4.3.3 TUBE SELECTION SIGNALS
Note . This section only can apply to Generators with two X-ray Tubes.
The Tube Selection signals are available through two contacts free of voltage
located on the starter.
TUBE-1 SELECTION TUBE-2 SELECTION SELECTION COMMON
on the LF-RAC PCB J1-10 J1-11 J1-12
11KT1-83 and 11KT1-71

on the LV-DRAC Module 11KT1-84 11KT1-72
(connect both)
1-43
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.4 INTERCONNECTION CABLES
This section identifies the cables and runs needed for Generator and System
Interconnection. Route and connect the interconnection cables from each
component installed in the system to the Generator Cabinet as indicated in
Illustration 1-26 and Section 6.2 -- Interconnection Maps 543010XX.
Interconnection cables should not be routed into the same

conduit or cable raceway that the Power or High Voltage
cables are located.
Illustration 1-26
Interconnection Cables
GENERATOR CABINET
ATP CONSOLE CPU
POWER CABLE (factory supplied)

J1 J2
COMMUNICATION CABLE (factory supplied)
J3 J3
SERIAL COMMUNICATION (factory supplied) SERIAL COMMUNICATION
J14 J5
J7 or J8 ROOM DOOR CABLE

(customer supplied)
J15 HANDSWITCH (optional) TS1
(factory supplied) ROOM LIGHT CABLE
(customer supplied)
INTERFACE CABLE (factory supplied) CABLES FROM BUCKY 1 & 2

J2 TS1 (ONLY FOR SYSTEMS WITH 1 OR 2 BUCKY)
(field supplied)
TS2 STATOR, FAN & THERMOSTAT FROM TUBES

(field supplied)
TS3
AEC INTERFACE CABLE (factory supplied) COMPATIBILITIES ION CHAMBERS,

J5 ADAPTATIONS BUCKY 3 & 4, IMAGE SYSTEMS
(customer supplied)
CAPACITOR CHARGER CABLE (factory supplied)
J13 J4 (or 6J6)
(Only with Capacitor Discharge Generator)
TOMO INTERFACE CABLE (factory supplied) POWER LINE & GND FOR
J13
(Only with Tomography option) L1 / L2 / L3 / N / GND LINE POWERED GENERATORS
or CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATORS
TOMO
TABLE (customer supplied)
POWER LINE & GND FOR

1TB1 BATTERIES POWERED GENERATORS
GND CABLES (factory supplied) (customer supplied)
Note . Consoles with Serial Communication (RAD Touch Screen

Console or BRX-WHO Console): Console CPUs are located
inside the Generator Cabinet and Interconnections are factory
made. Only one cable (serial communication) from J5 of the
Generator Cabinet should be connected to the Console.
1-44
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.4.1 SERIAL INTERCONNECTION RS232 / RS422
SERIAL CONSOLE
For systems using a Serial Console, only a Serial Interconnection Cable

(A7066--xx) from J5 of the Generator Cabinet must be connected to the J1 of
the Serial Console. (Refer to Section 6.2 -- Maps 54301052, A6188--03).
TOUCH SCREEN PC (TPC)
For systems using a TPC, perform the following connections:
(Refer to Section 6.2 -- Maps 54301052, A6188--03).
1. Connect the AC Supply Cable (A7059--xx) from AC Supply connector

of the TPC to the respective terminals in TS1 of the Generator Cabinet.
2. Connect the Serial Interconnection Cable (A7067--xxx) from COM1

(Generator) of the TPC to J5 of the Generator Cabinet.
3. Connect the Handswitch Cable to the Handswitch connector of the TPC.
4. The TPC includes extra connectors for optional connections of a Printer,

Dosemeter, Laptop, Mouse or/and Keyboard. Connect them as indicated
in illustration below. In some cases, these communication ports are use
to interface the TPC with a Image System (refer also to Configuration
document in the Service Manual).
GENERATOR TPC
HANDSWITCH
HANDSWITCH
AC SUPPLY CABLE (A7059--xx)

TS1 AC SUPPLY
SERIAL CABLE (A7067--xx )

J5 COM 1 (GENERATOR)
COM 2 TOUCH SCREEN
COM 3 OPTIONAL PRINTER (SERIAL)
COM 4 LAPTOP
M (MOUSE) OPTIONAL MOUSE
KB (KEYBOARD) OPTIONAL KEYBOARD
1-45
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.4.2 DOOR INTERLOCK SIGNAL
Connect two wires from the Room Door Interlock Switch(es) to Terminal Block
3TS1-22 (Door signal) and 3TS1-23 (Door Rtn - gnd). If the X-ray Room is not
provided with Door signal, place a jumper between both connections in the
Terminal Block 3TS1.
At this point, proceed to perform the complete Configuration

and the Calibration procedures except the AEC. Once
Configuration and Calibration tasks are performed, proceed
with the rest of the Installation and Calibration.
4.4.3 WARNING LIGHT SIGNAL
Room Lamp(s) can be externally powered or internally through the Terminal

Block 3TS1. Room Lamp(s) must be connected through the Terminal Block
3TS1-47 and 3TS1-48 (internal relay on Interface Control PCB), so the
Generator switches on/off the lamps. (Refer to Section 6.2 -- I/F-008).
4.4.4 COLLIMATOR LAMP AND SYSTEM LOCKS
The Generator can supply power to the Manual Collimator Lamp and System
Locks (Table, Vertical Bucky, etc.)
Connect wires from the Collimator Lamp to Terminal Block TB7-3 (24 VAC) and
TB7-4 (0 VAC) of the Lock Board.
Connect wires from the Locks to Terminal Block TB7-5 (+24 VDC) and TB7-6
(0 VDC) of the Lock Board.
Lock Board
Note . When required, voltages (VAC and VDC) on TB7 can be changed
by connecting their respective wires to the other available
terminals on the Input Transformer 6T2. (Refer to Schematics
543020XX).
1-46
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.4.5 BUCKYS
Connect the Bucky as indicated in the Section 6.2 System Interconnection

Maps -- Buckys, and test them before connecting the Ion Chambers.
For Proteus and BRX systems, the Bucky Start signal enters the Bucky
through an optocoupler, so it is not needed to add R2-C2 for the Bucky to
prevent noises.
The following table represents the standard Bucky cable connections:
SYSTEM CABLE FROM BUCKY IS CONNECTED TO
Terminal Block 3TS1 of the Generator Cabinet

Systems with 1 or 2 Bucky
(Refer to Section 6.2 -- Bucky)
Terminal Block TB2 of the optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board,

Systems with 3 or 4 Bucky located in the Generator Cabinet
(Refer to Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board and Section 6.2 -- Buckys).
Terminal Block TB1 of the optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board,

The Bucky of a RAD only Table with Tomo Device located in the Generator Cabinet
(Refer to Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board and Section 6.2 -- Buckys).
Note . Optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board is required to install

more than two Buckys in the System. (Refer to the Tomo / Bucky
Adaptation Board and the Manual for the Bucky).
4.4.6 TOMO DEVICE
Note . Refer to Service Manual of Proteus XRi Rad Room for

connections.
1-47
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.4.7 ION CHAMBERS (OPTIONAL)
Connection of Ion Chambers always requires AEC Control Board (A3012-XX)

installed on the Console CPU. The optional AEC Adaptation Board
(A3263-03) is also required except for Systems with only one Vacutec Ion
Chamber type. (Refer to the Ion Chamber Service Manuals).
Systems with only one Vacutec Ion Chamber type:
In this case, connect the Ion Chamber cable to the Terminal Block 3TS1 of the
Generator Cabinet and Connector J5 of the Console CPU, as indicated in
Section 6.2 -- AEC / Ion Chambers.
Systems that require the optional AEC Adaptation Board:
For Systems with more than one Vacutec Ion Chamber, perform the following
tasks in the order described:
1. Connect each Ion Chamber cable to J1 (IC1), J2 (IC2), J3 (IC3) or J5

(IC4) of the AEC Adaptation Board. If Ion Chamber cable is supplied by
the Generator manufacturer its code is A3253--01.
Note . Same type of Ion Chambers have to be installed in consecutive

order starting at J1 (IC1).
Illustration 1-27
Four Ion Chamber Connection
* Connections without IC Adaptation Cables

GENERATOR
AEC ADAPTATION BOARD
(A3263--03)
ION CHAMBER Cable
J1 IC 1 PREAMPLIFIER
POWER INTERFACE Cable
TS1 TB1
ION CHAMBER Cable
ATP CONSOLE BOARD

J5 ION CHAMBER Cable
AEC INTERFACE Cable ION CHAMBER Cable

J4 J5 IC 4 PREAMPLIFIER
1-48
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2. Check that Jumpers from JP1 to JP8 and from JP13 to JP16 are set in
position B.
3. Vacutec Ion Chamber requires that the signals for the Area Selections
and AEC Reset have to be referenced to GND (TB1-10). This reference
voltage is factory connected to TB1-7 Relay 1.
4. Check that Jumpers from JP9 to JP12 are set in position A.
5. Connect the AEC Interface cable (A3251--01) between Connector J5 of

the ATP Console CPU Board and Connector J4 of the AEC Adaptation
Board.
4.5 RADIATION MEASURING SYSTEM
4.5.1 INTERNAL RADIATION MEASURING SYSTEM FOR TPC (OPTIONAL)
The Radiation Measuring System consists of an Ionization Chamber installed

beneath the Collimator, a Counter Unit and a Radiation Meter Board installed
into the Generator Cabinet.
Installation of the Radiation Measuring System must be made

with all power supplies turned off. The System is factory
calibrated and tested.
Note . Verify that the size and characteristics of the supplied Ionization
Chamber is suitable into the rails-guide located beneath the
Collimator base (147 x 168 or 177 x 178 mm).
1. Unpack the system and check that all components are present and that
they do not present any damage.
2. Insert the Ionization Chamber in the Collimator rails-guide.
1-49
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. Connect the following cables as indicated in schematic A9447--05/06

(Refer to Section 6.2):
a. Connect each Ion Chamber cable to the respective contact points

at RS232 (IC1 or IC2) in the Generator Cabinet.
b. Connect or verify that the Radiation Meter cable (A7264-03) is

properly connected at terminals IC1 / IC2 and the Radiation Meter
Board as indicated in the next table.
WIRE-1 IN CONNECTOR J1 OF
GENERATOR CONFIGURATION ION CHAMBER IN TUBE-1 ION CHAMBER IN TUBE-2 THE RADIATION METER
BOARD (A3170--01)
One Tube for RAD only Cable A7264-03 connect to P2 -- J1-1 Inserted
Two Tubes for RAD only Cable A7264-03 connect to P2 Cable A7264-03 connect to P1 J1-1 Inserted
Two Tubes but only using the

Cable A7264-03 connect to P2 -- J1-1 removed and isolated
Radiation Measuring System for Tube-1
Two Tubes but only using the

-- Cable A7264-03 connect to P2 J1-1 removed and isolated
Radiation Measuring System for Tube-2
c. Connect the Radiation Meter Control cable (A7657--01) between

P3 of the Radiation Meter Board and COM4 of the TPC.
d. Connect the TPC--Printer cable (A7038--01) between COM3 of the

TPC and the Printer.
4.5.2 EXTERNAL RADIATION MEASURING SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
External Radiation Measuring System does not require any connection to the
Generator or Console. Operation and installation instructions for this option are
included with the External Radiation Measuring System.
1-50
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4.6 X-RAY TUBE ALIGNMENT SAFETY KIT (OPTIONAL)
Note . This optional X-ray Tube Alignment Safety Kit only can be
installed in the Proteus Rad Rooms.
The object of this kit is to provide a safety Alignment device to the Radiographic
System that inhibits the X-ray exposure in case the Workstation selected by the
Operator is not the Workstation (Table or Wall Stand) to which the X-ray Tube
is aligned.
1. Loosen the nuts that fix the Control Console to the Column.
2. Insert the Support of the Alignment Module between the Console and the
Tube, then tighten the two nuts.
NUTS
SUPPORT
3. Open the Alignment Module and set Jumper JP1 or JP2 according to the
position of the Wall Stand with respect to the Tube Stand (JP1 inserted
for left position or JP2 inserted for right position).
JUMPER JP1 JUMPER JP2
1-51
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. Place the Cover of the Alignment Module and secure it to the Support.
Route the Alignment Cable (A7305--06) along with the HV Cables to the
Generator.
ALIGNMENT CABLE (A7305--06)
5. If the kit is only for One-Tube.
Check / connect to Terminal Strip TS3 the wires of the Alignment Cable
(A7305--06).
(Refer to schematic 54301092 sheet 1 or 2).
6. If the kit is for Two-Tubes.
The Double-Tube Safety Adapter Board (A9509--01) has to be factory

installed in the Generator Cabinet. Check / connect the wires of the
Alignment Cables (A7305--06) to this board.
(Refer to schematic 54301093).
1-52
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 5 FINAL INSTALLATION AND CHECKS
5.1 HV TRANSFORMER
This point does not apply to the hermetic HV Transformers

(black aluminium HV Transformers).
Ventilation Screw
The HV Transformer contains Shell Diala AX oil. Check that there is no oil
leakage. If leakage is found, remove the oil fill plug from the top of the HV
Transformer and verify that the oil level is within 20 mm (3/4) from the top of
the HV Transformer. Add Shell Diala AX oil if necessary.
Unscrew the Ventilation Screw from the top of the HV Transformer.
5.2 CABLE FASTENING AND COVERS
Note . Before re-install all cabinet covers, perform the rest of the
Calibration procedures (AEC) if required.
Check that all electrical connections are firm and secure, and all cables are
correctly routed. (Refer to Section 4.1)

recommended to fold and fasten close to Generator Cabinet
the portion of cables not routed (see picture below). Never
wrap in circles.
YES NO
Re-install the Cabinet covers and connect its internal ground wires. Power line,
High Voltage and Interconnections cables must go through the cover cable
outlet.
1-53
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1-54
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 6 SYSTEM INTERCONNECTIONS
6.1 SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION SIGNALS
All input signals are active low. This means that the inputs must be pulled to
ground (chassis ground of the Generator) thru relay contacts, by a transistor or
other switching device. The current requirement of the switch is less than
10 mA.
Do not apply 115 / 220 VAC logic signals to any of the logic
inputs. If 115 / 220 VAC logic signals are used in the X-ray
System, these signals must be converted to a contact closure
by a relay.
The output signals from the Generator to the subsystem devices are usually
active low (switched to chassis ground of the Generator). The outputs are open
collector transistor drivers with a maximum current of 0.5 Ampere.
Table 1-1
System Interconnection Signals
SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL DESCRIPTION
This signal only applies to Generator systems with the Stand-alone option. When the Generator is operating in Stand-alone
--AUTO OFF mode (Power Line off), the Auto Off signal shut off the power from the Battery Generator cabinet if the Control Console is not
actuated after 5 minutes.
AUX BUCKY SPLY External voltage supply required for the Bucky motion, when this voltage is not +24 VDC.
--BUCKY 1 DR CMD A low signal to the Interface Control PCB as a command to output a Bucky-1 (normally the Table Bucky) drive signal.
--BUCKY 1 MOTION This low going signal from Bucky-1 indicates Bucky-1 in motion, and therefore the exposure is enabled.
BUCKY 1 DR This signal is originated from the Bucky supply of the Power Module when an exposure order. It starts the Bucky.
--BUCKY 2 DR CMD A low signal to the Interface Control PCB as a command to output a Bucky-2 (normally the Vertical Bucky Stand) drive signal.
--BUCKY 2 MOTION This low going signal from Bucky-2 indicates Bucky-2 in motion, and therefore the exposure is enabled.
BUCKY 2 DR This signal is originated from the Bucky supply of the Power Module when an exposure order. It starts the Bucky.
--BUCKY EXP This low going (0 volts) signal starts the Bucky exposure. The signal originates on the Interface PCB
BUCKY SPLY Voltage supply required for the Bucky drive command.
C--HT CLK Serial data clock to the HT Control PCB. This clock synchronizes the C--HT DATA signal.
C--HT DATA Serial data to the HT Control PCB. This data is synchronous with the C--HT CLK signal.
This low signal indicates that NO EXPOSURE HOLD condition exists at the Collimator. This input is read only when the
--COLLIMATOR
Radiographic Tube is selected.
1-55
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 1-1 (cont.)

System Interconnection Signals
SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL DESCRIPTION
--DOOR This low signal is the interlock for the Door of the X-ray room.
--DSI SEL This low going signal from a DSI device indicates that the DSI has been selected and will be used for the next exposure.
Low going Expose signal to the HT Control PCB. If --PREP is low then a Spot Film or RAD exposure is made, else a Fluoro
--EXP
exposure is made.
--FLD1 DR A low signal to select the right field in the Ion Chamber.
--FLD2 DR A low signal to select the left field in the Ion Chamber.
--FLD3 DR A low signal to select the center field in the Ion Chamber.
--FT SW CMD This low going signal indicates the Fluoro exposure command. It is needed for Pulsed Fluoro at variable rate.
HT--C CLK Serial data clock from the HT Control PCB. This clock synchronizes the HT--C DATA signal.
HT--C DAT Serial data from the HT Control PCB. This data is synchronous with the HT--C CLK signal.
This signal is low when the switch in the high voltage transformer is in the RAD position. This is a safety interlock which
--HT INL
prevents an exposure if the high voltage switch (in the HV Transformer) is in the wrong position.
This analogic signal controls the output of the HV Power Supply on the Interface Control PCB. This signal originates on the
HV PT CRL optional AEC Control PCB. Plus 5 volts programs the output to be 0 volts, and 0 volts programs the output to approximately
--1200 volts.
IC GND GND for the IC SPLY.
IC1 INPUT This input is the output of the Bucky 1 Ion Chamber (normally the Table Ion Chamber).
IC2 INPUT This input is the output of the Bucky 2 Ion Chamber (normally the Vertical Bucky Stand Ion Chamber).
IC3 INPUT This input is the output of the Spot Film Ion Chamber.
IC SPLY Power supply for the Ion Chamber. This output should be within the range of 500 to 800 volts.
--LINE CONT A low signal energizes the main line contactor K5 in the Power Module.
Command to the HT Control PCB to boost X-ray Tub Filament to the value of mA selected and to start the X-ray Tube Rotor is
--PREP
RAD Tube is selected.
This low going signal indicates the system is ready to make an exposure (Prep cycle completed). This signal is used to
--READY
interface to some Film Changers, etc.
This low going signal indicates the X-ray preparation or exposure. This signal is used to interface to the Room X-ray warning
--ROOM LIGHT
light.
--STRT DR A low signal to indicate the start of an exposure to the Ion Chamber.
--THERMOSTAT-1 This signal from X-ray Tube indicates the overheat of the Tube-1.
--THERMOSTAT-2 This signal from X-ray Tube indicates the overheat of the Tube-2.
1-56
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6.2 SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION MAPS
Refer to the following maps for details of the wire connections.
SYSTEM INTERCONNECTION
Compact / Compact-ESM Generators.

System Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54301045
Serial Communication to Generator.

System Interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54301052
RS-232/422/485 Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . A6188--03
Earthing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/F--103
ROOM LAMPS
Room Warning Light Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/F--008
BUCKYS
Table Bucky Interface (Midwest) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/F--001
Vertical Bucky Interface (Midwest) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/F--002
Tomo / Bucky Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3261--03/05
Four Bucky Adaptation ...................... I/M--030
Three Bucky / One Tube Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . I/M--037
AEC -- ION CHAMBERS
AEC -- VACUTEC Compatibility

for only one Ion Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/F--003
AEC Adaptation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3263--03
AEC -- VACUTEC Compatibility

for more than one Ion Chamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/M--015
1-57
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
INTERNAL RADIATION MEASURING SYSTEM FOR TPC
Radiation Meter Interconnection

(for TPC -- 1 or 2 Tubes)
direct connection to TPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A9447-05/06
Radiation Meter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3170-01
X-RAY TUBE ALIGNMENT SAFETY KIT
One-Tube Alignment Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54301092
Double-Tube Alignment Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54301093
Alignment Board ........................... A3540--01
Double-Tube Safety Adapter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . A9509--01
1-58
FLUORO CPU BOARD CONNECTOR J1 / J10 TERMINAL BLOCK 3TS1
COMPACT GENERATOR CABINET
SIGNAL I/O PIN PIN I/O SIGNAL
--4 IN SEL O 1 1 O SUPPLY (BUCKY 1)
--9 IN SEL O 2 2 O BUCKY SPLY 1 FOR GENERATORS
CONNECTOR J4 +12 VDC O 3 3 O 0 VAC (BUCKY 1) LINE POWERED
V SYNC I 4 4 O BUCKY 1 DR
SIGNAL I/O PIN TO LINE
} VOLTAGE
--FT SW CMD I 5 5 I --BUCKY 1 MOT L1
C--FL DAT I 1 L2/N
FL START O 6 6 I BUCKY 1 MOT RTN
GND I/O 2 BREAKER
--CAM FL EXP O 3 --CAM FL EXP O 7 FLUORO CABLE 7 O GND L3
N.U. 8 8 O SUPPLY (BUCKY 2)
C--FL CLK I 4 ADAPTATIONS 9 O BUCKY SPLY 2
GND TO EARTH GROUND
FL--C DAT O 5 --ABS O 9
GND I/O 6 --6 IN SEL O 10 BOARDS 10 O 0 VAC (BUCKY 2) L3 only for Three Phase
BEEP O 11 11 O BUCKY 2 DR
FL--C CLK O 7
GND O 12 12 I --BUCKY 2 MOT
CAM SYNC O 8
--MEM EN O 13 13 I BUCKY 2 MOT RTN
+12V ISO I 9 FOR GENERATORS
--MEM GATE O 14 14 O GND
N.U. 10 BATTERIES POWERED
N.U. 15 15 O +12V
16 O --12V 1TB1--LINE
17 O +24V UNR
L
} (Line
18 O GND 1
22 I --DOOR N 2
TO SOCKET
ATP CONSOLE BOARD 23 O DOOR RTN GND 3 Voltage)
24 O --ROOM LIGHT
26 O 220 VAC SW
FLUORO A.E.C.
27 O 115 VAC SW
AEC CABLE 36 O --SF PREP
CONNECTOR J4 CONNECTOR J5 NOTE.-- For Generator with DRAC :
37 O --FL EXP
SIGNAL I/O PIN SIGNAL I/O PIN 39 O PT SPLY The ROTOR TUBE connections
C--FL DAT O 1 IC1 INPUT I 1 42 O IC GND are made to TS2 on the DRAC
--CAM FL EXP I 2 IC3 INPUT I 2 47 O ROOM LIGHT SUP
FL--C DAT I 3 --FLD1 DR O 3 TERMINAL BLOCK
48 O ROOM LIGHT SW 4TS2 / 10TS2 / 11TS2
FL--C CLK I 4 --FLD3 DR O 4 51 I PT INPUT
SIGNAL I/O PIN TO ROTOR TUBE
+12V ISO I 5 GND O 5 52 O --ALOE
GND I/O 6 IC2 INPUT I 6 MAIN T1 O 1
53 O --READY
C--FL CLK I 7 IC4 INPUT I 7 AUX T1 O 2
54 O 220 VAC SPLY COM T1 O 3
GND I/O 8 --FLD2 DR O 8
CAM SYNC O 9 --STRT DR O 9 --THERMOSTAT 1 I 4
THERMOST. COMM. I 5
FAN 1 O 6
TOMO CABLE
0 VAC O 7
TERMINAL BLOCK 4TS3 GND O 8
NOTE : PIN I/O SIGNAL MAIN T2 O 9
TOMO INTERFACE Signal for Thermostats go to 4TS3 1 I --THERMOSTAT 1 AUX T2 O 10
and then to TS2 or go directly to TS2 2 I --THERMOSTAT 2 COM T2 O 11
CONNECTOR J13 CONNECTOR J2 depending on Generator model 3 I THERM. COMM --THERMOSTAT 2 I 12
SIGNAL I/O PIN SIGNAL I/O PIN 5 I TABLE ERROR 13
THERMOST. COMM. I
TIME1 I 1 --GEN OK O 1 7 I --SFC (--PT SEL) FAN 2 O 14
TIME2 I 2 --SFD SEL O 2 8 O ALOE 0 VAC O 15
TIME3 I 3 --THERMOSTAT 1 I 3
10 O --GEN OK GND O 16
TIME4 I 4 --SF PREP I 4
--PS (DSI) SEL I 5 GND (THERM. COM) I/O 5 11 O --SFD SEL
--CINE (DSA) SEL I 6 --COLLIMATOR I 6 12 O --DIRECT SEL NOTE :
--HCF SEL I 7 TABLE ERR(COMP) I 7 15 O EXP OK TS2--6 is GND when
SPARE IN I 8 --ROOM LIGHT O 8 16 O --ACT EXP TS2 only has 6 terminals.
--TOMO PREP O 9 --READY O 9 17 O --AUTO OFF
--TOMO EXP O 10 EXP OK O 10 18 I ABC OUT / --LEFT
TOMO ON O 11 ABC OUT/--LEFT O 11 19 I EXT SYNC(FL DSI)
EXT REF I 12 --DIRECT SEL O 12 20 I --COLLIMATOR
GND I/O 13 PT INPUT I 13
INTERFACE CABLE A I Foot Switch Cmd.
EXP STOP I 14 EXT SYNC (FL DSI) I 14 B GND CONNECTOR 6J2
--FS O 15 SPARE IN2 I 15 C O Prep/Rdy Acq Rad
--SFC (--PT SEL) I 16 PIN I/O SIGNAL
D I Boost Fluoro
1 O GND
--FL EXP I 17 E I Digital Exposure
2 O +12V UNR
GND (DOOR RTN) I/O 18
I 3 O +12VDC
--DOOR 19
--THERMOSTAT 2 I 20 4 I --PWR OFF
--AUTO OFF O 21 5 I --PWR ON
6 O GND
SPARE IN1 I 22
ALOE O 23 7 O GND
--ALOE O 24 8 O +12V UNR
--ACT EXP O 25 POWER CABLE 9 O --12VDC
CONNECTOR 6J3
NOTE -- For Serial Cabinet :
POWER COMMUNICATION PIN I/O SIGNAL -- the Interface cable connections are factory
1 O --EXP made to 3TS1, TS2 and 4TS3 terminal blocks.
CONNECTOR J1 CONNECTOR J3 2 O C--HT DAT -- 6J2 is not supplied, Power cable is directly
3 I HT--C DAT connected in factory to J1 of the ATP Console.
SIGNAL I/O PIN SIGNAL I/O PIN 4 O --PREP
GND UNR 1 -- 6J3 is not supplied, Power cable is directly
I --EXP O 1 5 O C--HT CLK
I 2 connected in factory to J3 of the ATP Console.
+12V UNR C--HT DAT O 2 6 I HT--C CLK
+12VDC I 3 HT--C DAT I 3
COMMUNICATION CABLE 7 O HV PT CRL
--PWR OFF O 4 --PREP O 4 8 O --KV DWN LOCKS BOARD
--PWR ON O 5 C--HT CLK O 5 9 I LINE SYNC TERMINAL BLOCK TB7
GND UNR I 6 HT--C CLK I 6 SIGNAL I/O PIN
10 O --LINE CONT
GND I 7 HV PT CRL O 7 24 VAC LAMP O 3
11 O --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
+12V UNR I 8 --KV DWN O 8 12 I --BUCKY EXP 0 VAC LAMP O 4 } COLLIMATOR LAMP
--12VDC I 9 LINE SYNC I 9 13 I --HT INL +24 VDC LOCKS O 5
--LINE CONT O 10
GND 14 O --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 0 VDC LOCKS O 6 LOCKS
--BUCKY 2 DR CMD O 11 15 O --KV UP
--BUCKY EXP I 12 GND CABLE STUD +24 VDC LOCKS O 7 (Table & Tube Stand)
16 O GND 0 VDC LOCKS O 8
--HT INL I 13
--BUCKY 1 DR CMD O 14
--KV UP O 15
F F. GARCIA 01/09/06 NAME DATE SHEET / OF

54301045
HAND--SWITCH (or VET PEDAL SWITCH) Adaptation Boards DWG:
CONNECTOR J15 E CN 04/032 F. GARCIA 26/04/04 DRAWING F. GARCIA 04/04/99
SIGNAL I/O PIN HAND--SWITCH 1/2
COM O 1 (or VET PEDAL SWITCH) D New interface F. GARCIA 08/01/02 REVISED A. DIAZ 28/01/00 F E D C B A REV
PREP I 2
EXP I 3
C New interface F. GARCIA 02/02/01
N.U. 4 GND
B CN 00/211 F. GARCIA 04/01/01
STUD
COMPACT / COMPACT-ESM GENERATORS
A New interface F. GARCIA 05/05/00 SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE
NOTE.-- The Adaptation Boards are optional
GENERATOR CABINET
AEC
GENERATOR CABINET ADAPTATION BOARD
AEC
ADAPTATION BOARD (A3263--03)
(A3263--03) to J5 of ATP Console Board J4
3TS1
J1 to Ion Chamber #1
HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY (if required)
to J5 of ATP Console Board J4 39
3TS1 TB1 J2 to Ion Chamber #2
16
--12V 2 RF ADAPTATION BOARD J2 to Ion Chamber #2
+12V (A3514--04) TB1
15 3
J3 to Ion Chamber #3 TB1
+24V UNR 9
17 4
--12V
3 2 J3 to Ion Chamber #3
18 GND 10
4 +12V 3
+24V UNR
5 4
NOTE 2 GND 10
Depending on the Ion Chamber,
make jumpers configuration and NOTE
interface as specific schematic IM-xxx
Depending on the Ion Chamber,
make jumpers configuration and
TOMO / BUCKY
ADAPTATION BOARD
(A3261--03/05) TOMO / BUCKY
ADAPTATION BOARD
TB1 (A3261--03/05)
12 TB1
13
12
13
NOTE
Depending on the Tomo Device,
make jumpers configuration and NOTE
Depending on the Tomo Device,
make jumpers configuration and
Interconnection of Adaptation Boards Interconnection of Adaptation Boards

for a Generator without RF Adaptation Board for a Generator with RF Adaptation Board
F F. GARCIA 01/09/06 NAME DATE SHEET / OF

54301045
Adaptation Boards DWG:
E CN 04/032 F. GARCIA 26/04/04 DRAWING F. GARCIA 04/04/99
2/2
D New interface F. GARCIA 08/01/02 REVISED A. DIAZ 28/01/00 F E D C B A REV
C New interface F. GARCIA 02/02/01
B CN 00/211 F. GARCIA 04/01/01
SEDECAL COMPACT GENERATORS
A New interface F. GARCIA 05/05/00
SERIAL OPERATOR CONSOLE
Board
GENERATOR CABINET
J1
J1
+24 VDC UNR
1 1
3 PWR GND
CHASSIS GND 2
5
SPARE
3 NOTE: FOR GENERAL INTERCONNECTIONS REFER TO SCHEMATIC
7 4
9 RXD
5 54301045 (COMPACT / COMPACT-ESM GENERATORS)
11 PREP/EXP COMM
EXP ORDER 6
13 7
POWER ON
15 8
9
10
11
12
13
2 +24 VDC UNR
14
4 PWR GND
15
6 CHASSIS GND 16 SERIAL INTERCONNECTION CABLE FOR SERIAL CONSOLE (A7066--xx or A3149--01) CONNECTOR J5
8 SPARE 17 PIN I/O SIGNAL
TXD 1 I CTS ( RXD-- )
10 18
PREP ORDER 2 I RXD ( RXD+ )
12 19
14 POWER COMM 3 O TXD ( TXD+ )
POWER OFF 20
16 21 4 O RTS ( TXD-- )
22 5 SPARE PIN 5
23 6 O ACT EXP
24 7 O LOGIC GND
25 8 O CHASSIS GND
9 O CHASSIS GND
NOTES: 10 +12 VDC
RXD ON GENERATOR IS CONNECTED TO TXD ON SERIAL OPERATOR CONSOLE 11 --ALOE NOTE: REFER TO SCHEMATIC A6188--02 FOR
TXD ON GENERATOR IS CONNECTED TO RXD ON SERIAL OPERATOR CONSOLE 12 O PWR GND RS--232/422/485 SERIAL COMMUNICATION
13 O PWR GND
14 O PREP/EXP COMM
15 I EXP ORDER
TPC or PC INTERFACE BOX 16 I PREP ORDER
17 I/O POWER COMM
18 I POWER OFF
CONNECTOR J1 19 I POWER ON
SIGNAL I/O PIN 20 SPARE PIN 20
CTS ( RXD-- ) I 1 21 SPARE PIN 21
RXD ( RXD+ ) I 2 22 DOOR
TXD ( TXD+ ) O 3 23 DOOR RTN
RTS ( TXD-- ) O 4 24 O +24 VDC UNR
SPARE PIN 5 5 25 O +24 VDC UNR
ACT EXP O 6
LOGIC GND O 7 SERIAL INTERCONNECTION CABLE FOR TPC (A7067--xx or A3352--01)
CHASSIS GND O 8
CHASSIS GND O 9 SERIAL INTERCONNECTION CABLE FOR INTERFACE BOX (A3352--01)
+12 VDC 10
--ALOE 11
PWR GND O 12
PWR GND O 13
PREP/EXP COMM O 14
EXP ORDER I 15
PREP ORDER I 16
POWER COMM I/O 17
POWER OFF I 18
POWER ON I 19
SPARE PIN 20 20
SPARE PIN 21 21
DOOR 22
DOOR RTN 23
+24 VDC UNR O 24
+24 VDC UNR O 25
NOTES:
RXD AND TXD ARE INTERNALLY REVERSED IN TPC OR PC INTERFACE BOX

REFER TO SCHEMATICS I/F--036 FOR OTHER PC INTERFACE BOX CONNECTIONS
NAME DATE SHEET / OF

DRAWING F. GARCIA 07/07/99
DWG:
54301052
1/1
REVISED A. DIAZ 24/01/00 C B A REV
C NC 03 / 050 F. GARCIA 08/03/03
B New schematic F. GARCIA 08/01/02
SEDECAL SERIAL COMMUNICATION TO GENERATOR
A Connections F. GARCIA 02/02/01
ATP CONSOLE BD. ( Multilayer )
J5 HARNESS
J14 J5
J2 J1 1 14 PREP/EXP COMM
POWER CABLE PREP/EXP COMM
2 16
1 1 PREP ORDER PREP ORDER
GND GND 3 15
2 2 EXP ORDER EXP ORDER
+12V UNR +12V UNR 4 18
3 3 POWER OFF POWER OFF
+12V +12V 5 19 POWER ON
4 4 POWER ON
OFF OFF 6 17
5 5 POWER COMM POWER COMM
ON ON
6 6
GND GND
7 7 TS1
GND GND
8 8
+12V UNR +12V UNR 15 10
+12 VDC
9 9
--12V --12V 52 11 -- ALOE
12 PWR GND
COMMUNICATION 18 13
J3 CABLE J3 GND PWR GND
17 24 +24 VDC UNR
+24V UNR
--EXP 1 1 --EXP 25 +24 VDC UNR
C--HT DAT 2 2 C--HT DAT 22 22
DOOR
HT--C DAT 3 3 HT--C DAT RS--xxx 23 23 DOOR RTN
--PREP 4 4 --PREP J8 51 21
5 5 PT INPUT
C--HT CLK C--HT CLK
1 6
6 6 ACT EXP ACT EXP
HT--C CLK HT--C CLK 2
RXD+ 2 RXD+ ( RXD )
HV PT CRL 7 7 HV PT CRL 3 3 See Note
8 8 TXD+ TXD+ ( TXD )
--KV DWN --KV DWN 4 20
9 9 +5V
LINE SYNC LINE SYNC 5 7 LOGIC GND
10 10 GND
--LINE CONT --LINE CONT
6 5
11 11 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
--BUCKY 2 DR CMD 7 4
12 12 TXD-- TXD--
--BUCKY EXP --BUCKY EXP 8 1
13 13 RXD-- RXD--
--HT INL --HT INL 9 8
14 14 CHASSIS GND
--BUCKY 1 DR CMD --BUCKY 1 DR CMD
9
15 15 CHASSIS GND
--KV UP --KV UP
/////
RS--232
J7
Note.-- Signals between ( ) when RS--232 Serial Communication
1
ACT EXP
2
RXD
3
TXD
4
DTR
5
GND
6
7
8
9

DWG:
A6188--03
1/1
REVISED A. DIAZ 04/04/04 A REV
A CN 04/148 F. GARCIA 09/09/04 SEDECAL RS--232/422/485 SERIAL COMMUNICATION

GENERATOR CABINET
(1) Central Ground

(5) (2) GND Stud
(6) (4)
(3) Cabinet Cover GND
ROOM (4) Back Panel GND

ELECTRICAL (7) (3)
CABINET (5) Front Panel GND
(6) Filter LF1 Cover GND
(7) Adaptations Panel GND
(8) Console GND (Bottom Panel)
(9) Console Support GND
(1) (10) Pedestal Tube GND

GND cable
(2)
( yellow/green, AWG #10 ) (11) Pedestal Cover GND
(12) GND STUD
(12) Note.-- (9) applicable only

GND for metallical Box Console
OPERATOR CONSOLE
HV TANK
GND cable
( yellow/green, AWG #10 )
See Note (8)
(9)
PEDESTAL
(Option)
(10)
(11)

I/F--103
1/1
REVISED A. DIAZ 30/06/04 REV
SEDECAL EARTHING DIAGRAM

Interconnection 1.-- For Generator Interface with control relay and externally powered
POWER TS1 X--RAY ROOM

MODULE
47
}
ROOM LIGHT SUP
115 / 220 VAC
48
ROOM LIGHT SW
ROOM
WARNING
LIGHT
Interconnection 2.-- For Generator Interface with control relay and internally powered
POWER TS1
MODULE X--RAY ROOM
115 or 220 VAC SW
*
add jumper
ROOM
47 WARNING
ROOM LIGHT SUP LIGHT
48
ROOM LIGHT SW
0 VAC
(in TS1-3 or TS1-10) *
* Select the power supply on TS1 according to the lamp voltage.

Add jumper to TS1-26 for 220 VAC or to TS1-27 for 115 VAC.
Interconnection 3,-- Additional option to meet some Local Electrical Codes
POWER
MODULE TS1
ROOM LIGHT SUP 47
Contact 7A 1/6HP
125, 250 V AC
3A 30 V DC
48
ROOM LIGHT SW

E I/F update F. GARCIA 20/06/04 DRAWING F. GARCIA 04/19/95
I/F--008
1/1
D I/F update F. GARCIA 02/02/02 REVISED A. DIAZ 04/19/95 E D C B A REV
C I/F changing F. GARCIA 05/05/99
B ROOM WARNING LIGHT INTERFACE
SEDECAL
TS1 changing F. GARCIA 24/05/96
A EMC F. GARCIA 29/03/96 INTERFAZ LAMPARA RAYOS--X SALA
TABLE GENERATOR POWER MODULE
BUCKY LIEBEL (Semi--Automatic)

INTERFACE PANEL
BUCKY MIDWEST
BUCKY INNOMED (IBC 430)
Interface Control Board
Semi--Automatic
Bucky +24 VDC
K3 BUCKY EXP
B1 BUCKY 1 MOTION TS1--5 J4--11

K5
EXP INT
B2 BUCKY 1 MOTION RTN TS1--6
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K5
B3 BUCKY 1 DR TS1--4 J4--8

BUCKY START
K5 BUCKY 1
(SEE DR CMD
NOTE 3) J4--9
R2
C2
B8 0 VAC TS1--3
0 VAC
ADD JUMPER
(SEE NOTE 2)
BUCKY SPLY
TS1--2
TS1--1 ADD JUMPER TO
B4 115/220 VAC
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
GND
NOTE 1: Be sure that B2 terminal is

not connected to B3 terminal.
NOTE 2: Select correct voltage in the
bucky according to AC input
NOTE 3: In the case of noise due to Bucky, add R2=22 ohm, 1/2w, 5%; and
C2=470 nF, 250 VAC as shown.
Dont add that R2--C2 for Liebel--Flarsheim 8000 Series Bucky, and
remove resistor R36 and R37 in the INTERFACE CONTROL board.
NOTA 1: Asegurarse que el terminal

B2 no est conectado al B3.
NOTA 2: Seleccionar la tensin del
bucky segn la entrada AC
NOTA 3: En caso de ruidos debido al Bucky, aadir R2=22 ohm, 1/2w, 5%, y
C2=470 nF, 250 VAC segn se muestra.
Para Bucky Liebel--Flarsheim Series 8000, no aadir esa R2--C2, y quitar
las resistencias R36 y R37 en la tarjeta INTERFACE CONTROL.
NAME DATE SHEET / OF Interconnection Cable

DRAWING F. GARCIA 15/03/95 Cable de Inerconexin I/F--001
1/4
REVISED A. DIAZ 15/03/95 8 7 REV
8 Interf. board revised F. GARCIA 14/03/08 TABLE BUCKY INTERFACE

7 Innomed added F. GARCIA 09/09/02 SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE INTERFAZ BUCKY MESA
BUCKY LIEBEL (Automatic) INTERFACE PANEL

Automatic
Bucky +24 VDC
K3 BUCKY EXP

K5
EXP INT
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K5

BUCKY START
K5 BUCKY 1
DR CMD
ADD J4--9
JUMPER
B8
(SEE TS1--3
(SEE NOTE 2) NOTE 3) 0 VAC
R2 ADD JUMPER
BUCKY SPLY
C2
TS1--2
ADD JUMPER TO
B4 115/220 VAC TS1--1
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
GND



2/4

BUCKY ULTRAVIT INTERFACE PANEL
BUCKY +24 VDC

K3 BUCKY EXP
1 BUCKY 1 MOTION TS1--5 J4--11

K5
EXP INT
2 BUCKY 1 MOTION RTN TS1--6
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K5
4 BUCKY 1 DR TS1--4 J4--8

BUCKY START
K5 BUCKY 1
(SEE
DR CMD
NOTE 3)
J4--9
R2
C2
7 0 VAC TS1--3
0 VAC
ADD JUMPER
(SEE NOTE 2)
BUCKY SPLY
TS1--2
5
ADD ADD JUMPER TO
8 JUMPER 115/220 VAC TS1--1
{ TS1--27 for 115 VAC
TS1--26 for 220 VAC
GND
NOTE 1: Be sure that 2 terminal is

not connected to 4 terminal.
NOTE 3: In the case of noise due to Bucky, add R2=22 ohm, 1/2w, 5%;
and C2=470 nF, 250 VAC as shown.
NOTA 1: Asegurarse que el terminal 2

no est conectado al 4.
NOTA 3: En caso de ruidos debido al Bucky, aadir R2=22 ohm, 1/2w, 5%;
y C2=470 nF, 250 VAC segn se muestra.

3/4

BUCKY DONG--A INTERFACE PANEL
BUCKY +24 VDC

K3 BUCKY EXP

K5
EXP INT
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K5
4 BUCKY 1 DR TS1--4 J4--8

BUCKY START
K5 BUCKY 1
(SEE
DR CMD
NOTE 3)
J4--9
R2
C2
2 0 VAC TS1--3
0 VAC
ADD JUMPER
(SEE NOTE 2)
BUCKY SPLY
TS1--2
3
ADD ADD JUMPER TO
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
7 GND



4/4

VERTICAL BUCKY GENERATOR POWER MODULE
BUCKY LIEBEL (Semi--Automatic) INTERFACE PANEL

BUCKY MIDWEST
Semi--Automatic
Bucky +24 VDC
K3 BUCKY EXP

K4
EXP INT
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K4

BUCKY START
K4 BUCKY 2
(SEE DR CMD
NOTE 3) J4--9
R2
B8 C2 0 VAC TS1--10
0 VAC
ADD JUMPER
(SEE NOTE 2)
BUCKY SPLY
TS1--9
ADD JUMPER TO
B4 115/220 VAC TS1--8
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
GND



1/4
8 Interf board revised F. GARCIA 14/03/08 VERTICAL BUCKY INTERFACE

REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE INTERFAZ BUCKY VERTICAL
BUCKY LIEBEL (Automatic) INTERFACE PANEL

Automatic
Bucky +24 VDC
K3 BUCKY EXP

K4
EXP INT
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K4

BUCKY START
K4 BUCKY 2
DR CMD
ADD J4--9
JUMPER
B8
TS1--10
(SEE 0 VAC
(SEE NOTE 2) NOTE 3)
R2 ADD JUMPER
BUCKY SPLY
C2 TS1--9
TS1--8 ADD JUMPER TO

B4 115/220 VAC
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
GND



2/4

BUCKY ULTRAVIT INTERFACE PANEL
BUCKY +24 VDC

K3 BUCKY EXP

K4
EXP INT
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K4
4 BUCKY 2 DR TS1--11 J4--7

BUCKY START
K4 BUCKY 2
(SEE DR CMD
NOTE 3)
J4--9
R2
C2
7 0 VAC TS1--10
0 VAC
ADD JUMPER
(SEE NOTE 2)
BUCKY SPLY
5 TS1--9
ADD ADD JUMPER TO
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
GND



3/4

BUCKY DONG--A INTERFACE PANEL
BUCKY +24 VDC

K3 BUCKY EXP

K4
EXP INT
+24 VDC
(SEE NOTE 1)
K4
4 BUCKY 2 DR TS1--11 J4--7

BUCKY START
K4 BUCKY 2
(SEE
DR CMD
NOTE 3)
J4--9
R2
C2
2 0 VAC TS1--10
0 VAC
ADD JUMPER
(SEE NOTE 2)
BUCKY SPLY
3 TS1--9
ADD ADD JUMPER TO
{ TS1--26
TS1--27 for 115 VAC
for 220 VAC
7 GND



4/4

F E D C B A
TB1 TB2
Note 1.-- R1 and R2 are 2K, 2w for version A3261--05 (as per CN 00/07). In this case, TB1--15 is for 24 VDC input. 21
21
BUCKY SUPPLY 1 BUCKY SUPPLY 1 ( to Bucky 1&3 )
22 22
23 23
SUPPLY BUCKY 1 SUPPLY BUCKY 1 ( to Bucky 1&3 )
24 24
25 25
4 BUCKY 1 MOTION RTN BUCKY MOTION RTN ( to Bucky 1&3 ) 4
26 26
BUCKY 2 MOTION RTN BUCKY MOTION RTN ( to Bucky 2&4 )
K2
+24 VDC
See Note 1 5 14
TOMO STROKE START
15
220 VAC R2 U1 6 13 to Tomo Device
R19 39K, 2w R12 R13 8 TOMO STROKE START RTN
to TS1 H11AA4 20K 10K 7
22.1 CR2
Generator 1 5 4 K3
12 13 1N4007
Cabinet C14 R20 7 6 3 5 2
470nF 2K + 1 BUCKY 4 X--RAY (to Bucky 4)
2 4 C12 2 +24 VDC 6 4
17 250V R1 9 8 BUCKY 2 MOT
BUCKY 1 DR 10 uF U4 7 6
39K, 2w ta. ULN2803 CR3 BUCKY 2 X--RAY (to Bucky 2)
6 4 5
BUCKY DR 1N4007 BUCKY 4 START (to Bucky 4)
3 1
+24 VDC 1 BUCKY 2 DR
13 2 3
+24 VDC BUCKY 2 START (to Bucky 2)
C1 TP1 K1
+ NOTE.-- UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, K4
100uF C2 GND 5 ALL DIODES ARE 1N4148
12 35V 0.1uF ALL RESISTOR ARE 3K32, 1/2W, 1% 5 9
GND 6 +24 VDC BUCKY 3 X--RAY (to Bucky 3)
8 ALL CAPACITORS ARE 10uF, 16V, TA. +24 VDC 6 8
18 7 8 BUCKY 1 MOT
TOMO X--RAY CR1 7 7
(to Tomo Device) 4
1N4007 BUCKY 1 X--RAY (to Bucky 1)
3 19 4 12 3
BUCKY X--RAY
3
1 BUCKY 3 START (to Bucky 3)
3
2 1
20 2 10
TOMO X--RAY RTN K6 BUCKY 1 START (to Bucky 1)
(to Tomo Device) +24 VDC
+24 VDC K5
14 1 6 19
TOMO MODE PREP TOMO
6 1
11 8 13
TOMO MODE RTN CR18
7 13 8 20
TOMO SCL +24 VDC PREP TOMO RTN
RP3
(J13--11 console ) +24 VDC RP2 C13 9X10K
C11 0.1uF C5 Q1
16 9X10K 1 R18 2N4401
TUBE 2 SCL 0.1uF 1 0.1uF 3K32
(to TS1 Generator Cabinet) U5
RP1 ULN2803 9 2 5 3 10 6 8 4 7
8X3K3 U3 9 10 6 7 5 3 2 8
5 TLP621--4 1 18
CR17
TOMO COMM
1 2 R11 1 16
2 CR16
17 U4
2 C9 +
TOMO ANGLE 1
2 15
3 16 SW1--1 CR15 ULN2803 R17
3 R10 3 14 CR11 TP2 22.1 17
4
SW1--2 17 TIME 1 (J13--1 console)
1 C10 +
4 13
15 2
TOMO ANGLE 2 5
CR12
14
5 R9 5 12
2 6 13 SW1--3 CR4 2
4 C7 +
6 11
TOMO ANGLE 3 7 12 SW1--4 U4
7 R8 7 10 CR10 ULN2803 R16
3 C8 +
8 9
8
9
11 TP3 22.1 16
TOMO FAST SPEED SW1--6 16
CR5 3 TIME 2 (J13--2 console)
U2 SW1--8 CR6
from TLP621--4 7 12 CR8
Tomo 9 R3 7 10 U4
Device 10 + 6 13 CR9 ULN2803 R15
C4 8 9
SW1--7 TP4 22.1 15
TOMO MED SPEED 5 14 15
8 R4 5 12 4 TIME 3 (J13--3 console)
CR7
9 C3
+
6 11 4 15
TOMO SLOW SPEED 3 16
6 R5 3 14 CR13
8 C6
+
4 13 2 17 U4
SPARE CR14 ULN2803 R14
1 16 1 18 TP5
SW1--5 14 22.1 18
+24 VDC 2 15 8 11 5 TIME 4 (J13--4 console)
9 JP3
U6 11 A B 18 1
R7 ULN2803 8 1
2K R6 U4 U4 11
475 B JP2 A ULN2803 ULN2803 PREP (J13--9 console)
CR19
1N4733A
1
A3261--03/05
1/1
REVISED A. Diaz 18/01/00 B A REV
SW1 JP2 JP3
TOMO TIME INPUTS OPEN B A
TOMO ANGLE/SPEED INPUTS CLOSED A B B CN 98/111 F. GARCIA 10/10/98 TOMO/BUCKY ADAPTATION
A CN 98/022 F. GARCIA 02/02/98 SEDECAL
ADAPTACION TOMO/BUCKY
F E D REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE
TS1 * Add jumper TB1 TB2
2 TOMO/BUCKY ADAPTATION ( A3261--03/04 )
BUCKY SUPPLY 1
21
0 VAC
3 * 21
22
0 VAC ( to Bucky 1, Tubes 1 & 2 )
9 * 22 23
BUCKY SUPPLY 2 24
0 VAC
10 * * K2
23
+24 VDC 5 14 BUCKY 2
1 TUBE 1
SUPPLY ( BUCKY 1 ) 6
R12 R13 13
*
8
8 24 220 VAC
* 10K 10K
} 220 VAC
7
SUPPLY ( BUCKY 2 ) R2 U1 CR2 K3
*
4
26 15 39K, 2w H11AA4 12 13 1N4007 0 VAC
220 VAC
7 6 3 5 2
1
R19 1 5 2 +24 VDC 6 4 BUCKY MOT RTN
22.1 R20 9 8
+ U4 7 6 BUCKY X--RAY
R1 2K C12
C14 2 4 10uF ULN2803 CR3 4 5
4 17 470nF 39K, 2w 1N4007
BUCKY 1 DR 3 1 BUCKY START
6 1
2 3
Change to TS1--27 K1
for 115 VAC Bucky 5 BUCKY 1
Power Supply 6 +24 VDC TUBE 1
8
18
7 K4
CR1 220 VAC
19
4
3
1N4007
+24 VDC
5
6
9
8 0 VAC
} 220 VAC
1 SW1 JP2 JP3
8
20 2 TOMO TIME INPUTS OPEN B A 7 7
TOMO ANGLE/SPEED INPUTS CLOSED A B 12
4 BUCKY X--RAY
K6 +24 VDC 3 BUCKY MOT RTN
14 1
2 10
1 6
NOTE.-- UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BUCKY START
HT CONTROL ALL DIODES ARE 1N4148
BOARD 11 8 13
ALL RESISTOR ARE 3K32, 1/2w, 1% +24 VDC K5
7 ALL CAPACITORS ARE 10uF, 16V, ta. 19
6 1
TUBE 2 SCL 16 CR18

P1--12 13 8 20
+24 VDC
17 13
+24 VDC Q1
+24 VDC C5 R18 2N4401
BUCKY 2
C1 RP3 3K32 TUBE 2
100uF
+
C2 TP1 +24 VDC 0.1uF
12 C11 RP2 C13 9X10K
18 35V 0.1uF GND 0.1uF
0 VDC 9X10K 220 VAC
0.1uF
1
U5
1
0 VAC
} 220 VAC
RP1 ULN2803 9 2 5 3 10 6 8 4 7
8X3K3 U3 3 5 8 9 7 6 4 2
5 TLP621--4 CR17 BUCKY X--RAY
1 18
1 3 R11 1 16 CR16 BUCKY MOT RTN
2 + 2 17 U4
C9 2 15 SW1--1 CR15 ULN2803
3 16 R17 BUCKY START
4 R10 3 14 SW1--2 CR11 TP2 22.1 17
4 15 17
1 C10 +
4 13 2
5 CR12
6 R9 5 12 14
4 + 6 13 SW1--3 CR4
C7 6 11
7 12 SW1--4 U4
8 R8 7 10 CR10 ULN2803 R16 BUCKY 1
3 8 11 TP3
C8 +
8 9 9 SW1--6 16 22.1 16 TUBE 2
CR5 3
220 VAC
U2
TLP621--4 7 12
SW1--8 CR6
0 VAC
} 220 VAC
7 10 CR8 U4
9 R3 ULN2803
10 6 13 R15
C4 +
8 9 CR9 TP4 22.1
5 14 SW1--7 15 15 BUCKY X--RAY
7 R4 5 12 CR7 4 BUCKY MOT RTN
9 C3 +
6 11 4 15
5 R5 3 14 3 16 CR13 BUCKY START
8 C6 +
4 13 2 17 U4
1 18 CR14 ULN2803 R14
+24 VDC 1 16 SW1--5 TP5 22.1 18
8 11 14
2 15 5
R7 9
U6 U4
2K ULN2803 ULN2803
R6 JP3 25
475 JP2 11 A B BUCKY MOT RTN ( to Bucky 1, Tubes 1 & 2 )
CR19 B A 8 U4
1N4733A ULN2803 26
6 25 BUCKY MOT RTN ( to Bucky 2, Tubes 1 & 2 )
BUCKY 1 MOTION RTN 1 18
13 26
BUCKY 2 MOTION RTN
11
5
BUCKY 1 MOTION
11
BUCKY 2 DR
12
BUCKY 2 MOTION

COMPACT GENERATOR
POWER MODULE E new interface F. GARCIA 23/06/03 DRAWING F. GARCIA 03/03/96
I/M--030
D new interface F. GARCIA 06/06/02 REVISED A. DIAZ 09/09/97 E D C B A REV
C CN 97/139 F. GARCIA 10/10/97
B EMC F. GARCIA 24/06/96
FOUR BUCKYs ADAPTATION
A TS1 interface F. GARCIA 04/04/96 SEDECAL
TS1
2
* Add jumper TB1
TOMO/BUCKY ADAPTATION ( A3261--03)
TB2
BUCKY SUPPLY 1
21
0 VAC
3 * 21
22
0 VAC ( to Bucky 1 and Bucky 3 )
0 VAC ( to Bucky 2 )
BUCKY SUPPLY 2
9 * 22 23
220 VAC ( to Bucky1 and Bucky 3 )
24
0 VAC
10 * * K2
220 VAC ( to Bucky 2 )
23
+24 VDC 5 14 BUCKY 2
1
SUPPLY ( BUCKY 1 ) 6
13
SUPPLY ( BUCKY 2 )
8 * * 24
R2 U1
R12
10K
R13
10K
CR2
8
7 220 VAC
} 220 VAC
K3
*
4
26 15 39K, 2w H11AA4 12 13 1N4007 0 VAC
220 VAC
7 6 3 5 2
1
R19 1 5 2 +24 VDC 6 4 BUCKY MOT RTN
22.1 R20 9 8
+ U4 7 6 BUCKY X--RAY
R1 2K C12
C14 2 4 10uF ULN2803 CR3 4 5
4 17 470nF 39K, 2w 1N4007
BUCKY 1 DR 3 1 BUCKY START
6 1
2 3
Change to TS1--27 K1
for 115 VAC Bucky 5 BUCKY 1
Power Supply 6 +24 VDC
8
18
7 K4
CR1 220 VAC
19
4
3
1N4007
+24 VDC
5
6
9
8 0 VAC
} 220 VAC
1 SW1 JP2 JP3
8
20 2 TOMO TIME INPUTS OPEN B A 7 7
TOMO ANGLE/SPEED INPUTS CLOSED A B 12
4 BUCKY X--RAY
K6 +24 VDC 3 BUCKY MOT RTN
14 1
2 10
1 6
NOTE.-- UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BUCKY START
11 ALL DIODES ARE 1N4148

8 13
ALL RESISTOR ARE 3K32, 1/2w, 1% +24 VDC K5
7 ALL CAPACITORS ARE 10uF, 16V, ta. 19
6 1
BUCKY 3
16 CR18
13 8 20
+24 VDC 220 VAC
+24 VDC
17 13
+24 VDC C5 R18
Q1
0 VAC
} 220 VAC
C1 RP3 2N4401
100uF
+
C2 TP1 +24 VDC 0.1uF 3K32
12 C11 RP2 C13 9X10K
18 35V 0.1uF GND 0.1uF
0 VDC 0.1uF 9X10K 1 BUCKY X--RAY
1 BUCKY MOT RTN
U5
RP1 ULN2803 9 2 5 3 10 6 8 4 7 BUCKY START
8X3K3 U3 3 5 8 9 7 6 4 2
5 TLP621--4 CR17
1 18
1 3 R11 1 16 2 CR16
2 + 17 U4
C9 2 15 SW1--1 CR15 ULN2803
3 16 R17
4 R10 3 14 SW1--2 CR11 TP2 22.1 17
4 15 17
1 C10 +
4 13 2
5 CR12
6 R9 5 12 14
SW1--3
4 C7 +
6 11
6 13
SW1--4
CR4
U4
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO
7 12
3
8
+
R8 7 10
8 11
CR10
TP3
ULN2803 R16
22.1 16
220 VAC (or 115 VAC) SUPPLY
C8 8 9 9 SW1--6 CR5 3
16
FOR THE BUCKIES.
U2 SW1--8 CR6
EMC GENERATOR TLP621--4 7 12 CR8
9 R3 7 10 U4
POWER MODULE 10 6 13 ULN2803 R15
C4 +
8 9 CR9 TP4 22.1
5 14 SW1--7 15 15
7 R4 5 12 CR7 4
9 C3 +
6 11 4 15
5 R5 3 14 3 16 CR13
8 C6 +
4 13 2 17 U4
1 18 CR14 ULN2803 R14
+24 VDC 1 16 SW1--5 TP5 22.1 18
8 11 14
2 15 5
R7 9
U6 U4
2K ULN2803 ULN2803
R6 JP3
475 JP2 11 A B
CR19 B A 8 U4
1N4733A ULN2803
6 25
BUCKY 1 MOTION RTN 1 18
11
13 26
BUCKY 2 MOTION RTN 25
BUCKY MOT RTN ( to Bucky 1 and Bucky 3 )
26
BUCKY MOT RTN ( to Bucky 2 )
5
BUCKY 1 MOTION
11
BUCKY 2 DR
12
BUCKY 2 MOTION

I/M--037
REVISED A. DIAZ 10/10/98 A REV
GENERATOR
CONSOLE
TOMO ON (BUCKY 3 SEL)
J13--11
SEDECAL THREE BUCKIES/ONE TUBE ADAPTATION
A Sheets 2&3 added F. Garcia 09/09/02
Note.-- Associate Bucky 3 selection with Tomo pushbutton on Console
POWER TS1 power wires IC
MODULE
15 + +12 VDC 8
+12 V
16 --12 VDC 7
-- --12V
VACUTEC
OPERATOR PREAMPLIFIER
CONSOLE control wires
J5
1K 1 IC1 INPUT 5
OUTPUT
22 3 LEFT ( --FLD1 DR ) 2
-- FIELD
SELECT 2
22 8 CENTER ( --FLD2 DR ) 3
-- FIELD
SELECT 1
22 4 RIGHT ( --FLD3 DR ) 6
-- FIELD
SELECT 3
22 9 -- STRT DR ( --RESET ) 4
-- RESET
5 GND 9
GND
Shield
2 IC3 INPUT ( For Ion Chamber 3 )

6 IC2 INPUT ( For Ion Chamber 2 ) } SEE NOTE 2
NOTE 1.-- CABLE COMPATIBLE FOR VACUTEC ION CHAMBER

THE CABLE HAS TWO SEPARATED PARTS : CONTROL AND POWER.
NOTE 2.-- THE A.E.C. CABLE IS FACTORY CONNECTED FOR ION CHAMBER 1 (J5--1). IF ION CHAMBER 2 OR ION
CHAMBER 3 IS USED, REMOVE THE CONNECTION TO J5--1 AND CONNECT TO J5--6 OR J5--2 RESPECTIVELY.
NOTE 3.-- THE ASSOCIATION BETWEEN FIELD SELECTION AND AREA DEPENDS ON TYPE OF ION CHAMBER.
CHECK THAT THE FIELD SELECTION IN THE ION CHAMBER IS ACCORDING TO THE AREA SELECTION
ON THE OPERATOR CONSOLE.

E sheet 2 added F. GARCIA 24/05/96 DRAWING F. GARCIA 04/19/95
I/F--003
D EMC F. GARCIA 29/03/96 REVISED A. DIAZ 04/19/95 E D C B A REV
C s/NC 95/181 F. GARCIA 02/01/96
B F. GARCIA 12/12/95 AEC -- VACUTEC COMPATIBILITY
A s/NC 95/098 F. GARCIA 30/06/95 SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE COMPATIBILIDAD AEC - VACUTEC
F E D C B A
TB1 J1
1 1
COMM COMM
2 7
--12 VDC --12 VDC
3 8
+12 VDC +12 VDC
4 9
+24 VDC GND
8 5
4 RELAY 4 IC1 OUT IC1 OUTPUT 4
5 +12 VDC 3
RELAY 3 -- 4 FLD2--IC1 CENTER AREA
6 U1 C1 C3 2
RELAY 2 LF347 100uF FLD1--IC1 LEFT AREA
0.1 uF
7 + 35V 6
RELAY 1 TP1 +12 VDC 11 FLD3--IC1 RIGHT AREA
RP1 +12 VDC RP4
9 TP6 IC1 10K C2 C4 4
IC4 10K R12 TP2 --12 VDC STRT--IC1 --RESET
R6 RP4 +12 VDC 0.1 uF 100uF
10 RP2 3K01 5 6 RP3 3K01 IC2 35V
5 6 10K 10K
GND R7
6 10K -- 9 R11 +12 VDC TP5
R4 --
6 5
R5
1K
R10
1K U1 56 1K
1 2 RP3
10K
3K01
IC3
TP4 RP1
10K GND J2
1K U1 R1
LF347 RP3 R9 -- 13 R8 1
J4 7
LF347 RP2
10K C10
8
10 10K 1K U1 2 1 1K 1 2 RP2
10K
3K01
COMM
5 +
5 C8 +
0.1 uF 7 7 8 14
LF347 RP3 R3 -- 2 R2 --12 VDC
7
7 7 8
GND 0.1 uF
RP4 C9 12 10K 1K U1 2 1 1K --12 VDC
RP1 + RP2 +12 VDC
7 8 10K 0.1 uF 3 3 4 LF347 8
8 10K JP9 1 10K
IC4 INPUT JP12 IC1 OUT RP4 C7 +
3 +12 VDC
IC4 OUT 4 10K
1 B A B A
JP10 0.1 uF 3 3 4 9
IC1 INPUT IC2 OUT RP1 GND
6 B A 4 10K 5
IC2 INPUT JP11 IC2 OUT IC2 OUTPUT
IC3 OUT
2 B A 3
IC3 INPUT FLD2--IC2 CENTER AREA
8 2
3 --FLD 2 DR FLD1--IC2 LEFT AREA 3
3 6
--FLD 1 DR FLD3--IC2 RIGHT AREA
4 4
--FLD 3 DR STRT--IC2 --RESET
9
--STRT DR
J3
K10 JP8 K6 JP6 K2 JP14 K15 1
COMM
A A A
6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 7
B B B --12 VDC
CR2
1N4148
8
C6 13 8
FLD2--IC1
13 8
FLD2--IC2
13 8 13 8 +12 VDC
C5 FLD2--IC3
0.1 uF 100uF 9
35V GND
5
K11 JP4 K7 JP2 K3 JP16 K14 IC3 OUT IC3 OUTPUT
A A A 3
6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 FLD2--IC3 CENTER AREA
B B B 2
CR3 FLD1--IC3 LEFT AREA
1N4148 13 8
13 8
FLD1--IC1 FLD1--IC2
13 8
FLD1--IC3 13 8 6
FLD3--IC3 RIGHT AREA
4
STRT--IC3 --RESET
2 K12 JP7 K8 JP5 K4 JP15 K13 2
6 1
A
6 1
A
6 1 A
6 1 J5
B B B
CR4 1
1N4148 COMM
13 8 13 8 13 8 13 8
FLD3--IC1 FLD3--IC2 FLD3--IC3 7
--12 VDC
8
+12 VDC
TP3 K9 JP3 K5 JP1 K1 JP13 K16 9
ST GND
A A 6 1 A
6 1 6 1 6 1 5
R13 B B B IC4 OUT IC4 OUTPUT
10K CR1
1N4148
3
13 8 STRT--IC1 13 8
STRT--IC2
13 8 STRT--IC3 13 8 CENTER AREA
2
LEFT AREA
6
RIGHT AREA
JUMPERS JP9, JP10, JP11, JP12 4 1
--RESET
POS. A -- NO OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
POS. B -- OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
Note.-- Version 03 as CN 99/45
1
Ion Chamber Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers NAME DATE SHEET / OF
Type JP3,JP4,JP7,JP8 JP1,JP2,JP5,JP6 JP13, JP14, JP15, JP16
DWG:
A3263--03
IC1=IC2=IC3=IC4 B B B 1/1
IC1=IC2=IC3 B B A
IC1=IC2 B A A AEC ADAPTATION
/ / /
IC1=IC2=IC3=IC4 A A A SEDECAL
ADAPTACION AEC
GENERATOR
POWER
MODULE
TB1
AEC ADAPTATION BD. ( A3263--03 )
TS1 POWER INTERFACE Cable 9 ION CHAMBER #1
J1
42 1 1 ION CHAMBER Cable Preamplifier
IC GND 1
16 --12 VDC 2 7 --12 VDC 7
15 +12 VDC 3 8 +12 VDC 8

17 +24 VDC 4 9 GND 9
18 GND 8 5 IC1 OUTPUT 5

IC1 OUT
5 +12 VDC 3 CENTER AREA 3
FLD2--IC1
6 C1 C3 2 LEFT AREA 2
-- 4 0.1 uF 100uF FLD1--IC1
7 U1 35V 6 RIGHT AREA 6
TP1 RP4 +12 VDC TP2 RP4 +12 VDC FLD3--IC1
jumper IC1 10K IC2 10K LF347
10 TP6 RP1 +12 VDC R12 R7 4 RESET 4
10K 5 6 RP3 3K01 1 2 RP3 3K01 + STRT--IC1
IC4 R6 11
10K 10K
5 6 RP2 3K01 R10 -- 9 R11 R9 -- 13 R8 C2 C4 Screen
ATP CPU CONSOLE 10K 1K U1 6 5 1K U1 2 1 1K --12 VDC 100uF
R4 -- 6 R5
LF347 RP3
1K
RP3
0.1 uF
35V
1K U1 6 5 1K 8 LF347
AEC INTERFACE Cable 10K 14 10K
J5 J4 LF347 RP2 C10 + 10
C9 + 12
+12 VDC TP5
7 10K 7 7 8 3 3 4 TP4 RP1
0.1 uF 0.1 uF
5 GND 5 C8 + 5 RP4 RP4
IC3 10K R1 GND
ION CHAMBER #2
0.1 uF 7 7 8 8 10K RP2 3K01 J2
4 10K 1 2
RP1 JP9 JP10 10K ION CHAMBER Cable Preamplifier
7 IC4 INPUT 7 8 10K B A
IC1 OUT
B A
IC2 OUT R3 -- 2 R2 1 1
JP12 1K U1 2 1 1K
IC4 OUT --12 VDC
1 IC1 INPUT 1 B A LF347 RP2 7 7
1 10K --12 VDC
6 6 C7 + 3 +12 VDC
IC2 INPUT 0.1 uF 3 3 4 8 +12 VDC 8
RP1
2 IC3 INPUT 2 4 10K 9 9
JP11 GND
IC3 OUT
8 --FLD 2 DR 8 B A 5 IC1 OUTPUT 5
IC2 OUT
3 --FLD 1 DR 3 3 CENTER AREA 3
FLD2--IC2
4 --FLD 3 DR 4 2 LEFT AREA 2
FLD1--IC2
9 --STRT DR 9 6 RIGHT AREA 6
FLD3--IC2
Shield 4 RESET 4
K10 K6 K2 STRT--IC2
JP8 JP6 JP14 K15
A A Screen
C6 6 1 6 1 6 1 A 6 1
100uF B B B
35V CR2
1N4148 13 8 13 8 13 8 13
J3 ION CHAMBER #3
ION CHAMBER Cable Preamplifier
C5 1 1
K11 K7 K3 K14
0.1 uF JP4 JP2 JP16
A A 7 --12 VDC 7
6 1 6 1 6 1 A 6 1
B B B 8 +12 VDC 8
CR3
1N4148 13 8 13 8 13 8 13 8 9
FLD1--IC1 FLD1--IC2 FLD1--IC3 9 GND
5 IC1 OUTPUT 5
IC3 OUT
K12 K8 K4 K13 3 CENTER AREA 3
JP7 JP5 JP15 FLD2--IC3
A A A 2
6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 LEFT AREA 2
B B B FLD1--IC3
CR4 6 RIGHT AREA 6
1N4148 13 8 13 8 13 8 FLD3--IC3
FLD3--IC2 FLD3--IC3 13 8
FLD3--IC1 4 RESET 4
STRT--IC3
Screen
TP3 K9 K5 K1 K16
JP3 JP1 JP13
ST
A A 6 1 A
6 1 6 1 6 1
R13 B B B
10K CR1
1N4148 13 8 13 8 13 8 J5 ION CHAMBER #4
STRT--IC1 STRT--IC2 STRT--IC3 13 8
1 ION CHAMBER Cable Preamplifier
1
7 --12 VDC 7
8 +12 VDC 8
9 GND 9
5 IC1 OUTPUT 5
IC4 OUT
JUMPERS JP9, JP10, JP11, JP12 Ion Chamber Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers 3 CENTER AREA 3
Type JP3,JP4,JP7,JP8 JP1,JP2,JP5,JP6 JP13, JP14, JP15, JP16 2 LEFT AREA 2
IC1=IC2=IC3=IC4 B B B 6 6
POS. B -- OFFSET ADJUSTMENT RIGHT AREA
4 RESET 4
IC1=IC2=IC3 B B A
Screen
IC1=IC2 B A A
/ / /
IC1=IC2=IC3=IC4 A A A

Note.-- Compatible interface with preamplifier for Ion Chamber types : DRAWING F. GARCIA 07/08/96
DWG:
IM--015
1/1
-- Expos--AID REVISED A. DIAZ 10/10/96 A REV
-- Vacutec 70145/70151
-- Comet Ion Chambers with PA--021 Preamplifier
A Version 03 F. GARCIA 10/10/99 SEDECAL AEC -- AID / VACUTEC / COMET COMPATIBILITY
5 4 3 2 1
GENERATOR CABINET
D D
HT CONTROL BOARD
RADIATION METER POWER Radiation meter
CABLE A3356-02 board (A3170-01)
J1 ION CHAMBER #1
J1-12
TUBE 2 SCL
1 Radiation meter cable A7264-XX VacuDAP 158 00 15
P2
+ 24 V
2 9 Ion chamber cable
GND Ion chamber cable
3 1 + 23 V
+
3 GND
-
TS1
2
17
5 IC1
18
1
RxD
2
VacuDAP
C
TxD interface
C
3
cable RS232
4
9520061
GND
5
1
RxD
2 VacuDAP
TxD interface
3 cable RS232
9520061
4
GND
P1 5 ION CHAMBER #2
3
IC2 VacuDAP 158 00 15
TPC RADIATION METER 2
CONTROL CABLE + 23 V
A7657-01 5 +
COM4 P3 GND
RxD 9 -
2 3
Ion chamber cable
TxD 1 Ion chamber cable
B B
3 2
GND
5 5 Radiation meter cable A7264-XX
Shield
TPC PRINTER CABLE

A7038-01
COM3
2
PRINTER
A
2 A
3
DRAWING M.A. Glez 21/02/07 A9447-05/06
5
1/1
REVISED A.DIAZ 21/02/07 B A REV
B Update NC 07/069 M.A. Gonzalez 26/03/07 RADIATION METER for TPC 1T/2T
A First release M.A. Gonzalez 21/02/07 SEDECAL (Direct connection to TPC)

5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
+2 3V
P1
5
1 9 1
4
8
3
7
2 P3
6
1 9 5
9
13
4
11 8
3
7
2
8 6
4 1
6
+24 V
+2 4V K1 J1
2 2
1 16
1
+2 3V
2
P2 3
5
9
4
8 D1 1N4007
3
7
2
6 U1
1 LM317HV
+2 3V
VOUT VIN
R1 ADJ
3 C1 221 C2 3
10u F 10u F
R2
35V 35V
3K83
4 NA ME SHEET / OF 4
DATE
DRA WING F. Daz 05/04/00
A317001
1/1
REVISED F. Daz 05/04/00 A REV
A NC 00/166 F. Daz 18/07/00 SEDECAL RADIATION METER

A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
ATP CONSOLE BOARD
CONECTOR = J2
SIGNAL I/0 PIN
1
2
3
4
5 GENERATOR CABINET
3 6 3
7
8 TS3
9 1 1
10 2 2
11 3 3
A3540-01
12
13
4 4 ALIGNMENT
14 CABLE ALIGNMENT
INTERLOCK2 I 15
16 A7305-06 J1
17 INTERLOCK2 21 21 INTERLOCK2
18 GND GND 1
22 22 2
20 GND GND 3
24 24 4
21
INTERLOCK1 I 22 CON4
23
24
25
*See Note
2 2
*Note: This page applies to all Generators except for Compact Mini 1T
1 1

DRAWING RFRUTOS 08/07/05
54301092
1/2
REVISED FDIAZ 08/07/05 Ab1 REV
SEDECAL ONE-TUBE ALIGNMENT

Ab1 RFRUTOS
N.C. 05/128 08/07/05 INTERFACE
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
GENERATOR CABINET
ATP CONSOLE BOARD TS1
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
CONECTOR = J2 9 9
SIGNAL I/0 PIN 10 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 TS3
3 9 5 5 3
10
11
7
8
7
8
A3540-01
12
13
ALIGNMENT
14 CABLE ALIGNMENT
INTERLOCK2 I 15
16 A7305-06 J1
18 GND GND 1
22 22 2
20 GND GND 3
24 24 4
21
INTERLOCK1 I 22 CON4
23
24
25
*See Note
2 2
1
*Note: This page ONLY applies to Generator Compact Mini 1T 1

54301092
2/2
TS2.5->TS1.6 M.CAPPIELLO 09/AGO/07

SEDECAL ONE-TUBE ALIGNMENT
Ab1 RFRUTOS
N.C. 05/128 08/07/05 INTERFACE
A B C D E
A B C D E
GENERATOR CABINET
A3540-01
4
ALIGNMENT 4
(TUBE2)
J1
1
2
3
TS1 4
1 1 CON4
2
3
2
3
HT
4 4 P1 CONTROLER
CABLE ALIGNMENT
1
2
A7305-06
ATP CONSOLE BOARD 16
17
16
17 12
18 18 13
19 19
CONECTOR = J2
SIGNAL I/0 PIN
1
A6343-55 2T SAFETY
2
3
ADAPTER CABLE
4
5
3 6 3
7 TS3
8
9 1 1
10 2 2
3 3 21
11 1 22
4 4 2
12 J1 23
13 3 24
14 2 J4 4
INTERLOCK2 I 15 1
16
21 21 1
17
18 22 22 2
23 23 J3
19 3
20 24 24 4 21
21 1 22
INTERLOCK1 I 22 J2 2 23
23 3 24
24 4
25
A9509-01
Double-Tube
Safety
Adapter
CABLE ALIGNMENT
2 2
A7305-06
A3540-01
ALIGNMENT
(TUBE1)
J1
1
2
3
4
CON4
1 1

54301093
1/1
SEDECAL Double-Tube Alignment

Ab1 RFRUTOS
N.C. 05/128 08/07/05 Interface
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
3 3
SW4 SW1
SW2 SW5
JP2 JP1
2 2
J1
INTERLOCK2
1 INTERLOCK2 RTN.
2 INTERLOCK1
3 INTERLOCK1 RTN
4 SW6 SW3
CON4
1 1

A3540-01
1/1
SEDECAL ALIGNMENT
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 J1 4
1
2
3
4
K1
8 CON4
4
6
K1
9
13
11
J3
1
2
3
4
K2
CON4 8
4
6
3 3
J2
K2 1
9 2
13 3
11 4
CON4
K1 K2
1
J4
+
D1 D2
1 1N4007 1N4007
-
2
16
16
CON2 DS2Y-S-DC24V DS2Y-S-DC24V
2 2
1 1
N PCB = 90119-01
DRAWING R.FRUTOS 27/01/06
A9509-01
1/1
REVISED F.DIAZ 27/01/06 Ab1 REV
SEDECAL Double-Tube Safety Adapter

A B C D E
GE Medical Systems Proteus / BRX -- RAD Generator
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 2-A
CONFIGURATION
(RAD CONSOLE)
GE Healthcare
2A-1 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2A-2 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE
Configuration provides the initial settings for extended memory and checkout
procedures that must be carried out before making X-ray exposures.
Functional characteristics of this Generator are defined at the time of
installation.
Calibration and some configuration data are stored in a non-volatile memory

chip (U3-EEPROM) located on the HT Controller Board in the Power Cabinet.
When the initial setup and checkout has been completed the Generator will be
ready for Calibration.
Note . Record all the configuration settings in the Data Book.
DO NOT SUPPLY THE MAIN POWER UNTIL SPECIFICALLY

INSTRUCTED TO DO SO IN THIS DOCUMENT.
THE MAIN CAPACITORS OF THE HIGH VOLTAGE INVERTER

RETAIN A LARGE PORTION OF THEIR CHARGE FOR
APPROX. 3 MINUTES AFTER THE UNIT IS TURNED OFF.
The Generator configuration is determined by:
X-ray tube(s) number, model and use.
System requirements (Bucky, Tomo, AEC, ...)
Maximum kV, kW.
Specific versions of U24-EPROM on the ATP Console CPU Board and U5 on

the HT Controller Board are based on the Generator configuration. (Refer to
Illustration 2-1).
The system configuration and test switches are:
DIP SWITCH LOCATION FUNCTION
3024SW1 - ATP Console CPU Board System Configuration
3024SW2 - ATP Console CPU Board Test
3024SW3 - ATP Console CPU Board No used for Configuration
3000SW2 - HT Controller Board System Configuration and Test
2A-3 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 2-1
EPROM and Switch locations
J7 J8
3024SW2
3024SW3
U24 3024SW4
3024SW1
ATP CONSOLE CPU BOARD -- A3024
3000SW2
U5
HT CONTROLLER -- A3000 INTERFACE CONTROL -- A3009
POWER SUPPLY
FILAMENT DRIVER
A3004
POWER CABINET -- FRONT PANEL
2A-4 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.1 CONFIGURATION AND TEST SWITCHES
ATP Console Dip Switches must be configured with the Generator turned OFF,
and they are read when the Generator is turned ON again.
1.1.1 3024SW1 - ATP CONSOLE CPU BOARD
Set dip switch 3024SW1 in accordance with the Table 2-1.
Table 2-1
System Configuration Dip Switch 3024SW1 on the ATP Console CPU Board
3024SW1 POSITION OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON)
1 60 Hz *1) 50 Hz *1)
Normal -- Application mode.

2 -- Exposures are inhibited when
Door Interlock Switch is opened.
3 Not used. Set in OFF position. Not used.
Note.-- *1) This switch is related with the frequency of the Rotor Controller. For Generators with High Speed Starter
(LV-DRAC) or Generators Powered through Batteries with Stand-Alone set always SW1-1 to 60 Hz, in the rest of
Generators set SW1-1 in accordance with the Power Line Frequency.
Set dip switch 3024SW2 verifying that each position is set as Table 2-2.
Table 2-2
Test Dip Switch 3024SW2 on the ATP Console CPU Board
Skips reception with the HT Controller. Use only for

display purposes, troubleshooting or Demo Consoles
1 Normal -- Application mode.
when there is no Power Module. Be sure that J3
connector is not plugged to the ATP Console CPU Board.
Tick Sound (button / command acknowledge) is not Tick Sound (button / command acknowledge) is emitted
2
emitted by the ATP Console CPU Board. by the ATP Console CPU Board.
Service Mode Allowed. In this mode:

-- the X-ray Tube always works at 100% of its power in
accordance with its specifications.
In this mode, the X-ray Tube power can be limited for
3 -- if the selected Focal Spot indicator is blinking it means
working at 80% or 100% (for more details refer to the
the generator is operating in High Speed. It will help to
Operator Manual OM 2401587--100 -- Section 3).
service engineer during Configuration and Calibration
procedures.

4 Not used. kV Lineal Scale Mode for kV variation
(kV changes one by one).
2A-5 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Dip switch 3024SW3 is not used for configuration but all their switches must be
set in Off position.
Dip Switch 3024SW4 is not used for configuration but all their switches must be
1.1.5 3000SW2 - HT CONTROLLER BOARD
HT Controller Dip Switches can be configured while the Generator is ON except

Dip Switch 3000SW2-1.
Set dip switch 3000SW2 as indicated in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3
Test Dip Switch 3000SW2 on the HT Controller Board in the Power Module
3000SW2
OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON)
POSITION
Programming of Rotor Acceleration Time and

1 Normal.
RAD Filament Setting Time *1) *2)
2 Normal. Bypasses: Filament, Rotor Ready, Error E11. *1) *3)
3 Normal -- Not used. Not used.
4 Normal -- Digital mA Loop Closed Digital mA Loop Open / Filament Current Constant *1)
5 125 kV *4) 150 kV *4)
6 All Generators except Tube-2 for RAD Generators with Tube-2 for RAD only.
7 Normal -- Filament Boosting for Tube--1 No Filament Boosting for Tube--1 *5)
Notes.-- *1) Set in Closed (On) position only for Calibration and Testing procedures when indicated in the Service Manual.
*2) Note that SW2-1 in Closed (On) position is only set to program the Rotor Acceleration Time and Rad Filament
Setting Time, therefore it changes the functions of Switches SW2-2 and SW2-4 to SW2-8. Refer to Section 3.
*3) This turns off the filaments so no radiation will be produced during the exposure.
WARNING: THE kV OUTPUT OF THE HV TRANSFORMER WILL BE WHATEVER IS SET BY THE CONSOLE. IF
THE X-RAY TUBE HV CABLES ARE NOT CONNECTED INTO THE HV TRANSFORMER, FILL COMPLETELY BOTH
HV RECEPTACLES WITH HV OIL.
*4) Set SW2-5 according to the Generator kV rating (refer to the Generator model and/or specifications).
*5) Set to No Filament Boosting when using X-ray Tubes with Small Focal Spot smaller than 0.6 .
2A-6 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.2 BASIC CONFIGURATION OF GENERATOR BOARDS
The following Jumpers are factory set or removed to configure the Generator
Boards according to the customer order. Check the jumper positions in the
Generator Boards.
GENERATOR BOARDS JUMPERS POSITION
JP1 and JP2 in 2

HT CONTROLLER
JP3, JP5 and JP6 in 2 and JP4 in 1
FILAMENT CONTROL JP1 in A
W1 in 2--3
INTERFACE CONTROL W2 in 1--2
W3 to W8 in A : for positive High Voltage supply for Ion Chamber
JP1, JP2 and JP3 in B (soldered)
JP4 in B (Cam-Sync)
JP5 in B : Standard
JP6 in A (soldered)
Connector J8 configured for RS232 so: JP9, JP10 and JP11 in A.

JP7, JP8, JP21 and JP22 do not matter jumpers position
ATP CONSOLE CPU
JP12 removed
JP13 installed (set) : if AEC Control Board A3012--xx is installed

JP13 removed : if AEC Control Board A3012--xx is not installed
JP14 installed (soldered)
JP15, JP16, JP17 and JP18 removed
JP19 in A (soldered)
2A-7 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.3 AEC CONFIGURATION
Configure the following Jumpers on the AEC Control Board (located over the
ATP Console CPU Board) and on the AEC Adaptation Board when this
option is installed in the Generator Cabinet.
AEC CONTROL BOARD (A3012--05/25)
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
JP1 A FOR TV CAMERA

B FOR PHOTOMULTIPLIER
C FOURTH ION CHAMBER & ATS--DIG
JP1-C, JP2-A AND JP4-B (STANDARD)
JP2 A FOR TV CAMERA
JP4 A FOR PHOTOMULTIPLIER -- AEC

B FOR ION CHAMBER -- AEC & ATS--DIG
JP3 A FOR HIGH SENSITIVITY (STANDARD) JP3-A FOR AEC WHEN USING ION CHAMBER WITH HIGH SENSITIVITY
B FOR LOW SENSITIVITY JP3-B FOR AEC WHEN USING ION CHAMBER WITH LOW SENSITIVITY
NOTE: HIGH SENSITIVITY IS > 2 V / mR (> 0.223 V / Gy) (a.e. Vacutec Ion Chamber)
LOW SENSITIVITY IS < 2 V / mR (< 0.223 V / Gy) (refer to Ion Chamber documentation)
AEC ADAPTATION BOARD (A3263--03)
JUMPERS POSITION
ION CHAMBER TYPE
JP3, JP4, JP7, JP8 JP1, JP2, JP5, JP6 JP13, JP14, JP15, JP16
IC1 = IC2 = IC3 = IC4

B B B
(STANDARD)
IC1 = IC2 = IC3 B B A
IC1 = IC2 B A A
IC1 IC2 IC3 IC4 A A A
JUMPERS POSITION
ION CHAMBER OUTPUT
JP9 (IC1) JP10 (IC2) JP11 (IC3) JP12 (IC4)
NO-OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
A A A A
(STANDARD)
OFFSET ADJUSTMENT B B B B
TEST POINT AND POTENTIOMETER

TP1 -- R11 TP2 -- R8 TP4 -- R2 TP12 -- R5
(ONLY IF JUMPER IS IN B POSITION)
2A-8 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4 WORKSTATIONS CONFIGURATION
The workstations can be configured according to the customer preferences or

default.
Each combination of Tube / Device / Ion Chamber is associated to one

workstation in the system. If during the system configuration some push-button
has not been related to one workstation (value Tube -- 0), this push-button will
not be able to be selected during operation.
The different combinations of X-ray Tubes, Devices and Ion Chambers are
configured from the Console as described below:
CUSTOMIZED CONFIGURATION
Note . This procedure has to be performed always that ATP Console

CPU Board is replaced by a new one.
1. With the Generator OFF, set dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console
CPU Board in On position to permit the service mode.
2. Configuration mode can be accessible in two ways: with the Console

OFF or with the Console ON.
a. With the Console OFF: enter in configuration mode by pressing

the ON push-button and then simultaneously press Slow and
Fast Film/Screen push-buttons, release the ON push-button
and hold pressed the Slow and Fast Film/Screen push-buttons
until all the workstations push-buttons are illuminated.
b. With the Console ON: enter in configuration mode by holding

pressed the ON push-button and then simultaneously press
Slow and Fast Film/Screen push-buttons, until all the
workstations push-buttons are illuminated.
2A-9 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. Select the first workstation to be configured, only this push-button blinks

and the Console shows one of the following values:
DISPLAY FUNCTION VALUE DESCRIPTION
0 No-configured workstation (Not selectable by the operator)
1st Value
TUBES 1 Tube-1
(kVp Display)
2 Tube-2
0 -- Direct Direct (No Bucky)
DEVICES -- 1 -- Bucky 1 Bucky-1 (Table Bucky)

2nd Value
WORKING
(mAs Display)
MODE 2 -- Bucky 2 Bucky-2 (Wall Bucky)
3 -- STD Tomo Standard Tomo *1)
0 No AEC (Not selectable by the operator)
1 Ion Chamber-1 (Table Bucky)
3rd Value ION

2 Ion Chamber-2 (Wall Bucky)
(mA Display) CHAMBERS
3 Ion Chamber-3
4 Ion Chamber-4
4th Value 0 No Interlock

WS LOCK
(kVp Display
(kV Di l
(ALIGNMENT
holding pressed 1 Interlock-1
INTERLOCK
the ON
OPTION)
push-button) 2 Interlock-2
Notes: *1) Only when the Tomo is controlled from the Generator. In this case, the workstation has to be configured as
Tube 1 or 2, Device STD Tomo and Ion Chamber 0.
4. Set the new value by pressing the corresponding Increase or

Decrease push-buttons. Set the 4th value (0, 1 or 2) to configure the
Workstation Lock (Alignment Interlock option), for that, press and hold
the ON push-button of the Console and then change the value by
pressing the kVp Increase or kVp Decrease push-buttons. This value
is shown on the kVp Display while the ON push-button is pressed.
5. Select the next workstations to be configured and set the respective

values of each one.
2A-10 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Exposures made from workstations configured with Device Direct (No

Bucky), Bucky-1, Bucky-2 and Standard Tomo are only enabled with
the internal Preparation and Exposure signals controlled by the
Handswitch.
7. Select one of the workstation configured as available and exit

configuration mode by simultaneously pressing Slow and Fast
Film/Screen push-buttons, then a double-bip will sound and the Console
go on with the starting process.
Note . 1) Optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board (in the Power

Cabinet) is required to configure more than two Buckys.
For system without the optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board,

it can only work directly with two Buckys, and the value assigned
to them must be 1 and 2 in the second value.
2) TOMO must be always related to Bucky-1. Only one TOMO can

be used in the system, so only one of the workstations should be
configured with the value 3 in the second value.
3) Optional AEC Control Board (connected to the Console CPU

Board) is required to work with AEC.
Optional AEC Adaptation Board is required to configure any

no-standard or more than one Ion Chambers in the system.
2A-11 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
DEFAULT CONFIGURATION
Default configuration sets some default values to each workstation. It only

should be used to re-initialize the workstation configuration when the complete
configuration has been lost or it is not possible to select any workstation.
2. Configuration mode can be accessible in two ways: with the Console

OFF or with the Console ON.
a. With the Console OFF: enter in configuration mode by pressing

the ON push-button and then simultaneously press Slow and
Fast Film/Screen push-buttons, release the ON push-button
and hold pressed the Slow and Fast Film/Screen push-buttons
until all the workstations push-buttons are illuminated.
b. With the Console ON: enter in configuration mode by holding

pressed the ON push-button and then simultaneously press
Slow and Fast Film/Screen push-buttons, until all the
workstations push-buttons are illuminated.
3. Press the AEC Reset push-button once and exit configuration mode
by simultaneously pressing Slow and Fast Film/Screen push-buttons,
then a double-bip will sound and the Console go on with the starting
process.
4. It is recommended to perform a proper configuration of each workstation

in the system after a default configuration.
2A-12 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 2 EXTENDED MEMORY SETTING
2.1 EXTENDED MEMORY LOCATIONS
Miscellaneous configuration and calibration data are stored in the Extended

Memory Locations. It is recommended to note the values factory stored in each
Memory Location. (Refer to Table 2-4)
Note . For Generators with only one Radiographic X-ray Tube, this Tube
have to be configured, calibrated and used as Tube-1.
2A-13 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 2-4
Extended Memory Locations
MEMORY LOCATION FUNCTION VALUE
E01 TUBE-1 -- RAD filament stand-by (Autocalibrated. Not field changeable)
E02 TUBE-1 -- RAD Tube type
E03 Low Digital mA Loop Closed (from 10 mA to 80 mA)
E04 AEC-1 calibration
E05 High Digital mA Loop Closed (from 100 mA)
E06 kV Loop
E07 Maximum kW (Factory set. Only field changeable to lower value)
E08 AEC-1 tracking
E10 AEC-2 tracking
E12 AEC Density Scale
E13 TUBE-1 -- Exposure Time adjustment - Delay
E14 Maximum RAD kV for TUBE-1
E15 TUBE-1 -- Exposure Time adjustment - Ceq kV
E24 AEC-3 tracking / AEC-4 tracking (equal value for both)
E67 Number of Storage Capacitors 1)
E68 Nominal Line Voltage 1)
E69 Maximum Line Current 1)
* Notes: Memory Locations not listed are not used.

1) This Extended Memory Location only applies to the Capacitor Discharge Generator.
2A-14 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.2 HOW TO ENTER AND STORE DATA IN THE EXTENDED MEMORY
The Extended Memory data are entered from the Console when the unit is in
service mode. Access to memory locations as indicated below:
1. Turn the Generator OFF and set the Test dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the
ATP Console CPU Board in On position to permit the service mode.
2. Turn the Generator ON by pressing the Power On push-button on the

Console. Select the needed Workstation (WS).
3. Enter calibration mode by simultaneously pressing the Slow and Fast

Film/Screen push-buttons. The indicator lamp for the selected
workstation will be flash confirming that the Generator is in the calibration
mode.
Note . In calibration mode, only the kV and mA parameters can be

modified, values for Time and mAs are factory programmed.
4. Increase the mA value beyond the maximum mA position. The mA

Display will show the first Extended Memory location (E01), they will
continue sequentially as the Increase mA push-button is pressed.
The values stored in each location are displayed on the kV Display after
pressing the AEC Reset push-button or after pressing the Increase or
Decrease Density push-buttons. Since these push-buttons are also
used to increase or decrease the stored values one number should be
added or subtracted from the reading to obtain the stored value.
5. Select the new value by pressing the Increase or Decrease Density

push-buttons. Each time these push-buttons are depressed the
displayed value (on the kV Display) is increased or decreased one step.
6. Store the new value by pressing the AEC Reset push-button.
Note . If the AEC Reset push-button is not pressed after a new value is
selected, no modified data will be retained and the kV Display
reverts to either the selected kV value or the original data.
7. Exit calibration mode by simultaneously pressing the Slow and Fast

Film/Screen push-buttons.
8. Turn the Generator OFF and set dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP
Console CPU Board in Off position to place the Generator in normal
mode.
2A-15 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.3 LIMIT OF MAXIMUM RAD kV
The Maximum kV of each X-ray Tube is automatically set according to the X-ray
Tube configured in E02 (Tube-1) and E18 (Tube-2) Memory Locations. The
Maximum kV can be limited to a minimum of 100 kV for each Tube. Set the
Maximum kV value in E14 Memory Location for Tube-1 and in E16 Memory
Location for Tube-2.
Note . To perform a proper Auto-Calibration it is recommended to limit the

Maximum kVp to a minimum of 120 kVp.
1. Enter in calibration mode.
2. Select the respective Memory Location, E14 for Tube-1 or E16 for Tube-2
(memory location is shown on the mA Display).
3. Set the new limit of Maximum RAD kV by pressing the Increase or

Decrease Density push-buttons and store the value by pressing the
AEC Reset button.
4. Exit from calibration mode.
Note . Record configuration data for E14 and E16 in the Data Book.
2.4 LIMIT OF MAXIMUM kW
The Maximum kW of the Generator is factory set according to the Generator

performance. Generator kW can be limited to a lower value.
Note . This limit can be set to a lower value to match the maximum
Generator power to the Line power, due to a high line impedance
(refer to Pre-installation document).
1. Enter calibration mode.
2. Select the E07 Memory Location (memory location is shown on the mA

Display).
3. Set the new limit of Maximum kW by pressing the Increase or

Decrease Density push-buttons until the correct number is showed in
the kV Display.
4. Store the new value by pressing the AEC Reset push-button.
Note . Record configuration data for E07 in the Data Book.
2A-16 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.5 EXTENDED MEMORY LOCATIONS RELATED TO THE CAPACITOR

DISCHARGE GENERATOR
The values entered into the Extended Memory Locations E67, E68 and E69
ensure optimal performance of the Capacitor Discharge Generator. These
values are factory set, but they must be checked by the field engineer during
installation / configuration of the Generator according to the Line Voltage (E68)
and Line Current (E69) of the installation site.
The correct configuration of these Extended Memory Locations and the Jumper
set on the Capacitor Charger Board (A3517--xx) will prevent that the Error Code
E13 from appearing during operation.
EXTENDED MEMORY LOCATION E67: NUMBER OF CAPACITORS
The value entered into the Extended Memory Location E67 must be the same
as the physical count of the Capacitors in the equipment: 6 , 8 or 10.
EXTENDED MEMORY LOCATION E68: NOMINAL LINE VOLTAGE
The value entered into the Extended Memory Location E68 must be set
according to the Nominal Line Voltage from the Room Electrical Supply to which
the equipment is connected: 100 , 110 , 120 , 208 , 230 or 240 VAC.
EXTENDED MEMORY LOCATION E69: MAXIMUM LINE CURRENT
The value entered into the Extended Memory Location E69 must coincide with
the value of the Jumper (J2 / J3 / J4 / J5 / J6) set on the Capacitor Charger Board
(A3517--xx) during the installation of the Generator: 20 , 16 , 12 , 10 or 8 A.
2A-17 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2A-18 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 3 X-RAY TUBE SELECTION
3.1 X-RAY TUBE INSERT PROTECTION CURVES
In order to properly select the X-ray Tube Insert Protection Curves for the Tubes
connected to the Generator, perform the following procedure:
1. Select one workstation of the corresponding X-ray Tube to be configured.
3. Select the respective memory location (E02 or E18) (memory location is

shown on the mA Display).
4. Identify in Section 4 X-ray Tube Data, the X-ray Tube that is being
installed and note its Tube type number.
5. Set the Tube number by pressing the Increase or Decrease Density

push-buttons until the correct number is showed in the kV Display.
6. Store the value by pressing the AEC Reset push-button.
7. Verify that the Tube code (ID) showed in the mAs Display is the same of
the Tube code listed in Section 4 X-ray Tube Data. The Tube code (ID)
can be only read for the selected X-ray Tube after pressing the AEC
Reset push-button.
8. If required, repeat this procedure for the other X-ray Tube.
9. Exit calibration mode.
2A-19 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2 GENERATORS WITH LF-RAC (LOW SPEED STARTER)
3.2.1 STATOR VOLTAGE AND CAPACITOR SELECTION
Check that the capacitor value of the Low Speed Starter

corresponds to the value recommended by the X-ray Tube
manufacturer. If needed replace the capacitor. Also, the Rotor
speed must be indicated by the manufacturer.
The DC Brake of the Low Speed Starter (LF-RAC) can be removed by

desoldering CR6 on the LF-RAC Board (refer to schematic 543020xx). In this
case, the Tube will remain coasting after releasing the Prep order.
3.2.1.1 CONFIGURATION FOR ONE OR TWO TUBES WITH STANDARD STATOR
Voltage and capacitor is factory set to 220 VAC, 30 F. In all cases, refer to
X-ray Tube Product Data.
3.2.1.2 CONFIGURATION FOR ONE OR TWO TUBES WITH THE SAME STARTING VOLTAGE AT
110 VAC
When the stator requires a starting voltage of 110 VAC (a.e. X-ray Tube Toshiba
E7239 / E7240 / E7242 / E7252 / E7299 / E7813 / E7865) perform the following
modifications:
If the Power Input Transformer 6T2 is for using with power lines up to
240 VAC (part number 50509030), remove the wire labelled as 4 that
is connected to Terminal 4 (230 VAC RTR) and connect it to Terminal 3
or 8 (110 VAC).
(110 VAC).
For X-ray Tube Toshiba E7252 or E7813 (or when it is required) replace
also the Fuse F1 (6A) on the LF-RAC Board by another fuse of 10 A.
These changes affect to all the Tubes connected to

Generator.
2A-20 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2.1.3 CONFIGURATION FOR TWO TUBES WITH DIFFERENT STARTING VOLTAGE AT 220 VAC
AND 110 VAC
For Generators equipped with a LF-RAC module for two X-ray Tubes, with
possible selection of voltage and capacitor jumpers on the LF-RAC Board, set
jumpers according to the respective X-ray Tube(s) as indicated below.
(A Kit of 110 VAC is required with this configuration).
TUBE-1 TUBE-2
220 VAC TB2-T1 with TB1-5 or TB1-6 TB2-T2 with TB1-5 or TB1-6
VOLTAGE
150 VAC TB2-T1 with TB1-8 or TB1-9 TB2-T2 with TB1-8 or TB1--9
30 F TB3-T1 with TB1-12 or TB1-13 TB3-T2 with TB1-12 or TB1-13

CAPACITOR
10C5--1
15uF
10C5--2
30uF
10R4--1
1 Mohm, 2w
10R4--2
1 Mohm, 2w
30uF
10J8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TB1 TB1
1 1
230 VAC RTR KACC
( S1, 2--D2 ) 2 K1--1 TB3 TB3
60 VAC RTR KCT
3 2 T2 K2--3 T1
0 VAC RTR F1
T 6A
3 Tube 2 Tube 1
47 7
10RC1 2w 10T3 220V TB2
8 T1
100 nF
1 KV 9
Tube 1 KCT
10LF2 10K1 150 V K2--1 LF--RAC BOARD
2 4
2 1 10A1
1 3
6
TB2
0V 5 T2
4
Tube 2
T1/T2 COMM
(to 10TS2)
2A-21 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2.2 PROGRAMMING OF ROTOR ACCELERATION TIME AND RAD FILAMENT SETTING TIME
Rotor Acceleration Time is determined by the X-ray Tube and

Rotor characteristics and it must be considered when the
Generator is about to be configured. X-ray Tube could be
permanently damaged unless the required RPM are reached
before an exposure. (Refer to technical information of the
X-ray Tube).
Dip Switch 3000SW2 on the HT Controller Board is used to program:
Rotor Acceleration Time. That depends on stator voltage, stator

frequency, stator type, quality of X-ray tube bearings, and X-ray tube
anode size. A reed tachometer or a stroboscope can be used to
determine the anode RPM. Be sure that the Rotor Acceleration Times
meet all requirements for anticipated customer applications.
This value is programmable from 0.8 to 2.7 seconds. After this time the
Rotor is hold running in maintaining mode as long as Prep is active.
Rad Filament Setting Time. This parameter has the same configuration
value than the Rotor Acceleration Time. Sometimes, if it is required to
increase the Rad Filament Setting Time to the next value, configure the
respective switches again. This adjustment avoids Error-12.
Note . The Rotor Acceleration Time and Rad Filament Setting Time is
factory set to 1.8 seconds. Maintain this value when it is unknown
or not provided with the X-ray Tube documentation.
1. Turn the Generator OFF and note current settings of the dip switch
3000SW2 on the HT Controller Board.
Note . Configuration of these times are only allowed when dip switch
3000SW2-1 is in Closed (On) position after power the Generator
OFF and back ON again.
2A-22 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2. Set dip switches 3000SW2-1 and 3000SW2-2 as indicated below, in

order to enable the selection of times with the Low Speed Starter. Dip
switch3000SW2-1 has to be switched ONLY with the Generator
powered OFF.
3000SW2-1 (selection enable) 3000SW2-2 (Low Speed Starter)
ON OFF
3. Configure the Rotor and Filament Times by setting the dip switches
3000SW2-4 through 3000SW2-8 per Table 2-5.
Table 2-5
Low Speed: Configuration of Rotor and Filament Times
TUBE-1 3000SW2-7 3000SW2-8

ROTOR ACCELERATION TIME
AND FILAMENT SETTING TIME OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON) OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON)
0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -
TUBE-2 3000SW2-5 3000SW2-6

0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -
Note . Record the switch configuration in the Data Book.
4. To validate previous configuration, turn the Generator ON, wait until

Error--01 (E01) appears on the Console and turn the Generator OFF.
5. Set dip switch 3000SW2 to the original settings as noted in step-1. (Refer
to Section 1.1.5 for the normal settings of Dip Switch 3000SW2).
2A-23 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.3 GENERATORS WITH LV-DRAC (HIGH SPEED STARTER)
3.3.1 ANODE STATOR SELECTION
For Generators with High Speed Starter, configure NOW the X-ray Tube
Family (anode stator + insert) by setting the respective dip switches 3243SW1
(pos. 4 to 8) and / or 3243SW2 (pos. 4 to 8) on the Control DRAC Board. (Refer
to LV-DRAC - Digital Rotating Anode Controller document).
Configuration of these dip switches automatically determines the appropriate

Starting and Running Stator Voltage and Rotor Acceleration Time of the
selected Tube Family.
High Speed Tube Selection -- Tube in Table-1
(Switch 3243SW3-5 = ON for Tube-1 )

(Switch 3243SW4-5 = ON for Tube-2)
3243SW1-x (TUBE-1) 3243SW2-x (TUBE-2)

TUBE FAMILY
(Stator - Anode) 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 7 8
TOSHIBA E7252X ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF
3.3.2 PROGRAMMING OF RAD FILAMENT SETTING TIME
Note . With High Speed operation:
-- Rotor Acceleration Time is related to the X-ray Tube Family

configured on the Control DRAC Board (LV-DRAC).
-- Rad Filament Setting Time is configured with dip switch

3000SW2 per this instruction.
2A-24 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Rad Filament Setting Time. This value is programmable from 0.8 to 2.7
seconds. It can be initially set as the same value assigned for the Rotor
Acceleration Time (refer to technical information of the X-ray Tube)
Sometimes, if it is required to increase the Rad Filament Setting Time to

the next value, configure the respective switches again. This adjustment
avoids Error-12.
Note . The Rad Filament Setting Time is factory set to 1.8 seconds.
Maintain this value when it is unknown or not provided with the
X-ray Tube documentation.

order to enable the selection of times with the High Speed Starter. Dip
powered OFF.
3000SW2-1 (selection enable) 3000SW2-2 (High Speed Starter)
ON ON
2A-25 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. Configure the Filament Setting Times by setting the dip switches

3000SW2-4 through 3000SW2-8 per Table 2-6. The Filament Setting
Time should be configured in accordance to Rotor Acceleration Time of
the X-ray Tube.
Table 2-6
High Speed: Configuration of Filament Setting Time
3000SW2-7 3000SW2-8
TUBE-1
FILAMENT SETTING TIME OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON) OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON)
0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -
3000SW2-5 3000SW2-6
TUBE-2
0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -

2A-26 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.4 ANODE ROTATION TEST
Perform the following tests for each X-ray Tube in the installation, checking the
low and high speed when it is required.
Note . Two people are needed for these tests, one at the Console and the
service engineer looking at the anode of the X-ray Tube. These
tests also can be done by hearing the sound of the anode rotating.
NEVER MAKE EXPOSURES DURING THE TESTS, THE

PERSON CLOSE TO THE X-RAY TUBE WILL BE EXPOSED.
1. With the switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console CPU Board in On

position (service mode), turn the Console ON and select the
corresponding X-ray Tube.
2. Select a low value for kVp and mAs for checking the Anode Rotation at
Low Speed.
3. Press the Prep push-button and visually check that the Tube anode
rotates in the proper way. (Refer to the X-ray Tube documentation).
4. Hold pressed the Prep push-button and check that the rotation speed
of the Tube anode is in compliance with the X-ray Tube specifications.
For this test is recommended to turn off the Tube filaments (switch
3000SW2-2 on the HT Controller in On position) and use a stroboscope
to measure the anode speed.
5. Release the Prep push-button.
6. For Generators with LV-DRAC, select a high value for kVp and mAs for
checking the Anode Rotation at High Speed. Repeat steps 3, 4 and 5.
7. If required for the second Tube, repeat this procedure.
2A-27 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.5 FOCAL SPOTS CONFIGURATION
This configuration determines which mA station will be the smallest mA station

for the Large Focal Spot. It is possible to configure all the mA stations for the
Small Focal Spot or for the Large Focal Spot.
The smallest mA station for the Large Focal Spot must be selected according
to the Tube ratings for the Small Filament and the customer preference.
IF THE mA STATION FOR FOCAL SPOT CHANGE IS NOT

CONFIGURED ACCORDING TO THE X-RAY TUBE RATINGS,
THE TUBE FILAMENTS MAY BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED.
1. With the generator OFF, set dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console
2. Turn the Generator ON and select one workstation of the corresponding

X-ray Tube.
3. Place the Generator in calibration mode.
4. Select the smallest mA for the Large Focal Spot by using the mA
Increase / Decrease push-buttons. When is required to configure all mA
stations for the Small Focal Spot, select E01 Memory Location.
Note . Default value is factory set at 200 mA except when using X-ray
Tubes with Small Focal Spot smaller than 0.6 .
5. Store the selected mA station by pressing the Power On and AEC

Reset push-buttons on the Console. This stores the switch-over point for
the focal spot selection.
6. Press the Power On and AEC Reset push-buttons on the Console to

store the select mA station. When it is confirmed, the ATP Console CPU
Board emits a double-beep.
IF THE FOCAL SPOT SWITCH-OVER POINT IS CHANGED

AFTER mA CALIBRATION, THE mA STATIONS AFFECTED
MUST BE RE-CALIBRATED.
2A-28 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Perform the following test (it is not mandatory).
1. Select the highest mA station for the Small Focal Spot. Verify that
effectively the Small Filament is ON (lighted) and the Large Filament is
OFF. Observe filaments through the X-ray tube window.
2. Select the lowest mA station for the Large Focal Spot. Verify that
effectively the Large Filament is ON (lighted) and the Small Filament is
3. If required for the second tube, repeat this procedure.
2A-29 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2A-30 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 4 X-RAY TUBE DATA
The following table lists several common X-ray Tubes and their corresponding
number. If a specific Tube is not listed, Tube specifications are given to enable
you chose a similar Tube type. If none of the listed Tubes are satisfactory,
contact your Generator supplier to obtain special software.
Table 2-7
X-ray Tube Type Numbers
Tube List for Generators with software V6R6.2b10 or lower in the ATP Console CPU.
POWER RATINGS
TUBE TUBE CODE FOCAL
MODEL KHU
NUMBER (ID) SPOT LS (kW) HS (kW)
001 139 TOSHIBA E7239X 1.0 / 2.0 22 / 45 -- 133
003 140 TOSHIBA E7242X 0.6 / 1.5 18 / 49 -- 187
004 090 TOSHIBA E7252X 0.6 / 1.2 15 / 42 26 / 73 300
006 203 TOSHIBA E7299X 0.3 / 1.0 3 / 40 -- 140
Note .-- Power Ratings are for 60 Hz. To calculate Power Ratings for 50 Hz multiply the values by 0.91
Tube List for Generators with software higher than V6R6.2b10 in the ATP Console CPU.
POWER RATINGS
MODEL KHU
001 139 TOSHIBA E7239X 1.0 / 2.0 22 / 45 -- 133
003 140 TOSHIBA E7242X 0.6 / 1.5 18 / 49 -- 187
004 090 TOSHIBA E7252X 0.6 / 1.2 15 / 42 26 / 73 300
008 344 TOSHIBA E7865X 0.3 / 1.0 3 / 40 -- 140
2A-31 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2A-32 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 2-B
CONFIGURATION
(RAD TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE)
2B-1 RAD Touch Screen Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
installation.



Maximum kV, kW.

Illustration 2-1).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 2-1
J7 J8
3024SW2
3024SW3
U24 3024SW4
3024SW1
3000SW2
U5
POWER SUPPLY
FILAMENT DRIVER
A3004

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 2-1
1 60 Hz *1) 50 Hz *1)

Note.-- *1) This switch is related with the frequency of the Rotor Controller. For Generators with High Speed Starter
(LV-DRAC) set always SW1-1 to 60 Hz, in the rest of Generators set SW1-1 in accordance with the Power Line
Frequency.
Table 2-2
Skips reception with the HT Controller. Use only

for display purposes, troubleshooting or Demo
1 Consoles when there is no Power Module. Be Normal -- Application mode.
sure that J3 connector is not plugged to the ATP
Console CPU Board.
Tick Sound (button / command acknowledge) is Tick Sound (button / command acknowledge) is
2
not emitted by the ATP Console CPU Board. emitted by the ATP Console CPU Board.
3 Normal -- Application mode. Service Mode .

4 Not used. kV Lineal Scale Mode for kV variation
(kV changes one by one).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

Table 2-3
3000SW2
POSITION
Programming of Rotor Boost Time and

1 Normal.
Filament Setting Time *1) *2)
5 125 kV *4) 150 kV *4)
6 All Generators except Tube-2 for RAD Generators with Tube-2 for RAD only.
*2) Note that SW2-1 in Closed (On) position is only set to program the Rotor Acceleration Time and Rad Filament
Setting Time, therefore it changes the functions of Switches SW2-2 and SW2-4 to SW2-8. Refer to Section 3.
*3) This turns off the filaments so no radiation will be produced during the exposure.
WARNING: THE kV OUTPUT OF THE HV TRANSFORMER WILL BE WHATEVER IS SET BY THE CONSOLE. IF
THE X-RAY TUBE HV CABLES ARE NOT CONNECTED INTO THE HV TRANSFORMER, FILL COMPLETELY BOTH
HV RECEPTACLES WITH HV OIL.
*4) Set SW2-5 according to the Generator kV rating (refer to the Generator model and/or specifications).
*5) Set to No Filament Boosting when using X-ray Tubes with Small Focal Spot smaller than 0.6 .

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Generator Boards.
JP1 and JP2 in 2

HT CONTROLLER
W1 in 2--3
JP4 in B (Cam-Sync)
JP5 in B : Standard
JP6 in A (soldered)

ATP CONSOLE CPU
JP12 removed
JP13 installed (set) : if AEC Control Board A3012--xx is installed

JP13 removed : if AEC Control Board A3012--xx is not installed

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.3 AEC CONFIGURATION
Configure the following Jumpers on the AEC Control Board (located over the
ATP Console CPU Board) and on the AEC Adaptation Board when this
option is installed in the Generator Cabinet.
AEC CONTROL BOARD (A3012--05/25)
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
JP1 A FOR TV CAMERA

C FOURTH ION CHAMBER & ATS--DIG
JP1-C, JP2-A AND JP4-B (STANDARD)
JP2 A FOR TV CAMERA
JP4 A FOR PHOTOMULTIPLIER -- AEC

B FOR ION CHAMBER -- AEC & ATS--DIG
JP3 A FOR HIGH SENSITIVITY (STANDARD) JP3-A FOR AEC WHEN USING ION CHAMBER WITH HIGH SENSITIVITY
B FOR LOW SENSITIVITY JP3-B FOR AEC WHEN USING ION CHAMBER WITH LOW SENSITIVITY
NOTE: HIGH SENSITIVITY IS > 2 V / mR (> 0.223 V / Gy) (a.e. Vacutec Ion Chamber)
LOW SENSITIVITY IS < 2 V / mR (< 0.223 V / Gy) (refer to Ion Chamber documentation)
AEC ADAPTATION BOARD (A3263--03)
JUMPERS POSITION
ION CHAMBER TYPE
JP3, JP4, JP7, JP8 JP1, JP2, JP5, JP6 JP13, JP14, JP15, JP16
IC1 = IC2 = IC3 = IC4

B B B
(STANDARD)
IC1 = IC2 = IC3 B B A
IC1 = IC2 B A A
IC1 IC2 IC3 IC4 A A A
JUMPERS POSITION
ION CHAMBER OUTPUT
JP9 (IC1) JP10 (IC2) JP11 (IC3) JP12 (IC4)
NO-OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
A A A A
(STANDARD)
OFFSET ADJUSTMENT B B B B
TEST POINT AND POTENTIOMETER

TP1 -- R11 TP2 -- R8 TP4 -- R2 TP12 -- R5
(ONLY IF JUMPER IS IN B POSITION)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4 SERVICE MODE
Service Menu includes the buttons to access to Generator Service Console,

Software Upgrade, Settings and Error Log menus.
Access to the Service menus as follow:
1. Switch ON the System (Console + Generator) by holding pressed the

external ON button at the Console Housing for two seconds. This
directly starts the application and shows the Main Menu.
Bear in mind the functionality of the following controls.
CONTROL FUNCTION
ON / OFF Switch on the Console

Switch ON / OFF the whole System
Housing (PC)
OFF Button on the Main Menu of the

Switch OFF the whole System
Touch Screen Console (application)
The proper way for switching ON the whole System (Console

+ Generator) must be by pressing the ON button at the
Console Housing and for switching OFF the whole System
must be by selecting the OFF button on the Main Menu
(Application).
Switching OFF the System by pressing the OFF button at the

Console Housing can permanently damage the Compact
Flash in the Touch Screen Console.
2. Select the Service Mode button on the Main menu.
3. Enter the Service Password (code 2434) on the Service Access Panel.
4. Access to the different menus by selecting its respective button or go

back to the Main Menu by pressing the Exit button.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 2-2
Service Tab
Access Screen from Main Menu
Service Mode Menu

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4.1 ERROR LOG
The Error Log Menu shows a list of the latest fifty (50) Errors with indication of:
code, date, hour and error description.
Illustration 2-3
Error Log Menu

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4.2 SETTINGS
Settings Menu is comprised of the Configuration of Workstation Icons,

Communication and Generator Settings screens.
Access to these screens by selecting the respective Tab on the Settings menu.
Press the Apply button to apply the new selections and the Close button
to go back to the Service menu.
The Workstation Icon Menu is used for selecting the most suitable Icon for
each workstation button in the System.
Note . Note in the Data Book the Icons configured for each Workstation.
Values configured in Section 1.6 must be set according to the
selected icons.
Press the Change WS Configuration button and then press the Apply button.
Icons in the upper line correspond with the Icons that will appear for each
workstation in the Application screens. Select one workstation of the upper line
and then one Icon of the second group to change it. If a workstation is assigned
with the Icon --, it will be not available in the Application.
Illustration 2-4
Settings -- Workstations Menu

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The Communications Menu is used to configure the speed and

communication port of the PC unit (inside Touch Screen Console) where the link
of the Generator Cabinet is connected.
The values for a proper operation of the Application Program are the values
showed on the next illustration (or after pressing the Restore Default button).
Illustration 2-5
Settings -- Communications Menu
Serial communication have to be connected to the following ports of the

Console (PC Unit):
COM PORT CONNECTION
COM 1 Generator Cabinet.
COM 2 Touch Screen (internal connection).
COM 3 Printer (optional)
COM 4 Laptop (PC)
Note . Verify that Serial Communication is properly connected to

respective Serial Ports of the Console (PC unit). If during start-up,
these connections are wrong the Application Program can not
work correctly.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The Generator Settings Menu is used to set:
Generator Type. To insure a proper operation, 50 Hz must be always

selected.
Technical Limits for the maximum selectable value of each parameter in

the Slider (Application Program).
Power Down Mode (only available for Consoles with Advanced APR). To
configure the elapsed time (disabled, 5, 10, 15, 30 or 60 minutes)
previous to turn the filaments off as a filament protective measure.
APR Language.
APR editor password (if required).
Press the Apply button to set the new values and then press Close button
to exit (if the Apply button is not pressed, values will not be permanently
stored).
BEFORE CLOSING THIS SCREEN, VERIFY THAT

SELECTIONS ON THE GENERATOR TYPE MATCH WITH THE
IMAGE SYSTEM CONNECTED WITH THE GENERATOR.
Illustration 2-6
Settings -- Settings Configuration Menu

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4.3 SOFTWARE UPGRADE
The Software Upgrade button on the Service Mode Menu is used to close the
Application Program without turning OFF the System. After pressing this
button, the Console shows the PC Desktop to enable the Application Software
Upgrade, Language Configuration of the Application and PC Operating
System, perform an APR Backup or Touch Screen Sensor Calibration.
Note . To perform any of these operations, it is necessary to connect a

Keyboard to the connector labelled Kb on the back side of the
Touch Screen Console.
Please, make sure that the Keyboard connector is suitable

(MiniDin type).
1.4.3.1 LANGUAGE CONFIGURATION
The Application (buttons, labels, messages, etc.) can be configured in English,

French, Spanish, German, Italian or Portuguese. If required to change the
language, perform the next procedure:
1. Enter in Service Mode and press the Software Upgrade button.
2. Press the Start--Windows button on the keyboard connected to the

Touch Screen Console, then select: Settings / Control Panel / Regional
Settings.
Configure the language:
G To configure English language: select English (United States).
G To configure French language: select French (Luxembourg).
G To configure Spanish language: select Spanish (Traditional

Sort).
G To configure German language: select German (Luxembourg).
G To configure Italian language: select Italian (Switzerland).
G To configure Portuguese language: select Portuguese (Brazil).
3. Click on the box Set as system default locate and press OK.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. A new message appears on the screen. Press Yes to use the existing
files in the Compact Flash.
5. Do not shutdown the Touch Screen (PC) yet. Close all the opened
windows.
6. To avoid any trouble with the configuration, it is recommend to reinitiate

the register for the Touch Screen application. To do this is necessary
erase the application from the windows register.
a. Take note of all the Touch Screen Settings (Workstation icons,

APR Language and Generator Type configurations).
b. In service mode select Software Upgrade to shutdown the

application.
c. Press the Start Menu in Windows and select Run.
d. Type on the blank space Regedit and press enter.
e. Go to the following location:

HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\
VB AND VBA PROGRAM SETTINGS\RUB TS
f. Delete the folder RUB TS completely.
g. Restart the Touch Screen Console now. Enter in Start Menu in

Windows and select the Shutdown icon and Yes.
h. Turn ON the Generator.
i. After that, enter in the Service Mode and re--configure all the
original Settings (noted in step a.).
7. To come back to the Application, enter again in Start and select:

Programs / Start up (select the first one) / Console.
Note . Procedure for Language Configuration does not modify the APR
Language.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4.3.2 APR BACKUP
1. Connect a Laptop (PC) to the Touch Screen Console with a serial cable
(DB9 with female pins on both ends; on one end Pin 2 connected with Pin
3; on the other end Pin 2 connected with Pin3; Pin 5 connected with Pin
5). Connect the serial cable to port COM4 of the Touch Screen Console
and any free port on the Laptop (PC).
2. On the Laptop (PC):
a. Select: StartMenu / Programs / Accessories / Communications /

Hyperterminal / hypertrm.exe.
b. Once the Hyperterminal is opened on the Laptop (PC), configure

the connection. For that select on the Menu bar:
File --> Properties --> Connect using: COM * (selected free port)
Configure --> Bits per second: 115200

Data Bits: 8
Parity: None
StopBits: 1
Flow Control: None
c. Then press OK and OK.
d. Select on the Menu bar: Transfer --> Receive File
on this window select:
Place received file in the following folder:

(choose a folder in the Laptop)
Use receiving protocol:

Xmodem
e. Let that window open without pressing Receive, by the moment.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. On the Touch Screen Console:
a. Enter in Service Mode and press the Software Upgrade button.
b. Press the Start--Windows button on the keyboard connected to

the Touch Screen Console, then select: Programs / accessories
/ hyperterminal / PORT4.ht.
c. Once the Hyperterminal is opened on the Touch Screen Console,

configure the connection. For that select on the Menu bar:
File --> Properties --> Connect using: COM4
Configure --> Bits per second: 115200

Data Bits: 8
Parity: None
StopBits: 1
Flow Control: None
d. Then press OK and OK.
e. Select on the Menu bar: Transfer --> Send File
on this window select:
Filename:
C:\ program files\Proyecto1\APR_English.ini
(or APR_French.ini, or APR_Spanish.ini, or APR_German.ini,
or APR_Italian.ini, or APR_Portuguese.ini, according to the
APR language previously selected on the Settings / Settings
Menu.)
Use sending protocol:

Xmodem
f. Let that window open without pressing Send, by the moment.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. Press Reveice on the Laptop (PC) window. It will ask for the name to
save the file: Type APR_English.ini (or APR_French.ini, or
APR_Spanish.ini, or APR_German.ini, or APR_Italian.ini, or
APR_Portuguese.ini, according to the APR language previously
selected on the Settings / Settings Menu.)
5. Press Send on the Touch Screen window.
6. Wait until the transference is complete (this can take a few minutes)
7. When the transference is complete, close the Hyperterminal application

in the Laptop and Touch Screen Console. Disconnect the serial cable.
8. On the Touch Screen, press theStart--Windows button on the keyboard

and select: Programs / Start up (select the first one) / Console, to come
back to the Application.
1.4.3.3 TOUCH SCREEN SENSOR CALIBRATION
If required to calibrate the Sensor of the Touch Screen because the buttons can
not be properly selected or because the Compact Flash has been changed,
perform the next procedure:
2. On the PC Desktop, press theStart--Windows button on the keyboard

connected to the Touch Screen Console, then select: Programs / UPDD
/ Calibrate.
3. Execute the Calibrate program and follow the process clicking on the
indicated places.
4. When finish this calibration, come back to the Application by entering

again in Start and select: Programs / Start up (select the first one) /
Console.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.4.4 GSC PROGRAM MENU
The Generator Service Console (GSC) program, on the Service Mode Menu,
allows the access to the service screens for Reading the Exposure Counters,
Configuration and Calibration procedures.
Access to the GSC program by selecting the Generator Service button on the
Service Mode Menu.
After accessing to the GSC program, an Information Area appears at the lower
right corner of the screen to show some messages related to the process (a.e.
Power Up the Generator).
If after pressing the Configuration, Calibration or Auto Calibration buttons

appears the error message: Please check calibration dip switch and toggle with
power off; it means that these functions are disabled because position of dip
switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console CPU Board is not in Service Mode
Allowed. Turn OFF the Generator, change the dip switch 3024SW2-3 to
Closed (ON) position, turn ON the Generator and start the GSC program again.
Illustration 2-7
GSC Menu

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The screens to Read Exposure Counters, to enter in Configuration, Manual

Calibration or Auto Calibration are displayed after selecting the respective
button on the right side. Press again the selected button (in yellow on the right
side) to return to the GSC menu.
The Cancel button can also be used to return to the GSM menu, specially if
the others buttons are disable.
Note . Whenever the Configuration menu is closed (by pressing any of

Configuration or Cancel buttons) a double-beep will sound
confirming the storage of the values set for each workstation.
During operation of the GSC program the color of the selected buttons changes
to yellow when they are selected.
Press the Close button to exit from the GSC program.
Exposure status indicators for Ready and X-ray On are located on the upper
right area of the GSC screens. The Information Area displays data related to
the service mode, remaining heat units, working mode, errors indicators, etc.
When an error code or message is displayed on the GSC program press the
Reset Error button to reset the error indication.
Illustration 2-8
Status and Error Indicators
Workstation Selected Exposure Indicators
Cancel Button
Button of Menu Selected
Reset Error Button
Error Indicator
Information Areas

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.5 EXPOSURE COUNTERS
The Exposure Counters display the number of Rad exposures made with any
of the X-ray Tubes.
1. Enter in the GSC program and select the Read Exposure Counters
button.
2. This screen shows the Exposure Counters.
3. Exit from this screen by pressing the Read Exposure Counters button
or the Cancel button again.
Illustration 2-9
Exposure Counters

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.6 WORKSTATIONS CONFIGURATION
This screen is used to view the configuration of the Workstations (Tube, WM,
Ion Chamber, etc.).
The workstations can be configured according to the customer preferences or

default. If a workstation is configured with the value Tube -- 0, its button can
not be selected during operation.
CUSTOMIZED CONFIGURATION

1. Enter in the GSC program and select the Configuration button.
Illustration 2-10
Configuration
WS Lock

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2. Select the first workstation to be configured, by pressing the respective

button (only the icon of the selected workstation has different color). The
console shows one of the following values:
DISPLAY FUNCTION VALUE DESCRIPTION
0 No-configured workstation (Not selectable by the operator)
1st Value TUBES 1 Tube-1
2 Tube-2
0 -- Direct Direct (No Bucky)
DEVICES -- 1 -- Bucky 1 Bucky-1 (Table Bucky)

2nd Value WORKING
MODE 2 -- Bucky 2 Bucky-2 (Wall Bucky)
3 -- STD Tomo Standard Tomo *1)
0 No AEC (Not selectable by the operator)
1 Ion Chamber-1 (Table Bucky)

ION
3rd Value 2 Ion Chamber-2 (Wall Bucky)
CHAMBERS
3 Ion Chamber-3
4 Ion Chamber-4
WS LOCK 0 No Interlock
(ALIGNMENT
4th Value 1 Interlock-1
INTERLOCK
OPTION) 2 Interlock-2
Notes: *1) Only when the Tomo is controlled from the Generator. In this case, the workstation has to be configured as
Tube 1 or 2, Device STD Tomo and Ion Chamber 0.
3. Set the new value by pressing the corresponding Increase or

Decrease buttons.
4. Select the next workstations to be configured and set the respective

values of each one.
5. Exit from configuration mode by pressing the Configuration button, then

a double-bip will sound confirming the process.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Exposures made from workstations configured with device Direct (No

Bucky), Bucky-1, Bucky-2 and Standard Tomo are only enabled with
the internal Preparation and Exposure signals controlled by the
Handswitch (connected to the Touch Screen Console).
Note . 1) Optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board (in the Power

Cabinet) is required to configure more than two Buckys.
For system without the optional Tomo / Bucky Adaptation Board,

it can only work directly with two Buckys, and the value assigned
to them must be 1 and 2 in the second value.
2) TOMO must be always related to Bucky-1. Only one TOMO can

be used in the system, so only one of the workstations should be
configured with the value 3 in the second value.
3) Optional AEC Control Board (connected to the Console CPU

Board) is required to work with AEC.
Optional AEC Adaptation Board is required to configure any

no-standard or more than one Ion Chambers in the system.
DEFAULT CONFIGURATION
Default configuration sets some default values to each workstation. It only

should be used to re-initialize the workstation configuration when the complete
configuration has been lost or it is not possible to select any workstation.
1. Enter in the GSC program and select the Configuration button.
2. Press the Default Configuration button.
3. Exit from configuration mode by pressing the Configuration button, then

a double-bip will sound confirming the process.
4. It is recommended to perform a proper configuration of each workstation

in the system after a default configuration.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

Table 2-4
E06 kV Loop
E08 AEC-1 tracking
E10 AEC-2 tracking
E11 X-ray Tube Power Limit
E12 AEC Density Scale
E24 AEC-3 tracking / AEC-4 tracking (equal value for both)
* Note.-- The Memory Locations do not specified are not used.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2. Power ON the System and select the Manual Calibration button on the
GSC program.
3. Select the needed Workstation (WS) using the Up and Down buttons,
then press the OK button to enter in calibration mode.
Note . In Manual Calibration mode, only the kV and mA parameters can

be modified, values for Time and mAs are factory programmed.
4. Increase the mA value beyond the maximum mA position. The mA

Display will show the first Extended Memory location (E01), they will
continue sequentially as the Increase mA button is pressed.
The values stored in each location are shown on the Calibration Value
Display after pressing the Read button or after pressing the Increase
or Decrease buttons of this panel. Since these buttons are also used
to increase or decrease the stored values, one number should be added
or subtracted from the reading, to obtain the current stored value.
5. Select the new value by pressing the Increase and Decrease buttons.
Each time these buttons are pressed the value displayed on the
calibration panel is increased or decreased one step.
6. Store the new value by pressing the Store button.
Note . If the Store button is not pressed after a new value is selected,
no modified data will be retained.
7. Exit from calibration mode by pressing the Manual Calibration button

again.
8. Turn the Generator OFF and set dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP
mode.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 2-11
Calibration
Calibration Value Panel

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.3 LIMIT OF MAXIMUM RAD kV
The Maximum kV of each X-ray Tube is automatically set according to the X-ray
Tube configured in E02 (Tube-1) and E18 (Tube-2) Memory Locations. The
Maximum kV can be limited to a minimum of 100 kV for each Tube. Set the
Maximum kV value in E14 Memory Location for Tube-1 and in E16 Memory
Location for Tube-2.
Note . To perform a proper Auto-Calibration it is recommended to limit the

Maximum kVp to a minimum of 120 kVp.
1. Enter in calibration mode by pressing the Manual Calibration button on

the GSC Program. Select a workstation (WS) and press the OK button.
2. Select the respective Memory Location, E14 for Tube-1 or E16 for Tube-2
(Memory Location is shown on the mA Display). Set the new limit of
Maximum kV by pressing the Increase or Decrease calibration
buttons and store the value by pressing the Store button.


the GSC program. Select any workstation (WS) and press the OK
button.
Display).
3. Set the new limit of Maximum kW by pressing the Increase or
Decrease calibration buttons and store the value by pressing the
Store button.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.5 X-RAY TUBE POWER LIMIT
The X-ray Tube Power can be limited to 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% for
operating modes 0P (Zero Point), 1P (One Point) and 2P (Two Points).
This limit determines the default value for mA selection according to the
selected kVp.
A Warning Message indicates to the operator that the limit has been reached,
however it can be exceeded by selecting and increasing the respective value
in the operating mode.

the GSC program. Select any workstation (WS) and press the OK
button.

Display).
3. Set the new X-ray Tube Power Limit by pressing the Increase or
Decrease calibration buttons, setting one of the following values:
6 for 60%, 7 for 70%, 8 for 80%, 9 for 90% and 10 for 100%.
Note . It is recommended to enter 8 (80%)..
4. Store the value by pressing the Store button. This value applies to both
X-ray Tubes.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
In order to properly select the X-ray Tube Insert Protection Curves for the Tubes
connected to the Generator, perform the following procedure:

the GSC program. Select one of the workstation (WS) related to the
X-ray Tube to be configured. Then press the OK button.
2. Select the respective memory location, E02 for Tube-1 or E18 for Tube-2
(memory location is shown on the mA Display).
3. Identify in Section 4 X-ray Tube Data, the X-ray tube that is being
installed and note its tube type number.
4. Set the tube number by pressing the Increase or Decrease calibration

buttons until the correct number is showed on the Calibration Value
panel.
5. Store the value by pressing the Store button.
6. Verify that the tube code (ID) shown in the mAs Display is the same of
the tube code listed in Section 4 X-ray Tube Data. The tube code (ID)
can be only read for the selected X-ray Tube after pressing the Store
button.
7. If required, repeat this procedure for the other X-ray Tube.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2 GENERATORS WITH LF-RAC (LOW SPEED STARTER)
3.2.1 STATOR VOLTAGE AND CAPACITOR SELECTION
Check that the capacitor value of the Low Speed Starter

corresponds to the value recommended by the X-ray Tube
manufacturer. If needed replace the capacitor. Also, the Rotor
speed must be indicated by the manufacturer.
The DC Brake of the Low Speed Starter (LF-RAC) can be removed by

desoldering CR6 on the LF-RAC Board (refer to schematic 543020xx). In this
case, the Tube will remain coasting after releasing the Prep order.
3.2.1.1 CONFIGURATION FOR ONE OR TWO TUBES WITH STANDARD STATOR
Voltage and capacitor is factory set to 220 VAC, 30 F. In all cases, refer to
X-ray Tube Product Data.
3.2.1.2 CONFIGURATION FOR ONE OR TWO TUBES WITH THE SAME STARTING VOLTAGE AT
110 VAC
When the stator requires a starting voltage of 110 VAC (a.e. X-ray Tube Toshiba
E7239 / E7240 / E7242 / E7252 / E7299 / E7813 / E7865) perform the following
modifications:
or 8 (110 VAC).
(110 VAC).
For X-ray Tube Toshiba E7252 or E7813 (or when it is required) replace
also the Fuse F1 (6A) on the LF-RAC Board by another fuse of 10 A.
These changes affect to all the Tubes connected to

Generator.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2.1.3 CONFIGURATION FOR TWO TUBES WITH DIFFERENT STARTING VOLTAGE AT 220 VAC
AND 110 VAC
For Generators equipped with a LF-RAC module for two X-ray Tubes, with
possible selection of voltage and capacitor jumpers on the LF-RAC Board, set
jumpers according to the respective X-ray Tube(s) as indicated below.
(A Kit of 110 VAC is required with this configuration).
TUBE-1 TUBE-2
220 VAC TB2-T1 with TB1-5 or TB1-6 TB2-T2 with TB1-5 or TB1-6
VOLTAGE
150 VAC TB2-T1 with TB1-8 or TB1-9 TB2-T2 with TB1-8 or TB1--9

CAPACITOR
10C5--1
15uF
10C5--2
30uF
10R4--1
1 Mohm, 2w
10R4--2
1 Mohm, 2w
30uF
10J8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TB1 TB1
1 1
230 VAC RTR KACC
( S1, 2--D2 ) 2 K1--1 TB3 TB3
60 VAC RTR KCT
3 2 T2 K2--3 T1
0 VAC RTR F1
T 6A
3 Tube 2 Tube 1
47 7
10RC1 2w 10T3 220V TB2
8 T1
100 nF
1 KV 9
Tube 1 KCT
10LF2 10K1 150 V K2--1 LF--RAC BOARD
2 4
2 1 10A1
1 3
6
TB2
0V 5 T2
4
Tube 2
T1/T2 COMM
(to 10TS2)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2.2 PROGRAMMING OF ROTOR ACCELERATION TIME AND RAD FILAMENT SETTING TIME

X-ray Tube).


REV 7 sm 2401593--100

powered OFF.
ON OFF
3000SW2-4 through 3000SW2-8 per Table 2-5.
Table 2-5
TUBE-1 3000SW2-7 3000SW2-8

0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -
TUBE-2 3000SW2-5 3000SW2-6

0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -


REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.3 GENERATORS WITH LV-DRAC (HIGH SPEED STARTER)
3.3.1 ANODE STATOR SELECTION
For Generators with High Speed Starter, configure NOW the X-ray Tube
Family (anode stator + insert) by setting the respective dip switches 3243SW1
(pos. 4 to 8) and / or 3243SW2 (pos. 4 to 8) on the Control DRAC Board. (Refer
to LV-DRAC - Digital Rotating Anode Controller document).
Configuration of these dip switches automatically determines the appropriate

Starting and Running Stator Voltage and Rotor Acceleration Time of the
selected Tube Family.
High Speed Tube Selection -- Tube in Table-1
(Switch 3243SW3-5 = ON for Tube-1 )

(Switch 3243SW4-5 = ON for Tube-2)
3243SW1-x (TUBE-1) 3243SW2-x (TUBE-2)

TUBE FAMILY
(Stator - Anode) 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 7 8
3.3.2 PROGRAMMING OF RAD FILAMENT SETTING TIME
Note . With High Speed operation:
-- Rotor Acceleration Time is related to the X-ray Tube Family

configured on the Control DRAC Board (LV-DRAC).
-- Rad Filament Setting Time is configured with dip switch

3000SW2 per this instruction.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Rad Filament Setting Time. This value is programmable from 0.8 to 2.7
seconds. It can be initially set as the same value assigned for the Rotor
Acceleration Time (refer to technical information of the X-ray Tube)
Sometimes, if it is required to increase the Rad Filament Setting Time to

the next value, configure the respective switches again. This adjustment
avoids Error-12.
Note . The Rad Filament Setting Time is factory set to 1.8 seconds.
Maintain this value when it is unknown or not provided with the
X-ray Tube documentation.

order to enable the selection of times with the High Speed Starter. Dip
powered OFF.
3000SW2-1 (selection enable) 3000SW2-2 (High Speed Starter)
ON ON

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. Configure the Filament Setting Times by setting the dip switches

3000SW2-4 through 3000SW2-8 per Table 2-6. The Filament Setting
Time should be configured in accordance to Rotor Acceleration Time of
the X-ray Tube.
Table 2-6
High Speed: Configuration of Filament Setting Time
3000SW2-7 3000SW2-8
TUBE-1
0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -
3000SW2-5 3000SW2-6
TUBE-2
0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -


REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Perform the following tests for each X-ray Tube in the installation, checking the
low and high speed when it is required.


position (service mode), turn the Console ON and select the
corresponding X-ray Tube.
Low Speed.
6. For Generators with LV-DRAC, select a high value for kVp and mAs for
checking the Anode Rotation at High Speed. Repeat steps 3, 4 and 5.
7. If required for the second Tube, repeat this procedure.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.5 FOCAL SPOTS CONFIGURATION
This configuration determines which mA station will be the smallest mA station

for the Large Focal Spot. It is possible to configure all the mA stations for the
Small Focal Spot or for the Large Focal Spot.
The smallest mA station for the Large Focal Spot must be selected according
to the Tube ratings for the Small Filament and the customer preference.
IF THE mA STATION FOR FOCAL SPOT CHANGE IS NOT

CONFIGURED ACCORDING TO THE X-RAY TUBE RATINGS,
THE TUBE FILAMENTS MAY BE PERMANENTLY DAMAGED.
1. With the generator OFF, set dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console
2. Power ON the System. Enter in calibration mode by pressing the Manual

Calibration button on the GSM program. Select any workstation (WS)
of the corresponding X-ray Tube and press the OK button.
3. Select the smallest mA station for the Large Focal Spot using the
Increase or Decrease mA buttons. When is required to configure all
mA stations for the Small Focal Spot, select E01 Memory Location.
Note . Default value is factory set at 200 mA except when using X-ray
Tubes with Small Focal Spot smaller than 0.6 .
4. Press the Toggle button to store the select mA station and then press
the Confirm or Dismiss buttons to confirm or cancel the process.
When it is confirmed, the ATP Console CPU Board emits a
double-beep.
IF THE FOCAL SPOT SWITCH-OVER POINT IS CHANGED

AFTER mA CALIBRATION, THE mA STATIONS AFFECTED
MUST BE RE-CALIBRATED.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Perform the following test (it is not mandatory).
Note . The test described only applies to RAD Tubes.
In case of a R&F Tube (Tube-2) both filament are always ON (lit).

Select a Direct workstation and a mA station for the Small
Filament. Press Prep for RAD and observe through the X-ray
Tube window that the Small Filament lights more than the Large
Filament.
1. Select the highest mA station for the Small Focal Spot. Verify that
effectively the Small Filament is ON (lighted) and the Large Filament is
2. Select the lowest mA station for the Large Focal Spot. Verify that
effectively the Large Filament is ON (lighted) and the Small Filament is
3. If required for the second tube, repeat this procedure.
Illustration 2-12
Focal Spots Configuration

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 4 X-RAY TUBE DATA
The following table lists several common X-ray Tubes and their corresponding
number. If a specific Tube is not listed, Tube specifications are given to enable
you chose a similar Tube type. If none of the listed Tubes are satisfactory,
contact your Generator supplier to obtain special software.
Table 2-7
X-ray Tube Type Numbers
Tube List for Generators with software V7R1.1b18 or lower in the ATP Console CPU.
POWER RATINGS
MODEL KHU
001 139 TOSHIBA E7239X 1.0 / 2.0 22 / 45 -- 133
003 140 TOSHIBA E7242X 0.6 / 1.5 18 / 49 -- 187
004 090 TOSHIBA E7252X 0.6 / 1.2 15 / 42 26 / 73 300
006 203 TOSHIBA E7299X 0.3 / 1.0 3 / 40 -- 140
Tube List for Generators with software higher than V7R1.1b18 in the ATP Console CPU.
POWER RATINGS
MODEL KHU
001 139 TOSHIBA E7239X 1.0 / 2.0 22 / 45 -- 133
003 140 TOSHIBA E7242X 0.6 / 1.5 18 / 49 -- 187
004 090 TOSHIBA E7252X 0.6 / 1.2 15 / 42 26 / 73 300
008 344 TOSHIBA E7865X 0.3 / 1.0 3 / 40 -- 140

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 2-C
CONFIGURATION
(BRX WHO CONSOLE)
2C-1 BRX WHO Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
installation.



Maximum kV, kW.

Illustration 2-1).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 2-1
J7 J8
3024SW2
3024SW3
U24 3024SW4
3024SW1
3000SW2
U5
POWER SUPPLY
FILAMENT DRIVER
A3004

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 2-1
1 Normal -- 60 Hz *1) 50 Hz *1)

(Battery Powered Generator with Stand-Alone)

Note.-- *1) This switch is related with the frequency of the Rotor Controller. For Battery Powered Generators with Stand-Alone
set always SW1-1 to 60 Hz, in the rest of Generators set SW1-1 in accordance with the Power Line Frequency.
Table 2-2
Skips reception with the HT Controller. Use only

for display purposes, troubleshooting or Demo
1 Consoles when there is no Power Module. Be Normal -- Application mode.
sure that J3 connector is not plugged to the ATP
Console CPU Board.
Tick Sound (button / command acknowledge) is Tick Sound (button / command acknowledge) is
2
not emitted by the ATP Console CPU Board. emitted by the ATP Console CPU Board.
3 Normal -- Application mode. Service Mode Allowed.
4 -- Normal -- Application mode.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

Table 2-3
3000SW2
POSITION
Programming of Rotor Boost Time and

1 Normal.
RAD Filament Setting Time *1) *2)
5 Normal -- Application mode. --
6 Normal -- One Tube RAD. --
7 Normal -- Filament Boosting for Tube--1 --
8 Not used. Not used.
*2) Note that SW2-1 in Closed (On) position is only set to program the Rotor Acceleration Time and Filament Setting
Time, therefore it changes the functions of Switches SW2-2, SW2-7 and SW2-8. Refer to Section 3.
*3) This turns off the filament so no radiation will be produced during the exposure.
WARNING: THE kV OUTPUT OF THE HV TRANSFORMER WILL BE WHATEVER IS SET BY THE CONSOLE.
IF THE X-RAY TUBE HV CABLES ARE NOT CONNECTED INTO THE HV TRANSFORMER, FILL COMPLETELY
BOTH HV RECEPTACLES WITH HV OIL.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Generator Boards.
JP1 and JP2 in 2

HT CONTROLLER
W1 in 2--3
JP4 in B (Cam-Sync)
JP5 in B : Standard
JP6 in A (soldered)

ATP CONSOLE CPU
JP12 removed
JP13 removed

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.3 WORKSTATION CONFIGURATION

2. Turn the Console ON and enter in configuration mode by holding pressed

the ON push-button and then press CALIB push-button until the
workstation indicator blinks.
3. Press the Store push-button once. The kV Display must show the value
1 (Tube-1) and the mAs Display must show the value 0 (Direct -- No
Bucky). If one of these values is not correct on the respective Display,
set the correct value by pressing the corresponding Increase or
Decrease push-buttons of each Display.
4. Exit from configuration mode by pressing the CALIB push-button, then

a double-bip will sound and the Console go on with the starting process.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

Table 2-4
E06 kV Loop
* Note.-- The Memory Locations do not specified are not used.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1. Turn the Generator OFF and set the Test dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the
ATP Console CPU Board in On position to permit the service mode.
2. Turn the Generator ON by pressing the Power On push-button on the

Console.
3. Enter calibration mode by pressing the CALIB push-button. The

workstation indicator blinks confirming that the Generator is in calibration
mode.
Keep in mind that in calibration mode the Console Displays

show the following values and their related Increase /
Decrease push-buttons modify the following values:
DISPLAY kV s mAs
kV Value mAs Value mA Value
VALUE Extended Memory

Calibration Data --
Location (Exx)
Note . In calibration mode, only the kV and mA parameters can be

modified, values for Time and mAs are factory programmed.
4. Increase the mA value beyond the maximum mA station (shown on the

mAs Display) to show the first Extended Memory Location (E01), they will
continue sequentially as the related Increase push-button is pressed.
The values stored in each Extended Memory Location are displayed on

the kV Display after pressing the Store push-button or after pressing the
+ or -- push-buttons. Since these push-buttons are also used to
increase or decrease the stored values one number should be added or
subtracted from the reading to obtain the stored value.
5. Select the new value by pressing the + or -- push-buttons. Each time

these push-buttons are depressed the displayed value (on the kV
Display) is increased or decreased one step.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Store the new value by pressing the Store push-button (Check-summ

function).
Note . If the Store push-button is not pressed after a new value is

selected, no modified data will be retained.
7. Exit from calibration mode by pressing the CALIB push-button.
8. Turn the Generator OFF and set Test dip switch SW2-3 on the ATP
mode.


Display).
3. Set the new limit of Maximum kW by pressing the + or -- push-buttons

until the correct number is showed in the kV Display.
4. Store the new value by pressing the Store push-button.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Note . This Generator is factory configured for working with the X-ray
Tube Toshiba E-7865X at Low Speed (Tube number = 008; Tube
code (ID) = 344).
1. Enter in calibration mode and select E02 Memory Location (E02 is shown
on the mAs Display).
2. Press the Store push-button and check that the Tube number set in the
kV Display is 008, if not press the + or -- push-buttons until the correct
number.
3. Store the value by pressing the Store push-button and verify that the
Tube code (ID) showed in the Time (s) Display is 344. The Tube code
(ID) can be only read after pressing the Store push-button.
4. Exit from calibration mode by pressing the CALIB push-button.
3.2 PROGRAMMING OF ROTOR ACCELERATION TIME AND FILAMENT

SETTING TIME
Note . This Generator is factory configured for working with the X-ray
Tube Toshiba E-7865X at Low Speed (Rotor Acceleration Time
and Filament Setting Time = 1.8 seconds).

X-ray Tube).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


powered OFF.
ON OFF

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3000SW2-7 and 3000SW2-8 per Table 2-5.
Table 2-5
TUBE-1 3000SW2-7 3000SW2-8

0.8 seconds - -
1.2 seconds - -
1.8 seconds - -
2.7 seconds - -


REV 7 sm 2401593--100


position (service mode) and turn the Console ON.
Low Speed.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 3-A
CALIBRATION
(RAD CONSOLE)
GE Healthcare
3A-1 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3A-2 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
This Calibration document provides information and procedures to perform all

the adjustments required to establish an optimal performance of this Generator.
Calibrate the Generator immediately after Configuration is

completed.


Calibration data is entered in digital form and stored in a non-volatile memory

chip (U3-EEPROM) located on the HT Controller Board, thus no battery
back-up is required.
Note . Calibration procedures must be performed in the order listed in this

document. Perform only the sections required to calibrate this
unit.
3A-3 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.1 GENERATOR SPECIFICATIONS
1.1.1 MINIMUM CURRENT TIME PRODUCT (mAs)
Minimum Current Time Product obtained at 0.1 s is 1 mAs.
Minimum Current Time Product within the specified ranges of

compliance for linearity and constancy is 0.1 mAs.
1.1.2 ACCURACY OF RADIOGRAPHIC PARAMETERS
Note . Specified accuracy does not include test equipment accuracy.
ACCURACY
PARAMETERS
(with 12 BITS HT Controller)
kV (3% + 1 kV)
RAD mA (4% + 1 mA)
Exposure Time (2% + 0.1 ms)
1.1.3 HV FREQUENCY
The operating HV Frequency of this Generator is 25 kHz / 30 kHz.
1.1.4 DUTY CYCLE
The Generator duty cycle is continuous, but limits should be set during
installation depending on the capacity of the X-ray tube.
3A-4 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 2 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
Note . Enter and store calibration data in the Extended Memory

Locations as described in Section 2.2 of the Configuration
document.
Record all the calibration data in the Data Book.
Before calibration, bear in mind that:
For calibration and measure the kVp it is needed a Non-Invasive kVp

Meter.
For calibration and measure mA or mAs it is needed a mAs Meter

plugged to the banana connections on the HV Transformer (connect the
mAs Meter for Digital mA Loops calibration).
Note . Test points on the HT Controller Board can also be used to monitor
the kV and mA readings but should not be used to calibrate the
unit. These test points must be checked with scope:
- mA test point is TP-5 and the scale factor is:

- from 10 to 80 mA, 1 volt = 10 mA
- from 100 mA, 1 volt = 100 mA
- kV test point is TP-7 and the scale factor is 1 volt = 33.3 kV

(0.3 volt = 10 kV)
Verify that dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console CPU Board is in
On position to permit the service mode.
3A-5 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Verify position of dip switches on the HT Controller Board during every

calibration procedure:
DIP SWITCH OPEN (OFF) CLOSED (ON)
Disables Filament and Rotor Interlocks

Position during operation -- Enables Filament and
3000SW2-2 (this turns off the filament so no radiation will
Rotor Interlocks
be produced during the exposure).
3000SW2-4 Position during operation -- Digital mA Loop Closed Digital mA Loop Open / Filament Current Constant
Note . Only for Generators with Low Speed Starter (LF-RAC) (it does not
apply to Generators with High Speed Starter - LV-DRAC):
-- When the Digital mA Loop is open (dip switch 3000SW2-4 in

On), the rotor runs for two minutes after releasing the handswitch
button from Preparation position. After this time the rotor will
brake (unless DC Brake is removed).
-- When the Digital mA Loop is closed (dip switch 3000SW2-4 in

Off), the rotor will brake after releasing the handswitch button
from Preparation position (unless DC Brake is removed).
Be sure that X-ray Tubes configured in E02 and E18 Memory Locations
correspond to X-ray Tubes installed (refer to Configuration document).
2.1 FILAMENT STAND-BY CURRENT
Note . The Filament Stand-by value is auto-calibrated by the Generator

and automatically stored into the respective Memory Locations
(E01 and E17). Filament Stand-by values are not field
changeable.
3A-6 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.2 EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT
The values stored in these Extended Memory Locations only affect to Exposure
Times for techniques below 20 ms. The Memory Locations which affect short
exposure times are:
MEMORY LOCATION
FUNCTION
TUBE-1 TUBE-2
EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT - DELAY E13 E29
EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT - Ceq kV E15 E31
The Generator has been optimized at the factory to produce correct exposures
at the lower times (<20 ms.) Therefore do not change the value factory set for
E13 and E29 Memory Locations and only adjust the value for E15 and E31
Memory Location according to the HV Cables length.
The Exposure Time adjustment is calibrated by performing the following steps:
2. Select the E13 (or E29) Memory Location. Value in this Memory Location
adjusts the time delay of the exposure. It is factory set for a value of 17,
18 or 19 (default value is 18). Only read this value, do not change it.
is set in relation to the length in meters of one of the HV Cables
(1 ft = 0.3048 m). Verify the HV Cable length in meters and set the
following value:
HV CABLE LENGTH VALUE TO SET IN MEMORY
4m 27
6m 31
9m 38
12 m 45
14 m 49
16 m 54
For another HV Cable length value = (2.2711 x cable length) + 17.744
4. Store the new value of each Memory Location.
5. Exit from calibration mode and record the new values in the Data Book.
6. Repeat the above calibration process for the second tube (memory
locations E29 and E31).
3A-7 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.3 KV LOOP
Extended Memory Location E06 contains the calibration factor for kV Loop.
Each number above or below of the indicated in the E06 memory location
increases or decreases respectively the kV gain value.
Note . Value in E06 Memory Location is only related to the Generator

performance (it is not related to the X-ray Tube(s) or another
components installed), so value in this Memory Location is
factory adjusted. Only perform this procedure if the HT Controller
Board and/or HV Transformer have been replaced in the unit.
The kV Gain for kV Loop can be manually calibrated with a Non-Invasive kV

Meter (recommended procedure) or Auto-calibrated with HV Bleeder.
Manual Calibration of E06 Memory Location
1. With the Generator power OFF:
G Set Dip switch 3000SW2-2 on the HT Controller Board in Off

position (enables Filament and Rotor Interlocks).
G Set Dip switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT Controller Board in On

position (Digital mA Loop Open / Filament Current Constant).
G Remove the link between the banana plug connections on the HV

Transformer. Connect the mAs Meter to the banana plug
connections to measure mA or mAs.
G Place and center a Non-Invasive kVp Meter on the X-ray Tube

output at the required SID (refer to the Non-Invasive kVp Meter
documentation).
3. Select the E06 Memory Location and read the calibration value by
pressing the AEC Reset push-button. Enter the value 200 and store
it by pressing the AEC Reset push-button.
3A-8 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. Calibrate manually the Filament Current Number for 80 kV / 200 mA

combination, as indicated in the following steps (if it has not been
previously calibrated).
In calibration mode, Filament Current Numbers are shown on the kV

Display by pressing the AEC Reset push-button after selecting the
respective kV / mA combination. They can be changed by pressing the
Increase and Decrease Density push-buttons and stored by pressing
the AEC Reset push-button.
Select 80 kV, 200 mA and set value 344 on the Filament Current
Number. Make an exposure. The mAs read on the mAs Meter must be
the same mAs displayed on the calibration screen with a tolerance of
0.1 mAs (tolerance of the parameter and mAs Meter).
If the mAs is low, increase the filament number. If the mA is high (or
Generator Overload Error is shown), decrease the filament number.
Press the AEC Reset push-button before making a new exposure.
Repeat until the mAs read is correct and the mA station is calibrated.
5. Exit from Calibration mode.
6. Select: 80 kV, 200 mA, 100 ms. Make an exposure and note the kV value
at the end of the exposure.
7. If calibration of the kV Loop is correct (80 1 kV), record value 200 in

the Data Book.
8. If calibration of the kV Loop is not correct:
a. Enter in Calibration mode and select the E06 Memory Location.

Press the AEC Reset push-button to read the value stored.
b. Increase or decrease the value to increase or decrease the kV

respectively. Enter the new value and store it by pressing the AEC
Reset push-button.
c. Exit calibration mode and repeat the exposure (step-6.) to

determine if the new value has had the proper effect, if not repeat
step-8.
d. When it is correct, record the new value for E06 Memory Location
in the Data Book.
9. After calibration of E06 Memory Location, remove the Non-Invasive kVp

Meter.
3A-9 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Auto-Calibration of E06 Memory Location

position (disables Filament and Rotor Interlocks).
G Remove the HV Cables from the X-ray Tube and connect them to
the HV Bleeder, then connect a short couple of HV Cables from the
HV Bleeder to the X-ray Tube.
2. Enter in Calibration mode and select the E06 Memory Location.
EACH TIME THAT AUTO-CALIBRATION IS ACTIVATED IN

THIS MEMORY LOCATION, CALIBRATION DATA STORED IS
DELETED AND A NEW CALIBRATION FOR IT WILL BE
REQUIRED.
3. Enter in Auto-calibration mode pressing the Power On and

kV increase push-buttons. After releasing both push-buttons, code
222 is flashing on the Console accompanied of an alarm waiting
confirmation for entering in Auto-calibration mode.
Keep pressed the kV Increase and Power On push-buttons again until

code 222 disappears on the Console to confirm Auto-calibration mode
or press only the Power On push-button to leave Auto-calibration mode
and return to manual calibration.
4. Make an exposure (technique parameters are pre-programmed at

100 kV, 200 mA and 32 ms and they can be shown when pressing the
Prep button).
5. Read the kVp measured with the HV Bleeder and enter this value on the
kV Display by pressing the kV Increase or kV Decrease buttons.
6. Exit from Auto-calibration mode pressing the Power ON and

kV Decrease push-buttons. At this moment, the Generator will
calculate and store the new value in E06 Memory Location.
Auto-calibration is deactivated and the process is finished when E06 is
indicated on the Console again.
7. Read the new value stored in E06 Memory Location pressing the AEC
Reset push-button. Record this value in the Data Book.
9. After calibration of E06 Memory Location:
G Switch the Generator power OFF.
G Remove the HV Bleeder and connect the HV Cables from the

Generator directly to the X-ray Tube.
3A-10 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.4 DIGITAL mA LOOP CLOSED
Extended Memory Locations E03 and E05 contain the calibration factor for
Digital mA Loop Closed. Each number above or below the indicated in the
memory locations increases or decreases respectively the mA gain value.
Note . Values in E03 and E05 Memory Locations are only related to the
Generator performance (they are not related to the X-ray Tube(s)
installed), so values in these Memory Locations are factory
adjusted. Only perform this procedure if the HT Controller Board
and/or HV Transformer have been replaced in the unit.
The mA Gain for Digital mA Loop Closed is calibrated by performing the

following steps:
1. With the Generator power OFF, set:
G Dip switch 3000SW2-2 on the HT Controller Board in Off position

(enables Filament and Rotor Interlocks).
G Dip switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT Controller Board in On position

(Digital mA Loop Open / Filament Current Constant).

2. Select one available workstation (eg. No Bucky).
3. Calibrate E03 and E05 Memory Locations as described in the following

pages.

ONE OF THESE MEMORY LOCATIONS, CALIBRATION DATA
STORED FOR THAT MEMORY LOCATION IS DELETED AND
A NEW CALIBRATION FOR IT WILL BE REQUIRED.
4. After calibration of E03 and E05 Memory Locations:
G Disconnect the mAs Meter to the banana plug connections.
G Re-install the link between the banana plug connections on the HV

Transformer.
3A-11 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
For Low mA stations (from 10 mA to 80 mA) (E03 Memory Location):
1. Enter calibration mode and select the E03 memory location.
2. Enter Auto-calibration mode pressing the Power On and kV increase

push-buttons. After releasing both push-buttons, code 222 is flashing
on the Console accompanied of an alarm waiting confirmation for
entering in Auto-calibration mode.
Keep pressed the kV increase and Power On push-buttons again until

Auto-calibration is activated when the Console shows the value

3.5 mAs.
3. Perform the following steps:
a. Make an exposure (technique parameters are pre-programmed at

80 kV, 32 mA and 100 ms and they can be shown when pressing
the Prep push-button).
b. Read the mAs measured on the mAs Meter.
c. Read the Filament Current Number shown on the kV Display by

pressing the Increase and Decrease Density push-buttons.
Since these push-buttons are also used to increase or decrease
the values one number should be added or subtracted from the
reading to obtain the correct value.
d. Increase or decrease the Filament Current Number to determine

the correction needed to obtain a value between 3.00 and 4.00
mAs in the mAs Meter after making a new exposure.
e. Repeat the above steps until a proper mAs value is obtained in the
mAs Meter.
4. Enter the mAs value read in the mAs Meter (it must be a value between
3.00 and 4.00 mAs) in the mAs Display pressing the mAs increase or
mAs decrease push-buttons.
5. Exit from Auto-calibration mode pressing the Power On and

kV decrease push-buttons. At this moment, the Generator will
calculate and store the new value in E03 memory location.
6. Read the new value stored in E03 memory location pressing the
AEC Reset push-button. Record this value in the Data Book.
3A-12 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
For High mA stations (from 100 mA) (E05 Memory Location):



7.75 mAs.


pressing the Increase and Decrease Density push-buttons.
Since these push-buttons are also used to increase or decrease
the values one number should be added or subtracted from the
reading to obtain the correct value.

mAs Meter.
7.00 and 8.50 mAs) in the mAs Display pressing the mAs increase or
mAs decrease push-buttons.

6. Read the new value stored in E05 memory location pressing the
AEC Reset push-button. Record this value in the Data Book.
3A-13 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.5 DIGITAL mA LOOP OPEN (X-RAY TUBE CALIBRATION)
To achieve the most accurate calibration, this procedure has to be

automatically performed by the Generator (Auto-calibration). Calibration
procedure will be manually performed by the field engineer only if
Auto-calibration is not possible.
Two different methods are described in this section: Auto-calibration and

Manual Calibration.
Digital mA Loop Open is calibrated by performing the following steps:


2. Turn the Generator ON.
3. Perform the Auto-calibration procedure as described in Section 2.5.1 for

each X-ray Tube in the system.
2.5.1 AUTO-CALIBRATION OF DIGITAL mA LOOP OPEN
Auto-calibration of the Filament Current Numbers is divided in two separated

procedures related to the mA stations configured for the Small or Large Focal
Spots.
It is recommended to start with the Small Focal Spot (first group) and continue
with the Large Focal Spot (second group).
EACH TIME THAT AUTO-CALIBRATION IS ACTIVATED IN A

mA STATION (OR IN E01 MEMORY LOCATION), ALL THE
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS OF THE SELECTED FOCAL
SPOT ARE AUTOMATICALLY SET TO 344. SO A NEW
COMPLETE CALIBRATION OF THE FILAMENT CURRENT
NUMBERS FOR THIS FOCAL SPOT WILL BE REQUIRED.
3A-14 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Auto-calibration starts with the minimum available mA station for the selected
Focal Spot at 50 kV and follows with the other combinations of mA stations for
the Focal Spot at the kV break points as indicated in the next table.
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS AT kV BREAK POINT

mA STATIONS
40 50 80 120
minimum available mA station

SMALL
FOCAL other mA stations
SPOT
maximum available mA station

LARGE
S O
SPOT
1. Select one available workstation for the X-ray Tube selected. This
workstation has to be one of the previously configured as Direct.
2. Enter calibration mode and select one of the configured mA stations for
the Small Focal Spot.


Auto-calibration is activated after releasing both push-buttons. At this

moment, the Generator will check the mA stations available for the Small
Focal Spot. A double-beep will sound when the verification is
completed.
4. Check that the Heat Units available for the X-ray Tube are 100%
(kV Display shows H -- -- on the Console).
BEFORE MAKING ANY EXPOSURE IN AUTO-CALIBRATION,

VERIFY THAT THE LINK BETWEEN THE BANANA PLUG
CONNECTIONS ON THE HV TRANSFORMER IS INSTALLED.
3A-15 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5. Keep fully pressed the Handswitch push-button or use the Exposure

Controls on the Console to perform continuous exposures.
Note . In Auto-calibration mode, all technique parameters are factory

pre-programmed and they can not be changed.
Auto-calibration can be paused momentarily releasing the
Handswitch push-button or the Exposure Controls. Do not
exit from Auto-calibration before the procedure has been
completed.
Note . Auto-calibration can be cancelled by pressing the Power On and

kV decrease push-buttons. A double double-beep sound and
new values displayed on the Console indicates Auto-calibration is
deactivated.
If during Auto-calibration process, any error indication is shown

momentarily on the Console (such as Tube Overload, etc.), it means
that Generator can not calibrate in this moment the selected kV / mA
combination (because anode overheated, space charge, Generator
power limit, etc.). In this case, the Generator will continue with
Auto-calibration of the following available kV / mA combinations for the
selected Focal Spot. At the end of the process it will try to calibrate or
calculate the combinations previously uncalibrated.
If the Heat Units available for the X-ray Tube are less than 40%,
exposures are inhibited momentarily and code 111 will be flashed on the
Console accompanied of an alarm. The alarm will stop when the X-ray
Tube begins to cool and recovers the Heat Units capacity, exposures can
be performed again even though code 111 is shown on the Console.
At this point, it is recommended to wait until the Heat Units available are
closed to the 80% of the X-ray Tube capacity without making any
exposure.
Generator tries to calibrate each kV / mA combination for ten (10)

attempts (maximum). If calibration is aborted (after ten attempts), code
888 will be flashing on the Console until press the Power On
push-button. Calibration can be also aborted due to space charge during
calibration of the lowest kV at the highest mA stations for the Focal Spot
selected, so code 777 will be flashing on the Console until press the
Power On push-button.
IF AUTO-CALIBRATION IS ABORTED (CODE 888 OR

777), CONTINUE THE AUTO-CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
FOR THE OTHER FOCAL SPOT. CHECK AT THE END OF THE
AUTO-CALIBRATION PROCEDURE WHICH kV / mA
COMBINATIONS HAVE NOT BEEN AUTO-CALIBRATED FOR
EACH FOCAL SPOT (THESE COMBINATIONS HAVE THE
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBER SET TO 344). MANUALLY
CALIBRATE THESE kV / mA COMBINATIONS AS EXPLAIN IN
SECTION 2.5.2.
3A-16 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
When Auto-calibration is successfully performed, code 999 will be

flashing on the Console until press the Power On push-button to exit
from Auto-calibration mode. A double double-beep sound and new
values displayed on the Console indicates Auto-calibration is
deactivated.
6. Repeat the same procedure for the Large Focal Spot selecting one of
the configured mA stations for the Large Focal Spot previous to enter in
Auto-calibration mode.
Before starting the exposures, it is recommended to wait until the Heat

Units available are closed to the 80% of the X-ray Tube capacity.
7. After performing both procedures (for Small and Large Focal Spots),
select in calibration mode each combination of the available mA stations
at the kV break points (40, 50, 80 and 120 kV). Press the AEC Reset
push-button to read on the kV Display the new value of the Filament
Current Number stored for each combination and record the new values
in the Data Book.
Note that the highest mA station for Small Focal Spot may have numbers
larger than the lowest mA station for Large Focal Spot. This is normal.
9. Repeat the above calibration process for the second tube.
10. Turn the Generator power OFF and set Dip Switch 3000SW2-4 on the
HT Controller Board in Off position (Digital mA Loop Closed).
2.5.2 MANUAL CALIBRATION OF DIGITAL mA LOOP OPEN
This procedure describes the Manual calibration of all the Filament Current
Numbers. It has to be also used to calibrate the kV / mA combinations not
performed during Auto-calibration procedure because it has not been
completed. These combinations have the Filament Current Number set to
344, so only these combinations have to be manually calibrated as described
in this procedure.
Manual Calibration is initiated at the 80 kV break point by entering the

appropriate Filament Current Number for the proper tube current at each
selectable mA. Calibration at the other kV break points (40, 50, 80 and 120 kV)
are obtained by adding or subtracting values as indicated in Table 3-1.
Although the suggested values (Table 3-1) could change depending on the
X-ray tube used, entering those values will approximate accurate calibration
without making excessive exposures.
3A-17 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 3-1
mA Calibration Numbers Change

mA
A STATION
40 50 80 120
10 A1+7 A1+6 A1 A1 --5
12.5 A2+7 A2+6 A2 A2 --5
16 A3+7 A3+6 A3 A3 --5
20 A4+7 A4+6 A4 A4 --5
25 A5+7 A5+6 A5 A5 --5
32 A6+7 A6+6 A6 A6 --5
40 A7+7 A7+6 A7 A7 --5
50 A8+7 A8+6 A8 A8 --5
64 A9+7 A9+6 A9 A9 --5
80 A10+7 A10+6 A10 A10 --5
100 A11+10 A11+8 A11 A11 --7
125 A12+10 A12+8 A12 A12 --7
160 A13+10 A13+8 A13 A13 --7
200 A14+10 A14+8 A14 A14 --7
250 A15+10 A15+8 A15 A15 --7
320 A16+14 A16+11 A16 A16 --9
400 A17+14 A17+11 A17 A17 --9
500 A18+14 A18+11 A18 A18 --9
640 A19+14 A19+11 A19 A19 --9
Note.-- Some Generator models do not contain all the mA stations listed above.
In calibration mode, Filament Current Numbers are shown on the kV Display by

pressing the AEC Reset push-button after selecting the respective kV / mA
combination. They can be changed by pressing the Increase and Decrease
Density push-buttons and stored by pressing the AEC Reset push-button.
3A-18 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The kV Display shows again the kV when the AEC Reset push-button is
released. Note that in calibration mode, only the mA stations and kV (at the
break points) can be selected.
Note . If an exposure is made while displaying a Filament Current

Number, the kV of the exposure is the previously displayed kV.



2. Turn the Generator ON and select one available workstation for the X-ray
Tube selected. This workstation has to be one of the previously
configured as Direct.
4. Enter calibration mode and according to X-ray Tube ratings or maximum

Generator power, check which kV / mA combinations in Table 3-1 are
allowed.
If error Tube Overload is shown on the Console after selection of a kV

/ mA combination, it means this combination is not allowed for the
selected X-ray Tube. In calibration mode, if Generator power is
exceeded by a kV / mA combination selection, error E-16 is shown on
the Console after Preparation. To reset this error, press AEC Reset
push-button.
Note which combinations in Table 3-1 can not be calibrated by making

exposures (combinations not allowed due to Tube rating, maximum
Generator power, space charge, etc.) and the Exposure Time assigned
to these combinations in calibration mode.
Exit calibration mode and select the mA station and Exposure Time of
each kV / mA combination not allowed. Increase or decrease the kV
value as required to determine the kV value allowed nearest to the kV
value of the combination. Note the kV value allowed in the respective cell
of Table 3-1.
3A-19 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5. Enter calibration mode and select 80 kV and the lowest mA station

available (first combination available). Enter a filament number of 344
for this combination.
6. Make an exposure. The mAs read on the mAs Meter must be the mAs
displayed on the Console 0.1 mAs (tolerance of the parameter and
mAs Meter). If the mAs read is close to zero, increase the filament
number in big steps (a.e. increase values in 40). As the mAs read is close
to the mAs displayed on the Console, increase (or reduce) the filament
number in smaller steps (a.e. increase value in 30, 20, 10, ...).
If the mAs is low, increase the filament number. If the mA is high,

decrease the filament number. Press the AEC Reset push-button
before making a new exposure. Repeat until the mA station is calibrated.
Note . Press the AEC Reset push-button to store the new data (filament
number) before selecting the next kV or mA stations.
Calibration data (presently in memory) may or may not be

close to your requirements. If it is not close, the potential
exists to damage the X-ray tube (i.e. too much mA). Thus, as
you start the mA calibration procedure note how close or how
far off the mA break points are. If a large adjustment (more
than 40 points) is required at the low mA stations, make
estimated adjustments to the high mA stations before those
exposures are made.
7. Select the next mA station at 80 kV. Before making any exposure, enter
as filament number the value calibrated for the previous mA station
increased in 10.

decrease the filament number. Press the AEC Reset push-button
before making a new exposure. Repeat until the mA station is calibrated.
8. Complete the calibration process for all mA stations at 80 kV as

described before. When select the first mA station for the Large Focal
Spot, enter as a filament number the value calibrated for the first mA
station for the Small Focal Spot. Note that the highest mA station for
Small Focal Spot may have numbers larger than the lowest mA station
for Large Focal Spot. This is normal.
Press the AEC Reset push-button to read on the kV Display the new
value of the Filament Current Number stored for each mA station at
80 kV. Record the new values in the Data Book.
3A-20 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Note . When highest mA stations of the Generator can not be calibrated

at 80 kV due to insufficient filament current (the filament current
number has reached the maximum number (999)), replace on the
Filament Board (A3004--09/10) the Resistor R11 for another
resistor with 1.4 / 5 W, and place Jumper JP1 in position A.
Then rename the Filament Board as A3004--11.
ATTENTION: After doing this modification reduce the value

of all the filament current numbers (column for 80 kV) at the
25% and perform the calibration procedure again (from
step-4).
9. Complete the calibration process for the remaining kV / mA combinations

using Table 3-1 as a guide. It is not necessary to make exposures to do
this. Compute the value for all the kV break points of each available mA
station although the Generator power can not reach all the kV / mA
combinations. Select the corresponding kV / mA combination and enter
the computed value.
10. Check calibration at all allowed kV / mA combinations by making

exposures and correct any calibration points as needed.
Note . If Tube Overload error is shown directly on the Console after

selection of an allowed combination (refer to step-4.), wait until the
X-ray tube anode cools down to permit the calibration of the mA
station.
11. Recalculate the values of the non-allowed combinations in accordance

to the new values obtained by the previous exposures. (Refer to
Table 3-1).
3A-21 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
13. Select the mA station, Exposure Time and kV value noted for each
kV / mA combination not allowed (refer to step-4.). Check calibration at
these kV / mA combinations by making exposures. If needed, enter in
calibration mode and correct the Filament Current Number of the
respective kV / mA combination not allowed.
14. In calibration mode, select each combination of the available mA stations

at the kV break points (40, 50, 80 and 120 kV). Press the AEC Reset
Current Number stored for each combination. Record the new values in
the Data Book.
16. Repeat the above calibration process for the second tube.
17. After calibration of Filament Current Numbers:

Transformer.
G Set Dip Switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT Controller Board in

Off position (Digital mA Loop Closed).
3A-22 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6 AEC CALIBRATION
This section describes the adjustments needed to calibrate the AEC according
to the customer input. Therefore, AEC exposures should be made during the
calibration process in order to insure AEC functionality.
The Optical Density is controlled by the values stored in the respective memory
locations. These values are influenced by film speed, screen speed, dark room
procedures and customer requirements.
Use a homogeneous Phantom with enough density to produce an exposure of

100 ms, the AEC will be calibrated to produce a density of 1.0 (or the customer
preference Optical Density) at 70 kV, and then AEC tracking will be adjusted to
produce the same density at 55 kV, 90 kV and 110 kV.
Note . For AEC calibration, use the same Film and Cassettes used by the
customer. AEC calibration must be performed using the Medium
Film/Screen speed combination. The Medium Film/Screen speed
has to be double of the Slow and half of the Fast (a.e. 200--Slow,
400--Medium, 800--Fast).
Note . When using CR (Computer Radiography) or DR (Digital

Radiography) instead of measuring Optical Density:
-- measure the Image Gray level by using the needed software

tools inside each application (refer CR or DR documentation).
-- or measure the Dose level:

-- For CR, placing the Dosimeter as close as possible to the
Cassette and centered with the Central Area of the Ion Chamber.
-- For DR, placing the Dosimeter as close as possible to the
Panel, centered with the Central Area of the Ion Chamber and with
the Grid removed.
3A-23 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The following table indicates the Memory Locations related to AEC Calibration.
FUNCTION MEMORY LOCATION

AEC-1 CALIBRATION E04
AEC-1 TRACKING E08
AEC-2 TRACKING E10
AEC-3 and AEC-4 TRACKING (equal value for both) E24
AEC DENSITY SCALE E12
Illustration 3-1
Automatic Exposure Control
DAC
Jumper
COMPARATOR
Adjustment V ref
(Potentiomer) Reference
V out
AEC STOP
to cut the exposure
Ramp
ATP Console CPU (from Ion Chamber)
Data Bus
Microprocessor
EXP ORDER
STRT DR
DAC Vout (Reference)

(calibration data setting)
Ion Chamber Output

EXP Start
AEC STOP
(AEC CONTROL PCB)
EXP Stop
AEC Function Waveform
3A-24 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6.1 OPTICAL DENSITY ADJUSTMENT
Note . The Film Optical Density must be measured always on the same
point for all the X-ray Films developed during this procedure.
The recommended point is on the central axis of the Film with

relation of the Anode and Cathode and as close as possible to
center of the Film.
Illustration 3-2
How to measure the Film Optical Density
A K
USEFUL BEAM
DENSITOMETER FILM
3A-25 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
ION CHAMBERS WITH DETECTOR GAIN SWITCHES

OR WITH POTENTIOMETER
1. Set the Detector Gain switches (or gain potentiometer) of the Ion
Chamber to mid range (refer to Ion Chamber documentation). (If the Ion
Chamber is provided with the Generator, this adjustment is Factory set.)
The following tables indicate the switch position for the Vacutec Ion
Chamber (Factory set).
VACUTEC ION CHAMBER -- BAK 70 151 with Amplifier 70 901
SWITCH POSITION SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
0.1 V / Gy (10 V 100 Gy) OFF OFF OFF
0.5 V / Gy (10 V 20 Gy) ON OFF OFF

GAIN
1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) OFF ON OFF
2 V / Gy (10 V 5 Gy) OFF OFF ON
Positive ON
OUTPUT SIGNAL
Negative OFF
NORMAL FACTORY SELECTION: 1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) - Positive OFF ON OFF ON
VACUTEC DIGITAL ION CHAMBER -- BAK 70 151 with Amplifier 70 902
0.1 V / Gy (10 V 100 Gy) OFF OFF OFF OFF
0.5 V / Gy (10 V 20 Gy) OFF OFF OFF ON
GAIN 1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) OFF OFF ON OFF
2 V / Gy (10 V 5 Gy) OFF ON OFF OFF
4 V / Gy (10 V 2.5 Gy) ON OFF OFF OFF
Positive or Negative polarity of the ramp signal is selected with a switch at the Ramp Module.
OUTPUT SIGNAL The Ramp Module is a 9-pin Sub-D connector plugged to the Ion Chamber cable.
Positive polarity of the ramp signal is factory set.
NORMAL FACTORY SELECTION: 1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) - Positive OFF OFF ON OFF
3A-26 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2. Set the jumper JP3 on the AEC Control Board (A3012--05) in position A.
3. Set SID at the Focal Distance of the Grid installed in the Table Bucky
(usually 100 cm) or in the Vertical Bucky Stand (usually 150 cm).
4. Collimate the X-ray beam so that it completely covers all three fields but
does not extend beyond limits of the phantom.
5. Place Copper plates (or equivalent homogeneous phantom) in the

Collimator Filter Holder: 1.5 mm for SID of 100 cm, 1 mm for SID 150 cm.
(1 mm Copper 10 cm Plexiglass or Water).
6. Enter in calibration mode and verify that AEC Calibration number in E04,
E09, E20 and E23 Memory Locations is 70. The useful range for AEC
calibration numbers is from 20 to 120. Exit from calibration mode.
7. Select on the Console:
G A Workstation configured for the Ion Chamber to be calibrated.
G RAD: 70 kV, 200 mA Large Focus (or the first mA station for Large
Focus if 200 mA station is set for Small Focus) and 1 second
back-up time.
G AEC: Central Area , Density 0 and Medium Film/Screen.
8. Make an exposure without film in the cassette and note the Exposure
Time displayed on the Console, it should be approximately 100 ms. If
necessary, change the Copper thickness (or if needed change the mA
station) and make the exposure again. (Last exposure parameters are
displayed by pressing the AEC Reset button of the Console.)
9. Insert a cassette with the Medium Film/Screen combination used by the

customer. Make an exposure, develop the film and check the Optical
Density, it should be 1.0 (or the customer preference O. Density).
3A-27 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
10. To change the density:
G For Ion Chamber with Gain switches:
-- If the Optical Density obtained is 33% above of the desired

density, increase the gain with the switches. Repeat step-9.
-- If the Optical Density obtained is 33% below of the desired

density, decrease the gain with the switches. Repeat step-9.
-- If the Optical Density obtained is in between 33% of the desired

density, change the AEC calibration number. Enter in calibration
mode, set the new AEC calibration number for the respecetive
Memory Location (E04, E09, E20 or E23). The Optical Density
increases / decreases when the calibration number is increased
/ decreased. Then exit calibration mode. Repeat step-9.
G For Ion Chamber with Master Gain potentiometer, adjust this

potentiometer until the desired density is obtained by repeating
step-9. If the adjustment is not achieved with the Master Gain
potentiometer, change the AEC calibration number. Enter in
calibration mode, set the new AEC calibration number for the
respecetive Memory Location (E04, E09, E20 or E23). The Optical
Density increases / decreases when the calibration number is
increased / decreased. Then exit calibration mode. Repeat step-9.
Note . The AEC accuracy is better in all the useful range as the AEC
calibration number is closer to 70.
11. Repeat the above steps for all the Ion Chambers installed with the
Generator.
12. Record all the values for the Memory Locations in the Data Book.
3A-28 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6.2 kV COMPENSATION
To maintain constant AEC Optical Density regardless of the kV at which a film

is exposed, the Generator provides kV compensation. (Refer to Illustration 3-3)
Perform the following steps to determine whether or not AEC Tracking of Optical
Density must be adjusted.
1. Enter in calibration mode and verify that AEC Tracking number in E08,
E10 and E24 Memory Locations is 0. Then exit from calibration mode
and Service mode.
G A Workstation configured for the Ion Chamber to be calibrated.
G RAD: 55 kV, 200 mA Large Focus (or the first mA station for Large
Focus if 200 mA station is set for Small Focus) and 1 second
back-up time.
G AEC: Central Area , Density 0 and Medium Film/Screen.
3. Make an exposure without film in the cassette and check that the
Exposure Time is lower than 1 second. If necessary for that, change the
Copper thickness (or if needed change the mA station) and make the
exposure again. Take note of the final Copper thickness and mA station
selected for 55 kV.
4. Select 90 kV. Make an exposure without film in the cassette and check
that the Exposure Time is higher than 20 ms. If necessary for that, change
the Copper thickness (or if needed change the mA station) and make the
selected for 90 kV.
selected for 110 kV.

customer. Make an exposure at 55 kV and 90 kV (use the final Copper
thickness and the selected mA station noted before for each kV), develop
the film and measure the Optical Density obtained with those exposures.
Check that the film variation range is the same 0.2 of the Optical
Density (20% of Image Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or
DR)obtained before at 70 kV (Optical Density Adjustment -- Section
2.6.1).
3A-29 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
7. If the variation value is not 0.2 of the Optical Density (20% of Image
Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or DR) calculate the new value for the
AEC Tracking number in each Memory Location in the following manner:
G If the Optical Density at 55 kV has to be decreased and the Optical

Density above 70 kV has to be increased then increase the
Tracking value in one.
G If the Optical Density at 55 kV has to be increased and the Optical

Density above 70 kV has to be decreased then decrease the
Note . A tracking value of 10 will have no effect on AEC density (used in

solid state detectors).
a. Enter in calibration mode and select the respective Memory

Location (E08, E10 or E24).
b. Values for AEC Tracking range is from --10 to +10. Determine the
correct value for the needed AEC Tracking change.
AEC-kV
TRACKING +10 +9 +8 +7 +6 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 --1 --2 --3 --4 --5 --6 --7 --8 --9 --10
CURVE
VALUE TO ENTER
IN THE MEMORY 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 255 254 253 252 251 250 249 248 247 246
LOCATION
c. Enter the new value and store it by pressing the AEC Reset
push-button. Exit calibration mode and repeat this process from
step-6. until the desired density compensation is obtained.

customer. Make an exposure at 110 kV (use the final Copper thickness
and the selected mA station noted before for 110 kV), develop the film
and measure the Optical Density obtained with those exposures. Check
that the film variation range is the same 0.2 of the Optical Density of the
Optical Density (20% of Image Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or DR)
obtained before at 70 kV (Optical Density Adjustment -- Section 2.6.1).
If the variation value is not 0.2 repeat step-7.
Note . Calibration of AEC Tracking at 110 kV modifies the adjustment

done at 55 kV and 90 kV. Repeat exposures of step-6. and check
that they are correct.
In case that the AEC Tracking at 110 kV places the adjustment at

55 kV and 90 kV out of range, choose the AEC Tracking value
more convenient for the application.
3A-30 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Generator.
Illustration 3-3
AEC kV Tracking Curve
250
200
DAC OUTPUT in byte (8 Bit) (U3-2 of AEC Control Board)
150
100
70 10
8
50 6
4
2
0
--2
--4
0
--6
--8
--10
--50
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
kV
3A-31 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6.3 AEC OPTICAL DENSITY SCALE
AEC is calibrated with Density 0 selected (Normal Optical Density). The

Optical Density can be increased or decreased in several steps.
The variation percentage of the density scale is factory set at 25%. This
variation can be set according to the customer preferences by changing the
value stored in E12 Memory Location. This value applies to both tubes.
The following table shows some examples for the variation percentage of the
density scale with reference to the value stored in E12 Memory Location.
DENSITY SCALE FROM --4 TO +4 . VARIATION OVER NORMAL OPTICAL DENSITY (N)
E12
VALUE
--4 --3 --2 --1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4
5 N x 0.82 N x 0.86 N x 0.91 N x 0.95 N N x 1.05 N x 1.10 N x 1.16 N x 1.22
NOTE: With scale from --4 to +4 the useful range for the value stored in E12 Memory Location is from 1 to 25 .
Record the value for E12 Memory Location in the Data Book.
3A-32 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.7 FINAL CHECKS
Verify that all Configuration and Calibration data have been properly stored in
memory.
1. Enter in calibration mode and check that the values noted for the
Filament Current Numbers and Extended Memory Locations tables
of the Data Book are the same that the values displayed and stored in
memory. Press the AEC Reset button to read the stored values.
2. Exit from calibration mode and Service mode.
3. Turn the Generator OFF and verify position of dip switches on the HT
Controller Board are:
G Dip switch 3000SW2-2 in Off position (enables Filament and

Rotor Interlocks).
G Dip switch 3000SW2-4 in Off position (Digital mA Loop Closed).
4. Set the Test dip switch 3024SW2-3 on the ATP Console CPU Board in
Off position to place the Generator in normal operating mode.
3A-33 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3A-34 RAD Console

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 3-B
CALIBRATION
(RAD TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


completed.

APPROXIMATELY 3 MINUTES AFTER THE UNIT IS TURNED
OFF.


unit.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

1.1.2 ACCURACY OF RADIOGRAPHIC AND FLUOROSCOPIC PARAMETERS
ACCURACY
PARAMETERS
kV (3% + 1 kV)
RAD mA (4% + 1 mA)
1.1.3 HV FREQUENCY
1.1.4 DUTY CYCLE

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Note . Enter in GSC Program for Calibration procedures as described in

the Configuration document.
Enter and store calibration data in the Extended Memory

document.

Meter.



(0.3 volt = 10 kV)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


Rotor Interlocks
Note . Only for Generators with Low Speed Starter (LF-RAC) (it does not
apply to Generators with High Speed Starter - DRAC):


Be sure that X-ray Tubes configured in E02 and E18 Memory Locations
correspond to X-ray Tubes installed (refer to Configuration document).

and automatically stored into the respective Memory Locations
(E01 and E17). Filament Stand-by values are not field
changeable.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
exposure times are:
MEMORY LOCATION
FUNCTION
TUBE-1 TUBE-2
EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT - DELAY E13 E29
EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT - Ceq kV E15 E31
The generator has been optimized at the factory to produce correct exposures
E13 and E29 Memory Locations and only adjust the value for E15 and E31
Memory Location according to the HV Cables length.

the GSC Program. Select an available workstation (WS) and press the
OK button.
adjusts the time delay of the exposure. It is factory set for a value of 17,
18 or 19 (default value is 18). Only read this value, do not change it.
3. Select the E15 (or 31) Memory Location. Value in this Memory Location
is set in relation to the length in meters of one of the HV Cables
following value:
4m 27
6m 31
9m 38
12 m 45
14 m 49
16 m 54
For another HV Cable length value = (2.2711 x cables length) + 17.744
4. Store the value of each Memory Location by pressing the Store button
of the calibration panel.
6. Repeat the above calibration process for the second tube (memory
locations E29 and E31).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.3 KV LOOP

performance (it is not related to the X-ray Tube(s) or another





documentation).

the GSC Program. Select an available workstation (WS) and press the
OK button.
3. Select the E06 Memory Location and read the calibration value by
pressing the Read button. Enter the value 200 and store it by pressing
the Store button.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

In calibration mode, Filament Current Numbers are shown on the

calibration panel by pressing the Read button after selecting the
respective kV / mA combination. They can be changed by pressing the
Increase and Decrease buttons and stored by pressing the Store
button of the calibration panel.
Select 80 kV, 200 mA, Large Focus. Enter the value 344 as Filament
Current Number (calibration value) and press the Store button. Make
an exposure with these parameters. The mAs read on the mAs Meter
must be the same mAs displayed on the calibration screen with a
tolerance of 0.1 mAs (tolerance of the parameter and mAs Meter).
Press the Store button before making a new exposure. Repeat until the
mAs read is correct and the mA station is calibrated.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5. Enter in user mode inside calibration mode by pressing the Go to User

Mode button.
6. Select: RAD Menu, 80 kV, 200 mA, 100 ms and Large Focus. Make an
exposure and note the kV value at the end of the exposure.

the Data Book.
a. Exit from the User Mode screen by pressing the Manual

Calibration button. Select the E06 Memory Location. Press the
Read button to read the value stored.
b. Increase or decrease the value to increase or decrease the kV

respectively. Enter the new value and store it by pressing the
Store button.
c. Exit calibration mode and repeat the exposure (steps 5 and 6) to

step-8.
in the Data Book.

Meter.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

2. Enter in Auto-calibration mode by pressing the Auto Calibration button

on the GSC menu. Select an available workstation (WS) and press the
OK button. Then, select the E06 Memory Location and press the OK
button.
Confirm or leave the Auto-calibration by pressing the respective button

(Yes or No) on the new screen.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Confirm or leave the Auto-calibration (second confirmation) by pressing

the respective button (Confirm or Dismiss) on the calibration screen.
Auto-calibration is activated when the Auto Calibration button is lighted

and the Press Prep and Expose message appears on the screen.

Prep button).
5. Exit from Auto-calibration mode pressing the Auto Calibration button.

At this moment, the Generator will calculate and store the new value in
E06 Memory Location. Auto-calibration is deactivated and the process
is finished when the screen shows the GSC menu.
6. Press the Manual Calibration button. Select an available workstation

(WS) and press the OK button. Then, select the E06 Memory Location
and read its new value on the Calibration Display. Record this value in
the Data Book.


REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Memory Locations increases or decreases respectively the mA gain value.
Generator performance (they are not related to the X-ray Tube

following steps:



2. Calibration of E03 and E05 Memory Locations is performed by means of

the Auto Calibration menu.

STORED FOR THIS MEMORY LOCATION IS DELETED AND A
NEW CALIBRATION FOR IT WILL BE REQUIRED.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

on the GSC menu. Select an available workstation (WS) and press the
OK button. Then, select the respective Memory Location (E03 or E05)
and press the OK button.

Confirm or leave the Auto-calibration (second confirmation) by pressing


REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Auto-calibration is activated when the Auto Calibration button is lighted

and the Press Prep and Expose message appears on the screen.

pages.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

on the GSC menu and select the E03 Memory Location. Confirm all the
following screens.
2. When Auto-calibration is activated, Auto Calibration button is lighted

and the 3.5 mAs value is shown on the screen.

the Prep button).
c. Read the Filament Current Number shown on the calibration

panel.
d. Increase or decrease the Filament Current Number (by pressing
the Increase or Decrease buttons) to determine the correction
needed to obtain a value between 3.00 and 4.00 mAs in the mAs
Meter after making a new exposure.
mAs Meter.
3.00 and 4.00 mAs) in the mAs Display pressing the mAs Increase or
mAs Decrease buttons.


the Data Book.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

on the GSC menu and select the E05 Memory Location. Confirm all the
following screens.
2. When Auto-calibration is activated, Auto Calibration button is lighted

and the 7.75 mAs value is shown on the screen.

the Prep button).
c. Read the Filament Current Number shown on the calibration

panel.
d. Increase or decrease the Filament Current Number (by pressing
the Increase or Decrease buttons) to determine the correction
needed to obtain a value between 7.00 and 8.50 mAs in the mAs
Meter after making a new exposure.
mAs Meter.
7.00 and 8.50 mAs) in the mAs Display pressing the mAs Increase or
mAs Decrease buttons.


the Data Book.

Transformer.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


Manual Calibration.


3. Perform the Auto-calibration procedure as described in Section 2.5.1 for

each X-ray Tube in the system.
Auto-calibration of the Filament Current Numbers is divided in two separated

procedures related to the mA stations available for the Small or Large Focal
Spots.
It is recommended to start with the Small Focal Spot (first group) and continue
with the Large Focal Spot (second group).
EACH TIME THAT AUTO-CALIBRATION IS STARTED FOR

THE SMALL OR LARGE FOCAL SPOT, ALL CALIBRATION
DATA STORED FOR THE FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS OF
THE SELECTED FOCAL SPOT ARE AUTOMATICALLY SET
TO 344. SO A NEW COMPLETE CALIBRATION OF THE
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS FOR THIS FOCAL SPOT
WILL BE REQUIRED.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Auto-calibration starts with the minimum available mA station for the selected
Focal Spot at 50 kV and follows with the other combinations of mA stations for
the Focal Spot at the kV break points as indicated in the next table.

mA STATIONS
40 50 80 120

SMALL
SPOT

LARGE
S O
SPOT

on the GSC menu.
2. Select an available workstation (WS) of the X-ray Tube to be calibrated

and press the OK button. This workstation has to be one of the
previously configured as Direct.
3. Select the Small Focal Spot by pressing the Small button and then
press the OK button.


REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. Confirm or leave the Auto-calibration (second confirmation) by pressing

5. Auto-calibration is activated when the Auto Calibration button is lighted

and the Press Prep and Expose message appears on the screen. At
this moment, the Generator has checked the mA stations available for
the Small Focal Spot.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Check that the Heat Units capacity available for the X-ray Tube is 100%
or nearly (HU 0% displayed on the screen).

7. Keep fully pressed the Handswitch button to perform continuous

exposures.


Handswitch button, whenever there is not an exposure in
process. Do not exit from Auto-calibration before the
procedure has been completed.
Note . Auto-calibration can be cancelled by pressing the Auto

Calibration button. A message on the screen informs that
Auto-calibration has been cancelled and after a while the screen
shows the GSC menu.

momentarily (such as Tube Overload, etc.), it means that Generator
can not calibrate in this moment the selected kV / mA combination
(because anode overheated, space charge, Generator power limit, etc.).
In this case, the Generator will continue with Auto-calibration of the
following available kV / mA combinations for the selected Focal Spot. At
the end of the process it will try to calibrate or calculate the combinations
previously uncalibrated.
If the Heat Units value displayed is more than 60%, exposures are
inhibited momentarily and message Tube too hot is shown on the
screen. This message will disappear and exposures can be made again
when the X-ray Tube begins to cool and recovers the Heat Units capacity.
At this point, it is recommended to wait until the Heat Units value

displayed are close to the 20% before making any exposure.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

attempts (maximum). If calibration is cancelled (after ten attempts),
message Auto calibration failure is shown on the screen until press the
Auto Calibration button to exit from Auto-calibration mode and go back
to the GSC menu. Calibration can be also cancelled due to space charge
during calibration of the lowest kV at the highest mA stations for the Focal
Spot selected, so messageAuto calibration failure is also shown on the
screen until press the Auto Calibration button to exit from
Auto-calibration mode and go back to the GSC menu.
ONLY IF AUTO-CALIBRATION IS CANCELLED DUE TO

AUTO CALIBRATION FAILURE, CONTINUE THE
AUTO-CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR THE OTHER FOCAL
SPOT. CHECK AT THE END OF THE AUTO-CALIBRATION
PROCEDURE WHICH kV / mA COMBINATIONS HAVE NOT
BEEN AUTO-CALIBRATED FOR EACH FOCAL SPOT (THESE
COMBINATIONS HAVE THE FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBER
SET TO 344). MANUALLY CALIBRATE THESE kV / mA
COMBINATIONS AS EXPLAIN IN SECTION 2.5.2.
When Auto-calibration is successfully performed, message Auto

Calibration OK is shown on the screen until press the Auto Calibration
button to exit from Auto-calibration mode and go back to the GSC menu.
8. Repeat the same procedure for the Large Focal Spot.
Enter in Auto-calibration mode by pressing the Auto Calibration button

on the GSC menu.
Select an available workstation (WS) of the X-ray Tube to be calibrated

Select the Large Focal Spot by pressing the Large button and then
press the OK button.

on each screen.
Auto-calibration is activated when the Auto Calibration button is lighted.

At this moment, the Generator has checked the mA stations available for
the Large Focal Spot.
Before starting the exposures, it is recommended to wait until the Heat

Units value displayed are close to the 20%.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
9. After performing both procedures (for Small and Large Focal Spots),
enter in Manual Calibration mode and select each combination of the
available mA stations for each Focal Spot at the kV break points (40, 50,
80 and 120 kV). Press the Read button to read on the calibration panel
the new value of the Filament Current Number stored for each
combination and record the new values in the Data Book.
11. Perform the Auto-calibration procedure for the second X-ray Tube.
in this procedure. If Auto-calibration for one of the Focal Spots has been
successful, it is only required to perform the manual calibration of the mA station
do not calibrate for the other Focal Spot.

In Manual Calibration mode, the Filament Current Numbers are shown on the
calibration panel by pressing the Read button after selecting the respective
kV / mA combination. The value can be changed by pressing the Increase or
Decrease buttons of the calibration panel and stored by pressing the Store
button.
Note that in calibration mode, only the mA stations and kV (at the break points)
can be selected.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 3-1

mA
A STATION
40 50 80 120
10 A1+7 A1+6 A1 A1 --5
12.5 A2+7 A2+6 A2 A2 --5
16 A3+7 A3+6 A3 A3 --5
20 A4+7 A4+6 A4 A4 --5
25 A5+7 A5+6 A5 A5 --5
32 A6+7 A6+6 A6 A6 --5
40 A7+7 A7+6 A7 A7 --5
50 A8+7 A8+6 A8 A8 --5
64 A9+7 A9+6 A9 A9 --5
80 A10+7 A10+6 A10 A10 --5
100 A11+10 A11+8 A11 A11 --7
125 A12+10 A12+8 A12 A12 --7
160 A13+10 A13+8 A13 A13 --7
200 A14+10 A14+8 A14 A14 --7
250 A15+10 A15+8 A15 A15 --7
320 A16+14 A16+11 A16 A16 --9
400 A17+14 A17+11 A17 A17 --9
500 A18+14 A18+11 A18 A18 --9
640 A19+14 A19+11 A19 A19 --9

REV 7 sm 2401593--100



2. Turn the Generator ON and enter in calibration mode by pressing the

Manual Calibration button on the GSC menu.
3. Select an available workstation (WS) of the X-ray Tube to be calibrated

4. Check that the Heat Units capacity available for the X-ray Tube is 100%
or nearly (HU 0% displayed on the screen).
5. Accordingly to X-ray tube ratings or maximum Generator power, check

which kV / mA combinations in Table 3-1 are allowed.
If error Tube Overload is shown after selection of a kV / mA combination,

it means this combination is not allowed for the selected X-ray Tube.
In calibration mode, if Generator power is exceeded by a kV / mA

combination selection, error E-16 is shown after Preparation. Reset
this error by pressing the Reset Error button.


Mode button. Select the mA station and Exposure Time of each kV / mA
combination not allowed. Increase or decrease the kV value as required
to determine the kV value allowed nearest to the kV value of the
combination. Note the kV value allowed in the respective cell of
Table 3-1.
7. Exit from the User Mode screen by pressing the Manual Calibration
button. Select 80 kV and lowest mA station available (first combination
available). Enter a Filament Number of 344 for this combination.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
8. Make an exposure. The mAs read on the mAs Meter must be the same
mAs displayed on the calibration screen with a tolerance of 0.1 mAs
(tolerance of the parameter and mAs Meter). If the mAs read is close to
zero, increase the filament number in big steps (a.e. increase values in
40). As the mAs read is close to the mAs displayed on the Console,
increase (or reduce) the filament number in smaller steps (a.e. increase
value in 30, 20, 10, ...).

decrease the filament number. Press the Store button before making
a new exposure. Repeat until the mA station is calibrated.
Note . Press the Store button to store the new data (filament number)
before selecting the next kV or mA stations.

exposures are made.
increased in 10.

decrease the filament number. Press the Store button before making
a new exposure. Repeat until the mA station is calibrated.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

described before. When select the first mA station for the Large Focal
Spot, enter as a filament number the value calibrated for the first mA
station for the Small Focal Spot. Note that the highest mA station for
Small Focal Spot may have numbers larger than the lowest mA station
for Large Focal Spot. This is normal.
Press the Read button to read on the calibration panel the new value
of the Filament Current Number stored for each mA station at 80 kV.
Record the new values in the Data Book.
Note . When highest mA stations of the Generator can not be calibrated

at 80 kV due to insufficient filament current (the filament current
number has reached the maximum number (999)), replace on the
Filament Board (A3004--09/10) the Resistor R11 for another
resistor with 1.4 / 5 W, and place Jumper JP1 in position A.
Then rename the Filament Board as A3004--11.
ATTENTION: After doing this modification reduce the value

of all the filament current numbers (column for 80 kV) at the
25% and perform the calibration procedure again (from
step-5).

the computed value.
12. Check calibration at all break points (making exposures) and correct any
calibration points as needed.
Note . If Tube Overload error is shown directly after selection of an

allowed combination (refer to step-5.), wait until the X-ray tube
anode cools down to permit the calibration of the mA station.

to the new values obtained by exposures. (Refer to Table 3-1).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Mode button. Select the mA station, Exposure Time and kV value noted
for each kV / mA combination not allowed (refer to step-5.). Check
calibration at these kV / mA combinations by making exposures. If
needed, enter in calibration mode and correct the Filament Current
Number of the respective kV / mA combination not allowed.
15. Exit from the User Mode screen by pressing the Manual Calibration
button. In calibration mode, select each combination of the available mA
stations at the kV break points (40, 50, 80 and 120 kV). Press the Read
button to read on the kV Display the new value of the Filament Current
Number stored for each combination. Record the new values in the Data
Book.
17. If required, perform the calibration procedure for the second X-ray Tube.

Transformer.
G Set Dip Switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT Controller Board in Off

position (Digital mA Loop Closed).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6 AEC CALIBRATION
This section describes the adjustments needed to calibrate the AEC according
to the customer input. Therefore, AEC exposures will be made during the
calibration process in order to insure AEC functionality.
The Optical Density is controlled by the values stored in the respective memory
locations. These values are influenced by film speed, screen speed, dark room
procedures and customer requirements.
Use a homogeneous Phantom with enough density to produce an exposure of

100 ms, the AEC will be calibrated to produce a density of 1.0 (or the customer
preference Optical Density) at 70 kV, and then AEC tracking will be adjusted to
produce the same density at 55 kV, 90 kV and 110 kV.



the Grid removed.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The following table indicates the Memory Locations related to AEC Calibration.
FUNCTION MEMORY LOCATION

AEC-1 TRACKING E08
AEC-2 TRACKING E10
AEC-3 and AEC-4 TRACKING (equal value for both) E24
AEC DENSITY SCALE E12
Illustration 3-1
Automatic Exposure Control
DAC
Jumper
COMPARATOR
Adjustment V ref
(Potentiomer) Reference
V out
AEC STOP
to cut the exposure
Ramp
ATP Console CPU (from Ion Chamber)
Data Bus
Microprocessor
EXP ORDER
STRT DR
DAC Vout (Reference)

(calibration data setting)
Ion Chamber Output

EXP Start
AEC STOP
(AEC CONTROL PCB)
EXP Stop
AEC Function Waveform

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6.1 OPTICAL DENSITY ADJUSTMENT

center of the Film.
Illustration 3-2
How to measure the Film Optical Density
A K
USEFUL BEAM
DENSITOMETER FILM

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
ION CHAMBERS WITH DETECTOR GAIN SWITCHES

OR WITH POTENTIOMETER
1. Set the Detector Gain switches (or gain potentiometer) of the Ion
Chamber to mid range (refer to Ion Chamber documentation). (If the Ion
Chamber is provided with the Generator, this adjustment is Factory set.)
The following tables indicate the switch position for the Vacutec Ion
Chamber (Factory set).
VACUTEC ION CHAMBER -- BAK 70 151 with Amplifier 70 901
0.1 V / Gy (10 V 100 Gy) OFF OFF OFF
0.5 V / Gy (10 V 20 Gy) ON OFF OFF

GAIN
1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) OFF ON OFF
2 V / Gy (10 V 5 Gy) OFF OFF ON
Positive ON
OUTPUT SIGNAL
Negative OFF
NORMAL FACTORY SELECTION: 1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) - Positive OFF ON OFF ON
VACUTEC DIGITAL ION CHAMBER -- BAK 70 151 with Amplifier 70 902
0.1 V / Gy (10 V 100 Gy) OFF OFF OFF OFF
0.5 V / Gy (10 V 20 Gy) OFF OFF OFF ON
GAIN 1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) OFF OFF ON OFF
2 V / Gy (10 V 5 Gy) OFF ON OFF OFF
4 V / Gy (10 V 2.5 Gy) ON OFF OFF OFF
Positive or Negative polarity of the ramp signal is selected with a switch at the Ramp Module.
OUTPUT SIGNAL The Ramp Module is a 9-pin Sub-D connector plugged to the Ion Chamber cable.
Positive polarity of the ramp signal is factory set.
NORMAL FACTORY SELECTION: 1 V / Gy (10 V 10 Gy) - Positive OFF OFF ON OFF

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2. Set the jumper JP3 on the AEC Control Board (A3012--05) in position A.

6. Enter in calibration mode and verify that AEC Calibration number in E04,
E09, E20 and E23 Memory Locations is 70. The useful range for AEC
calibration numbers is from 20 to 120. Exit from calibration mode.
7. Enter in calibration mode selecting a Workstation configured for the Ion

Chamber to be calibrated. Enter in user mode inside calibration mode by
pressing the Go to User Mode button.
G RAD Menu: 70 kV, 200 mA Large Focus (or the first mA station for
Large Focus if 200 mA station is set for Small Focus) and 1 second
back-up time.
G AEC Menu: Central Area , Density 0 and Medium

Film/Screen.
station) and make the exposure again.
Note . The Actual Exposure Parameters area shows the last exposure
parameters when: exposure is finished by the AEC, exposure is
aborted by releasing the exposure control, or after pressing the
Reset Error button.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
11. To change the density:
For Ion Chamber with Gain switches:
-- If the Optical Density obtained is 33% above of the desired density,

increase the gain with the switches. Repeat step-10.
-- If the Optical Density obtained is 33% below of the desired density,

decrease the gain with the switches. Repeat step-10.
-- If the Optical Density obtained is in between 33% of the desired density,

change the AEC calibration number. Exit from the Go to User Mode
screen by pressing the Manual Calibration button and in calibration
mode set the new AEC calibration number for the respecetive Memory
Location (E04, E09, E20 or E23). The Optical Density increases /
decreases when the calibration number is increased / decreased. Then
enter in User Mode screen and repeat step-10.
For Ion Chamber with Master Gain potentiometer, adjust this

potentiometer until the desired density is obtained by repeating step-10.
If the adjustment is not achieved with the Master Gain potentiometer,
change the AEC calibration number. Exit from the Go to User Mode
screen by pressing the Manual Calibration button and in calibration
mode set the new AEC calibration number for the respecetive Memory
Location (E04, E09, E20 or E23). The Optical Density increases /
decreases when the calibration number is increased / decreased. Then
enter in Go to User Mode screen and repeat step-10.
Note . The AEC accuracy is better in all the useful range as the AEC
calibration number is closer to 70.
Generator.
13. Exit from the Go to User Mode screen by pressing the Manual
Calibration button and exit from calibration mode.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
To maintain constant AEC Optical Density regardless of the kV at which a film

is exposed, the Generator provides kV compensation. (Refer to Illustration 3-3)
Perform the following steps to determine whether or not AEC Tracking of Optical
Density must be adjusted.
1. Enter in calibration mode and verify that AEC Tracking number in E08,
E10 and E24 Memory Locations is 0. Exit from calibration mode.
2. Enter in calibration mode selecting a Workstation configured for the Ion

Chamber to be calibrated. Enter in user mode inside calibration mode by
pressing the Go to User Mode button.
back-up time.

Film/Screen.
selected for 55 kV.
selected for 90 kV.

Density (20% of Image Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or DR)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
8. If the variation value is not 0.2 of the Optical Density (20% of Image
Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or DR) calculate the new value for the
AEC Tracking number in each Memory Location in the following manner:
G If the Optical Density at 55 kV has to be decreased and the Optical

Density above 70 kV has to be increased then increase the
G If the Optical Density at 55 kV has to be increased and the Optical

Density above 70 kV has to be decreased then decrease the
Note . A tracking value of 10 will have no effect on AEC density (used in

solid state detectors).
a. Exit from the Go to User Mode screen by pressing the Manual

Calibration button and in calibration mode select the respective
Memory Location (E08, E10 or E24).
b. Values for AEC Tracking range is from --10 to +10. Determine the
correct value for the needed AEC Tracking change.
AEC-kV
TRACKING +10 +9 +8 +7 +6 +5 +4 +3 +2 +1 0 --1 --2 --3 --4 --5 --6 --7 --8 --9 --10
CURVE
VALUE TO ENTER
IN THE MEMORY 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 255 254 253 252 251 250 249 248 247 246
LOCATION
c. Enter the new value and store it. Enter in user mode inside
calibration mode by pressing the Go to User Mode button and
repeat this process from step-7. until the desired density
compensation is obtained.

customer. Make an exposure at 110 kV (use the final Copper thickness
and the selected mA station noted before for 110 kV), develop the film
and measure the Optical Density obtained with those exposures. Check
that the film variation range is the same 0.2 of the Optical Density (or
20% of Image Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or DR) obtained before
at 70 kV (Optical Density Adjustment -- Section 2.6.1). If the variation
value is not 0.2 repeat step-8.
Note . Calibration of AEC Tracking at 110 kV modifies the adjustment

done at 55 kV and 90 kV. Repeat exposures of step-7. and check
that they are correct.
In case that the AEC Tracking at 110 kV places the adjustment at

55 kV and 90 kV out of range, choose the AEC Tracking value
more convenient for the application.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Generator.
11. Exit from the Go to User Mode screen by pressing the Manual
Calibration button and exit from calibration mode.
Illustration 3-3
AEC kV Tracking Curve
250
200
DAC OUTPUT in byte (8 Bit) (U3-2 of AEC Control Board)
150
100
70 10
8
50 6
4
2
0
--2
--4
0
--6
--8
--10
--50
40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
kV

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6.3 AEC OPTICAL DENSITY SCALE
AEC is calibrated with Density 0 selected (Normal Optical Density). The

Optical Density can be increased or decreased in several steps.
The variation percentage of the density scale is factory set at 25%. This
variation can be set according to the customer preferences by changing the
value stored in E12 Memory Location. This value applies to both tubes.
The following table shows some examples for the variation percentage of the
density scale with reference to the value stored in E12 Memory Location.
DENSITY SCALE FROM --4 TO +4 . VARIATION OVER NORMAL OPTICAL DENSITY (N)
E12
VALUE
--4 --3 --2 --1 0 +1 +2 +3 +4
NOTE: With scale from --4 to +4 the useful range for the value stored in E12 Memory Location is from 1 to 25 .
Record the value for E12 Memory Location in the Data Book.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.7 FINAL CHECKS
memory.
memory.
Press the Read button to read the stored values.

Rotor Interlocks).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 3-C
CALIBRATION
(BRX WHO CONSOLE)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


completed.




unit.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

1.1.2 ACCURACY OF RADIOGRAPHIC PARAMETERS
ACCURACY
PARAMETERS
kV (3% + 1 kV)
RAD mA (4% + 1 mA)
1.1.3 HV FREQUENCY
1.1.4 DUTY CYCLE

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Note . Enter and store calibration data in the Extended Memory

document.

Meter.



(0.3 volt = 10 kV)

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


Rotor Interlocks
Note . Only for Generators with Low Speed Starter (LF-RAC):


Be sure that X-ray Tube configured in E02 corresponds to X-ray Tube

installed (refer to Configuration document).

and automatically stored into E01 Memory Location. Filament
Stand-by value is not field changeable.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
exposure times are:
MEMORY LOCATION
FUNCTION
TUBE-1
EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT - DELAY E13
EXPOSURE TIME ADJUSTMENT - Ceq kV E15
The Generator has been optimized at the factory to produce correct exposures
E13 Memory Location and only adjust the value for E15 Memory Location
according to the HV Cables length.
2. Select the E13 Memory Location. Value in this Memory Location adjusts
the time delay of the exposure. It is factory set for a value of 17, 18 or 19
(default value is 18). Only read this value, do not change it.
3. Select the E15 Memory Location. Value in this Memory Location is set
in relation to the length in meters of one of the HV Cables
following value:
4m 27
6m 31
9m 38
12 m 45
14 m 49
16 m 54
For another HV Cable length value = (2.2711 x cable length) + 17.744
4. Store the new value of each Memory Location.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.3 KV LOOP

performance (it is not related to the X-ray Tube or another





documentation).
3. Select the E06 Memory Location (on the mAs Display) and read the
calibration value (on the kV Display) by pressing the Store push-button.
Enter the value 200 (with the + and -- push-buttons) and store it by
pressing the Store push-button.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

In calibration mode, Filament Current Numbers are shown on the kV

Display by pressing the Store push-button after selecting the respective
kV / mA combination (kV value is shown on kV Display and modified with
its related push-buttons, mA value is shown on mAs Display and modified
with its related push-buttons). The Filament Current Number can be
changed by pressing the + and -- push-buttons and stored by pressing
the Store push-button.
Select 80 kV, 200 mA and set value 344 on the Filament Current
Number. Make an exposure. The mAs read on the mAs Meter must be
the same mAs displayed on the calibration screen with a tolerance of
0.1 mAs (tolerance of the parameter and mAs Meter).
Press the Store push-button before making a new exposure. Repeat
until the mAs read is correct on the mAs Meter and the mA station is
calibrated.
5. Exit from Calibration mode by pressing CALIB push-button.
6. Select: 80 kV, 20 mAs. Make an exposure and note the kV value at the
end of the exposure.

the Data Book.
a. Enter in Calibration mode and select the E06 Memory Location.

Press the Store push-button to read the value stored.
b. Increase or decrease the value for E06 (with the + and --

push-buttons) to increase or decrease the kV gain respectively.
Enter the new value and store it by pressing the Store
push-button.
c. Exit calibration mode and repeat the exposure (step-6.) to

step-8.
in the Data Book.

Meter.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

2. Enter in Calibration mode and select the E06 Memory Location.

THIS MEMORY LOCATION, CALIBRATION DATA STORED IS
DELETED AND A NEW CALIBRATION FOR IT WILL BE
REQUIRED.
3. Enter in Auto-calibration mode pressing the Power On and

kV increase push-buttons. After releasing both push-buttons, code
222 is flashing on the Console accompanied of an alarm waiting
confirmation for entering in Auto-calibration mode.
Keep pressed the kV Increase and Power On push-buttons again until


Prep button).
6. Exit from Auto-calibration mode pressing the Power ON and

kV Decrease push-buttons. At this moment, the Generator will
calculate and store the new value in E06 Memory Location.
7. Read the new value stored in E06 Memory Location pressing the Store
push-button. Record this value in the Data Book.


REV 7 sm 2401593--100
memory locations increases or decreases respectively the mA gain value.
Generator performance (they are not related to the X-ray Tube

following steps:




pages.

STORED FOR THAT MEMORY LOCATION IS DELETED AND
A NEW CALIBRATION FOR IT WILL BE REQUIRED.

Transformer.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100



3.5 mAs (this value is shown on the Time Display).


pressing the + and -- push-buttons. Since these push-buttons
are also used to increase or decrease the values one number
should be added or subtracted from the reading to obtain the
correct value.

mAs Meter.
3.00 and 4.00 mAs) in the Time Display by pressing the mAs increase
or mAs decrease push-buttons.

6. Read the new value stored in E03 memory location pressing the Store

REV 7 sm 2401593--100



7.75 mAs (this value is shown on the Time Display).


pressing the + and -- push-buttons. Since these push-buttons
are also used to increase or decrease the values one number
should be added or subtracted from the reading to obtain the
correct value.

mAs Meter.
7.00 and 8.50 mAs) in the Time Display by pressing the mAs increase
or mAs decrease push-buttons.

6. Read the new value stored in E05 memory location pressing the Store

REV 7 sm 2401593--100


Manual Calibration.


3. Perform the Auto-calibration procedure as described in Section 2.5.1.
EACH TIME THAT AUTO-CALIBRATION IS ACTIVATED IN A

mA STATION (OR IN E01 MEMORY LOCATION), ALL THE
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS ARE AUTOMATICALLY SET
TO 344. SO A NEW COMPLETE CALIBRATION OF THE
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS WILL BE REQUIRED.
Auto-calibration starts with the minimum available mA station at 50 kV and

follows with the other combinations of mA stations at the kV break points as
indicated in the next table.

mA STATIONS
40 50 80 120
other mA stations

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1. Enter calibration mode and select one mA station.


Auto-calibration is activated after releasing both push-buttons. At this

moment, the Generator will check the mA stations available. A
double-beep will sound when the verification is completed.

4. Keep fully pressed the Handswitch push-button or use the Exposure

Controls on the Console to perform continuous exposures.

Handswitch push-button or the Exposure Controls. Do not
exit from Auto-calibration before the procedure has been
completed.
Note . Auto-calibration can be cancelled by pressing the Power On and

kV decrease push-buttons. A double double-beep sound and
new values displayed on the Console indicates Auto-calibration is
deactivated.

momentarily on the Console (such as Tube Overload, etc.), it means
that Generator can not calibrate in this moment the selected kV / mA
combination (because anode overheated, space charge, Generator
power limit, etc.). In this case, the Generator will continue with
Auto-calibration of the following available kV / mA combinations. At the
end of the process it will try to calibrate or calculate the combinations
previously uncalibrated.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
If the Heat Units available for the X-ray Tube are less than 40%,
exposures are inhibited momentarily and code 111 will be flashed on the
Console accompanied of an alarm. The alarm will stop when the X-ray
Tube begins to cool and recovers the Heat Units capacity, exposures can
be performed again even though code 111 is shown on the Console.
At this point, it is recommended to wait until the Heat Units available are
closed to the 80% of the X-ray Tube capacity without making any
exposure.

attempts (maximum). If calibration is aborted (after ten attempts), code
888 will be flashing on the Console until press the Power On
push-button. Calibration can be also aborted due to space charge during
calibration of the lowest kV at the highest mA stations, so code 777 will
be flashing on the Console until press the Power On push-button.
IF AUTO-CALIBRATION IS ABORTED (CODE 888 OR

777), CHECK WHICH KV / MA COMBINATIONS HAVE NOT
BEEN AUTO-CALIBRATED (THESE COMBINATIONS HAVE
THE FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBER SET TO 344).
MANUALLY CALIBRATE THESE KV / MA COMBINATIONS AS
EXPLAIN IN SECTION 2.5.2.
When Auto-calibration is successfully performed, code 999 will be

flashing on the Console until press the Power On push-button to exit
from Auto-calibration mode. A double double-beep sound and new
values displayed on the Console indicates Auto-calibration is
deactivated.
5. Select in calibration mode each combination of the available mA stations

at the kV break points (40, 50, 80 and 120 kV). Press the Store
Current Number stored for each combination and record the new values
in the Data Book.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
in this procedure.

Table 3-1

mA STATION
40 50 80 120
10 A1+7 A1+6 A1 A1 --5
12.5 A2+7 A2+6 A2 A2 --5
16 A3+7 A3+6 A3 A3 --5
20 A4+7 A4+6 A4 A4 --5
25 A5+7 A5+6 A5 A5 --5
32 A6+7 A6+6 A6 A6 --5
40 A7+7 A7+6 A7 A7 --5
50 A8+7 A8+6 A8 A8 --5
64 A9+7 A9+6 A9 A9 --5
80 A10+7 A10+6 A10 A10 --5
100 A11+10 A11+8 A11 A11 --7
125 A12+10 A12+8 A12 A12 --7
160 A13+10 A13+8 A13 A13 --7
200 A14+10 A14+8 A14 A14 --7
250 A15+10 A15+8 A15 A15 --7
320 A16+14 A16+11 A16 A16 --9
400 A17+14 A17+11 A17 A17 --9

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
In calibration mode, Filament Current Numbers are shown on the kV Display by

pressing the Store push-button after selecting the respective kV / mA
combination (kV value is shown on kV Display and modified with its related
push-buttons, mA value is shown on mAs Display and modified with its related
push-buttons). Filament Current Number can be changed by pressing the +
and -- push-buttons and stored by pressing the Store push-button.
The kV Display shows again the kV when the Store push-button is released.
Note that in calibration mode, only the mA stations and kV (at the break points)
can be selected.
Note . If an exposure is made while displaying a Filament Current

Number, the kV of the exposure is the previously displayed kV.



4. Enter calibration mode and according to X-ray Tube ratings or maximum

Generator power, check which kV / mA combinations in Table 3-1 are
allowed.
If error Tube Overload is shown on the Console after selection of a kV

/ mA combination, it means this combination is not allowed for the
selected X-ray Tube. In calibration mode, if Generator power is
exceeded by a kV / mA combination selection, error E-16 is shown on
the Console after Preparation. To reset this error, press Store
push-button.

Exit calibration mode and select the mA station and Exposure Time of
each kV / mA combination not allowed. Increase or decrease the kV
value as required to determine the kV value allowed nearest to the kV
value of the combination. Note the kV value allowed in the respective cell
of Table 3-1.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5. Enter calibration mode and select 80 kV and the lowest mA station

available (first combination available). Enter a filament number of 344
for this combination.
6. Make an exposure. The mAs read on the mAs Meter must be the mAs
displayed on the Console 0.1 mAs (tolerance of the parameter and
mAs Meter). If the mAs read is close to zero, increase the filament
number in big steps (a.e. increase values in 40). As the mAs read is close
to the mAs displayed on the Console, increase (or reduce) the filament
number in smaller steps (a.e. increase value in 30, 20, 10, ...).

decrease the filament number. Press the Store push-button before
making a new exposure. Repeat until the mA station is calibrated.
Note . Press the Store push-button to store the new data (filament
number) before selecting the next kV or mA stations.

exposures are made.
increased in 10.

decrease the filament number. Press the Store push-button before
making a new exposure. Repeat until the mA station is calibrated.

described before.
Press the Store push-button to read on the kV Display the new value
of the Filament Current Number stored for each mA station at 80 kV.
Record the new values in the Data Book.

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

the computed value.
10. Check calibration at all allowed kV / mA combinations by making

exposures and correct any calibration points as needed.
Note . If Tube Overload error is shown directly on the Console after

selection of an allowed combination (refer to step-4.), wait until the
X-ray tube anode cools down to permit the calibration of the mA
station.

to the new values obtained by the previous exposures. (Refer to
Table 3-1).
13. Select the mA station, Exposure Time and kV value noted for each
kV / mA combination not allowed (refer to step-4.). Check calibration at
these kV / mA combinations by making exposures. If needed, enter in
calibration mode and correct the Filament Current Number of the
respective kV / mA combination not allowed.
14. In calibration mode, select each combination of the available mA stations

at the kV break points (40, 50, 80 and 120 kV). Press the Store
Current Number stored for each combination. Record the new values in
the Data Book.

Transformer.
G Set Dip Switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT Controller Board in

Off position (Digital mA Loop Closed).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6 FINAL CHECKS
memory.
memory. Press the Store push-button to read the stored values.

Rotor Interlocks).

REV 7 sm 2401593--100

REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 4
LV-DRAC (HSS)
LOW VOLTAGE DIGITAL ROTATING ANODE CONTROLLER
4-1
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-2
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 1 CONFIGURATION
Note . This document ONLY applies to High Speed Generators supplied

with the LV-DRAC (Low Voltage - Digital Rotating Anode
Controller).
The LV-DRAC is a High Speed Rotor Controller located on the Generator

Cabinet. Its configuration is made through dip switches 3243SW1 to 3243SW4
on the Control DRAC Board.
BEFORE MANIPULATING THE LV-DRAC, MAKE SURE THAT

THE INPUT LINE IS DISCONNECTED AND THE CAPACITOR
BANK IS PROPERLY DISCHARGED. WAIT UNTIL LEDS DL7
AND DL8 ON THE CONTROL DRAC BOARD ARE OFF.
The Function of these switches is the following:
3243SW1-x FUNCTION
2 MINIMUM TIME FOR READY (DELAY)

( )
5
TUBE TYPE SELECTION FOR TUBE-1
6
(Also refer to switch position 3243SW3-5)
7
3243SW2-x FUNCTION
2 NOT USED*
5
TUBE TYPE SELECTION FOR TUBE-2
6
(Also refer to switch position 3243SW4-5)
7
* Note: Set switches not used in ON position.
4-3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3243SW3-x FUNCTION
1 LOW SPEED ROTATION BRAKE
3 NOT USED*
ON = THE TUBE CONFIGURED AS TUBE-1

5
IS LISTED ON TUBE TABLE-1
7 NOT USED*
3243SW4-x FUNCTION
2
NOT USED*
3
ON = WHEN THE TUBE CONFIGURED AS TUBE-2

5
IS LISTED ON TUBE TABLE-1
ON = SELF RUNNING ENABLED (Refer to section 1.2)

6
OFF = SELF RUNNING DISABLED (Refer to section 1.2)
7 PROTECTIONS -- ERRORS
8 DC BRAKE
Note . Set dip switches in accordance with the following tables.

Set dip switches not described in ON position.
TUBE SELECTION -- TUBE TABLE-1
(Switch 3243SW3-5 = ON for Tube-1 ) (Switch 3243SW4-5 = ON for Tube-2)
3243SW1-x (TUBE-1) 3243SW2-x (TUBE-2)

TUBE FAMILY
(Stator - Anode) 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 7 8
4-4
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
MINIMUM TIME FOR READY (DELAY)
3243SW1-x
MINIMUM TIME
(SECONDS) 1 2 3
0* ON ON ON
0.6 OFF ON ON
0.8 ON OFF ON
1.0 OFF OFF ON
1.2 ON ON OFF
1.5 OFF ON OFF
2.0 ON OFF OFF
3.0 OFF OFF OFF
* Note: It is recommended to set these switches at 0 seconds.
LOW SPEED ROTATION BRAKE
LOW SPEED ROTATION BRAKE MODE (3300 RPM TO 0 RPM) 3243SW3-1
INHIBITED ON
ACTIVATED OFF
DC BRAKE (FOR LOW AND HIGH SPEED)
DC BRAKE 3243SW4-8
ACTIVATED ON
INHIBITED OFF
PROTECTIONS -- ERRORS
PROTECTIONS -- ERRORS 3243SW4-7
INHIBITED
ON
(LED DL1 on the Control DRAC Board is always illuminated)
ACTIVATED (Normal Operation mode)

(LED DL1 on the Control DRAC Board is non-illuminated OFF
indicating that the DRAC is working properly).
Note: The Error Codes are shown on the Console Display preceded by the letter E
(a.e. E51) (For Error Codes refer to Troubleshooting document).
WHEN SWITCH 3243SW4-7 IS IN ON POSITION, THE

ERROR PROTECTIONS OF THE LV-DRAC ARE INHIBITED.
4-5
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.1 LV-DRAC STATUS DIAGRAM
CHANGE
OF TUBE
ACCELERATION STAND-BY ACCELERATION

UP TO 3300 RPM UP TO 10000 RPM
RUNNING RUNNING
AT 3300 RPM AT 10000 RPM
BRAKING SELF-RUNNING MODE BRAKING

FROM 3300 RPM FROM 10000 RPM
1.2 SELF-RUNNING MODE
The continuous starting and braking of the anode produces an overheating in

the X-ray Tube Stator (a.e. during calibration procedure). The Self-runnig
mode avoids this overheating.
In the Self-running mode (switch 3243SW4-6 in ON position), the anode

remains running for approximately 1 minute when rotates at 3300 rpm or
10000 rpm.
The LV-DRAC enters in the Self-runnig mode when Preparation is selected

three consecutive times only from the Console buttons or Handswitch, and
the time between two of the consecutive accelerations is shorter than
30 seconds (refer to illustration below).
PREPARATION SIGNALS
t < 30 s t < 30 s t < 30 s t > 30 s t < 30 s t < 30 s t < tsr
ANODE ROTATION
tsr tsr
Self-running mode Self-running mode
tsr (time for self-running mode) = approx. 1 minute at 3300 rpm or 10000 rpm.
4-6
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 2 SCHEMATICS
Sch. No. Scheme
DRAC BLOCK DIAGRAM
A3243--04 CONTROL DRAC PCB
A3240--05 INTERFACE DRAC PCB
A3109--01 CLAMPING PCB
4-7
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
DRAC BLOCK DIAGRAM
PTR1
3PH -- IGBT INVERTER ISOLATED TUBE

BOOST 1
COMM TRANSFO
MAINS AC
INPUT U2
PRINC TUBE
(220 -- 480 VAC DC SELECTION TUBE
+/-- 10%) RELAYS 2
U3
AUX
TUBE
3
I AUX
V IN I PRINC
CLAMPING
A
U15 CURRENT LOGIC U16
LIMIT CONTROL
D
U11
U17
OP1--OP2 OUTPUT
CONTROL
INPUT OPTO
COMMANDS COUPLERS
(from Generator)
RL2 /uC
READY
TUBE SELECTION
(to Generator)
SW1 to SW4
SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION
SWITCHES
4-8
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-9
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-10
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-11
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-12
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-13
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4-14
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 5
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
5-1
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5-2
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
The purpose of this Periodic Maintenance is to assure continued safe

performance of the X-ray Generator, to increase serviceability, to reduce the
costs (down time, repairs, etc.) and to assure the safety (personal risk).
The following checks and maintenance procedures, together with the

suggested intervals, are the manufacturers recommendation for the most
effective Periodic Maintenance schedule for this Generator.
Service tasks here described must be performed exclusively by service

personnel specifically trained on medical X-ray Generators.
The first periodic maintenance service should be performed twelve (12) months
after installation, and the subsequent services every twelve (12) months.
Note . Record in the Data Book all the periodic maintenance services
carried out and the data changes made during any maintenance
service.
5-3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5-4
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 2 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
When any major component, such as a X-ray Tube,

HV Transformer or major circuit board, is replaced in the
system, perform the respective Configuration and
Calibration procedures.
Update and record in the Data Book any new data entered in
memory.
If the HT Control Board or the ATP Console CPU Board is

replaced, check specially that Extended Memory data have
not been lost or modified with the Board change. Compare
Extended Memory data with the values noted in the Data
Book.
Also, make some exposures using different techniques and

Focal Spot and check that mA stations are calibrated
correctly, if not perform Calibration procedures.
Before starting the periodic maintenance procedures, it is recommended to

make a test exposure using the same operating factors and conditions as a
typical exposure.
Perform the X-ray tube warm-up procedure if the tube has not been in use for
approximately one hour. (Refer to Operator Manual of the Console).
2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT
The tools and test equipment required to perform the Periodic Maintenance
Service are the same as specified in Installation document.
5-5
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.2 GENERAL CAUTIONS
MAKE SURE THAT THE MAIN CAPACITORS OF THE HIGH

VOLTAGE INVERTER DO NOT CONTAIN ANY RESIDUAL
CHARGE. WAIT UNTIL THE LIGHT EMITTING DIODES ON
THE CHARGE-DISCHARGE MONITOR BOARDS ARE OFF,
ALWAYS HAVE THE IPM DRIVER BOARD CONNECTED IN

THE GENERATOR PREVIOUS TO MAINS POWER IS
ACTIVATED IN IT. IF THE IPM DRIVER BOARD IS NOT
CONNECTED, PERMANENT DAMAGE WILL OCCUR TO
IGBTS.
LINE POWERED GENERATOR:

POWER LINE, AND POWERED ON UNLESS THE SAFETY
SWITCH INSTALLED IN THE ROOM ELECTRICAL CABINET
IS OFF. WHEN THE GENERATOR IS POWERED, THE NEON
LAMP (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE TRANSFORMER 6T2
(GENERATOR CABINET) IS ON.
INTERNAL PARTS OF THE GENERATOR (ALL FUSES, LINE

CONTACTOR (6K5), INPUT TRANSFORMER (6T2), ON/OFF
RELAY (3K3) AND LF-RAC MODULE) ARE PERMANENTLY
POWERED ON THROUGH POWER LINE ALTHOUGH THE
CONTROL CONSOLE IS OFF. BE SURE THAT THE SAFETY
SWITCH IS OFF BEFORE HANDLING ANY INTERNAL PART
OF THE EQUIPMENT.
5-6
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
BATTERY POWERED GENERATOR:

POWER LINE THROUGH A LINE PLUG.
WHEN IT DOES NOT WORK WITH STAND-ALONE, IT IS

POWERED ON UNLESS THE SAFETY SWITCH INSTALLED IN
THE ROOM ELECTRICAL CABINET IS OFF. WHEN THE UNIT
IS POWERED, THE NEON LAMP (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE
WHEN IT WORKS WITH OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE IT IS

POWERED ON IN ALL SITUATIONS. WHEN THE UNIT IS
TURNED ON, THE NEON LAMP (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE

OPERATIONS. INTERNAL PARTS (CONTACTOR 6K5, LINE
FUSES, BATTERY CHARGER BOARD, LINE MONITOR
BOARD, BATTERY MONITOR BOARD, ENERGY GUARD
BOARD AND STAND-ALONE BOARD) ARE PERMANENTLY
POWERED ON AND HAVE THE FULL VOLTAGE POTENTIAL
OF THE BATTERIES (APPROX. 400 VDC) ALTHOUGH THE
UNIT IS DISCONNECTED FROM THE LINE OR THE CONTROL
AREA.
CAPACITOR ASSISTED GENERATOR:

POWER LINE THROUGH A LINE PLUG. IT IS POWERED ON
UNLESS THE SAFETY SWITCH INSTALLED IN THE ROOM
ELECTRICAL CABINET IS OFF. WHEN THE UNIT IS
POWERED, THE NEON (GREEN) LOCATED ON THE

OPERATIONS. INTERNAL PARTS (CAPACITOR OF HV
INVERTER, STORAGE CAPACITORS MODULE, LINE FUSES,
DC BUS FUSES, ETC.) ARE PERMANENTLY POWERED ON
AND HAVE THE FULL VOLTAGE POTENTIAL OF THE
CAPACITORS (APPROX. 800 VDC), ALTHOUGH THE UNIT IS
DISCONNECTED FROM THE LINE OR THE CONTROL
AREA.
5-7
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.3 GENERAL CLEANING
NEVER ATTEMPT TO CLEAN OR HANDLE ANY PART OF THE

X-RAY GENERATOR WHEN IT IS TURNED ON. SWITCH OFF
THE GENERATOR MAIN DISCONNECT BEFORE CLEANING
OR INSPECTING.
2.3.1 EXTERNAL SURFACES
Clean external covers and surfaces frequently, particularly if corroding

chemicals are present and specially parts in contact with the patient, with a cloth
moistened in warm water with mild soap solution. Rinse wipe with a cloth
moistened in clean water. Do not use cleaners or solvents of any kind.
Clean Console keyboard and displays with a cloth dampened in warm water.
Rinse wipe with a cloth dampened in clean water.
Also check painted surfaces for scratching and touch up as required.
2.3.2 INTERNAL CABINET CLEANING
Remove the external access cover from the Generator Cabinet.
Visually inspect all major components for dust or foreign items. Search carefully
to detect objects which might cause short circuits and for loose connections.
If excess dust is present, clean the interior of the Generator Cabinet using a dry
brush or vacuum cleaner. Make sure that the fans operate properly and the vent
holes of the cabinet are not obstructed.
2.3.3 INTERNAL TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE CLEANING
MAKE SURE THAT THE TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE IS

POWERED OFF OR UNPLUGGED.
Remove the rear cover of the Touch Screen Console.
Visually inspect internally for dust or foreign items. Search carefully to detect
objects which might cause short circuits and for loose connections.
If excess dust is present, clean the interior of the Touch Screen Console using
a dry brush or vacuum cleaner. Make sure that the fans operate properly and
the vent holes are not obstructed.
5-8
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.4 CABLE CHECKS
CAREFULLY HANDLE ALL INTERNAL PARTS OF THE UNIT.
Check that all electrical connections are firm and secure and that all cable
clamps and strain reliefs are in place. Also check that connectors do not have
exposed wire-veins and check cable sheaths (cable cover) for wear and fraying.
Check that all cables are correctly routed.
2.4.1 GROUND CABLE CONNECTIONS
The central reference ground of the X-ray System and Generator is located at
the Generator Cabinet.
Check the ground lead interconnections continuity using a multimeter at its

lowest ohms range.
2.4.2 AC POWER SUPPLY IN X-RAY ROOM
Measure the value of AC power supply between all phases, neutral and ground.
Check that these values comply with the tolerances established at the original
installation.
5-9
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.5 CONTROL CONSOLE CONDITION
Check the proper connection and condition of the cables connected to the
Console.
If applicable, check the Handswitch condition. Verify that the Handswitch cable
and its connection to the Console are in good condition.
Check correct operation of the buttons, displays and indicators by performing

the following test:
1. Turn the Generator / Console ON.
2. If the Console is a Touch Screen Console, touch on different points of the

operator application on the Touch Screen to check that the Touch Screen
Sensor is properly calibrated. If it is not calibrated, perform the procedure
described in Section 2.5.1 -- Touch Screen Sensor Calibration.
3. If applicable, check the Handswitch condition. Verify that the Handswitch

cable and its connection to the Console are in good condition.
4. Select a radiographic technique and observe:
G Indicators of the selected workstation and Focal Spot.
G Technique parameters are displayed on the Console. Change

technique parameters and observe that changes are correctly
displayed.
G Select the parameters for an usual exposure. Press Prep and

verify that the Ready indicator is activated. Release Prep and
observe that the Ready indicator is deactivated.
G Make the exposure, and verify that radiographic exposure signal

sounds and the Prep and X-ray On indicators are activated
during the exposure.
5. If AEC is installed, select a technique with AEC and observe that the
indicators of the selected AEC controls are activated.
6. If APR is installed, select an APR technique and observe:
G Indicators of the selected Patient Size are activated and the Body
Region / Anatomical Views are shown on the APR Display and its
corresponding parameters are shown on the RAD Display.
G Change the APR technique and observe that selection and

parameters changes on both Displays.
5-10
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.5.1 TOUCH SCREEN SENSOR CALIBRATION
Note . This calibration procedure only applies to Touch Screen Console.
If required to calibrate the Sensor of the Touch Screen because the buttons can
not be properly selected or because the Compact Flash has been changed,
perform the next procedure:
CALIBRATION FOR AN ELO TOUCH SCREEN SENSOR
2. Press the Start--Windows button on the keyboard connected to the

Touch Screen Console, then select (double-click):
Settings / Control Panel / EloTouchscreen.
3. Execute the Align program and follow the process touching on the
indicated places. Click on Yes and OK, then close the Control Panel.
4. Return to the Application through Start and select: Programs / Start up

(select the first one) / Console.
CALIBRATION FOR A 3M TOUCH SCREEN SENSOR
2. On the PC Desktop, press theStart-Windows button on the keyboard

connected to the Touch Screen Console, then select: Programs / UPDD
/ Calibrate.
3. Execute the Calibrate program and follow the process clicking on the
indicated places.
4. When finish this calibration, come back to the Application by entering

again in Start and select: Programs / Start up (select the first one) /
Console.
5-11
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.6 HV TRANSFORMER CONDITION
The HV Transformer contains Shell Diala AX oil. Check that there is not oil
leakage.
If found, remove the oil fill plug from the top of the HV Transformer and verify
that the oil level is within 20 mm (3/4) of the top surface of the HV Transformer.
If necessary add oil Shell Diala AX. (This point does not apply to Aluminium
HV Transfromers (black).
Make sure that:
HV oil in the HV Cable terminals is clean and shows no evidence of

arcing.
HV Cable terminal rings are tight.
2.7 X-RAY TUBE CONDITION
Make sure that:
All parts are mechanically secure with no oil leaks.
HV grease on the HV Cable terminals is clean and shows no evidence

of arcing.
HV Cable terminal rings are tight.
5-12
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.8 RADIOGRAPHIC PARAMETERS
With the generator power OFF, connect:
G Non-invasive kV Meter to measure kV.
G mAs Meter to the banana plug connections on the HV Transformer

to measure mA or mAs (connect the mAs Meter for Digital mA
Loops calibration).
Note . Test points on the HT Controller PCB can also be used to monitor
unit. These test points must be checked with scope. (Refer to
Calibration chapter -- Section 2 Calibration Procedures, for test
points and scale factors).
2.8.1 TEST FOR kV LOOP
1. Verify that dip switch 3000SW2-2 on the HT Controller Board is in Off

2. Turn the Generator ON and select the Direct (No Bucky) workstation in
one of the X-ray Tubes.
3. Select 80 kV, 200 mA (or the first mA station for Large Focus), 100 ms.
Make an exposure and note the kV at the end of the exposure.
4. Check that the kV value read on the kV Meter must be 80 1 kV.
If the kV value does not comply with the above value, perform the
respective Calibration procedures.
5-13
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.8.2 TEST FOR DIGITAL mA LOOP OPEN
1. Set the dip switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT Controller Board in On

Note . Only for Generators with LF-RAC (LSS):
-- When the mA Loop is open (dip switch 3000SW2-4 in On), the

rotor runs for two minutes after release the handswitch
push-button from Preparation position.
-- When the mA Loop is closed (dip switch 3000SW2-4 in Off),

the Tube will brake after release the handswitch push-button from
Preparation position.
2. Enter in Manual Calibration selecting the Direct (No Bucky) workstation

of the corresponding X-ray Tube.
3. Select 80 kV and the following mA stations. Make an exposure and note

the mAs values read on the mAs Meter.
G Minimum mA for Small Focal Spot.
G Maximum mA for Small Focal Spot.
G Minimum mA for Large Focal Spot.
G Maximum mA for Large Focal Spot.
4. Check that the mAs values read on the mAs Meter must be the same mAs
displayed on the Console with a tolerance of 6% mAs.
If the mAs values do not comply with the above values, perform the
respective Auto-Calibration procedures.
5. Repeat this test for the second X-ray Tube.
6. Turn the Generator OFF and set the dip switch 3000SW2-4 on the HT
Controller Board in Off position (Digital mA Loop Closed).
5-14
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.8.3 TEST FOR DIGITAL mA LOOP CLOSED
1. Turn the Generator ON and select the Direct (No Bucky) workstation in
one of the X-ray Tubes.
2. Select the following parameters, make an exposure and note the mAs
values read on the mAs Meter.
G 80 kV, 100 ms, 50 mA.
G 80 kV, 100 ms, 200 mA.
3. Check that the mAs values read on the mAs Meter must be the same mAs
displayed on the Console with a tolerance of 4% mAs.
4. If the mAs values do not comply with the above values, perform the
respective Auto-Calibration procedures.
5. Turn the Generator OFF.
2.9 AEC CHECKS



the Grid removed.
5-15
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
2.9.1 OPTICAL DENSITY

center of the Film.
A K
USEFUL BEAM
DENSITOMETER FILM

4. Select a workstation for the Ion Chamber to be tested. Select on the

Console:
back-up time.
G AEC Menu: Central Area, Density 0 and Medium

Film/Screen.
5-16
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
station) and make the exposure again.

7. If the Optical Density is not as required, perform the respective AEC

Calibration procedure.
Generator.
1. Select a workstation for the Ion Chamber to be tested. Select on the

Console:
back-up time.

Film/Screen.
selected for 55 kV.
selected for 90 kV.
5-17
REV 7 sm 2401593--100

Density (20% of Image Gray Level / Dose Level with CR or DR)
6. If the variation values is not as required, perform the respective AEC

Calibration procedure.
Generator.
5-18
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 3 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE RELATED TO

BATTERY POWERED GENERATORS
Note . This Section only applies to Battery Powered Generators and

must be performed at least once a year.
3.1 BATTERY STORAGE CONDITIONS
This generator should be stored at a dry environment around 20oC (68oF). The
recommended operating temperature is 15oC to 30oC (59oF to 86oF).
During normal storage conditions (dry environment at 20oC (68oF) the internal
resistance of the batteries will cause a discharge rate of 15% per six month
period. Storage above 30oC (86oF) should be avoided, since it will cause
excessive battery voltage loss.
Within the recommended operating temperature and under optimum float

conditions, the batteries service life is expected to exceed 5 years.
The batteries of the Unit are fully charged when delivered from the factory. If the
Unit is going to be stored or has been stored for a period longer than six months,
batteries must be fully charged during eight hours before operation or service
tasks.
If the unit has not been used or it has been stored for six
months, it should be installed and/or energized to prevent
deep discharge of the batteries. A deep discharge will cause
permanent damage to the batteries. Perform the following
Maintenance Tests.
5-19
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2 BATTERY CHARGER TEST AND BATTERY CONDITION TEST

EQUIPMENT, SPECIALLY PARTS UNDER COVERS.
THE HEAT SINKS ON THE BATTERY CHARGER BOARD ARE

NOT ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED. DANGEROUS VOLTAGE IS
PRESENT. DO NOT TOUCH OR SHORT THESE HEAT SINKS
TO ONE ANOTHER NOR TO ANY OTHER CIRCUIT
COMPONENTS.

Note . Before performing the following procedure, be sure that the unit
has been connected to mains enough time (recommended eight
hours) for a full charging of all the Batteries.
3.2.1 BATTERY CHARGER TEST
The Battery Charger Board consists of several Battery Chargers or Sectors.

Each Sector charges two 12 volt Batteries and has one green LED which is used
to provide a visual indication of the Charger and Battery status.
All green LEDs and the LED DS1 on the Battery Charger Board should be
lighting when the line power is being supplied. It indicates that the chargers
(sectors) are operating correctly. Also the external Power Line Indicator Lamp
(green Neon) is On (charging). (Refer to Illustration 5-1).
5-20
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Illustration 5-1
Battery Charger Board
LED DS1
Connector J1
Row of Green LEDs

Fuses of Battery Sectors
Charger Board
If all of the green LEDs are not lighting and the Line Present external Lamp
is off, check that the Input Line Magnetothermic 1SW1 is in ON position. If it is
in ON position and all of the green LEDs are not lighting, check that Yellow LED
DL1 on the Line Monitor Board is blinking. if LED DL1 is not blinking check:
If the Line Monitor Board is working properly (refer to Error Code E25 in
this document) and replace it if necessary.
If one of the Red LEDs DL2 or DL3 on the Line Monitor Board is lighting.
It means that the Input Line is too high (DL3) or too Low (DL2).
If the Line Monitor Board is working properly, then check primary and secondary
connections on Transformer 2T1. If some green LEDs are lighting and some
are not, check secondary connections on Transformer 2T1 and/or circuit
operation and fuse of each individual charger that are not lighting.
5-21
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
If error E25 is shown on the Console and exposures are inhibited, perform the
following procedures:
1. If the green LED of any sector is off, check the respective components
and power supply of that sector. If they are defective, replace the Battery
Charger Board.
2. Check that voltage supplied from the Battery Charger Board for charging
every couple of Batteries (one sector) is the correct voltage.
a. Turn OFF the Unit with the Input Line Magnetothermic 1SW1 in
OFF position.
b. Remove Connector J1 from the Battery Charger Board.
Connector J1
Charger Board
c. Turn ON the Unit with the Input Line Magnetothermic 1SW1 in ON

position.
d. At this moment check on the Battery Charger Board that all the
green LEDs and the LED DS1 are lighting. If not, replace the
Battery Charger Board.
5-22
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
e. If the LED lights are correct, measure between all consecutive pins
of Connector J1 (base). Voltage between consecutive pins should
be around 27.5 V. If this measure is wrong it means that the last
charging sector in board is defective and the Battery Charger
Board must be replaced.
Base of Connector J1
Consecutive Pins
Measurement
Measurement at Pins 1--2
Base of Connector J1
Consecutive Pins
Measurement
Measurement at Pins 2--3
f. After checking it, turn OFF the Unit with the Input Line
Magnetothermic 1SW1 in OFF position. Replace the Battery
Charger Board if it is necessary and connect J1 and the rest of
connectors.
g. Turn ON the Unit with the Input Line Magnetothermic 1SW1 in ON

position.
3. Check always the Batteries status as described in Section 3.2.2 --

Identifying and Replacing Defective Batteries.
5-23
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3.2.2 IDENTIFYING AND REPLACING DEFECTIVE BATTERIES
Batteries have a life time after which they should be replaced as they go bad.
The problem arises at the moment of determining if the Battery is good or
defective and need to replace it.
Tools required to determine which Batteries are defective:
Allen Screwdriver Set (Standard service tool).
Digital Multimeter.
Load Resistance of 3 Ohms, > 50 Watts.
Note . Before performing the following procedure, be sure that the unit
has been connected to mains enough time (recommended eight
hours) for a full charging of all the Batteries.
1. Turn OFF the Unit with the Input Line Magnetothermic 1SW1 in OFF
position.
2. Remove the Protection Plate of the Battery Trays (3 Allen screws).
Allen Screws
Protection Plate
Battery Tray
5-24
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
3. Take out the first Battery Tray disconnecting before the Anderson and
Molex Connectors of the Battery Tray. Remove the Protection Cover of
the Battery Tray.
USE PROTECTION GLOVES AGAINST ELECTRIC SHOCK

HAZARDS AND SAFETY GLASSES WHEN HANDLING
BATTERIES DURING SERVICE TASKS.
Anderson Connectors Molex Connector Battery Tray Molex Connector
Battery Tray Protection Cover
5-25
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
4. Identify the positive and negative poles of the Battery to be measured.

Measuring the output voltage of the Battery is not enough to determine
whether a Battery is OK. The image bellow shows the measurement of
a Battery which has good voltage (around 12V) as shown in the
Multimeter.
This measurement can lead us to the thought that the Battery is in good
condition, but this is a voltage without load.
Negative pole (black)
Battery to be Measured
Positive Pole (red) Volts measured

without Load Resistance
5. Connect the Load Resistance (3 Ohms, > 50 Watts) to the positive and
negative Battery poles. Repeat the voltage measurement with the Load
Resistance connected. If the voltage with load is less than 10 V (usually
close to 0 V), the Battery is not good since it will never be completely
loaded.
BE CAREFUL WITH THE LOAD RESISTANCE AS IT MAY GET

VERY HOT DURING THE TEST.
Load Resistance
5-26
REV 7 sm 2401593--100

Volts measured
with Load Resistance
Positive Pole (red)
Battery in good condition

Volts measured
with Load Resistance
Positive Pole (red)
Battery in bad condition
5-27
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Follow the Battery testing with the rest of Batteries and after checking all
of them replace the defective Batteries as described in the next step.
7. Battery replacement:
a. Cut the ty-straps needed to replace the Battery and remove the
Metallic Bar on the Battery Tray.
Ty--Straps
Metallic Bar
b. CAREFULLY, disconnect the contact terminals of the Battery

(negative and positive poles) using an isolated Allen Screwdriver.
Contact Terminals
Battery to be replaced
Contact Terminals
5-28
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
c. CAREFULLY, place the new Battery, connect the terminals of the

Battery again, and re-install the ty-straps, Metallic Bar and
Protection Cover over the Batteries.
Metallic Bar Protection Cover
New Battery
d. CAREFULLY, re-install the Battery Tray inside the Cabinet

connecting the respective Anderson and Mollex Connectors.
Screw the lateral Protection Plate of the Battery Trays.
5-29
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
5-30
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 4 PROCEDURES RELATED TO THE

CAPACITOR DISCHARGE GENERATORS
Note . This Section only applies to Capacitor Discharge Generators and

must be performed every time the Generator is manipulated
inside.

EQUIPMENT, SPECIALLY PARTS UNDER COVERS.
NEVER TOUCH METAL PARTS UNDER COVERS BEFORE

TESTING THAT VOLTAGE IS BELOW 10 VDC. PERFORM THE
PROCEDURE FOR CAPACITORS DISCHARGING AND
VOLTAGE TESTING PREVIOUS TO MANIPULATE INSIDE THE
GENERATOR FOR SERVICE.
KEEP IN MIND THE GENERAL CAUTIONS FOR CAPACITOR

ASSISTED GENERATORS INDICATED IN SECTION 2.2.
4.1 STORAGE CAPACITOR DISCHARGING AND VOLTAGE TESTING
1. With the Generator turned OFF, be sure that the Power Supply Cable is
unplugged from the Mains socket.
2. Take away the Generator cover.
3. Carefully, remove the Protection Cover over the Capacitor Charger

Board (A3517--xx). DO NOT TOUCH ANY METAL PART UNDER
COVERS UNTIL THE CAPACITORS ARE FULLY DISCHARGED
AFTER THIS PROCEDURE.
4. Resistor 8R1 (1K5 ohms, 250 W) is assembles close to the Capacitor

Charger Board to allow the Capacitors discharging. Connector J4 (from
this resistor) must be disconnected for normal operation of the Unit, and
ONLY MUST BE CONNECTED to the J4 of the Capactitor Charger Board
for Capacitors discharging process.
5. Plug Connector J4 in the Capacitor Charging Board. Check that LEDs

D48 and D49 of this Board are blinking. When the Capacitors are fully
discharged, both LEDs will be OFF. Capacitors will be discharged from
800 VDC (fully charged) to 10 VDC in approximately 5 minutes.
5-31
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6. Check that the voltage stored in Capacitors is < 10 VDC (maximum

voltage for a safe service manipulation). It is recommended that voltage
will be close to 0 VDC. For that, check that LEDs D48 and D49 are OFF,
and then measure the voltage at the base of Fuses 8F3 and 8F4.
Connection of J4 for Capacitor Discharging
Check that voltage on 8F3 and 8F4 is < 10 VDC
LEDs D48 & D49
Connector J4 (PCB Connector)
Capacitors Charging Board
Connector J4 (Aerial Connector)
Resistor 8R1
DO NOT MANIPULATE INSIDE THE UNIT WITHOUT

CHECKING THAT VOLTAGE IN CAPACITORS MODULE HAS
BEEN DISCHARGED (LESS THAN 10 VDC).
Note . Storage Capacitors are fully charged four seconds after turning
the Generator ON (for a line of 230 VAC with selection of 20 A in
the Generator, or maximum 40 seconds for a line of 110 VAC with
selection of 8 A in the Generator).
5-32
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 6
RENEWAL PARTS
6-1
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6-2
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Item Designation Qty Mfg. Ref. GEHC Ref. Remarks
CONTROL PANEL
HT Controller PCB 1 SAT--A3000--33 2343379 12 bits
U5 EPROM (30 to 64 kW) 1 SAT--SOFT--HT 2343381 No order w/o Generator Serial Number
Interface Control PCB Rad w/ HV 1 SAT--A3009--09 2197211
PCB Filament Driver 1 SAT--A3004--10 5212054
Low Voltage Power Supply 1 SAT--53418001 2197216 PS1
Rectifier Bridge FAGOR / 10Amp. 3 SAT--53404002 2197217 BR1, BR2 & BR4 (1 Rect Bridge for 1 Ph)
Line Filter 1 SAT--50208001 5182134 LF3
ON/OFF Relay 4PDT /110V 1 SAT--51401012 2197298 K3
Capacitor ELE 2400 mF, 50 V 2 SAT--54002007 2197300 C6, C7
Control Conmutator PCB 1 SAT--A3010--02 2343384
Delayed Switch Off PCB 1 SAT--A3274--01 2347305
F2, F6, F7, F8 & F9 Fuses 5 See Fuse Kit
INVERTER MODULE
Inverter 3 Ph, 400--480 V, Hi kW 1 SAT--A6362--56S 2406627 3 Phase Line Generator
Inverter 1 Ph, 220--240 V, Hi kW 1 SAT--A6362--61 2406628 1 Phase Line Generator
Inverter for Capacitor Generator 1 SAT--A6362--80 2406629 Capacitor Generator
Inverter for Battery Generator 1 SAT--A6362--62 2406630 Battery Generator
IGBT 600A / 600V 2 SAT--53416016 2406631
IGBT 300A / 1200V High Power 2 SAT--53416011 2343388 Selected IGBT
Capacitor 10 mF, 1000 VDC 1 SAT--54001011 2197283 C9, for 400--480 VAC Generator
Capacitor 40 mF, 450 VDC 1 SAT--54001006 2406632 C9, for 220--240 VAC Generator
Capacitor ELE 3700 mF, 450 VDC 4 SAT--54002011 2197284 C1, C2, C3 & C4
Capacitor 2 mF, 1000 VDC 3 SAT--54008002 2197285 C8, C11, C11
IPM Driver PCB 2 SAT--A3063--03 2197286 A1 & A2
Charge / Discharge Monitor PCB 1/2 SAT--A3212--01 2197287 Only 1 PCB for 1 Ph, and 2 PCB for 3 Ph
Charge / Discharge Monitor PCB 1/2 SAT--A3212--02 2406633 Capacitor Generator Only
Input Rectifier PCB for 3 Phase 1 SAT--A3255--01 2197288
Input Rectifier PCB for 1 Phase 1 SAT--A3255--02 2406634
Rectifier SKKD 40F10 3/2 SAT--53404019 2197281 CR1, CR2, CR3 (only 2 for 1 Ph)
Fan Micro Boxer 24 VDC 3 SAT--53103001 2343394 Only for DRAC
6-3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
POWER INPUT MODULE
PCB Brake Board 1 SAT--A3567--04 2406635 Capacitor Generator Only
Contactor 3 Ph / 24V / 50 Amp 2 SAT--51405007 5199153 Input Line Contactor
Resistor 20 ohms /100 W / 10% 1 SAT--52707021 2197293 R1
Transformer T2 1 SAT--50509029 2197294 T2 for 3 Ph 400--480 VAC
Transformer T2 1 SAT--50509030 2406637 T2 for 1 Ph 220--240 VAC,

Battery and Capacitor Generators
Green light Lamp 1 SAT--54203006 2347306 NL1
Input Filter for Three Phases 1 SAT--A6371--01 2197296 LF1
Input Filter for Single Phase 1 SAT--A6371--02 2406639 LF1
Locks PCB 1 SAT--A3214--02 2197295
Input Line Fuses: F3, F4, F5 3 See Fuse Kit
Fuses F12, F13, F14, F15 4 See Fuse Kit
Fuses F1, F2 on Locks PCB 4 See Fuse Kit
HIGH VOLTAGE TANK
H V Tank (125 kV)/ 1Tube 230V 1 SAT--A6097--01 2406641 Standard Nucleus / Aluminium Tank
H V Tank (150 kV)/ 1Tube 230V 1 SAT--A6097--56 2406647 Capacitor Generator / Aluminium Tank
H V Tank (125 kV)/ 2Tubes 230V 1 SAT--A6095--11 5193413 Standard Nucleus
H V Tank (125 kV)/ 2Tubes 480V 1 SAT--A6095--13 Standard Nucleus
H V Tank (150 kV)/ 2Tubes 480V 1 SAT--A6095--18 Standard Nucleus
6-4
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
ANODE ROTOR STARTER
Low Speed Starter (LF--RAC)
LF--RAC -- Low Speed Starter 1 SAT--A6381--06 2406649 Module 9
LF--RAC PCB 1 SAT--A3096--02 2197222 A1
Relay Solid State 1 SAT--51404008 2197223 LF--RAC Module
Capacitor 30 mF, 370 V 1 SAT--54001002 2197306 C5
Fuse -- F1 (6 A / 250 V) 1 See Fuse Kit
High Speed Starter (LV--DRAC)
LV DRAC for 480 VAC 1 SAT--A6378--27 2406650 3 Phs, 1 or 2 tubes
LV DRAC for 400 VAC 1 SAT--A6378--26 2343392 3 Phs, 1 or 2 tubes
LV DRAC for 230 VAC 1 SAT--A6378--28 2406651 1 or 3 Phs, 1 or 2 tubes
Control DRAC PCB 1 SAT--A3243--04 2197309
Interface DRAC PCB with Flat Cable 1 SAT--A3240--05 2197310
PCB Clamping 1 SAT--A3109--01 2248293 A3
LV--DRAC Main & Aux Transf 2 SAT--6456--11 2359601 3 phase 400 VAC
LV--DRAC Main & Aux Transf 2 SAT--6456--12 2406652 3 phase 480 VAC
LV--DRAC Main & Aux Transf 2 SAT--6456--13 2406653 1 or 3 phase 230 VAC
Contactor 24 V / 15 A 3 SAT--51405004 2203891
Aux Contactor 1 SAT--51405006 2365949 LV DRAC Module
U17 EEPROM DRAC 230VAC 1 SAT--SOFT 2406654 No order w/o Generator Serial Number
DRAC 230VAC
DRAC 400VAC
DRAC 480VAC
Fan Micro Boxer 24 VDC 3 SAT--53103001 2343394 Only for R&F and DRAC
DC Bus Cable 1 SAT--A3237--02 2357935
F3 & F4 (15 A) and F1 & F2 (0.5 A) -- See Kit Fuses
6-5
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CAPACITOR MODULE Capacitor Generator Only
Capacitor Charger PCB 1 SAT--A3517--02 2406656 Capacitor Generator Only
Line Selector PCB 1 SAT--A3225--03 2406674 Capacitor Generator Only
Inductance 2,7 mH /30A 1 SAT--A6071--01 2406675 Capacitor Generator Only
Resistance NHS--25 22k 2 SAT--52708006 2406676 Capacitor Generator Only
IGBT BSM35GB120DLC 1 SAT--53416026 2406677 Capacitor Generator Only
IGBT BSM50GB60DLC 1 SAT--53416027 2406678 Capacitor Generator Only
Capacitor 0,47mF, 1000 VDC 1 SAT--54003022 2406679 Capacitor Generator Only
Corcom EMC Filter 1 SAT--50208012 2406680 Capacitor Generator Only
Capacitor ELE 17600 mF, 450 VDC 10 SAT--54002037 2406657 Capacitor Generator Only
Fuses 8F1, 8F2, 8F3, 8F4 -- See Fuse Kit
Fuses F1, F2 on Brake PCB -- See Fuse Kit
BATTERY CHARGER MODULE Battery Generator Only
Circuit Breaker C60N D10 1 SAT--50613102 2406658 SW1
Relay 24 VDC 1 SAT--51403002 2406659 Battery Charger Module
Isolated Stand Alone 1 SAT--A3138--01 2406661 A1 Only with Stand Alone Option
Transformer T1 1 SAT--50509004 2406662 PSU XFMR 110 -- 240

(15 X 28V +20V)
Line Monitor PCB 1 SAT--A3139--01 2406663 SW1
Energy Guard PCB 1 SAT--A3264--01 2406664 A2 Only with Stand Alone Option
Battery Charger PCB 1 SAT--A3285--02 2406665 A1
Fuse F1 (BAT+) -- See Fuse Kit
Fuses F2, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, F13, -- See Fuse Kit
F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21
on Battery Charger PCB
Wall Electrical Cabinet 1 SAT--9882--01 5266226 Optional

Red Emergency Push-button
ENERGY STORAGE MODULE Battery Generator Only
Battery 9 A/h 30 SAT--50512006 2406666
6-6
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Item Designation Qty Mfg. Ref. GEHc Ref. Remarks
CONSOLE CPU
ATP Console CPU PCB 1 SAT--A3024--21 2197344 Standard
ATP Console CPU PCB 1 SAT--A3024--221 5255289 For Fail Safe Circuit
U24 EPROM 1 SAT--SOFT--ATP 2406669 No order w/o Generator Serial Number
U5, U24 EPROMs Special Tube 1 SAT--SOFT--KIT 2406670 No order w/o Generator Serial Number
RAD CONSOLE
Hand Switch equiped 1 SAT--A3223--03 2197358 For Standard Console
RAD Console 32/50 kW w APR 1 SAT--6281--02 2406671 Complete RAD Console without ATP
Console CPU Board A3024--xx
PCB, Display RAD Console w APR 1 SAT--A3095--02 2197331--2
Overlay, RAD Console 32/50 kW APR 1 SAT--55801381 2406672
TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE
Touch Screen Console 1 SAT--A6264--03 5126283 Complete RAD Touch Screen Console
Hand-Switch Equipped 1 SAT--A3399--03 5126284
Front Cover TPC 12 1 SAT--8002--01 2406860
Back Cover TPC 12 v2 1 SAT--8031--01 2406861
Touch Screen Controller 1 SAT--55001015 2406862 Obsolete -- 3M Touch Screen Controller
Kit TPC 12 Upgrade 1 SAT--A8434--01 ELO Touch Screen Controller

(Touch Screen Controller)
Inverter 2 Lamps 1 SAT--55001042 2406863
Kit Power Supply 1 SAT--A6672--01 2406864
Kit PC 1 SAT--A6671--01 2406865
Compact Flash 256 Mb -- Standard APR 1 SAT--55001010 2406868 Standard APR
Compact Flash 256 Mb -- Editable APR 1 SAT--55001010GEHC 5311892 Editable APR
Kit Fans Console 1 SAT--A6675--01 2406869
Kit TFT Screen TPC 12 1 SAT--A6674--01 2406870
Interface Console TPC 1 SAT--A3515--02 2406871
On/Off Switch 1 SAT--50613003 2406872
CABLES
TSC Serial Cable 1 SAT--A7067--01 2406673 15 m.
TSC Power Supply Cable 1 SAT--A7059--01 15 m.
B R X -- W H O C O N S O L E
BRX WHO Console 1 SAT--A6280--02 2410142 RAD Console for BRX WHO System
Display BRX WHO Console 1 SAT--A3163--01 2410143
Overlay BRX WHO Console 1 SAT--55801379 2410144
6-7
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
FUSE Kit 1 SAT--A6696--02 2406667 Fuses, except (35A & 50A) shall be
ordered by 10.
Fuse 0.4 A / 250 V SB 1 SAT--53801015 2197323 Low Voltage Power Supply
Fuse 0.5 A / 250 VAC for LV-DRAC 2 SAT--53801019 2356309 On Interface DRAC PCB Mod. 11
Fuse 1.5 A / 250 V SB 1 SAT--53801012 2197327 Front Panel
Fuse 2 A / 250 V SB 15 SAT--53801026 On Battery Charger PCB
Fuse 3 A / 250 V SB 3 SAT--53801003 2197325 Front Panel
Fuse 6 A / 250 V SB 2 SAT--53801002 2357939 On LF--RAC PCB and Locks PCB
Fuse 6 A / 600 V SB 1 SAT--53801017 On Battery Charger PCB
Fuse 10 A / 250 V SB 5 SAT--53801008 2197324 On Locks PCB, Brake PCB and 6T2
Fuse ATQ 15 A / 500 VAC SB 3/2 SAT--53801029 2363093 Capacitor Input Line Fuse/ GEMS Table
Fuse ATM 15 A / 600 VAC SB 2 SAT--53801018 2356308 On Interface DRAC PCB Mod. 11,
and Capacitor Module
Fuse 35 A / 600 VAC 1 SAT--53801016 Only 32 kW Battery Generators
Fuse 50 A / 600 VAC 3/2 SAT--53801011 2197329 Line Fuses (Only 2 Fuses 1 Ph)
Neutral Fuse 1 SAT--53801032 2406668 Provided with the Generator

in a Plastic bag
INTERCONNECTIONS
Serial Cable 1 SAT--A7066--01 15 meters. RAD Console BRX WHO
Power Cable J1 1 SAT--A7021--01 2197318 15 meters
Communication Cable J3 1 SAT--A70221--01 2197319 15 meters
Interface Cable J2 15 wires 1 SAT--A7069--04 2343415 15 meters
AEC Adaptation Cable (J5--J4) 1 SAT--A3251--01 2197334 15 meters
Standard Tomo Interface Cable 1 SAT--A3083--01 2197299
ADAPTATIONS MODULE
AEC Adaptation PCB (optional) 1 SAT--A3263--03 2197333--2 For 4 Ion Chambers
Tomo/Bucky PCB 1 SAT--A3261--03 2197409 Standard
AEC Control PCB (optional) 1 SAT--A3012--05 2197330--2 AEC Control
AEC Control PCB (optional) 1 A3012--25 5255290 For Fail Safe Circuit
6-8
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
RADIATION MEASURING SYSTEM FOR TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE
Kit DAP Replacement 1 A520217--01 5220884 Radiation Measuring System for TPC 12
Radiation Meter Board 1 A3170--01 5309468
Kit of Optional Printer 1 A6535--02
FAIL SAFE CIRCUIT
Fail Safe Circuit Alignment Module 1 A3540--01 5255287
Fail Safe Circuit Alignment Cable 1 A7305--06 5255288
Fail Safe Circuit ATP Console CPU Board 1 A3024--221 5255289
Fail Safe Circuit AEC Control Board 1 A3012--25 5255290
TUBES
X--Ray Tube E7239X 1 6690--06 2404346
X--Ray Tube E7252X 1 6690--09 2403383
X--Ray Tube E7865X 1 6690--29 2403384 Replaces Tube E7299X
X--Ray Tube E7242X 1 6690--10 2403385
6-9
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
6-10
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 7
SCHEMATICS
7-1
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
7-2
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
LINE BATTERY CAPACITOR

SCHEMATIC POWERED POWERED DISCHARGE
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR
GENERATOR CABINET
Compact Generator (Mini)

54302002 X
(only for 1 Tube Low Speed)
Compact Generator
54302010 X
(for 1 or 2 Tube, Low or High Speed)
ESM Compact Generator with Stand-Alone

54302012 X
(only for 1 Tube Low Speed)
Compact Capacitor Generator

54302020 X
(for 1 or 2 Tube, Low or High Speed)
A3096--02 LF-RAC PCB (only used with Low Speed Generators) X X X
Delayed Switch-Off PCB

A3274--01 X
(only used with High Speed Generators)
2-Tubes Swicth Control PCB

A3010--02 X
(only used with Compact Generator 2 Tubes)
A3000--33/34/35/36 HT Controller PCB (12 bits) X X X
A3004--09/10/11/12 Filament Control PCB X X X
A3009--09/10/11/12 Interface Control PCB X X X
A3063--03 IPM Driver PCB X X X
A3212--01 Charge / Discharge Monitor PCB X X
A3212--02 Charge / Discharge Monitor PCB X
A3024--21 ATP Console CPU PCB X X X
ESM (ENERGY STORAGE MODULE)
A3285--02 Battery Charger PCB X
A3138--01 Isolated Stand-Alone Control PCB X
A3264--01 Energy Guard X
A3139--01 Line Monitor PCB X
CAPACITORS MODULE
A3517--02 Capacitor Charger PCB X
A3525--03 Line Selector PCB X
A3567--04 Brake PCB X
7-3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
APPLICATION
SCHEMATIC LINE BATTERY CAPACITOR

POWERED POWERED DISCHARGE
GENERATOR GENERATOR GENERATOR
RAD CONSOLE
ATP Console CPU PCB (installed in the Console only in

A3024--21 X X X
this case. For schematics refer to Generator Cabinet)
A3095--01/02 GE RAD Console -- RAD/APR Display PCB X X X
TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE
54302032 TPC A6264--02/03 Console Connections X
A3515--02 Console Interface X
BRX WHO CONSOLE
A3163--02 RAD 2P Display PCB X
OPTIONS
A3024--221 ATP Console CPU Board for Fail Safe Circuit Alignment X X X
A3012--01/02/05 AEC Control PCB X X X
A3012--21/22/25 AEC Control PCB for Fail Safe Circuit Alignment X X X
A3540--01 Alignment PCB for Fail Safe Circuit Alignment X X X
Double-Tube Safety Adapter PCB for Fail Safe

A9509--01 X X X
Circuit Alignment
A3263--03 AEC Adaptation PCB X X X
A3261--03 Tomo / Bucky Adaptation PCB X
-- LV--DRAC PCBs (For schematics refer to Chapter 4) X
7-4
F E D C B A
POWER INPUT TRANSFORMER --PWR OFF

( S3--C4 ) 6J2
6T2 3F2 240 VAC SW --PWR ON
LVDC POWER SUPPLY +5V 4
T 1.5A --PWR OFF
44 530 VAC 240 VAC 20 9 5 3PS1 +5V +12V 5
3LF3 1 7 --12V --PWR ON
+12V 3
480 VAC 115 VAC SW 2 10 +12V
connect 10 1 3 3F9 jumper
14 3 --12V 9
according 3F8 T 0.4A 8 --12V
to the 9 440 VAC T 3A 3K3 4 GND 2
2 4 9 +12V UNR
4 input line 115 VAC 18 115 VAC jumper 4
13 8
* 7 415 VAC ( S3--B3 ) 6
6
+12V UNR
GND
POWER 8 400 VAC 7
LAMP 0 VAC 17 0 VAC GND
1
5 230 VAC GND
3F6
6NL1
T 3A
4 21 VAC 15
3TS1
0 VAC 14 1 ohm +24V 54
+24V--PSU 3K3 240 VAC SPLY
4w
-- + 10 6 17
3F7 -- + 3BR2 +24V
40 110 VAC T 3A 3BR4
11 VAC 12 11 7 16
3C7 3C6 --12 V
2400 MF 2400 MF 15 +12 V
0 VAC 11 26
240 VAC SW 240 VAC SW
27
3 28 VAC 35 + 115 VAC SW 115 VAC SW 3
-- 3BR1
26 VAC 34
24 VAC 16 24 VAC TR
3 60 VAC 22 VAC 33
20 VAC 32 ( S4--F2) +SUPPLY
20 VAC TR
16 VAC 31 ( S3--E1 )
2 14 VAC 30 0 VAC TR
--SUPPLY
12 VAC 19
1 0 VAC 0 VAC 13
12 8 0 VAC RTR
Shield Stud ( S5--F3 )
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO THREE PHASE GENERATORS
L1 T1 MANUFACTURED FOR INPUT LINES FROM 400 VAC
60 VAC RTR ( S5--F4 ) Note.-- In Three Phase Generators manufactured for Input Lines up to 240 VAC,
230 VAC RTR Input Transformer 6T2 is as shown on sheet 2.
6F13
T 10A
6F12
T 10A AC1 + BUS +
6R1 ( S4--F2 )
2 20 ohm, 100w C3 CR1 CR2 CR3 2
1 nF R1 R3 R5
6F3 6LF1 33 ohm 33 ohm 33 ohm
T 50A C4
L1 L1 T1 470 nF C1 C5 C9
C12
6F4 470 nF 470 nF 470 nF
470 nF
T 50A
MAINS
LOAD
L2 T2 L2 T2 AC2
L2
6F5 C7
T 50A 1 nF
L3 T3 L3 T3 C2 C6 C10
L3 C8
470 nF 470 nF 470 nF
470 nF
6K5 R2 R4 R6
GND Contactor DELAYED
+24V--PSU +24V 33 ohm 33 ohm 33 ohm
A2 85 A2 85 AC3 BUS --
6K6
holding
NC
holding
NC
Contactor C11 -- ( S4--F2 )
1
A3 A3 1 nF
INPUT RECTIFIER BOARD ( A3255--01 )
pull--in 86 pull--in 86
5A5
A1 A1
1
H CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
6J3
--CHRG DR G CN 05/109,145 F. GARCIA 31/07/05 DRAWING F. GARCIA 11/11/98
DWG:
54302002
10 1/5
( S3 -- D4) F CN 03/46,55,58,60 F. GARCIA 09/04/03 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/98 H G F E D C B A REV
( S3 -- B4) E CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
D CN 00/140 F. GARCIA 22/06/00
SEDECAL
COMPACT GENERATOR
C CN 00/013 F. GARCIA 13/03/00

( ONLY ONE TUBE )
F E D C B A

( S3--C4 ) 6J2
connect T 1.5A --PWR OFF
7 240 VAC 240 VAC 20 9 5 3PS1 +5V +12V 5
according
3LF3 1 7 --12V --PWR ON
to the +12V 3
input line 6 115 VAC SW 2 10 +12V
1 3 3F9 jumper
14 3 --12V 9
3F8 T 0.4A 8 --12V
T 3A 3K3 4 GND 2
115 VAC 18 2 4 9 +12V UNR
4 115 VAC jumper 4
13 8
POWER ( S3--B3 ) 6 +12V UNR
LAMP 6
GND
5 230 VAC 7
0 VAC 17 0 VAC GND
6NL1 1
4 GND
3F6
T 3A
21 VAC 15
3TS1
21 208 VAC
0 VAC 14 1 ohm 54
23 120 VAC +24V--PSU +24V 240 VAC SPLY
3K3 4w
-- + 10 6 17
3F7 -- + 3BR2 +24V
3 110 VAC T 3A 3BR4
11 VAC 12 11 7 16
3C7 3C6 --12 V
8 2400 MF 2400 MF 15 +12 V
22 100 VAC 0 VAC 11 26
27
3 28 VAC 35 + 115 VAC SW 115 VAC SW 3
--
26 VAC 34 3BR1
24 VAC 16 24 VAC TR
9 60 VAC 22 VAC 33
20 VAC 32 20 VAC TR ( S4--F2) +SUPPLY
16 VAC 31 ( S3--E1 )
2 14 VAC 30 0 VAC TR --SUPPLY
12 VAC 19
1 0 VAC 0 VAC 13
12 8
Shield Stud
0 VAC RTR
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO SINGLE PHASE GENERATORS
L1 T1 ( S5--F3 ) MANUFACTURED FOR INPUT LINES UP TO 240 VAC
60 VAC RTR ( S5--F4 )
230 VAC RTR
6F13
T 10A
6F12
AC2 +
BUS +
T 10A 6R1 C7 CR2 CR3
2 20 ohm, 100w ( S4--F2 ) 2
1 nF R3 R5
6F3 6LF1 33 ohm 33 ohm
T 50A L1
L1 T1 C5 C9
MAINS
LOAD
Neutral or 6F4 470 nF 470 nF
Cartridge T 50A C8
N / L2 L2 T2 L2 T2 470 nF
C6 C10
GND 470 nF 470 nF
6K6 AC3
DELAYED Contactor
+24V R4 R6
A2 85 C11
33 ohm 33 ohm
Note.- For Two Phases, replace holding 1 nF
Neutral Cartidge (L2/N) by Fuse 6F4. NC BUS --
6K5 A3 -- ( S4--F2 ) 1
Contactor pull--in 86 INPUT RECTIFIER BOARD ( A3255--01 )
+24V--PSU A2 85 5A5
holding --CHRG DR A1
NC ( S3 -- D4)
A3
1 86
pull--in H CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
6J3 A1 G CN 05/109,145 F. GARCIA 31/07/05 DRAWING F. GARCIA 11/11/98
DWG:
54302002
CN 03/46,55,58,60 2/5
10 F F. GARCIA 09/04/03 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/98 H G F E D C B A REV
E CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
( S3 -- B4)
D CN 00/140 F. GARCIA 22/06/00
SEDECAL
COMPACT GENERATOR
C CN 00/013 F. GARCIA 13/03/00
( ONLY ONE TUBE )
F E D
F E D C B A
P5 +5V
P1
INTERFACE CONTROL 6
+5V +24V
HT CONTROL BOARD BOARD 8 +24V--PSU
10 +24V
3A1 HT--C CLK 3A2 5
11 P1 +24V
HT--C DAT 4 16 --LINE CONT
18 PT CRL +24V
P2 BAT ST1 ( S1, 2--F1 )
4 --12V 7 1 DELAYED +24V 4
1 19 --PWR ON --PWR ON --LINE CONT
+12V --12V BAT ST2 ( S1, 2--A4 ) 2
2 +12V 8 DELAYED +24V
20 --PWR OFF --PWR OFF
+5V BAT ST3 4 +5V OUT ( S4--F3 )
3 +5V 12 3 +5V OUT
--TUBE 2 SCL --ON 12
6J3 2 DISCHARGE 1 DISCHARGE 1
( S4--A2, 3 )
4 GND 13 +12V GND 14
7 --FIL1 SCL
PT CRL 5 GND 14 6 DISCHARGE 1 RTN DISCHARGE 1 RTN
--START +12V 13
15 --START DISCHARGE 2 DISCHARGE 2
15 ( S5--F2 ) 1
--KV UP --PRE CHRG GND 10 6J3
8 P1 DISCHARGE 2 RTN DISCHARGE 2 RTN
--KV DWN 16 --CHRG DR 9 9
--CHRG DR GND LINE SYNC
HT--C DAT 3 1 ( S1, 2--E1 )
--KV UP 12
6 2 --KV DWN P3 --BUCKY EXP
HT--C CLK P3 +24V P3 14
1 6 --EXP 4 +24V 3 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD
--EXP 6 LINE SYNC ( S3--C3 ) 11
2 4 C--HT DAT ERROR DRAC 2 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
C--HT DAT 1 GND 16
5 5 C--HT CLK --KV DR1 --KV DR1 1 P2 GND
C--HT CLK 2 ( S4--F3 ) GND
--KV DR2 --KV DR2 1
4 3 --PREP 4 PT SPLY
--PREP --FIL DR1 3TS1
9 3
GND 5 P4 IC SPLY 1 18
--FIL DR2 5 GND
7 3 IC SPLY 2
--CHRG --CHRG 12 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 39
3 8 7 PT SPLY 3
( S4--A1, 2 ) --FIL 1 ACK ( S3--A3 ) 13 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD IC GND
2 42
--ROOM LIGHT IC GND
9
BUCKY SPLY 4 48
P4 P5 ROOM LIGHT SW ROOM LIGHT SW
5 AUX BUCKY SPLY
3 6 47
RTR I RTR I 5 --ACC 11 --BUCKY 1 MOTION ROOM LIGHT SUP ROOM LIGHT SUP
8 --RTR RUN ( S5--E1 ) 24
( S5--A2 ) FIL I 7 10 --BUCKY 2 MOTION --ROOM LIGHT
4 --ACC P4
6 8 22
--BRAKE --BRAKE 6 --DOOR
1 --KV BUCKY 1 DR --BUCKY EXP
9 ( S5--C1 ) 7 23
--HS SCL BUCKY 2 DR 2 115 VAC DOOR RTN
2 +KV 115 VAC
4 -- IGBT FAULT 18 1 0 VAC 36
--RTR RDY --TUBE 2 SCL 0 VAC --SF PREP
6 --MA 3 ( S4--D2 )
-- IGBT FAULT 19 3 115 VAC SW 37
3TS1 7 --FIL 1 SCL 115 VAC SW --FL EXP
+MA 1 17 15
-- AUTO OFF INH FIL PREHEAT 53
2 5 2 FIL 1 RTN --READY
BUCKY SPLY GND -- BAT FAULT 14 16
9 FIL RTN FIL 2 RTN 52
BUCKY SPLY 8 --ALOE
-- BAT TEST 22 20
5 10 --FIL 1 ACK SOL DR 51
--BUCKY 1 MOTION HI MA PT INPUT
12
--BUCKY 2 MOTION
4
BUCKY 1 DR
2 11 2
BUCKY 2 DR J1 HT TRANSFORMER
3 K
0 VAC 9HT1
HI MA J2--13
ATP CONSOLE board

10 GND
to J2 connector of the
0 VAC
0 VAC A
GND J2--24
6
BUCKY 1 MOT RTN B J2--9
7 P1 +KV Red
GND DELAYED FILAMENT C mA J2--17
BUCKY 2 MOT RTN
13 +24V 5
6
--FIL DR1 DRIVER
BOARD D
--KV
+MA
] posts
test J2--4
14 --FIL DR2 J2--18
GND +5V E Black
1
3
+5V 3A3 --MA J2--19
SUPPLY(BUCKY 1) 8 F
8 DELAYED +24V FIL 1 RTN J2--8
SUPPLY(BUCKY 2) 7 H P1 HT DR1
FIL I P3 FIL 2 RTN
L ( S4--B4 )
1 SOL DR
GND 2
FIL PREHEAT G P3 HT DR2
1 FIL SUP
FIL RTN M 1
P2 4 SOL DR RTN COM
FIL SUP J SHLD
4 --HT INTLK ( S4--E2 )
+SUPPLY +SUPPLY
( S1, 2--B3 ) 1
--SUPPLY --SUPPLY
1
Note : G CN 05/109,145 F. GARCIA 31/07/05 DRAWING F. GARCIA 11/11/98
DWG:
54302002
FL 1 RTN ( P4--15 ) and CN 03/46,55,58,60 09/04/03 3/5
6J3 F F. GARCIA REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/98 H G F E D C B A REV
FL 2 RTN ( P4--16 )
13 on the INTERFACE E CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
--HT INTLK OPEN -- for FL tube
GND -- for RAD tube CONTROL board are
inverted for only FL tube.
D CN 00/140 F. GARCIA 22/06/00
SEDECAL
COMPACT GENERATOR
C CN 00/013 F. GARCIA 13/03/00
( ONLY ONE TUBE )
F E D
F E D C B A
HT DR2
( S3--B1 )
5C11
5C10 2 MF 5R2
2 MF 5L1 1 Mohm, 2w
5C8
2 MF HT DR1
4 ( S3--B1 ) 4
C2E1
C1
E2
C2E1
C1
E2
5C9
40 MF for Single Phase Generator
5IGBT 2 5 IGBT 1 10 MF for Three Phase Generator
SPR--+5 REG OUT
SPR--+5 REG OUT

CPI--CONTROL
CPI--CONTROL
4TS3
FPO--FAULT
FNO--FAULT
FPO--FAULT
FNO--FAULT
VNC--GND
VPC--GND
VNC--GND
VPC--GND
7
VNI--VCC
VPI--VCC
VNI--VCC
VPI--VCC
J2--16 --SFC
SNR--
18
SNR--
CNI--
CNI--
J2--11 ABC OUT
to J2 connector of the ATP CONSOLE board 19
J3 J4 J3 J4 J2--14 FL DSI
2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 ( only required for DSI option) 20
J2--15 CAM SYNC
115 VAC
IPM DRIVER 2
115 VAC
IPM DRIVER 1
FAULT
FAULT
0 VAC
0 VAC
5A2 5A1
GND
GND
DR1
DR2
+5V
DR1
DR2
+5V
3 J1 1 2 3 4 J2 1 2 3 4 J1 1 2 3 4 J2 1 2 3 4 3
115 VAC SW
0 VAC For Three Phase Generator
( S3--B4 ) +5V OUT

GND P2
DC + + 2
--KV DR1 DISCHARGE 1 RTN ( S3--B4 )
( S3--D3 ) 5A3 1
-- DISCHARGE 1
--KV DR2 CHARGE /
5C3 5C4 P1
--IGBT FAULT 3900 MF 3900 MF DISCHARGE
5L2 2 --CHRG
( S3--D2 ) MONITOR #1
200 uH BOARD 1 ( S2--F3 )
BUS + DC +
To Three Phase Generator CHARGE / P1
( S1, 2--A2 )
remove 5L2 for Single Phase Generator 5C1 5C2 DISCHARGE 2
To Single Phase Generator 3900 MF 3900 MF MONITOR #2 1
BUS -- DC -- BOARD
+ P2
( S1, 2--A1 ) 5A4 2 DISCHARGE 2 RTN
COM DC -- -- 1 ( S3--B4 )
2 DISCHARGE 2 2
( S3--B1 )
LOCKS BOARD
TB7 F1 TB7
T 6A
7A3
For Single Phase Generator
1 3 24 VAC
24 VAC TR To Lamp
2 4 (Collimator) P2
( S1, 2 -- D3) 0 VAC TR 0 VAC DC + + 2
9 5A3 DISCHARGE 1 RTN ( S3--B4 )
20 VAC TR -- 1
DISCHARGE 1
10 5C1 5C2 5C3 5C4 CHARGE /
F2 P1
7 3900 MF 3900 MF 3900 MF 3900 MF DISCHARGE
T 10A 2 --CHRG
MONITOR #1
+ 5 BOARD 1 ( S3--F3 )
D1 +24 VDC 1
R1 To Locks DC --
1K5 6
0 VDC
8
C1--C4
2200MF 11
1
G CN 05/109,145 F. GARCIA 31/07/05 DRAWING F. GARCIA 11/11/98
DWG:
54302002
4/5
F CN 03/46,55,58,60 F. GARCIA 09/04/03 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/98 H G F E D C B A REV
E CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
D CN 00/140 F. GARCIA 22/06/00
SEDECAL
COMPACT GENERATOR
C CN 00/013 F. GARCIA 13/03/00
( ONLY ONE TUBE )
F E D
F E D C B A
See Note 4TS2

4C5 5
Note.-- Capacitor 4C5 could be 40 uF 30uF J2--5 THERM. COMM.
depending on tube used. to J2 connector of the ATP CONSOLE board 4
J2--3 --THERMOSTAT
3
4 COM (WHT) 4
4R4 2
1 Mohm, 2w AUX (RED)
30uF 1
MAIN (BLK)
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 9 10 11 12
TB1 TB1 J1
1 KACC
230 VAC RTR
( S1, 2--D2 ) K1--1 TB3 TB3 TB4 TB4
60 VAC RTR KCT KCTRR
2 F1 T2 K2--3 T1 T2 K5--1 T1 KCTR
T 6A KCTRR K4--2
3
Tube 2 Tube 1 Tube 2 Tube 1 K5--3
4RC1 T2 KBR
47
7 TB2 6 5 K3--2 TB1
2w T1 7
8 IAUX CR6 KCTR 17
KBU4J K4--1
+
9 9
100 nF Tube 1 KCT 10 1
18
1 KV K2--1
3 KCTR 3
19
T1 K4--4
4LF2 4K1 6 5 KBR
2 1 6 20
2 4 TB2 7 _ K3--1
5 T2 IMAIN
0 VAC RTR 1 3 9
10 1
( S1, 2--D3 ) 4
Tube 2 CR11 +24V TP2 J1
1N4007 +24V
1
DELAYED +24V
CR10 CR12 C4
+24V VM48 1N4007 100uF
Q2 35V
+
CR4 2N4401 TP1
KCTR 1N4007 C3 R8
1K5 GND
K4 100nF 2
+24V _ GND
DELAYED CR8
+24V KCT KCTRR
CR5 LF--RAC BOARD 1N4007
1N4007 KCTRR
K2--2 K5 4A1 CR9 CR7 K5--2
4R5 3 VM48 1N4007 4
475 4K1 Q1
+
2w KCTR 2N4401
2 4 C2 R7 2
K4--3
100nF 1K5
_ 3
+24V KACC
DS4
HLMP1700 K1--2
--START R1 CR1 R2 CR2 R3 CR3
( S3--D4 ) 4K75 1N4007 KACC 4K75 1N4007 KCT 4K75 1N4007 KBR TP3
R4 R5 RTRI
K1 K2 K3 4K99 4K99
5 RTR I
DS1 DS2 DS3 ( S3--F3 )
HLMP1700 HLMP1700 HLMP1700 R6 C1
475 22uF
J1 6 7 8
--ACC --BRAKE 1
( S3--D3 ) ( S3--D3 )
1
G CN 05/109,145 F. GARCIA 31/07/05 DRAWING F. GARCIA 11/11/98
DWG:
54302002
5/5
F CN 03/46,55,58,60 F. GARCIA 09/04/03 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/98 H G F E D C B A REV
E CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
D CN 00/140 F. GARCIA 22/06/00
SEDECAL
COMPACT GENERATOR
C CN 00/013 F. GARCIA 13/03/00

( ONLY ONE TUBE )
F E D C B A

( S3,S4--C4) 6J2
T 1.5A --PWR OFF
44 530 VAC 240 VAC 20 9 5 +5V +12V 5
3LF3 1 3PS1 7 --12V --PWR ON
+12V 3
480 VAC 115 VAC SW 2 10 +12V
10 1 3 3F9 jumper
connect 14 3 --12V 9
3F8 T 0.4A 8 --12V
according 9 440 VAC T 3A 3K3 4 GND 2
2 4 9 +12V UNR
4 with the 115 VAC 18 115 VAC jumper 4
input line 13 8
7 415 VAC 6 +12V UNR
( S3,S4--B3) 6
GND
POWER 8 400 VAC 7
LAMP 0 VAC 17 0 VAC GND
1
5 230 VAC GND
3F6
T 3A
6NL1 4 21 VAC 15
3TS1
0 VAC 14 1 ohm 54
+24V--PSU +24V 240 VAC SPLY
4w
40 110 VAC -- + 10 6 17
3F7 -- + 3BR2 +24V
T 3A 3BR4
11 VAC 12 11 7 3K3 16
3C7 3C6 --12 V
2400 MF 2400 MF 15 +12 V
0 VAC 11 26
27
3 28 VAC 35 + 115 VAC SW 115 VAC SW 3
-- 3BR1
26 VAC 34
24 VAC 16
3 24 VAC TR
60 VAC 22 VAC 33
20 VAC 32 +SUPPLY
20 VAC TR ( S5--F2)
16 VAC 31 ( S3,S4--E1)
2 14 VAC 30 --SUPPLY
12 VAC 19 0 VAC TR
1 0 VAC 0 VAC 13
12 8
Shield Stud THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO THREE PHASE GENERATORS
MANUFACTURED FOR INPUT LINES FROM 400 VAC
T3 L3
0 VAC RTR Note.-- In Three Phase Generators manufactured for Input Lines up to 240 VAC,
60 VAC RTR ( S8--F4)
Input Transformer 6T2 is as shown on sheet 2.
230 VAC RTR
6F13
T 10A
6F12 6R1
20 ohm
T 10A
100w AC1 + BUS +
6F3 6LF1 ( S5--F2)
2 T 50A C3 CR1 CR2 CR3 2
L1 T1 1 nF R1 R3 R5
L1
33 ohm 33 ohm 33 ohm
6F4 C4
T 50A 470 nF C1 C5 C9
MAINS
LOAD
L2 L2 T2 L2 T2 C12
470 nF 470 nF 470 nF
470 nF
6F5 AC2
T 50A
L3 L3 T3 L3 T3
C7
GND 1 nF
C2 C6 C10
C8
NEUTRAL DELAYED 470 nF 470 nF 470 nF
470 nF
+24V
A2 85
12TS4 Note.- 12TS4, 12F14, 12F15, 6K6 R2 R4 R6
holding Contactor
N and 12F16 are optional NC 33 ohm 33 ohm 33 ohm
AC3 BUS --
A3
U 12F14 pull--in 86 C11 -- ( S5--F2)
1
T 15A 1 nF INPUT RECTIFIER BOARD
V 12F15 A1
5A5
W 12F16 T 15A
1 T 15A --CHRG DR
+24V--PSU A2 85 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
holding 6K5
( S3,S4--D4) DRAWING
F. GARCIA 30/09/02
DWG:
54302010
NC Contactor 1/8
6J3 A3 D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
10 pull--in 86
C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
A1
( S3,S4--B4) B CN 03/46,55,58,60 F. GARCIA 09/04/03
SEDECAL COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC
A CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
GENERATOR
F E D C B A

( S3,S4--C4) 6J2
connect LVDC POWER SUPPLY +5V 4
T 1.5A --PWR OFF
according 7 240 VAC 240 VAC 20 9 5 +5V +12V 5
3LF3 1 3PS1 7 --12V --PWR ON
with the
+12V 3
input line 6 115 VAC SW 2 10 +12V
1 3 3F9 jumper
14 3 --12V 9
3F8 T 0.4A 8 --12V
T 3A 3K3 4 GND 2
115 VAC 18 2 4 9 +12V UNR
4 115 VAC jumper 4
13 8
POWER 6 +12V UNR
( S3,S4--B3) 6
LAMP
GND
5 230 VAC 7
0 VAC 17 0 VAC GND
6NL1 1
4 GND
3F6
T 3A
21 VAC 15
21 208 VAC 3TS1

0 VAC 14 54
23 120 VAC +24V--PSU 1 ohm +24V 240 VAC SPLY
4w
-- + 10 6 17
3F7 -- + 3BR2 +24V
3 110 VAC T 3A 3BR4
11 VAC 12 11 7 3K3 16
3C7 3C6 --12 V
8 2400 MF 2400 MF 15 +12 V
22 100 VAC 0 VAC 11 26
27
3 28 VAC 35 + 115 VAC SW 115 VAC SW 3
26 VAC --
34 3BR1
24 VAC 16
9 60 VAC 22 VAC 24 VAC TR
33
20 VAC 32 ( S5--F2) +SUPPLY
20 VAC TR
16 VAC 31 ( S3,S4--E1)
12 VAC 19 --SUPPLY
1 0 VAC 0 VAC 13
12 8
Shield Stud
L1 T1 THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO SINGLE PHASE GENERATORS

0 VAC RTR MANUFACTURED FOR INPUT LINES UP TO 240 VAC
60 VAC RTR ( S8--F4)
230 VAC RTR
6F13
T 10A
6F12
T 10A 6R1 AC2 +
Note.- For Two Phases, replace 20 ohm, 100w BUS +
Neutral Cartidge (L2/N) by Fuse 6F4. C7 CR2 CR3 ( S5--F2)
2 6F3 6LF1 R3 R5 2
1 nF
T 50A 33 ohm 33 ohm
L1 L1 T1
MAINS
LOAD
Neutral or 6F4 C5 C9
Cartridge T 50A 470 nF 470 nF
L2 T2 L2 T2 C8
N / L2
470 nF
GND
C6 C10
12TS4 470 nF 470 nF
Note.- 12TS4, 12F14
N AC3
and 12F15, are optional
DELAYED R4 R6
V 12F15 +24V C11
12F14 A2 85 6K6 33 ohm 33 ohm
1 nF
U T 15A T 15A Contactor BUS --
holding
NC -- ( S5--F2) 1
W A3
INPUT RECTIFIER BOARD
pull--in 86
+24V--PSU A2 85 5A5
--CHRG DR A1
holding
1 NC ( S3,S4--D4)
A3 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
6J3
pull--in 86
DWG:
54302010
A1 2/8
10 D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
--LINE CONT --LINE CONT 6K5
Contactor C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
( S3,S4--B4)
B CN 03/46,55,58,60 F. GARCIA 09/04/03
A CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02
SEDECAL COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC
GENERATOR
F E D
F E D C B A
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO GENERATORS WITH P5

INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD +5V
HT TRANSFORMER FOR TWO X--RAY TUBES 6
3A2 +5V +24V
8 +24V--PSU
P1 +24V
5
7 +24V
--PWR ON --PWR ON 16
( S1, 2--A4 ) 8 +24V DELAYED +24V
--PWR OFF --PWR OFF 2
P2 HT CONTROL BOARD P1 4 DELAYED +24V
4 --12V PT CRL 4
1 3A1 10 1 --LINE CONT ( S1, 2--E1 )
+12V --12V HT--C CLK 3 --LINE CONT
--ON 4 +5V OUT (S5--F3)
2 +12V 11 See NOTE 2 --TUBE 2 SCL +5V OUT
+5V HT--C DAT 2
( S8--F1) +12V GND 12
6J3 3 +5V 12 --T2 SCL 6 DISCHARGE 1 DISCHARGE 1
--TUBE 2 SCL +12V
( S8--F1) 14
(S5--A2)
4 GND 13 1 DISCHARGE 1 RTN DISCHARGE 1 RTN
7 --FIL1 SCL GND
PT CRL 5 GND 14 13
--START --START DISCHARGE 2 DISCHARGE 2
15 ( S8--F1) 10 6J3
--KV UP 15 P3 DISCHARGE 2 RTN DISCHARGE 2 RTN
--PRE CHRG +24V 9 9
8 P1 16
--KV DWN --CHRG DR --CHRG DR 4 GND LINE SYNC
3 1 ( S1, 2--E1 ) +24V 12
HT--C DAT --KV UP 17 2 --BUCKY EXP
6 2 --KV DWN --TUBE 3 GND P3 14
--BUCKY 1 DR CMD
HT--C CLK 1 3 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD
1 6 --EXP GND LINE SYNC 11
--EXP P3 ERROR DRAC --BUCKY 2 DR CMD --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
2 4 C--HT DAT 6 ( S3--A2 ) P4 16
C--HT DAT ERROR DRAC P2 GND
5 5 C--HT CLK 1 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 12 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 1
C--HT CLK --KV DR1 --KV DR1 PT SPLY
4 3 --PREP 2 ( S5--F3)
--PREP --KV DR2 --KV DR2 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD 13 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD 3 3TS1
IC SPLY 1
9 4 9 5 39
GND --FIL DR1 BUCKY SPLY IC SPLY 2 PT SPLY
7 5 5 AUX BUCKY SPLY 7 42
--PREP --CHRG --FIL DR2 IC GND IC GND
3 8 3 3
( S3--A1) --FIL 1 ACK GND 11 --BUCKY 1 MOTION 2 --ROOM LIGHT
--ROOM LIGHT
10 --BUCKY 2 MOTION 4 (S5--B4) 48
--CHRG ROOM LIGHT SW ROOM LIGHT SW
( S5--A2) P4 P5 8 6 47
BUCKY 1 DR ROOM LIGHT SUP ROOM LIGHT SUP
3 5 7
RTR I RTR I BUCKY 2 DR 18
8 --RTR RUN GND
( S8--F1) FIL I 7 18 P4
--ACC --TUBE 2 SCL
4 See NOTE 2 6 19 6
--BRAKE --FIL 1 SCL --BUCKY EXP
1 --KV 9 17 2 115 VAC (S1,2--E4)
115 VAC
--HS SCL FIL PREHEAT 1 NOTE 1:
2 +KV 4 14 0 VAC
0 VAC
--RTR RDY FIL RTN 115 VAC SW Wires FL 1 RTN (P4--15) and
3TS1 6 --MA 3 3
-- IGBT FAULT 22 115 VAC SW FL 2 RTN (P4--16) are factory inverted
2 -- IGBT FAULT --FIL 1 ACK 15
7 1 ( S5--D3) on the INTERFACE CONTROL Board
BUCKY SPLY +MA -- AUTO OFF INH FIL 1 RTN
9 5 10 See NOTE 1 16
BUCKY SPLY GND HI MA FIL 2 RTN
46 20 --BRAKE
AUX BUCKY SPLY SOL DR (S8--F1)
5
--BUCKY 1 MOTION
12 --ACC
--BUCKY 2 MOTION (S8--F1) 6J1 See NOTE 2
4
BUCKY 1 DR +24V 10
2 11 + 24V 2
BUCKY 2 DR J1 HT TRANSFORMER 8
3 ERROR DRAC ERROR DRAC
0 VAC K 9HT1 ( S3--D3 ) 9
HI MA GND
10 0 VAC A
0 VAC GND 1
6 P3 --RTR RUN
BUCKY 1 MOT RTN B
+KV 2
7 DELAYED P1 2 Red --TUBE 1 RTR
GND FIL PREHEAT C mA
--KV 3
BUCKY 2 MOT RTN
13
+24V 5
6
--FIL DR1 FIL RTN
1
4
D
+MA ] posts
test
4
--TUBE 2 RTR
--HS SCL
14 +5V --FIL DR2 FIL SUP E
GND --MA Black 5
3 --TUBE 2 SCL F --RTR RDY
1 +5V FIL 1 RTN
SUPPLY (BUCKY 1) 8 (S8--F1) 6
DELAYED +24V H --SF PREP --SF PREP
8 J1 FIL 2 RTN ( S5--B4)
SUPPLY (BUCKY 2) 7 HT SW CONTROL P1 HT DR1 7
FIL I G --FL EXP --FL EXP
10A2 1 FIL SUP ( S5--C4 ) 12
1 J2 N --PREP
GND 2 SW COM
1 P3 HT DR2 --PREP 11
U GND
2 3 SW1 ( S5--C4 ) ( S5--F3) 1
P2 FILAMENT V
3 4 SW2 COM 6J3
4 DRIVER 0 VAC SHLD
+SUPPLY +SUPPLY 5 J ( S5--E2 )
BOARD +24V 4 240 VAC SW --HT INTLK 13
( S1, 2--B3 ) 1 --HT INTLK
--SUPPLY --SUPPLY 3A3
1
NOTE 2: For High Speed version: DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/02
DWG:
54302010
3/8
D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
--T2 SCL signal is shortcircuited with --TUBE 2 SCL signal.
C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
--ACC and --BRAKE signals for Low Speed Version become --TUBE 1 RTR
and --TUBE 2 RTR respectively. B
A
CN 03/46,55,58,60
CN 02/197
F. GARCIA
F. GARCIA
09/04/03
12/12/02 SEDECAL COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC
6J1 connector used only for High Speed Version (see LV-DRAC documentation). GENERATOR
F E D C B A
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO GENERATORS WITH
P5
HT TRANSFORMER FOR ONLY ONE X--RAY TUBE INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD +5V
6
3A2 +5V +24V
8
P1 +24V +24V--PSU
5
7 +24V
--PWR ON --PWR ON 16
( S1, 2--A4 ) 8 +24V DELAYED +24V
--PWR OFF --PWR OFF 2
P2 HT CONTROL BOARD P1 4 DELAYED +24V
4 --12V PT CRL --LINE CONT ( S1, 2--E1 ) 4
1 3A1 10 1
+12V --12V HT--C CLK 3 --LINE CONT
--ON 4 +5V OUT
2 +12V 11 See NOTE 2 --TUBE 2 SCL +5V OUT ( S5--F3 )
+5V HT--C DAT 2
( S8--F1 ) +12V GND 12
6J3 3 +5V 12 --T2 SCL 6 DISCHARGE 1 DISCHARGE 1
--TUBE 2 SCL
( S5--A2 )
( S8--F1 ) +12V 14
4 GND 13 1 DISCHARGE 1 RTN DISCHARGE 1 RTN
7 --FIL1 SCL GND
PT CRL 5 GND 14 13
--START --START DISCHARGE 2 DISCHARGE 2
15 ( S8--F1 ) 10 6J3
--KV UP 15 P3 DISCHARGE 2 RTN DISCHARGE 2 RTN
8 --PRE CHRG +24V 9 9
--KV DWN P1 16 --CHRG DR GND LINE SYNC
--CHRG DR 4 +24V
3 1 ( S1, 2--E1 ) 12
HT--C DAT --KV UP 17 2 --BUCKY EXP
6 2 --KV DWN --TUBE 3 GND P3 14
--BUCKY 1 DR CMD
HT--C CLK 1 3 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD
1 6 --EXP GND LINE SYNC 11
--EXP P3 ERROR DRAC --BUCKY 2 DR CMD --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
2 4 C--HT DAT 6 ( S4--A2 ) P4 16
C--HT DAT ERROR DRAC P2 GND
5 5 C--HT CLK 1 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 12 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 1
C--HT CLK --KV DR1 --KV DR1 PT SPLY
4 3 --PREP 2 ( S5--F3 )
--PREP --KV DR2 --KV DR2 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD 13 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD 3 3TS1
IC SPLY 1
9 4 9 5 39
GND --FIL DR1 BUCKY SPLY IC SPLY 2 PT SPLY
7 5 5 AUX BUCKY SPLY 7 42
--PREP --CHRG --FIL DR2 IC GND IC GND
3 8 3 3
( S4--A1 ) --FIL 1 ACK GND 11 --BUCKY 1 MOTION 2 --ROOM LIGHT
--ROOM LIGHT
10 --BUCKY 2 MOTION 4 ( S5--B4 ) 48
--CHRG ROOM LIGHT SW ROOM LIGHT SW
( S5--A2 ) P4 P5 8 6 47
BUCKY 1 DR ROOM LIGHT SUP ROOM LIGHT SUP
3 5 7
RTR I RTR I BUCKY 2 DR 18
8 --RTR RUN GND
( S8--F1 ) FIL I 7 18 P4
--ACC --TUBE 2 SCL
4 See NOTE 2 6 19 6
--BRAKE --FIL 1 SCL --BUCKY EXP
1 --KV 9 17 2 115 VAC (S1,2--E4)
115 VAC NOTE 1.- Only for one FL tube :
--HS SCL FIL PREHEAT 1
2 +KV 4 14 0 VAC Wires FL 1 RTN (P4--15) and FL 2 RTN
0 VAC
--RTR RDY FIL RTN 115 VAC SW
3TS1 6 --MA 3 3 (P4--16) are factory inverted on the
-- IGBT FAULT 22 115 VAC SW
2 -- IGBT FAULT --FIL 1 ACK 15 INTERFACE CONTROL Board, and
7 1 ( S5--D3 )
BUCKY SPLY +MA -- AUTO OFF INH FIL 1 RTN 6J3--13 is disconnected and insulated.
9 5 10 See NOTE 1 16
BUCKY SPLY GND HI MA FIL 2 RTN
46 20 --BRAKE
AUX BUCKY SPLY SOL DR ( S8--F1 )
5
--BUCKY 1 MOTION
12 --ACC
--BUCKY 2 MOTION ( S8--F1 ) 6J1 See NOTE 2
4
BUCKY 1 DR +24V 10
2 11 + 24V 2
BUCKY 2 DR J1 HT TRANSFORMER 8
3 ERROR DRAC ERROR DRAC
0 VAC K 9HT1 ( S4--D3 ) 9
HI MA GND
10 0 VAC A
0 VAC GND 1
6 P3 --RTR RUN
BUCKY 1 MOT RTN B
+KV 2
7 DELAYED P1 2 Red --TUBE 1 RTR
GND FIL PREHEAT C mA
--KV 3
BUCKY 2 MOT RTN
13
+24V 5
6
--FIL DR1 FIL RTN
1
4
D
+MA ] posts
test
4
--TUBE 2 RTR
--HS SCL
14 +5V --FIL DR2 FIL SUP E
GND --MA Black 5
3 F --RTR RDY
1 +5V FIL 1 RTN
SUPPLY (BUCKY 1) 8 6
DELAYED +24V H --SF PREP --SF PREP
8 FIL 2 RTN P1 HT DR1 ( S5--B4 )
SUPPLY (BUCKY 2) 7 7
FIL I G ( S5--C4 ) --FL EXP --FL EXP
FIL SUP 12
1 N --PREP --PREP
GND SW COM P3 HT DR2
( S5--C4 ) ( S5--F3 ) 11
U GND
SW1 1
P2 FILAMENT V SHLD COM
SW2 ( S5--E2 ) 6J3
4 DRIVER J
+SUPPLY +SUPPLY BOARD --HT INTLK OPEN -- for Fl tube 13
( S1, 2--B3 ) 1 --HT INTLK
--SUPPLY --SUPPLY 3A3 GND -- for RAD tube
1
NOTE 2: For High Speed version: DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/02
DWG:
54302010
CN 06/159 4/8
D F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
--T2 SCL signal is shortcircuited with --TUBE 2 SCL signal.
C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
--ACC and --BRAKE signals for Low Speed Version become --TUBE 1 RTR
CN 03/46,55,58,60
and --TUBE 2 RTR respectively. B
A CN 02/197
F. GARCIA
F. GARCIA
09/04/03
6J1 connector used only for High Speed Version (see LV-DRAC documentation). GENERATOR
F E D C B A
HT DR2 3TS1
( S3,S4--B1 ) 22 --DOOR
J2--19
5C11 23 DOOR RTN
5C10 2 MF 5R2 J2--18
2 MF 5L1 1 Mohm, 2w 24 --ROOM LIGHT
5C8 ( S3,S4--B3 ) J2--8
2 MF HT DR1 36 --SF PREP to J2 connector of the
4 ( S3,S4--A1 ) J2--4 4
( S3,S4--B1 ) 37 --FL EXP ATP CONSOLE board
( S3,S4--A1 ) J2--17
51 PT INPUT
J2--13
C2E1
C1
E2
C2E1
C1
E2
5C9 52 --ALOE
J2--24
40 MF for Single Phase Generator 53 --READY
5IGBT 2 J2--9
5IGBT 1 10 MF for Three Phase Generator
SPR--+5 REG OUT
SPR--+5 REG OUT

CPI--CONTROL
CPI--CONTROL
FPO--FAULT
FNO--FAULT
FPO--FAULT
FNO--FAULT
VNC--GND
VPC--GND
VNC--GND
VPC--GND
4TS3
VNI--VCC
VPI--VCC
VNI--VCC
VPI--VCC
1 --THERM. 1
SNR--
SNR--
J2--3
CNI--
10/11J7--5
CNI--
2 --THERM. 2
J2--20 10/11J7--6 ( S6,S7,S8--F1 )
J3 J4 J3 J4
2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 3 THERM. COM
J2--5 10/11J7--7
115 VAC
IPM DRIVER 2
115 VAC
IPM DRIVER 1 7
to J2 connector of the --SFC
FAULT
J2--16
FAULT
0 VAC
5A2
0 VAC
5A1
GND
GND
DR1
DR2
+5V
18
DR1
DR2
+5V
ATP CONSOLE board
J2--11 ABC OUT
19 ( only required for DSI option)
3 J1 1 2 3 4 J2 1 2 3 4 J1 1 2 3 4 J2 1 2 3 4 3
J2--14 FL DSI
20
115 VAC SW J2--15 CAM SYNC
0 VAC
+5V OUT
GND
--KV DR1
( S3,S4--D3 ) For Three Phase Generator
--KV DR2
P2
--IGBT FAULT DC + + 2
5L2 DISCHARGE 1 RTN
200 uH ( S3,S4--D2 ) 5A3 1 ( S3,S4--B4 )
-- DISCHARGE 1
5C3 5C4 CHARGE /
BUS + DC + P1
3900 MF 3900 MF DISCHARGE
( S1, 2--A2 ) To Three Phase Generator MONITOR #1 2 --CHRG
remove 5L2 for Single Phase Generator BOARD 1 ( S3--F3 )
To Single Phase Generator
BUS -- DC -- P1
CHARGE /
( S1, 2--A1 ) DISCHARGE 2
5C1 5C2
COM 3900 MF 3900 MF MONITOR #2 1
2 BOARD 2
( S3,S4--B1 )
+ P2
5A4
2 DISCHARGE 2 RTN
DC -- -- ( S3,S4--B4 )
LOCKS BOARD 1 DISCHARGE 2
TB7 F1 TB7
T 6A
7A3
1 3 24 VAC
24 VAC TR To Lamp
2 4 (Collimator)
( S1, 2 -- D3) 0 VAC TR 0 VAC For Single Phase Generator
9 P2
20 VAC TR DC + + 2
10 DISCHARGE 1 RTN
F2 5A3 1 ( S3,S4--B4 )
-- DISCHARGE 1
T 10A 7 CHARGE /
5C1 5C2 5C3 5C4 P1
5 3900 MF 3900 MF 3900 MF 3900 MF DISCHARGE
+ 2 --CHRG
D1 +24 VDC MONITOR #1
R1 To Locks BOARD 1 ( S3,S4--F3 ) 1
1K5 6
0 VDC DC --
8
C1--C4
2200MF 11
1
DWG:
54302010
5/8
TS4 D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
+
+24V CN 03/46,55,58,60
FANS POWER SUPPLY --
GND
B
A CN 02/197
F. GARCIA
F. GARCIA
09/04/03
GENERATOR
F E D C B A
Ferrite Ferrite
INTERFASE DRAC--HF PCB
CONTROL DRAC PCB J3 Core Core J1 ( A3240--05 )
( A3243 -- 03 ) Ribbon Cable Connections ( ) for
1 1 only one FL tube
+5 VDC +5 VDC 11A2
2 2
11A1 +5 VDC
3 3
+5 VDC 11TS2
+5 VDC +5 VDC
+5 VDC 4 4 +5 VDC 1 (9)
4 MAIN T1 4
5 5
GND GND 2 (10)
6 6 AUX T1
GND GND
J4 7 7
GND GND COM T1 3 (11)
1 8 8
GND GND GND 4 (12)
ERROR DRAC 2 9 9 --THERM. 1
6J1--8 ERROR CODE +15 VDC +15 VDC
3 NC +15 VDC 10 10 +15 VDC THERM. COM 5 (13)
cable to High Speed Starter connection 6J1 ( S3,S4--A2 )
--RTR RDY 4 11 11
6J1--5 RDY1 +15 VDC +15 VDC 6 (14)
5
RDY1 OUT +15 VDC
12 12
+15 VDC See Note FAN 1
6 13 13 0 VAC 7 (15)
+15 VDC --15 VDC --15 VDC
GND 7 --15 VDC 14 14 --15 VDC
6J1--11 RDY1 RTN GND 8 (16)
8 VUNR 15 15
NC VUNR
9 16 16
SPARE2 VUNR VUNR
10 17 17
SPARE2 RTN PRECH IF PRECH IF
11 18 18 PRECH IF 115 VAC SW 17
SPARE1 PRECH IF
12 19 19 18
SPARE1 RTN +5 VDC +5 VDC 240 VAC SW
6J1--10 +24 VDC 13 +5 VDC 20 20
SF +5 VDC
--SF PREP 14 T3 IF 21 21
6J1--6 SF RTN T3 IF
15 T3 IF 22 22
3 FL T3 IF 3
--FL EXP 16 T2 IF 23 23
6J1--7 FL RTN T2 IF
17 24 24 Note:
HS T2 IF T2 IF Connect FAN to 11TS2--17
--HS SCL 18 T1 IF 25 25
6J1--4 HS RTN T1 IF or 11TS2--18 as required
19 T1 IF 26 26 T1 IF
ST
6J1--1 --RTR RUN 20 ST RTN
21 AUXILIARY CLAMPING
T3 J1
22 T3 RTN TRANSFORMER
23
T2 P
--TUBE 2 RTR 24 11K2 11K3
6J1--3 T2 RTN 4 1 12 R2 R1 R2 R1 +24 VDC
AUX
J5
10 2 1 2 1 1
11K2 A1 11K3 A1
2
7 8 4 J4
A2 A2
3 1
3 VR1 K1
COM V480LA20A COM T1 2
1 8 AUX T1 Note 3
K3
SHL 2 MAIN T1
2 10 11K2 2
4 3 Note :
11K3
1 7 12 R4 R3 Connections to 11TS2 of
PRIN
R4 R3 the Generator Cabinet J3
P
4 3
240 VAC SW 1
MAIN 2 to 11TS2
J2 Ferrite Ferrite 0 VAC
TRANSFORMER J2
Core Core
1 5
V-- --DC OUT
2 4
V+ +DC OUT
3
GND
2 +DC IN
from DC voltage Bus { 1 --DC IN
( S5--D2 )
Note.-- 11J7 is an aerial connector 11J7
+24 VDC 1
1
+24V DELAYED
3
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO HIGH SPEED STARTER
GND FOR ONLY ONE X--RAY TUBE (OPTIONAL)
4
1 240 VAC SW
115 VAC SW
2
DWG:
54302010
--THERM. 1 5 to 11TS2 6/8
4TS3--1 D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
( S5--B3 ) THERM. COM 7
4TS3--3 C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
8 CN 03/46,55,58,60
0 VAC B F. GARCIA 09/04/03
A CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02 SEDECAL COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC
GENERATOR
F E D
F E D C B A
Ferrite Ferrite
INTERFASE DRAC--HF PCB 11TS2
CONTROL DRAC PCB J3 Core Core J1 ( A3240--05 )
MAIN T1 1
( A3243 -- 03 ) 1
Ribbon Cable 1
+5 VDC +5 VDC AUX T1 2
2 2 11A2
11A1 +5 VDC +5 VDC
COM T1 3
+5 VDC 3 3 +5 VDC
+5 VDC 4 4 +5 VDC --THERM. 1 4
4 5 5 4
GND GND THERM. COM 5
GND 6 6
J4 GND
7 7 FAN 1 6
GND GND
1 8 8
GND GND GND 0 VAC 7
ERROR DRAC 2 +15 VDC 9 9
6J1--8 ERROR CODE +15 VDC
3 NC +15 VDC 10 10 +15 VDC GND 8
11 11
cable to High Speed Starter connection 6J1 ( S3,S4--A2 )
--RTR RDY 4 9
6J1--5 RDY1 +15 VDC +15 VDC MAIN T2
5 12 12
RDY1 OUT +15 VDC +15 VDC 10
6 13 13 AUX T2
+15 VDC --15 VDC --15 VDC
GND 7 --15 VDC 14 14 --15 VDC 11
6J1--11 RDY1 RTN COM T2
8 VUNR 15 15
NC VUNR 12
9 16 16 --THERM. 2
SPARE2 VUNR VUNR
10 17 17 13
SPARE2 RTN PRECH IF PRECH IF THERM. COM
11 18 18 PRECH IF
SPARE1 PRECH IF FAN 2 14
12 19 19
SPARE1 RTN +5 VDC +5 VDC
6J1--10 +24 VDC 13 +5 VDC 20 20 0 VAC 15
SF +5 VDC
--SF PREP 14 T3 IF 21 21
6J1--6 SF RTN T3 IF GND 16
15 T3 IF 22 22
3 FL T3 IF 3
--FL EXP 16 T2 IF 23 23
6J1--7 FL RTN T2 IF
17 T2 IF 24 24 T2 IF
HS 25 25 +24 VDC
--HS SCL 18 T1 IF T1 IF
6J1--4 HS RTN
19 T1 IF 26 26 T1 IF
ST
--RTR RUN 20 11KT1 A1 11K3 A1
6J1--1 ST RTN
21 Note : 11K2 A1
T3 AUXILIARY CLAMPING J4
22 T3 RTN TRANSFORMER Connections to 11TS2 of A2 A2
J1 1
23 the Generator Cabinet K1
T2 P A2
--TUBE 2 RTR 24 11K2 11K3 11KT1 2
6J1--3 T2 RTN 4 1 12 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1
AUX AUX T2 3
Note J5 K3
AUX T1
10 2 1 2 1 2 1 1
2
7 8 4
3
3 VR1
COM V480LA20A
1 8 COM T1
Note
2 COM T2
2 SHL 2
10 11K2
4 3 11K3 11KT1
1 7 12 R4 R3 R4 R3
PRIN MAIN T2 J3
P R4 R3 Note
MAIN T1
4 3 4 3 240 VAC SW 1
Ferrite MAIN Ferrite 2 to 11TS2
J2 TRANSFORMER J2 0 VAC
Core Core
V-- 1 5
--DC OUT
2 4
V+ +DC OUT
3
GND
2 +DC IN
from DC voltage Bus
( S5--D2 )
{ DC+
DC--
1 --DC IN
+24 VDC 11KT1 1
1 11TS2 11KT1 for TUBE 2 SCL 72 71
+24V DELAYED tube 2 62 61
4 18
FAN 2
to 11TS2
external TUBE 1 SCL THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO HIGH SPEED STARTER
240 VAC SW 54 53 interface 84 83
2
FAN 1 TUBE SCL COMM FOR ONE OR TWO X--RAY TUBES (STANDARD)
17
1 115 VAC SW tube 1
GND
3
DWG:
54302010
--THERM. 1 5 7/8
4TS3--1 D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
--THERM. 2 6
( S5--B3 ) 4TS3--2 C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05
THERM. COM 7 to 11TS2
B CN 03/46,55,58,60 F. GARCIA 09/04/03
4TS3--3
8 A CN 02/197 F. GARCIA 12/12/02 SEDECAL COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC
0 VAC
GENERATOR
F E D
F E D C B A
NOTE.-- 10T3, 10C5--1 and 10C5--1 NOTE.-- Use tube 2

THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO LOW SPEED STARTER 10R4--1 for 330 VAC Stator 15uF connections for Fl tube
for external interface
10C5--2
TUBE SCL COM

30uF
240 VAC SW
115 VAC SW
TUBE 1 SCL
TUBE 2 SCL
10TS2
Note.-- Capacitor 10C5 could be 40 uF 10R4--1
4 depending on tube used. 1 Mohm, 2w 4
6
FAN 1
10R4--2 14
NOTE.-- 10J7 and 10J8 are FAN 2
aerial connectors 1 Mohm, 2w
30uF 15uF 3
COM T1
11 12 13 14 15 16 24 25 26 27 28 9 10 11 12 11
10J8 TB1 TB1 10 21 22 23
J1 T1/T2 COMM COM T2
1 7
1 0 VAC 0 VAC
230 VAC RTR KACC
K1--1 15
( S1, 2--D2 )
60 VAC RTR
2 TB3 KCT TB3 TB4 KCTRR TB4 0 VAC
3 2 T2 K2--3 T1 T2 K5--1 T1 5
0 VAC RTR KCTR THERM. COMM.
F1 KCTRR K4--2
T 6A 13
3 Tube 2 Tube 1 Tube 2 Tube 1 K5--3 THERM. COM THERM. COMM.
4
47 T2 --THERM 1 --THERM 1
KBR
10RC1 2w 10T3 330V 7 TB2 6 5 K3--2
TB1 12
7 --THERM 2 --THERM 2
8 T1 KCTR
100 nF IAUX CR6 17 2
KBU4J K4--1 AUX T1
+
1 KV 9 9
Tube 1 KCT 10 1 18 10
3 10LF2 10K1 AUX T2 3
220V K2--1
2 4 19 1
MAIN T1
2 1 T1
1 3 6 5 20 9
KBR MAIN T2
6
TB2 7 _ K3--1 KCTR
8
0V 5 T2 IMAIN K4--4 GND
9
10 1 16
4 +24V J1 GND
Tube 2 CR11 TP2
1N4007 +24V
T1/T2 COMM 1
+24V DELAYED
(to 10TS2) CR10 C4
CR12
+24V VM48 1N4007 100uF
Q2 35V
+
+24V DELAYED 2N4401
CR4 TP1
KCTR 1N4007 C3 R8
1K5 GND
3 10R5 K4 100nF 2
+24V _ GND
475
10K1 2w CR8
4 KCT CR5 1N4007
KCTRR 1N4007 LF--RAC BOARD
K2--2 K5 KCTRR
10A1 CR9 CR7 K5--2
VM48 1N4007 4
Q1
2 2
+
KCTR 2N4401
C2 R7
10J7 K4--3
100nF 1K5
_ 3
240 VAC SW 4 +24V KACC
240 VAC SW DS4
HLMP1700 K1--2
115 VAC SW 2 CR1 CR2 CR3
115 VAC SW R1
L R2 R3
4K75 1N4007 KACC 4K75 1N4007 KCT 4K75 1N4007 KBR TP3
+24V DELAYED 1 R4 R5 RTRI
+24V DELAYED K1 K2 K3 4K99 4K99
5
GND 3 DS1 DS2 DS3
GND HLMP1700 HLMP1700 HLMP1700 R6 C1
475 22uF
from HT CONTROL board
--START 9 J1 6 7 8
10
--ACC
11 1
--T2 SCL
12
--BRAKE
13
RTRI
14
1 --TUBE 2 SCL
0 VAC
8
0 VAC DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/02
DWG:
54302010
--THERM. 1 5 8/8
4TS3--1 --THERM. 1 D CN 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 11/11/02 D C B A REV
( S5--B3 )
to 10TS2 C CN 05/109 F. GARCIA 02/08/05

--THERM. 2 6
4TS3--2 --THERM. 2
CN 03/46,55,58,60
4TS3--3
THER. COM 7 THERM. COM
B
A CN 02/197
F. GARCIA
F. GARCIA
09/04/03
GENERATOR
F E D
F E D C B A
POWER INPUT TRANSFORMER

6T2 3F2 240 VAC SW
T 1.5A LVDC POWER SUPPLY +5V +12V
240 VAC 240 VAC 20 9 5 3PS1 +5V --12V 6J2
6 1 7
3LF3
+12V 3
7 115 VAC SW 2 10 +12V
1 3 3F9 jumper
14 3 --12V 9
3F8 T 0.4A 8 --12V
POWER LAMP T 3A 3K3 4 GND 2
2 4 9 +12V UNR
4 6NL1 5 230 VAC 115 VAC 18 115 VAC jumper 4
13 8
6 +12V UNR
(S2,3--B3)
4 6
GND
7
0 VAC 17 0 VAC GND
1
GND
3F6
T 3A
21 VAC 15
21 208 VAC
23 120 VAC 3TS1

0 VAC 14 1 ohm 54
3 +24V--PSU +24V 240 VAC SPLY
110 VAC 3K3 4w
-- + 10 6 17
3F7 -- + 3BR2 +24V UNR
8 T 3A 3BR4
11 VAC 12 11 7 16
3C7 3C6 --12 V
22 100 VAC 2400 MF 2400 MF 15
+12 V
26
0 VAC 11 240 VAC SW 240 VAC SW
9 60 VAC 27
3 3
28 VAC 35
26 VAC 34
24 VAC 16 24 VAC TR
22 VAC 33 +
-- 3BR1
20 VAC 32 ( S4--F1)
20 VAC TR
16 VAC 31
12 VAC 19 +SUPPLY
1 0 VAC 0 VAC 13 ( S2,3--E1)
12 8 --SUPPLY
Shield Stud
T1 L1 6J4
0 VAC RTR
60 VAC RTR ( S7--F4 ) 4
230 VAC RTR +24V PSU
2
0 VAC OUT
1
VAC OUT
13
5
2 +24V 2
3
6R1 +24V UNR
50 ohm, 100w --BATT TEST 9
( S2,3--D2 ) --BATT TEST
--BAT FAULT 14
--BAT FAULT
T1 L1 BAT ST1 10
BAT ST1
( S2,3--D4 ) BAT ST2 11
T2 L2 BAT ST2
BAT ST3 12
L3 BAT ST3
T3 L3 T3 6
BAT + --PWR ON
--PWR ON
--PWR OFF 7
( S8,9--D2 ) BUS+ ( S2,3--C4 ) --PWR OFF
( S4--F2 ) +11 V PERM 8
T2 L2 +11 V PERM
BAT -- BUS -- 15
I/F GND
GND
DELAYED
+24V A2 85 6K6 1
Contactor
+24V--PSU 6K5 holding
A2 85 NC
Contactor A3
holding 86
NC pull--in
1 A3
pull--in 86 --CHRG DR
( S2,3--D4 )
A1
E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
A1 1/9
D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
6J3 C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
10
PSU (with Stand--Alone)
--LINE CONT --LINE CONT B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
( S2,3--B4 ) A CN 04/165 F. GARCIA 10/02/05 SEDECAL ESM COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC GENERATOR
(ONE/TWO X--RAY TUBES)
F E D
F E D C B A
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES
P6 INTERFACE CONTROL P5 +5V TO GENERATORS WITH
I/F GND
4
I/F GND BOARD +5V
6
+24V HT TRANSFORMER
P1 3A2 8 +24V--PSU
HT CONTROL BOARD +11V PERM
3
+11V PERM +24V FOR TWO X--RAY TUBES
10 ( S1--B1 ) 1 5
3A1 HT--C CLK --PWR OFF --PWR OFF +24V
16
11 2 +24V
HT--C DAT --PWR ON --PWR ON
P2 18 1 DELAYED +24V
--12V BAT ST1 BAT ST1 --LINE CONT --LINE CONT ( S1--E1 )
4 P1 2 4
1 19 ( S1--B2 ) DELAYED +24V
+12V --12V BAT ST2 BAT ST2 4
2 +12V 20 PT CRL +5V OUT 4
+5V BAT ST3 BAT ST3 +5V OUT ( S4--F3 )
7 12
3 +5V 12 --PWR ON --PWR ON DISCHARGE 1
6J3 --TUBE 2 SCL --T2 SCL (S7--F1)
To 6J2 8 14
4 GND 13 --PWR OFF --PWR OFF DISCHARGE 1 RTN
( S4--D2 )
--FIL1 SCL
7 5 GND 14 3 13
PT CRL --START --ON DISCHARGE 2 DISCHARGE 2
15 --START (S7--F1) See NOTE 2 2 10 6J3
--KV UP 15 +12V GND DISCHARGE 2 RTN DISCHARGE 2 RTN
--PRE CHRG --TUBE 2 SCL 9 9
8 P1 16 6
--KV DWN --CHRG DR --CHRG DR ( S1--E1 ) ( S7--F1) +12V GND LINE SYNC
3 1 1 12
HT--C DAT --KV UP 17 GND --BUCKY EXP
6 2 --KV DWN --TUBE 3 P3 14
HT--C CLK 3 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD
1 6 --EXP P3 LINE SYNC ( S2--C3 ) 11
--EXP P3 +24V --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
2 4 C--HT DAT 4 +24V 16
C--HT DAT 6 to 6J1--8 ( S2--A2 ) P2 GND
5 5 C--HT CLK ERROR DRAC 2
C--HT CLK 1 GND 1
--KV DR1 --KV DR1 1 PT SPLY
4 3 --PREP 2 ( S4--F3 ) GND 3 3TS1
--PREP --KV DR2 IC SPLY 1
9 --KV DR2 18
GND 4 P4 5 GND
--FIL DR1 IC SPLY 2
7 39
--PREP --CHRG 5 12 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 7 PT SPLY
3 --FIL DR2 IC GND 3
( S2--A1 ) 8 3 ( S2--A3 ) 2 42
--FIL 1 ACK 13 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD --ROOM LIGHT IC GND
--CHRG 9 4 48
BUCKY SPLY ROOM LIGHT SW ROOM LIGHT SW
( S4--D2 ) P4 P5 6 47
5 AUX BUCKY SPLY ROOM LIGHT SUP
3 ROOM LIGHT SUP
RTRI RTR I 5 11 --BUCKY 1 MOTION 24
( S7--F1 ) 8 --RTR RUN --ROOM LIGHT
FIL I 7 10 --BUCKY 2 MOTION P4
--ACC 22
4 See NOTE 2 6 6 --DOOR
8 --BUCKY EXP 23
1 --KV --BRAKE BUCKY 1 DR 2 115 VAC DOOR RTN
9 7 115 VAC
2 +KV --HS SCL BUCKY 2 DR 1 0 VAC
4 18 0 VAC
--RTR RDY --TUBE 2 SCL 115 VAC SW J2--18
6 --MA 3 3
-- IGBT FAULT ( S4--D3 ) 19 115 VAC SW to J2 connector of the
3TS1 7 --FIL 1 SCL 15 J2--19 ATP CONSOLE board
+MA 1 17 FIL 1 RTN
2 -- AUTO OFF INH FIL PREHEAT See NOTE 1 16 J2--8
BUCKY SPLY 5 2
GND -- BAT FAULT 14 FIL 2 RTN
9 8 ( S1--B2 ) FIL RTN 20
BUCKY SPLY -- BAT TEST SOL DR --BRAKE (S7--F1 )
22
5 10 --FIL 1 ACK --ACC See NOTE 2
--BUCKY 1 MOTION HI MA 6J1
12
--BUCKY 2 MOTION 10
4 +24V + 24V
BUCKY 1 DR
11 8
2 BUCKY 2 DR ERROR DRAC ERROR DRAC 2
J1 HT TRANSFORMER 9
3 ( S2--D3 )
0 VAC K
10 0 VAC HI MA 9HT1 1 --RTR RUN
0 VAC A GND
GND 2
6 B --TUBE 1 RTR
BUCKY 1 MOT RTN +KV 3
7 DELAYED P1 P3 Red --TUBE 2 RTR
GND C mA
2 --KV 4
BUCKY 2 MOT RTN
13 +24V 5
6
--FIL DR1 FIL PREHEAT
1
D
+MA
] test
posts 5
--HS SCL
--RTR RDY
14 +5V --FIL DR2 FIL RTN E
GND 4 --MA Black 6
3 --SF PREP --SF PREP
1 +5V FIL SUP F
SUPPLY (BUCKY 1) 8 FIL 1 RTN ( S5,6--F3 ) 7
8 DELAYED +24V J1 H --FL EXP --FL EXP
SUPPLY (BUCKY 2) HT SW CONTROL FIL 2 RTN P1 HT DR1 12
7 1 G --PREP
FIL I 10A2 --PREP
J2 FIL SUP ( S4--C4 ) 11
1 2 U ( S2--F3 ) GND
NOTE 1: GND 1 P3 HT DR2
SW1
Wires FL 1 RTN (P4--15) and FILAMENT 2
See NOTE 1 3 V
1
FL 2 RTN (P4--16) are factory inverted SW2
on the INTERFACE CONTROL Board P2 DRIVER 4 N SHLD COM 6J3
BOARD 3 0 VAC SW CMD
4 5 J ( S4--F2 ) 13
+SUPPLY +SUPPLY +24V 4 --HT INTLK
( S1--B3 ) 1 3A3 240 VAC SW --HT INTLK
--SUPPLY --SUPPLY
1
NOTE 2: For High Speed version: E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
2/9
--T2 SCL signal is shortcircuited with --TUBE 2 SCL signal. D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
--ACC and --BRAKE signals for Low Speed Version become --TUBE 1 RTR PSU (with Stand--Alone)
and --TUBE 2 RTR respectively. B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
6J1 connector used only for High Speed Version (see LV-DRAC documentation).
A CN 04/165 F. GARCIA 10/02/05 SEDECAL ESM COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC GENERATOR
F E D REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE (ONE/TWO X--RAY TUBES)
F E D C B A
THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES
P6 INTERFACE CONTROL P5 +5V TO GENERATORS WITH
I/F GND
4
I/F GND BOARD +5V
6
+24V HT TRANSFORMER FOR
P1 3A2 8 +24V--PSU
HT CONTROL BOARD +11V PERM
3
+11V PERM +24V ONLY ONE X--RAY TUBE
10 ( S1--B1 ) 1 5
3A1 HT--C CLK --PWR OFF --PWR OFF +24V
16
11 2 +24V
HT--C DAT --PWR ON --PWR ON
P2 18 1 DELAYED +24V
--12V BAT ST1 BAT ST1 --LINE CONT --LINE CONT ( S1--E1 )
4 P1 2 4
1 19 ( S1--B2 ) DELAYED +24V
+12V --12V BAT ST2 BAT ST2 4
2 +12V 20 PT CRL +5V OUT 4
+5V BAT ST3 BAT ST3 +5V OUT ( S4--F3 )
7 12
3 +5V 12 --PWR ON --PWR ON DISCHARGE 1
6J3 --TUBE 2 SCL --T2 SCL (S7--F1)
To 6J2 8 14
4 GND 13 --PWR OFF --PWR OFF DISCHARGE 1 RTN
( S4--D2 )
--FIL1 SCL
7 5 GND 14 3 13
PT CRL --START --ON DISCHARGE 2 DISCHARGE 2
15 --START (S7--F1) See NOTE 2 2 10 6J3
--KV UP 15 +12V GND DISCHARGE 2 RTN DISCHARGE 2 RTN
--PRE CHRG --TUBE 2 SCL 9 9
8 P1 16 6
--KV DWN --CHRG DR --CHRG DR ( S1--E1 ) ( S7--F1) +12V GND LINE SYNC
3 1 1 12
HT--C DAT --KV UP 17 GND --BUCKY EXP
6 2 --KV DWN --TUBE 3 P3 14
HT--C CLK 3 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD
1 6 --EXP P3 LINE SYNC ( S3--C3 ) 11
--EXP P3 +24V --BUCKY 2 DR CMD
2 4 C--HT DAT 4 +24V 16
C--HT DAT 6 to 6J1--8 ( S3--A2 ) P2 GND
5 5 C--HT CLK ERROR DRAC 2
C--HT CLK 1 GND 1
--KV DR1 --KV DR1 1 PT SPLY
4 3 --PREP 2 ( S4--F3 ) GND 3 3TS1
--PREP --KV DR2 IC SPLY 1
9 --KV DR2 18
GND 4 P4 5 GND
--FIL DR1 IC SPLY 2
7 39
--PREP --CHRG 5 12 --BUCKY 1 DR CMD 7 PT SPLY
3 --FIL DR2 IC GND 3
( S4--A1 ) 8 3 ( S3--A3 ) 2 42
--FIL 1 ACK 13 --BUCKY 2 DR CMD --ROOM LIGHT IC GND
--CHRG 9 4 48
BUCKY SPLY ROOM LIGHT SW ROOM LIGHT SW
( S4--D2 ) P4 P5 6 47
5 AUX BUCKY SPLY ROOM LIGHT SUP
3 ROOM LIGHT SUP
RTRI RTR I 5 11 --BUCKY 1 MOTION 24
( S7--F1 ) 8 --RTR RUN --ROOM LIGHT
FIL I 7 10 --BUCKY 2 MOTION P4
--ACC 22
4 See NOTE 2 6 6 --DOOR
8 --BUCKY EXP 23
1 --KV --BRAKE BUCKY 1 DR 2 115 VAC DOOR RTN
9 7 115 VAC
2 +KV --HS SCL BUCKY 2 DR 1 0 VAC
4 18 0 VAC
--RTR RDY --TUBE 2 SCL 115 VAC SW J2--18
6 --MA 3 3
-- IGBT FAULT ( S4--D3 ) 19 115 VAC SW to J2 connector of the
3TS1 7 --FIL 1 SCL 15 J2--19 ATP CONSOLE board
+MA 1 17 FIL 1 RTN
2 -- AUTO OFF INH FIL PREHEAT See NOTE 1 16 J2--8
BUCKY SPLY 5 2
GND -- BAT FAULT 14 FIL 2 RTN
9 8 ( S1--B2 ) FIL RTN 20
BUCKY SPLY -- BAT TEST SOL DR --BRAKE (S7--F1)
22
5 10 --FIL 1 ACK --ACC See NOTE 2
--BUCKY 1 MOTION HI MA 6J1
12
--BUCKY 2 MOTION 10
4 +24V + 24V
BUCKY 1 DR
11 8
2 BUCKY 2 DR ERROR DRAC ERROR DRAC 2
J1 HT TRANSFORMER 9
3 ( S3--D3 )
0 VAC K
10 0 VAC HI MA 9HT1 1 --RTR RUN
0 VAC A GND
GND 2
6 B --TUBE 1 RTR
BUCKY 1 MOT RTN +KV 3
7 DELAYED P1 P3 Red --TUBE 2 RTR
GND C mA
2 --KV 4
BUCKY 2 MOT RTN
13 +24V 5
6
--FIL DR1 FIL PREHEAT
1
D
+MA
] test
posts 5
--HS SCL
--RTR RDY
14 +5V --FIL DR2 FIL RTN E
GND 4 --MA Black 6
3 --SF PREP --SF PREP
1 +5V FIL SUP F
SUPPLY (BUCKY 1) 8 FIL 1 RTN ( S5,6--F3 ) 7
8 DELAYED +24V H --FL EXP --FL EXP
SUPPLY (BUCKY 2) FIL 2 RTN P1 HT DR1 12
7 G --PREP
FIL I --PREP
FIL SUP ( S4--C4 ) 11
1 U ( S3--F3 ) GND
GND NOTE 1.- Only for one FL tube : P3 HT DR2
SW1
FILAMENT Wires FL 1 RTN (P4--15) and FL 2 RTN V
1
SW2
P2 DRIVER (P4--16) are factory inverted on the N SHLD COM 6J3
BOARD INTERFACE CONTROL Board, and SW CMD ( S4--F2 )
4 6J3--13 is disconnected and insulated. J OPEN -- for Fl tube 13
+SUPPLY +SUPPLY --HT INTLK
( S1--B3 ) 1 3A3 GND -- for RAD tube --HT INTLK
--SUPPLY --SUPPLY
1
NOTE 2: For High Speed version: E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
3/9
--T2 SCL signal is shortcircuited with --TUBE 2 SCL signal. D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
--ACC and --BRAKE signals for Low Speed Version become --TUBE 1 RTR PSU (with Stand--Alone)
and --TUBE 2 RTR respectively. B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
6J1 connector used only for High Speed Version (see LV-DRAC documentation).
F E D C B A
HT DR2 4TS3
( S2,3--B1 ) 1 --THERM. 1
J2--3 11J7/10J7--5
to J2 connector of the 2 --THERM. 2
5C11 5C9 J2--20 11J7/10J7--6 ( S5, 6, 7--F1 )
5C10 2 MF ATP CONSOLE board 3 THERM. COM.
2 MF 5L1 40 MF J2--5 11J7/10J7--7
5C8 4
2 MF HT DR1
( S2,3--B1 ) 5
4 6 4
5R2 7
C2E1
C1
E2
C2E1
C1
E2
1 Mohm, 2w 8
9
5IGBT 2 5IGBT 1
10
SPR--+5 REG OUT
SPR--+5 REG OUT

CPI--CONTROL
CPI--CONTROL
FPO--FAULT
FNO--FAULT
FPO--FAULT
FNO--FAULT
VNC--GND
VPC--GND
VNC--GND
VPC--GND
VNI--VCC
VPI--VCC
VNI--VCC
to 1TB1.11
VPI--VCC
to J8.4 of Battery Charger
SNR--
SNR--
ENERGY GUARD
CNI--
CNI--
Snubber 2SN1
BOARD
J3 J4 J3 J4
2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2 3 4 1 5 2A2
115 VAC BYT13--1000
115 VAC
IPM DRIVER 2 IPM DRIVER 1 1K J1
FAULT
FAULT
0 VAC
0 VAC
5A2 5A1
GND
GND
DR1
DR2
+5V
DR1
DR2
+5V
1
2.2 uF 2
J1 1 2 3 4 J2 1 2 3 4 J1 1 2 3 4 J2 1 2 3 4
3 630 V 3 3
115 VAC SW 4
0 VAC 5
+5V OUT 6
( S2,3--B4 ) GREEN
GND 7
BATTERY 8
--KV DR1
( S2,3--D3 ) 9
--KV DR2
--IGBT FAULT to J1 connector of the 10
( S2,3--D2 ) J1--3
STAND ALONE board
5L2 ( S8,9--E2 ) J1--1
DC -- J2
200 uH ( S5,6--B1 )
DC + +24V PSU 1
6J4--4
BUS + ( S8,9--A2 ) --BATT TEST 2
( S1--D1 ) 6J4--9
5C1 5C2 5C3 5C4
3900 MF 3900 MF 3900 MF 3900 MF
J1
P2
2 2 LINE MONITOR BOARD
+ DISCHARGE 2 RTN
CHARGE / 1 ( S2,3--B4 ) 1 2A3
2 BUS -- -- DISCHARGE DISCHARGE 2 2
( S1--D1 ) MONITOR P1
COM
BOARD#2 2 --CHRG J2
( S2,3--B1 ) 5A3 1 ( S2,3--F3 )
1TB2--1 N 1
PH ( S8,9--B1 )
2
1LF1--2
LOCKS BOARD ( S8,9--B2 ) 3
TB7 F1 TB7
T 6A
7A3 Input Line 4
2T1 0 VAC
1 3 24 VAC 5
24 VAC TR ( S8,9--A4 )
To Lamp 20 VAC 6
2 4 SW1
0 VAC (Collimator)
(S1--D3) 0 VAC TR to connectors of the 7 1 240 VAC
9 J2--1
BATTERY CHARGER board 8
20 VAC TR J2--2 2 230 VAC
10 ( S8,9--C2 )
F2 MAKE JUMPER
3 208 VAC
T 10A 7 ACCORDING TO
J3 4 110 VAC 1
VOLTAGE INPUT
+ 5 +24V PSU 1 5 COMMON
D1 +24 VDC 6J4--4
R1 To Locks ( S8,9--A2 ) --BATT TEST 2
1K5 6 6J4--9
0 VDC
1 8
C1--C4 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
2200MF 11
DWG:
54302012
4/9
D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
F E D C B A
Ferrite Ferrite
INTERFASE DRAC--HF PCB
CONTROL DRAC PCB Core Core ( A3240--05 )
J3 J1
( A3243 -- 03 ) Ribbon Cable Connections ( ) for
1 1 only one FL tube
+5 VDC +5 VDC 11A2
Note: 2 2
11A1 +5 VDC +5 VDC 11TS2
See DELAYED SWITCH--OFF +5 VDC 3 3 +5 VDC
board on sheet 5 for the 4 4
4 connections (*) added to J4. +5 VDC +5 VDC MAIN T1 1 (9) 4
See Note 5 5
GND GND 2 (10)
6 6 AUX T1
J4 GND GND
7 7 3 (11)
GND GND COM T1
GND 1 8 8
6J1--8
* ERROR DRAC 2
GND
ERROR CODE
GND
+15 VDC 9 9
GND
+15 VDC
--THERM. 1 4 (12)
3 NC +15 VDC 10 10 +15 VDC THERM. COM 5 (13)
--RTR RDY 4 11 11
cable to High Speed Starter connection 6J1 ( S2,3--A2 )
6J1--5 RDY1 +15 VDC +15 VDC 6 (14)

RDY1 OUT 5 12 12 See Note FAN 1
* +15 VDC 6
RDY1 OUT +15 VDC
--15 VDC
13 13
+15 VDC
--15 VDC 0 VAC 7 (15)
6J1--11
* GND 7
+15 VDC
RDY1 RTN --15 VDC 14 14 --15 VDC 8 (16)
8 15 15 GND
NC VUNR VUNR
9 16 16
SPARE2 VUNR VUNR
10 17 17
SPARE2 RTN PRECH IF PRECH IF
11 18 18 PRECH IF 115 VAC SW 17
SPARE1 PRECH IF
12 19 19 18
SPARE1 RTN +5 VDC +5 VDC 240 VAC SW
6J1--10 +24 VDC 13 20 20
SF +5 VDC +5 VDC
--SF PREP 14 T3 IF 21 21
6J1--6 SF RTN T3 IF
15 T3 IF 22 22
3 FL T3 IF 3
--FL EXP 16 T2 IF 23 23 Note
6J1--7 FL RTN T2 IF
17 24 24 Connect FAN to 11TS2--17
HS T2 IF T2 IF
--HS SCL 18 25 25 or 11TS2--18 as required
6J1--4 HS RTN T1 IF T1 IF
19 T1 IF 26 26 T1 IF
ST
6J1--1 --RTR RUN 20 ST RTN
21
T3 AUXILIARY CLAMPING
T3 RTN 22 J1 TRANSFORMER
* 23
T3 RTN
T2 P
--TUBE 2 RTR 24 11K2 11K3
6J1--3 T2 RTN 4 1 12 R2 R1 R2 R1 +24 VDC
T2 RTN AUX
J5
* 10 2 1 2 1 1
11K2 A1 11K3 A1
2
7 8 4 J4
A2 A2
3 1
3 VR1 K1
COM V480LA20A COM T1 2
1 8 AUX T1 Note 3
K3
SHL 2 MAIN T1
2 10 2
11K2
4 3 Note :
11K3
1 7 12 R4 R3 Connections to 11TS2 of
PRIN
R4 R3 the Generator Cabinet J3
P
4 3
240 VAC SW 1
MAIN 2 to 11TS2
J2 Ferrite Ferrite 0 VAC
TRANSFORMER J2
Core Core
1 5
V-- --DC OUT
2 4
V+ +DC OUT
3
GND
2 +DC IN
from DC voltage Bus { 1 --DC IN
( S4--D2 )
+24 VDC 1
1
+24V DELAYED
3 THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO HIGH SPEED STARTER FOR ONLY ONE X--RAY TUBE (OPTIONAL)
GND
4
1 240 VAC SW
115 VAC SW
2
DWG:
54302012
--THERM. 1 5 to 11TS2 5/9
4TS3--1 D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
( S4--B4) THERM. COM 7
4TS3--3 C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
8
0 VAC B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
(ONE/TWO X--RAY TUBES)
F E D
F E D C B A
Ferrite Ferrite
INTERFASE DRAC--HF PCB 11TS2
CONTROL DRAC PCB Core Core J1 ( A3240--05 )
J3 MAIN T1 1
( A3243 -- 03 ) 1
Ribbon Cable 1
+5 VDC +5 VDC AUX T1 2
2 2 11A2
11A1 +5 VDC +5 VDC 3
3 3 COM T1
+5 VDC +5 VDC
+5 VDC 4 4 +5 VDC --THERM. 1 4
4 5 5 4
GND GND THERM. COM 5
6 6
J4 GND GND
7 7 FAN 1 6
GND GND
1 8 8
GND GND GND 0 VAC 7
ERROR DRAC 2 +15 VDC 9 9
6J1--8 ERROR CODE +15 VDC
3 NC +15 VDC 10 10 +15 VDC GND 8
--RTR RDY 4 11 11
6J1--5 RDY1 +15 VDC 9
cable to High Speed Starter connection 6J1 ( S2,3--A2 )
+15 VDC MAIN T2

5 12 12
RDY1 OUT +15 VDC +15 VDC 10
6 13 13 AUX T2
+15 VDC --15 VDC --15 VDC
GND 7 --15 VDC 14 14 --15 VDC 11
6J1--11 RDY1 RTN COM T2
8 VUNR 15 15
NC VUNR 12
9 16 16 --THERM. 2
SPARE2 VUNR VUNR
10 17 17 13
SPARE2 RTN PRECH IF PRECH IF THERM. COM
11 18 18 PRECH IF
SPARE1 PRECH IF FAN 2 14
12 19 19
SPARE1 RTN +5 VDC +5 VDC
6J1--10 +24 VDC 13 20 20 0 VAC 15
SF +5 VDC +5 VDC
--SF PREP 14 T3 IF 21 21
6J1--6 SF RTN T3 IF GND 16
15 T3 IF 22 22
3 FL T3 IF 3
--FL EXP 16 T2 IF 23 23
6J1--7 FL RTN T2 IF
17 T2 IF 24 24 T2 IF
HS +24 VDC
--HS SCL 18 T1 IF 25 25
6J1--4 HS RTN T1 IF
19 T1 IF 26 26 T1 IF
ST
--RTR RUN 20 11KT1 A1 11K3 A1
6J1--1 ST RTN
21 Note : 11K2 A1
T3 AUXILIARY CLAMPING J4
22 T3 RTN TRANSFORMER Connections to 11TS2 of A2 A2
J1 1
23 the Generator Cabinet K1
T2 P A2
--TUBE 2 RTR 24 11K2 11K3 11KT1 2
6J1--3 T2 RTN 4 1 12 R2 R1 R2
AUX R1 R2 R1
AUX T2 Note 3
J5 K3
AUX T1
10 2 1 2 1 2 1 1
2
7 8 4
3
3 VR1
COM V480LA20A
1 8 COM T1
Note
2 COM T2
2 SHL 2
10 11K2
4 3 11K3 11KT1
1 7 12 R4 R3 R4 R3
PRIN MAIN T2 J3
P R4 R3 Note
MAIN T1
4 3 4 3 220 VAC SW 1
Ferrite MAIN Ferrite 2 to 11TS2
J2 TRANSFORMER J2 0 VAC
Core Core
V-- 1 5
--DC OUT
2 4
V+ +DC OUT
3
GND
2 +DC IN
Note.-- 11J7 is an aerial connector
from DC voltage Bus
( S4--D2 )
{ DC+
DC--
1
--DC IN
11J7
+24 VDC
1 11TS2 11KT1 11KT1 1
+24V DELAYED tube 2 62 61 for TUBE 2 SCL 72 71
FAN 2
240 VAC SW
4 18
54 53 external TUBE 1 SCL THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO HIGH SPEED STARTER
FAN 1
2 17
interface TUBE SCL COMM 84 83
FOR ONLY TWO X--RAY TUBES (STANDARD)
115 VAC SW tube 1
1 3
GND NAME DATE SHEET / OF
--THERM. 1 5 E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
4TS3--1 6/9
--THERM. 2 6 D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
( S4--B4) 4TS3--2
THERM. COM 7 C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
4TS3--3 to 11TS2 PSU (with Stand--Alone)
B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
0 VAC
8
F E D C B A
NOTE.-- 10T3, 10C5--1 and 10C5--1 NOTE.-- Use tube 2

THIS SHEET ONLY APPLIES TO LOW SPEED STARTER 10R4--1 for 330 VAC Stator 15uF connections for Fl tube
for external interface
10C5--2
TUBE SCL COM

30uF
240 VAC SW
115 VAC SW
TUBE 1 SCL
TUBE 2 SCL
Note.-- Capacitor 10C5 could be 40 uF 10TS2
depending on tube used. 10R4--1
4 1 Mohm, 2w 4
6
FAN 1
10R4--2 14
NOTE.-- 10J7 and 10J8 are FAN 2
aerial connectors 1 Mohm, 2w
30uF 15uF 3
COM T1
11 12 13 14 15 16 24 25 26 27 28 9 10 11 12 11
10J8 TB1 TB1 10 21 22 23
J1 T1/T2 COMM COM T2
1 7
1 0 VAC 0 VAC
230 VAC RTR KACC
K1--1 15
( S1--D2 ) 60 VAC RTR
2 TB3 KCT TB3 TB4 KCTRR TB4 0 VAC
3 2 T2 K2--3 T1 T2 K5--1 T1 5
0 VAC RTR KCTR THERM. COMM.
F1 KCTRR K4--2
T 6A 13
3 Tube 2 Tube 1 Tube 2 Tube 1 K5--3 THERM. COM THERM. COMM.
4
47 T2 --THERM 1 --THERM 1
KBR
10RC1 2w 10T3 330V 7 TB2 6 5 K3--2
TB1 12
7 --THERM 2 --THERM 2
8 T1 KCTR
100 nF IAUX CR6 17 2
KBU4J K4--1 AUX T1
+
1 KV 9 9
Tube 1 KCT 10 1 18 10
3 10LF2 10K1 AUX T2 3
220V K2--1
2 4 19 1
MAIN T1
2 1 T1
1 3 6 5 20 9
KBR MAIN T2
6
TB2 7 _ K3--1 KCTR
8
0V 5 T2 IMAIN K4--4 GND
9
10 1 16
4 +24V J1 GND
Tube 2 CR11 TP2
1N4007 +24V
T1/T2 COMM 1
+24V DELAYED
(to 10TS2) CR10 C4
CR12
+24V VM48 1N4007 100uF
Q2 35V
+24V DELAYED 2N4401
+
CR4 TP1
KCTR 1N4007 C3 R8
1K5 GND
3 10R5 K4 100nF 2
+24V _ GND
475
10K1 2w CR8
4 KCT CR5 1N4007
KCTRR 1N4007 LF--RAC BOARD
K2--2 K5 KCTRR
10A1 CR9 CR7 K5--2
VM48 1N4007 4
Q1
2 2
2N4401
+
KCTR
C2 R7
10J7 K4--3
100nF 1K5
_ 3
240 VAC SW 4 +24V KACC
240 VAC SW DS4
HLMP1700 K1--2
115 VAC SW 2 CR1 CR2 CR3
115 VAC SW R1 R2 R3
4K75 1N4007 KACC 4K75 1N4007 KCT 4K75 1N4007 KBR TP3
+24V DELAYED 1 R4 R5 RTRI
+24V DELAYED K1 K2 K3 4K99 4K99
5
GND 3 DS1 DS2 DS3
GND HLMP1700 HLMP1700 HLMP1700 R6 C1
475 22uF
from HT CONTROL board
--START 9 J1 6 7 8
10
--ACC
11 1
--T2 SCL
12
--BRAKE
13
RTRI
14
1 --TUBE 2 SCL
0 VAC
8
0 VAC E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
--THERM. 1 5 7/9
4TS3--1 --THERM. 1 D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04 E D C B A REV
( S4--B4 )
to 10TS2 C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05

--THERM. 2 6
4TS3--2 --THERM. 2 PSU (with Stand--Alone)
B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
4TS3--3
THER. COM 7 THERM. COM A CN 04/165 F. GARCIA 10/02/05 SEDECAL ESM COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC GENERATOR
F E D C B A
BATTERY
8TRAY 5 8J5
NOTE
360 VDC 9 Amp. BATTERIES
336 VDC
0 VAC
312 VDC J2--5 to J2 connector of the
20 VAC LINE MONITOR board
////
8J10 BATTERY CHARGER BOARD Input Line
J2--6
4 + + J2--3 ( S4--B2 ) 4
-- -- 2A1
J9 BAT. CHARGER TRANSFORMER
1 (A3285--02) 2T1
2
BATTERY 3
20 VAC
8TRAY 4 8J4
sec 16
20V
288 VDC
264 VDC J4 0 VAC
240 VDC 16 28 VAC 240 VAC
//// 8J9 15 sec 15
+ + 14 360V
-- -- 230 VAC
13 0 VAC *
Connect according to
J1 SEC.
TRANSF. the Input Voltage Line
28 VAC
BATTERY 16
0 VDC
208 VAC
sec 9
8TRAY 3 8J3 28 VDC 216V 1TB1
216 VDC 56 VDC 2 0 VAC 110 VAC to J8.1 of Battery Charger 12
192 VDC 84 VDC 1 28 VAC
168 VDC
112 VDC sec 8 to J1.1 of Energy Guard 11
EMERGENCY STOP
3 //// 8J8 192V 3
+ + 140 VDC J6
10 168 VDC 10
-- -- 16 0 VAC
(optional)
196 VDC 15 9
224 VDC 28 VAC 8
252 VDC
BATTERY sec 1
280 VDC 24V 7
8TRAY 2 8J2 5 SEC.
0 VAC
308 VDC 0 VAC
144 VDC TRANSF. 5
120 VDC 336 VDC 2 N
364 VDC 4 TO
96 VDC 1 5 6 PH
8J7 392 VDC 6 TABLE
//// 6F1 1 420 VDC GREEN GND
+ +
-- -- T 35A 1SW1 3 4 2
LINE 1LF1 N
500 VDC
BAT+ 1 3 1 LINE
( S1--F1 ) PH
3 VOLTAGE
BATTERY BAT-- 2 4 GND
8TRAY 1 8J1 //// ////
72 VDC 8 7
48 VDC ( S4--B1, B2 ) 6J4
24 VDC to J2 and J3 connectors of 1K22
2 the LINE MONITOR board 3 2
8J6 0 VDC ( S4--B2 ) +24V UNR
//// to 1TB1--12
to 1TB1--11
+ + J2--1 (ENERGY ////

J2--2 4
+ +
-- --
-- -- 6J10 GUARD board) +24V PSU

J3--1
9 --BATT TEST
J3--2
J8 J2 J2--2 (ENERGY 2
J2--1 GUARD board) 0 VAC OUT
J1 1 1 1
PREP J2--7 ( S4--B2 ) VAC OUT
STAND--ALONE 1 2 2
J2--8
0 VDC J1--9 J1--1
BOARD 2 to J1 connector 3 V. BATT
of the ENERGY 15
1A1 3 GUARD board 4 GND
360 VDC J1--4 J1--7
( S4--A3 ) 1TB2
J2 1 6
--PWR ON
V250LA20 7
3 2 --PWR OFF
0 VAC OUT 8
5 3 +11V PERM
110 VAC OUT 10 1
J4 6 4 BAT ST1
GND 11
1 //// 5 //// BAT ST2
EPC0S 12
2 6 3000--03 BAT ST3
J3
3
1 GND 4
--PWR ON
2
3 E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
+11V PERM 8/9
1 D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 E D C B A REV
REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04
5
BAT ST1 C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
6 PSU (with Stand--Alone)
BAT ST2
7 B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
BAT ST3
--PWR OFF 8 A CN 04/165 F. GARCIA 10/02/05 SEDECAL ESM COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC GENERATOR
F E D C B A
BATTERY 8J8
8TRAY 8 360 VDC
NOTE
//// 8J16 17 Amp. BATTERIES
+ +
-- --
0 VAC
BATTERY 8J7 20 VAC
J2--5 to J2 connector of the
BATTERY CHARGER BOARD LINE MONITOR board
8TRAY 7 336 VDC
Input Line
J2--6
4 312 VDC
J2--3 ( S4--B2 ) 4
8J15 2A1
//// J9 BAT. CHARGER TRANSFORMER
+ +
-- -- 1 (A3285--02) 2T1
2 20 VAC
BATTERY 8J6 3
sec 16
8TRAY 6 288 VDC
20V
264 VDC
8J14 J4 0 VAC
////
+ + 16 28 VAC 240 VAC
-- -- 15 sec 15
14 360V
BATTERY 8J5 230 VAC
8TRAY 5 240 VDC
13 0 VAC *
216 VDC Connect according to
J1 SEC.
TRANSF. the Input Voltage Line
//// 8J13 28 VAC 208 VAC
16
+ + 0 VDC sec 9
-- -- 28 VDC 216V 1TB1
56 VDC 2 0 VAC
BATTERY 8J4 84 VDC 1 28 VAC
110 VAC to J8.1 of Battery Charger 12
8TRAY 4 192 VDC
112 VDC to J1.1 of Energy Guard 11
sec 8
EMERGENCY STOP
3 168 VDC 3
140 VDC J6 192V
//// 8J12 10 168 VDC 10
+ + 16 0 VAC
(optional)
-- -- 196 VDC 9
15
224 VDC 28 VAC
BATTERY 8
8J3 252 VDC sec 1
8TRAY 3 144 VDC
280 VDC 24V 0 VAC 7
120 VDC 5
308 VDC SEC. 0 VAC
//// 8J11 TRANSF. 5
+ + 336 VDC 2 N
-- -- 364 VDC 4 TO
1 5 6 PH
6F1 392 VDC 6 TABLE
BATTERY 8J2 T 35A
1 420 VDC GREEN GND
8TRAY 2 96 VDC
500 VDC LINE 1LF1
1SW1 3 4 2
72 VDC N
BAT+ 1 LINE
8J10 ( S1--F1 ) 1 3
//// PH
+ + BAT-- 3 VOLTAGE
-- -- 2 4 GND
//// ////
BATTERY 8J1 8 7
48 VDC ( S4--B1, B2 ) 6J4
8TRAY 1 to J2 and J3 connectors of 1K22
24 VDC
2 the LINE MONITOR board 3 2
8J9 0 VDC ( S4--B2 ) +24V UNR
//// to 1TB1--12
to 1TB1--11
+ + J2--1 (ENERGY //// 4

+ +
J2--2
-- --
-- -- 6J10 GUARD board) +24V PSU

J3--1
9 --BATT TEST
J3--2
J8 J2 J2--2 (ENERGY 2
J2--1 GUARD board) 0 VAC OUT
J1 1 1 1
PREP J2--7 ( S4--B2 ) VAC OUT
STAND--ALONE 1 2 2
J2--8
0 VDC J1--9 J1--1
BOARD 2 to J1 connector 3 V. BATT
of the ENERGY 15
1A1 3 GUARD board 4 GND
360 VDC J1--4 J1--7
( S4--A3 ) 1TB2
J2 1 6
--PWR ON
V250LA20 7
3 2 --PWR OFF
0 VAC OUT 8
5 3 +11V PERM
110 VAC OUT 10 1
J4 6 4 BAT ST1
GND 11
1 //// 5 //// BAT ST2
EPC0S 12
2 6 3000--03 BAT ST3
J3
3
1 GND 4
--PWR ON
2
3 E NC 06/159 F. GARCIA 08/08/06 DRAWING F. GARCIA 30/09/04
DWG:
54302012
+11V PERM 9/9
1 D NE 06/166 F. GARCIA 07/07/06 E D C B A REV
REVISED A. DIAZ 30/09/04
5
BAT ST1 C NE 109,145/05 F. GARCIA 31/07/05
6 PSU (with Stand--Alone)
BAT ST2
7 B NE 107/05 F. GARCIA 18/04/05
BAT ST3
--PWR OFF 8 A CN 04/165 F. GARCIA 10/02/05 SEDECAL ESM COMPACT--LV DRAC/LF RAC GENERATOR
A B C D E
+5V +12V 6J2

LVDC POWER SUPPLY PWR OFF
T2 PWR ON 4
Input Transformer +5V
3LF3 1 7 5
+12V +12V
3F2 1 3 3F9
3PS1 10 -12V -12V 3
T 1.5A 3K3 T 0.4A 2 jumper 8 0V +12V UNR 9
TO LINE FILTER 3 9 2 to J1 in
8F1 7 240V 240V 20 9 5 2 4 jumper +12V UNR
VOLTAGE ATQ15
220 VAC SW 4 6 0V 8 ATP-Console
PH PH 3F8 0V 1
1 1 6 115 VAC SW 6
PH T 3A 0V 0V
14
1 X2- 7
N N N X2+ 115V 18
2 2 2 115 VAC - +
3BR1 +SUPPLY
4
3
GND 8F2
ATQ15 3 EMC 6NL1
5 230V 3K3
0 VAC -SUPPLY } to FILAMENT DRIVER -12V
0V 4
FILTER
13
0V 17
4 3F6
T 3A
21V 15
0V 14 +24V-PSU +24V 3TS1

3F7 3K3 +12V
208V T3A 3K3 1R, 4W -12V 15
21 16
11V 12 11 7 - + 10 6 +24V
- + 3BR2 17
LINE 3BR4 220 VAC SW 26
J1 115 VAC SW 27
SELECTOR 23 120V 0V 11
3C6
+
6J11 + 3C7
(A3525-XX) 7 110V 28V 2400uF 2400uF
6 1 1 3 35 3
J2 2 2
8TS1 PH 5 26V } 2
3 4 3 3 8 34 To 6J3-10 LINE CONT 1
4 4 22 100V
1 1 N 3 24V 0V
2 2 1 2 5 5 16 J2
6 6 TB7 TB7
1 22V
2 7 7 33 1 3 24 VAC 1 BRAKE BOARD
9 60V 20V 32
2 4 0 VAC } To COLLIMATOR 2 (A3567-XX)
9
J3 J4
5
1
2
+15V
15V rtn
16V
14V
31
30
LOCKS
7
10
} +24Vdc To Locks
BOARD
3
3
2 12V 19
3K3
A3214-02
6
8
11
} 0Vdc 1
2
3
3
1 0V 0V 13 12 8 J3
Shield
Stud
0 VAC RTN } To LF1
J2
N
1
J9 60 VAC RTN
220 VAC RTN } to LF-RAC BOARD 5A3
1M, 2w
2 1 CHARGE/ + 5R2
3 2 DISCHARGE
PH 3
4
CAPACITORS BLOCK (8A3) MONITOR #1-
J3 C = 17600 uF, 450 V 10uF/1000V
8F3
BOARD 5C9
To J13 in } /ON 1 J1 ATM15 R6 R8 R10 R12 R14 10uF/1000V
HT DR2
TRANSFORMER
ATP /READY 2
PS 3 1 DC+
10uF/1000V
CONSOLE DESEQ 4 2 R1
+ + + + + 6F3 + +
5 3 6J1 T 50A 5C4 5C3 10uF/1000V
To J1 in INTERFACE
{ 6
7
4
5
22K, 25w + 3700uF 3700uF 5C8 5C10
HT DR1
to HT
CONTROL BOARD M - 2uF 2uF 5L1
+12V 8 6 R3
+ + + + + 6F4 + + A6956-08 5C11
7 T 50A 5C2 5C1 2uF
1K5 - 250W CAPACITORS 8 22K, 25w 3700uF 3700uF
PLUG IN TO
6 6 CHARGER 9 COM
DISCHARGE DC-
2 8R1 5 5 8F4 2
4 CAPACITORS 4 BOARD R7 R9 R11 R13 R15
ATM15
C1
C1
3 3 (A3517-XX) 5A4
C2E1
E2
C2E1
REMOVE FOR
E2
2 2 10 C (32Kw) 8 C (20Kw) 6 C (16Kw)
1
NORMAL
OPERATION
1 Note: R6, ..., R15 = 47K / 13W
CHARGE/ + IGBT 2 IGBT 1
J4 J4 DISCHARGE
MONITOR #2
-
BOARD
FPO-FAULT
FPO-FAULT
FNO-FAULT
FNO-FAULT
VNC-GND
VNC-GND
VPC-GND
VPC-GND
VPI-VCC
VPI-VCC
VNI-VCC
VNI-VCC
SPR-
SPR-
SNR-
SNR-
CNI-
CNI-
CPI-
CPI-
J3 J4 J3 J4
2
3
4
1
5
2
3
4
1
5
2
3
4
1
5
2
3
4
1
5
IPM DRIVER 2 5A2 IPM DRIVER 1 5A1
115 VAC
1 115 VAC
(A3063-XX) (A3063-XX)
FAULT
4 FAULT
2 0 VAC
0 VAC
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
DR1
DR2
DR1
DR2
J1 J2 J1 J2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
115 VAC SW
0 VAC
to INTERFACE CONTROL board +5V OUT
1 GND 1
to HT CONTROL board
{ KV DR1
KV DR2
IGBT FAULT

H b1 NC06/157 Locks JLALVAREZ DRAWING A.Querol 22/10/03
54302020
28-06-06
1/3
G1 b1 NC06/157 Locks JLALVAREZ 28-06-06 REVISED A.DIAZ 22/10/03 H b1 G1 b1 G b1 Fb1 Eb1 REV
G b1 NC 06/131 Rdesc JLALVAREZ 12-06-06
Fb1 NC 06/068 Brake JLALVAREZ 10-03-06
Eb1 NC 05/173 LSelec JLALVAREZ 28-11-05 SEDECAL CAPACITORS GENRAD
A B C D E
A B C D E
+24V delayed
To J2 in
Break Board } LINE CONT
and
4K1 3
J5 in
4R5 HT CONTROL BOARD
Interface 475, 2w 0V
4 Control (A3000-XX) J5 4
6J3 4 J1
Board LINE CONT -START 1 -BRAKE
10 -KV UP 14 6 -ACC -BRAKE
15 -KV DWN 1 7 HI MA -ACC
8 -PREP 2 10
4 C-HT DAT 3 3
2 C-HT CLK 4
to J3 in
5
1
-EXP
HT-C CLK
5
6
J3
IGBT FAULT
KV DR1
KV DR2
} to IPM DRIVER's
6 HT-C DAT 10
ATP 3 LINE SYNC -FIL 1 ACK 11 1
9 -BUCKY EXP 8 3A1 2
Console 12 -BUCKY 1 DR CMD -FIL 1 SCL 12 3 -FIL DR1 0V
14 -BUCKY 2DR CMD -CHRG 13 4 -FIL DR2
11 PT CRL 7 5
7 -HT INTLK 9
13 0V 0V J4
16
3 FIL I RTRI
+12V J2
0V +5V 8 -KV
-12V 1 1 +KV
2 2 HT TRANSFORMER
0V
3 5 -MA J1
4 6 +MA 0V
5 7 +KV A
-KV B
0V +MA C
D GND
-MA
3 HI MA E 3
FIL 1 RTR K
FIL 2 RTR F Black
FIL SUP H
G
L P1 HT DR1
mA
M
J test
} PWR ON posts P3 HT DR2 to IGBT's Module
To 6J2 Red
PWR OFF
(to J1 in ATP Console)
Shield
COM
+24V INTERFACE +12V

J3 J1
CONTROL BOARD
4 6
LINE SYNC
3
(A3009-XX) 8
2 7
1 4
3
0V 2
J4 1
-FIL 1 SCL
19 0V
-FIL 1 ACK 18 J4
-BUCKY EXP 22
6 3A2 20 FILAMENT DRIVER
-BUCKY 1 DR CMD FIL 1 RTR J3
2 -BUCKY 2DR CMD 12 15 FIL 2 RTN FIL SUP BOARD 2
BUCKY SPLY 13 16 FIL PREHEAT FIL PREHEAT 4

9 17 2
(A3004-XX)
3TS1 -BUCKY 1 MOT FIL RTN FIL RTN
BUCKY SPLY -BUCKY 2 MOT 11 14 1
2 BUCKY SPLY -BUCKY 1 DR 10 3 115 VAC SW
+24V delayed
9 -BUCKY 1 MOT -BUCKY 2 DR 8 2 115 VAC
+5V J1
5 -BUCKY 2 MOT 7 1 0 VAC 3A3
12 BUCKY 1 DR +24V delayed 8
4 BUCKY 2 DR -FIL DR1 3
11 O VAC +24V PSU -FIL DR2 5 J2
0 VAC J5
3 O VAC FIL I 6
10
6
BUCKY 1 MOT RTN
GND
2
5
+24V
+5V
7
1
4
1
+SUPPLY
-SUPPLY } to 3BR1
7 BUCKY 2 MOT RTN 8 0V
13 GND 16
J2
14 PT SPLY 6
1 1 4 +5V OUT To IPM Drivers
ROOM LIGHT
8 0V 0V 2 9
18 3 1 0V
39 IC GND 5
42 ROOM LIGHT SW 7
48 4 LINE CONT To 6J3-10
ROOM LIGHT SUP
47 6
24 -ROOM LIGHT
22 -DOOR
23 DOOR RTN
36 -SF PREP
37 -FL EXP To J2 in ATP Console
53 -READY
1 52 -ALOE 1
51 PT INPUT

54302020
28-06-06
2/3
A B C D E
A B C D E
J1 J5 J5 3TS1
13 13 13 PWR GND
+24 VDC 18
25 25 25 17
PWR GND
12 12 12
+24 VDC
J13 To J3 in
24 24 24 J8 /READY
1 Capacitors
11
23
10
22
11
23
10
22
11
23
10
22
ACT EXP
RXD +(RXD)
TXD+(TXD)
1
2
3
2
3
11
PS
DESEQ
/ON
} Charger
Board
4
4 9 9 9 5
4
21 21 21 6
8 8 8 TXD-
RXD- 7
To J1 in Easy-Touch Console 20 20 20 8
J1
LOGIC GND GND UNR
or 7
19
A3149-01 7
19
7
19 POWER ON 9 1 +12V UNR
ACT EXP 2 +12VDC
J1 in Multipurpose Serial 6 6 6 3 PWR OFF
18 18 18 POWER OFF
Console 4 PWR ON
5 5 5 5
17 17 17 POWER COMM POWER COMM J14 GND UNR
TXD- 6 GND
4 4 4 6 7
16 16 16 PREP ORDER POWER ON +12V UNR
TXD+(TXD) POWER OFF 5 8 -12VDC
3 3 3 4 9
15 15 15 EXP ORDER EXP ORDER
RXD+ (RXD) PREP ORDER 3 POWER CABLE[1..9]
2
14
2
14
2
14 PREP/EXP COMM PREP/EXP COMM 2
J3
} To 6J2
RXD- 1 -EXP
1 1 1 1 C-HT DAT
2 HT-C DAT
3 -PREP
J15
4
Handswitch
} PREP
EXP
1
2
5
6
C-HT CLK
HT-C CLK
HV PT CRL
3 7 -KV DWN
COMM 4 8 LINE SYNC
9 -LINE CONT
10 -BUCKY 2 DR CMD
J2
-GEN OK 11 BUCKY EXP
-SFD SEL 1 12 -HT INL
3 -COLLIMATOR 2 13 -BUCKY 1 DR CMD 3
TABLE ERR 6 14 -KV UP
EXP OK 7 15
ABC OUT/-LEFT 10
-DIRECT SEL 11 COMMUNICATIONN CABLE[1..15]
EXT SYNC(FL DSI) 12
J5
} To 6J3
CAM SYNC 14 IC1
4TS3 -SFC(-PT SEL) 15 1 -FLD1 DR
18 ABC OUT -SF PREP 16 3 -FLD3 DR
Only required for DSI option
} 19
20
FL DSI -ROOM LIGHT
-READY
4
8
4
5
GND
-FLD2 DR
CAM SYNC
7 -SFC PT INPUT 9 8 -STRT DR
-FL EXP 13 9
GND(DOOR RTN) 17 AEC CABLE[1..6]
-DOOR 18 } To J4 in AEC ADAPTATION
19 BOARD if required
-AUTO OFF 20
SPARE IN1 21 4A2
ALOE 22
-SF PREP -ALOE 23
-ROOM LIGHT -ACT EXP 24
-READY THERM.COM 25
PT INPUT 5
To 3TS1 -THERM 1
-FL EXP 3
DOOR RTN
-DOOR
-ALOE ATP CONSOLE
BOARD
(A3024-XX)
2 2
4TS2
LF-RAC 7
-THERM.1
BOARD THERM.COM 4
AUX T1 5
(A3096-XX) TB1
2
MAIN T1
+24 Delayed 24 1
+24V delayed J1
21 AUX T1 COM T1 6
-ACC 1 17 3
To HT Control Board -ACC 6 18 8
MAIN T1
-BRAKE 7 19
-BRAKE 8 20
RTRI
RTRI 5 28 4C5-2 4R4-2
GND 4 27 30uF 1M, 2w
2 11
10 10
11 6 100 nF
12 3
2 1 KV
1
47
2w
4K1
1 2 4RC1
4LF2
1
To INPUT TRANSFORMER { 230 VAC RTR
60 VAC RTR 2
FILTER
4
1
To BRAKE BOARD { 0 VAC RTR 1 3

54302020
28-06-06
3/3
A B C D E
TUBE SCL COMM
TUBE 1 SCL
TUBE 2 SCL
FAN 1
FAN 2
COMM 30 MF 15 MF 115 VAC 240 VAC
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 9 10 11 12
TB1 TB1 J1
1 F1
230 VAC RTR T 6A
TB3 KCT TB3 TB4 KCTRR TB4
2 KACC T2 K2--3 T1 T2 K5--1 T1 KCTR
60 VAC RTR
K1--1 KCTRR K4--2
3
VAC RTR RTN Tube 2 Tube 1 Tube 2 Tube 1 K5--3
T2 KBR
7 TB2 6 5 TB1
K3--2
T1 7
8
330V IAUX CR6 KCTR 17 AUX T1
KBU4J
+
9 K4--1
9 1
Tube 1 KCT 10 18 AUX T2
K2--1
KCTR
19 MAIN T1
T1 K4--4
6 6 5 KBR
TB2 7 20 MAIN T2
_ K3--1
5 T2 IMAIN
230 V 9
4 10 1
Tube 2 +24 VDC J1
CR11 TP2
1N4007 +24V
1 +24 VDC DELAYED
CR10 CR12 C4
+24 VDC VM48 1N4007 100uF
Q2 35V
+
CR4 2N4401
KCTR TP1
1N4007 C3 R8 GND
K4 100nF 1K5 2
+24 VDC _ GND
CR8
KCT CR5 1N4007
KCTRR 1N4007
K2--2 K5 KCTRR
CR9 CR7 K5--2
VM48 1N4007 4
Q1 --TUBE 2 SCL
+
KCTR 2N4401
K4--3 C2 R7
100nF 1K5
_ 3
+24 VDC KACC
DS4
HLMP1700 K1--2
CR1 CR2 CR3
R1 1N4007 R2 1N4007 R3 1N4007
4K75 KACC 4K75 KCT 4K75 KBR TP3
R4 R5 RTRI
K1 K2 K3 4K99 4K99
5 RTR I
DS1 DS2 DS3
HLMP1700 HLMP1700 HLMP1700 R6 C1
475 22uF
J1 6 7 8
--ACC --T2 SCL --BRAKE
Note:
061109
The LF- RAC shown in the Generator schematic
(543020XX) is a basic documentation, only for
DWG:
A3096--02
interconnection purposes. 1/1
Follow this schematic for detailed component REVISED A. DIAZ 21/09/97 B REV
information of the LF- RAC board.
LF -- RAC Board
B CN 03/004 F. Garca 13/01/03 SEDECAL ( Line Frequency Rotatory Anode Controller )
CONTROL DRAC BOARD +15VDC +15VDC
J1 +15V
J4 C4
R10 TP3
100nF
6 +15 VDC 2 1K5 14
R1 R2 CR1
10K 1M 1N3595
5 RDY1 OUT 3 2
6 OFF OFF DLY
C1 K1 TP1
DLY
470uF 1 6
25V GND CR6 5
1 GND 4
TP5 1N3595 2
21 5
3 7
23 ADD JUMPER U1
CR5 C3 ICM7556
1N3595 3,3uF C2 DELAYED SWITCH--OFF BOARD
22 T3 RTN 6 100nF
( A3274--01 )
CR4 +15VDC
1N3595
24 T2 RTN 7
U1 CR8 R8
+15VDC ICM7556 1N4148 1M
C7
1uF R4 R3 10 CR2
CR3 10K 1M5 1N3595
R7 1N3595 4
C8 30K1 2 K2
8
10uF OFF OFF MANT
GENERATOR Q1
6 MANT TP2
2N4401 12
CABINET 9
CR9
PWR OFF 1N3595 13
R6 CR7
J2 TP6
10K 1N3595
4 PWR OFF 8 R9 C9
11 100nF
150K
C5 C6
OFF COND R5 3,3uF
TP4 100nF
J1 1K5
8 OFF COND 1 14 7--8 1 7--8
K1 K2
INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD
061109
DWG:
A3274--01
1/1
REVISED A. DIAZ 05/05/98 C B REV
C CN 00/183 F. GARCIA 06/09/00

B CN 99/003 F. GARCIA 13/01/99 SEDECAL DELAYED SWITCH--OFF
A B C D E
REG1
LM7815
1 VIN VOUT 2
+15V
GND
+ C2
10uF
1 1
3
+24V
+24V K1
R1 1
OUT1 R6
3 IN+ 2K7
10K 4 J1
+ C1 IN- C8
OUT2 2
J2 47uF 2n2F
250Vac 1
MCXE380D5 2
C9
4 100nF 3
3 250Vac 4
2 5
1
2 2
K2
1 R7
OUT1 2K7
3 IN+
4 C10
IN- 2n2F
OUT2 2
CR1 +15V 250Vac
1N4148 MCXE380D5
100nF
R4 R3 C3
10K 10K +15V
4
R2
8
100
R
3 2 TR Q 3 3
1uF 7
C4 DIS
5 6 825K
100nF CV THR 1uF R5
C5 C6
100nF
U1
C7
LM555 1
4 4
E NC 06/028 MCappiello 01/02/06 DRAWING F. Daz 14/09/00
A3010-02
1/1
D NC 02/016 F. Daz 21/02/02 REVISED F. Daz 14/09/00 E D C B A REV
C NC 01/126 M.A. Gonzlez 13/07/01
B NC 01/049 M.A. Gonzlez 13/03/01
A NC 01/032 M.A. Gonzlez 06/02/01 SEDECAL CONTROL CONMUTADOR
A B C D E
A B C D E
C5 +12V +5V C6 (*) Use jumpers only for A3000-34 and 35

C2 100nF 100nF
33pF
+5V (*)
+12V Q4 R2 +5V
2N4403 6K81 U5 RP15 U4 U10 U11 RP7
28
9
C3 XT1 87C51 1 10K AD7582 74HCT574 ULN2803 22 P5
R5 33pF 20MHz 18 39 AD0 AD0 17 mA AD0
AIN0 2 2 19 1 18 1 2
VDD
VCC
XTAL1 P0.0 2 DB0 D1 Q1 I1 Q1 9 -HS SCL
1K 19 38 AD1 AD1 16 AD1 3 18 2 17 3 4
XTAL2 P0.1 3 DB1 D2 Q2 I2 Q2 7 -ACC
R1 R3 37 AD2 AD2 15 3 KVP AD2 4 17 3 16 5 6
P0.2 4 DB2 AIN1 D3 Q3 I3 Q3 6 -BRAKE
1K 100K 36 AD3 AD3 14 AD3 5 16 4 15 7 8
P0.3 5 DB3 D4 Q4 I4 Q4 5 -RTR RUN
9 35 AD4 AD4 13 4 FIL I AD4 6 15 5 14
RESET P0.4 6
AD5 AD5 DB4 AIN2 AD5 D5 Q5 I5 Q5 RP8
4 P0.5 34 7 12 DB5 7 D6 Q6 14 6 I6 Q6 13 4
31 33 AD6 AD6 11 5 RTR I AD6 8 13 7 12 22
Q3 +5V EA/VP P0.6 8 DB6 AIN3 D7 Q7 I7 Q7
Z1 C1 32 AD7 AD7 10 AD7 9 12 8 11 1 2
2N4401 P0.7 9 DB7 D8 Q8 I8 Q8 10 HI mA
BZX55C8V2 1uF R77 4K99 24 A11 3 4
GND
C4 10 A0 A12 8 -BAT TEST
A1 25 11 CLK 5 6
100uF 29 1 7 8
-DESEQ PSEN A8 OC
16 P1.3 P2.0 21 21 BYSL CLK 23
A9
9
R6 P2.1 22 18 RD
R4 -KV SAFETY 5 23 A10 20 6
825 P1.4 P2.2 WR VREF (*)
DGND
AGND
D1 825 24 A11 19 1
VSS
1N4148 -mA SAFETY P2.3 A12 CS CAZ
6 P1.5 P2.4 25
26 A13 -12V
P2.5 A14
27
27
P2.6 A15
7
P2.7 28 Vref
R8
7 30 681
P1.6 ALE/P
8 P1.7
RP1 U1 10 C10 C72 U8 U9 RP5 P1
P1 470 2501 P3.0 C9 2n2 100nF 74HCT574 ULN2803 22
11 P3.1 P3.7 17 17 -TUBE3
2 16 12 4 100nF AD0 2 19 1 18 1 2
-KV UP 1 1 2 K1 C1 P3.2 P3.6 D1 Q1 I1 Q1 10 HT-C CLK
13 3 Z8 AD1 3 18 2 17 3 4
P3.3 P1.2 D2 Q2 I2 Q2 11 HT-C DAT
4 14 14 2 BZX55C5V1 AD2 4 17 3 16 5 6
-KV DWN 2 3 4 K2 C2 P3.4 P1.1 D3 Q3 I3 Q3 12 -TUBE2 SCL
15 1 AD3 5 16 4 15 7 8
P3.5 P1.0 D4 Q4 I4 Q4 13 -FIL 1 SCL
6 12 AD4 6 15 5 14
-PREP 3 5 6 K3 C3 AD5 D5 Q5 I5 Q5
7 D6 Q6 14 6 I6 Q6 13
8 10 -WR DAC AD6 8 13 7 12 RP6
C-HT DAT 4 7 8 K4 C4 AD7 D7 Q7 I7 Q7 22
9 D8 Q8 12 8 I8 Q8 11
RP2 U2 +5V 1 2
GND
14 -START
470 2501 -EXP 11 3 4 -PRE CHRG
3 CLK 15 3
C-HT CLK 5 1 2 2 K1 C1 16 1 OC 5 6 16 -CHRG DR
100nF R9 7 8
D7 D6 C8 C7 56K2
9
-EXP 6 3 4 4 K2 C2 14
1N4148 1N4148 510pF 3n3
6 12 +5V R12
-CHRG 7 5 6 K3 C3 R11 2.7
8 10
A4
-FIL 1 ACK 8 7 8 K4 C4
C19 DS1 475
R7 100nF LED
7
1K21
Q1
U3 IRLZ14 D23
+12V
R70 24C16 U14 1N4148
-CS DAC
+5V DS3 475 C57 1 6 74HCT138 R10
EXP 100nF +5V RP3 A0 SCL A8 475
2 A1 15 Y0 A 1
3K3 3 5 14 2 A9 R13 R14 D2
A2 SDA -L DAC Y1 B A10
1 2 13 3 1K5 1K5 1N4148
R64 C18 Y2 C
3 4 7 TEST 12 Y3 R82
1K 1nF 5 6 11 C81 Q2 C11
Y4 A13 100K 1uF 2N4403 100nF
7 8 10 Y5 G2A 4
9 Y6 G2B 5
R63 R71 C58 7 6
1K DS2 475 100nF Y7 G1 D3
PREP +5V 1N4148
P1 RP10 U15
2 2
470 2501 DATA BUS
BATST 1 18
BATST 2 19 1 2 2 K1 C1 16
BATST 3 20 +5V +5V
9 3 4 4 K2 C2 14
GND
6 12 RP12 U13 U12 RP9
P3 5 6 K3 C3 1 10K 74HCT541 74HCT541 1 10K SW2
8 10 2 18 AD0 AD0 18 2 1 16
ERROR DRAC 6 7 8 K4 C4 2 A1 Y1 Y1 A1 2
3 17 AD1 AD1 17 3 2 15
RP11 U16 3 A2 Y2 AD2 Y2 A2 3
4 16 AD2 16 4 3 14
P5 470 2501 4 A3 Y3 AD3 Y3 A3 4
5 15 AD3 15 5 4 13
5 A4 Y4 AD4 Y4 A4 5
2 16 6 14 AD4 14 6 5 12
-RTR RDY 4 1 2 K1 C1 6 A5 Y5 AD5 Y5 A5 6
R22 7 7 13 AD5 13 7 7 6 11
A6 Y6 AD6 Y6 A6
4 14 8 12 AD6 12 8 7 10
-IGBT FAULT 3 3 4 K2 C2 8 A7 Y7 AD7 Y7 A7 8
9 11 AD7 11 9 8 9
475 9 A8 Y8 Y8 A8 9
-BATT FAULT 2 5 6 6 K3 C3 12
10 10
G2 19 19 G2
8 10 C20 1 1
-AUTO OFF INH 1 7 8 K4 C4 G1 G1
R15 100pF
+5V 3K3
C27
100nF
L2 47uH -RD
FAULT
P2
-12V 1 L1 47uH
TP3 TP4
+12V 2
1 +12V -12V 1
+12V R65 -12V R45
+5V 3 1K 1K
TP2
GND 4 +5V R30 +5V
L3 47uH 1K A3000-33/34/35/36/43/44
GND 5 TP1 TP9 TP10
6-9 K NC 05/061 F. Daz 01/04/05 DRAWING F. Daz 26/05/05
C17 C15 GND GND GND 1/3
GND 6 K1 J NC 05/027 F. Daz 08/02/05 REVISED A. Daz 26/05/05 K J I H G REV
Z3 100uF C16 Z2 100uF C14
C13 C12 1N4744 100nF 2-13 1N4744 100nF I NC 04/202 F. Daz 02/12/04
100uF 100nF H AC 01/04 F. Daz 21/09/04
G NC 03/216 F. Daz 18/12/03 SEDECAL HT CONTROLLER
A B C D E
A B C D E
HV TANK JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6 R73 U3 +5V U5 +5V U8 +5V U10 +5V
16K5 24C16 80C32 74HCT574 74HCT574
Vcc 8 Vcc 40 Vcc 20 Vcc 20
COMPACT 2 1 2 2 1
JP6
VERTICAL 1 2 1 1 R20 (3) C29 C31 C30 C32

36K5 TP16 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF
GND 4 GND 20 GND 10 GND 10

C21 KVP
KV - 100pF
4 4
KV +
TP12 TP11 TP7 1V=33.3KVP
R16 (3) KV- KV+ R18 U18A KVP U12 +5V U13 +5V U14 +5V
P4 1K 100K TL084 D16 R66 1V=16.6 KVP for A3000-36 74HCT541 74HCT541 74HCT138 C36
2 1N4148 10K 20 20 16 +12V 100nF
-KV 1 - Vcc Vcc Vcc
1 KVP
2 3 +
+KV
R17 1 1 R19 1 C28 C33 C34 C35
1K 100K 10nF 100nF 100nF 100nF
JP3 JP4 JP5 GND 10 GND 10 GND 8
C76 C22
C75 C24 C23 R72 R21 (3)
RTR I1 4 1nF 10nF 100pF 16K5 36K5
RTR I2 1nF 10nF
3 Z4 Z5 +5V U1/U15/U16 +5V U2
2501 2501
1 1 -12V C37
1N4744 1N4744 A1 A1 100nF
E7 15 E7 15
3 A2 3 A2
E6 13 E6 13
C25 5 5
100nF A3 A3
E5 11 E5 11
7 A4
+12V D14 D15 -12V 9 9
1N4148 1N4148 E4 E4
3 R25 3
274K
BR1 R26
VM48 1M C79 100pF
4 3 6 - U20-A
AC1 - R24 ULN2803A
7
5 + 4K99 C80 100pF 14
6 1 C26 R81 U18B 5
AC2 + 100nF 1K TL084
R29 C39 +12V
10K 100nF RP14-A
FREQUENCY (7) U20-B 22 P3
ULN2803A 5 6 -KV DR 1
+12V R23 1
12 7 8 2 -KV DR 2
R74 U19
12
7
6K04 34K TL594
R80 D21 R27 6
V+
JP2 10K 1N4148 10K JP1 RT
1 1 5 CT C1 8
9
C2 11
C38 C78 RP13
4nF 1nF 1K
D22 R28 9 7 8
TP6 1N4148 (1) 49K9 16
E1
10 5 6
RTR KV DEM +2 E2
15 -2 REF 14 3 4
3 FB DC 13 1 2
RTR I 2 4
GND
C41 -1 DT C40
1 +1
R75 10nF 100nF
2 2
C63 +12V 49K9 C44
100nF 100nF
7
+12V C67 +12V
U7A 100nF +5V
8
LF353 D19
KV - 3 R53 U18C 1N4148 +5V
+
1 10K R54 TL084 (2)
U17B Vref
11
2 - 10 +
LM319J 4K75 8
C64 9 9
+ -
100nF R33 R32 R78
4
7
10 1K 3K3 1K
-
C66 C77 Z9 D18 D4
100nF 10nF R76
-KV SAFETY
-12V R52 C69 100K
6
10K 100nF 5V1 1N4148 1N4148 D5

-EXP
R55
R50 R51 1K65 1N4148 D20
10K 3K01 -12V
U7B TP15
LF353 R56 U17A 1N4148
KV + 5 10K LM319J Q5 R79
+
7 4 IRLZ14
+ FAULT
6 - 12
5 -DESEQ R31 22
-
100K
1 C65 1
100nF C68
3
100nF R59
R58 R57 10K
10K 3K01 (1) The value of R28 is 86K6 for A3000-35 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
A3000-33/34/35/36/43/44
-12V (2) (REV)1 - Remove D19 for three phase generators K NC 05/061 F. Daz 01/04/05 DRAWING F. Daz 26/05/05
2/3
J NC 05/027 F. Daz 08/02/05 REVISED A. Daz 26/05/05 K J I H G REV
(3) R16, R17 = 4K02, and R20, R21 = 69K8 for A3000-36 I NC 04/202 F. Daz 02/12/04
H AC 01/04 F. Daz
(7) Adjust R29 to have a period of 48 us at U19-5 21/09/04
SEDECAL HT CONTROLLER
G NC 03/216 F. Daz 18/12/03
for A3000-43 REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE
A B C D E
A B C D E
U24B +12V C73

(4) R38, R39 = 226K, and R60, R62 = 25K5 for A3000-36
9
DG300 100nF
+5V
(5) R36, R37 = 200K, and R40 = 2K21 for A3000-44 1V = 10mA (FROM 10mA UP TO 80 mA)
14
R61 R60 1V = 100mA (FROM 100mA UP TO maximum mA)
10K 12K7
(8) Remove Z6 and Z7 for A3000-44 11 13 1V = 20mA (FROM 10mA UP TO 80 mA)
TP5 A3000-44
A15 mA 1V = 200mA (FROM 100mA UP TO maximum mA)
U24
TP14 TP13
(4) DG300
4 4
mA + mA -
C48 R38
10nF 113K C52 C74
R67 10nF 100nF
8
R34 (5) R36 10K
P4 1K 100K D17 (5) R40
13 - 1N4148 10K
-mA 6 mA -12V
14
+mA 7 12 +
R35 (5) R37 U18D
1K 100K TL084
(8) (8) R39 R62 R41
C43 C42 113K C47 12K7 8K87
100nF 100nF C46 Z7 Z6 C45 10nF U24A (4)
250V 250V 100nF 1N4757A 1N4757A 100nF (4) DG300
4 2
6
+12V D8 D9 -12V
3 1N4148 1N4148 3
R42 U21 +12V C51

1K AD536 100nF
1 14 TP8
FIL I 8 VIN +VS FIL
+12V 8
GND 5 C50 ID
7 BI
1uF 6 FIL I U20-C
C49 VD ULN2803A
4 CAV
10nF -12V C70 16 K1
9 100nF 3 1-14 7-8
RL R44
10 G -VS 3
10K
RP14-B
U20-D 22 P3
R46 ULN2803A 3 4 4 -FIL DR 1
-12V 4K99 C60 +12V 18 1 2
C53 -12V +12V C54 100nF 5 -FIL DR 2
100nF 100nF
(6) 1
R43
1K54 R49 FREQUENCY
C55 20K U23
9
12
7
100nF C59 TL594

AD0 24 3 10nF 6
Vss
Vdd
V+
AD1 DB0 VrefA RT
23 DB1 VrefB 10 5 CT C1 8
AD2 22 11
AD3 DB2 C2 RP4
21 DB3
AD4 20 1K
2 DB4 2
AD5 19 V22 9 7 8
AD6 DB5 LM336AZ E1
18 DB6 RfbB 12 16 +2 E2 10 5 6
AD7 17 9 15 14 3 4
DB7 VoutB KV DEM -2 REF
A11 16 3 13 1 2
A12 A0 FB DC
15 1 4
GND
A1 +1 DT
RfbA 2 2 -1
4 R68
DATA BUS VoutA R48 R47 C56 10K
10K 49K9 100nF
7
14 LDAC
DGND
13 5 C62
WR AGDNA 100nF
1 CS AGNDB 8
-L DAC
U6 C71
11
AD7837 100nF C61 R69

-WR DAC 100nF 205
-CS DAC
-mA SAFETY
1 1
(6) Adjust R49 to have a period of 150 us at U23-5

K NC 05/061 F. Daz DRAWING F. Daz 26/05/05
A3000-33/34/35/36/43/44
01/04/05
3/3
J NC 05/027 F. Daz 08/02/05 REVISED A. Daz 26/05/05 K J I H G REV
I NC 04/202 F. Daz 02/12/04

H AC 01/04 F. Daz 21/09/04
G NC 03/216 F. Daz 18/12/03 SEDECAL HT CONTROLLER
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
NOTE 1: W1-A for version A3004-10/11/12, W1-B for version A3004-09

NOTE 1: W1-A para versin A3004-10/11/12, W1-B para versin A3004-09
NOTE 2: R11= 2K68 ohms for A3004-09/10

NTC NTC R11= 1K4 ohms for A3004-11
R11= 1K ohms for A3004-12
NOTE 2: R11= 2K68 ohms para A3004-09/10

T T R11= 1K4 ohms para A3004-11
R13 R20 R11= 1K ohms para A3004-12
D D
R12
+15V
100K 3W
D2
1N4148
+5V
+24V
+5V R19 D7
TP1 TP2 33
R7 C1 Green
3K74 TP7 C4
100nF 100nF R2
R4 R3 D3 100
R16
P1 8 10K 10K Q2
9
R8 10K U1 UF4006 SGP23N60UFD + C7 + C8
GND 1 2K D5
GND 1 7
VDD
2 UF4006 HO 330uF/450V 330uF/450V
+5V 3 7 10 HIN
+5V +24V 2 6
4 VB C3
-FIL DR1 5 3
6 12 5 1uF C6 P3
-FIL DR2 6 R6 R5 D4 4
LIN VS 470nF/630Vdc
FIL I 7 3K74 2K UF4006
8 4 FIL SUP
DELAY 3
5 U2 VCC 3
+24V 11 SD 2 FIL PREHEAT
HCPL2232 1 FIL RTN
LO T1 1
VSS
C TP8 2 D1 1 C
R17 COM 1N4148 2
D8 1K IR2113 C2 Pulse. PE-67300. 1 : 300
13
5 1uF 4 3
2
BZX55C18V U5
R18 H11AA1 R1
10K 100
1 4
Q1
SGP23N60UFD
R10
2K43
W1
A
NOTE 1 1V=0.31 Arms
B
TP3
D6
TP4 1N4007
+24V +15V R11
R9 NOTE 2
10 +5V
U3 R14 U4 TP5
B B
10K LM7805
1 11 1 IN OUT 3
R15
+ GND + 10K
+ C13 C12 C14 C15
C9 C5 10uF/50V 100nF 2 100nF TP6
1.5uF/250V-X2 10uF/50V
P2 10uF/50V
13 10
2
+SUPPLY 4 EC4A13
3
2
1
-SUPPLY
1
L1
C11 C10
10nF/250V-Y2 10nF/250V-Y2
Ground stud
A A
PCB 90068-03

DRAWING F. Daz 26/10/04 A3004-09/10/11/12
1/1
REVISED A. Daz 26/10/04 Db1 Cb1 Bb1 Ab1 b2 b1 REV
Db1 NC 06/251 F. Daz 01/12/06

Cb1 NC 05/112 SEDECAL Filament Driver HC
5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
P6
GND 4
+11V PERM 3
-PWR ON 2
-PWR OFF 1 P3
DS1
3 LINE SYNC
T2 D4
P4 5
2 13 +24VDC
0 VAC 1 R15 R13 +24VDC
4 K1 4
K1 1 6 D16 15 D15 27 D3 1
9 6 1 4 +24 VDC
3 14
115 VAC 5W 3 5 R7 W2 2
1 15K C22
115 VAC 2 4 3 R14 U1 C2 C23 100nF
4 C4 1K5 D ULN2803A 3 10nF 470uF
470uF 11
DB104 Q1 1 GND
8
OFF G MTD3055
R12 R8 2 GND
P1
10 D14 S 3K3
8 K1
9
-PWR OFF 8 12
ON R11 4
-PWR ON 7 C3 3K3
100nF P4
8 K5
12
8 BUCKY 1 DR
P4 4
8 K4
BUCKY SPLY 9 12
7 BUCKY 2 DR
4
W1
AUX BUCKY SPLY 5
1 2 3
+24VDC
3 8 K3 3
L3 12
+24 VDC 4 6 -BUCKY EXP
500uH K6 1 4
D11 D10 9 K7 4 L1 L2
(4) 13 13 13 13 13 5 12 500uH 500uH
D9 K3 K6 8
K5 K4 K7
(4) 14 14 14 D12 14 D13 14 K7 1
FIL 2 RTN
9 16
-BUCKY 1 DR CMD 12 5
-BUCKY 2 DR CMD 13 15 FIL 1 RTN
K5 1 C6
9 4 1
-BUCKY 1 MOTION 11 22 -FIL 1 ACK
5
4
2.2nF 400V R17
K4 1 6 3 499
21 SPARE
9 D17 C5 R16 U2
-BUCKY 2 MOTION 10 5 K9 4 D18 1N4738 2.2uF 1K AQV210EH
12 DB104
+24VDC 8
-TUBE 2 SCL 18 20 SOL DR
6
-FIL 1 SCL 19
FIL PREHEAT 17 13
FIL RTN 14
K9
D19
14
P5
P5
K8 1
9
2 DISCHARGE 2 13 2
5
10 DISCHARGE 2 RTN
K8 4
12
DISCHARGE 1 12 8
14 DISCHARGE 1 RTN
+24 VDC 16
14
R9 K8
D7
13
47
GND 9
K2 1
9 3 SPARE
+24 VDC 5 5
2 DELAYED +24 VDC
+5 VDC OUT 4 4
K2 7 SPARE
+24VDC 12
+24 VDC 8 8
6 +5 VDC
-LINE CONT 1 NOTES:
14 1.- FILAMENT 1 IS SMALL FOR RAD AND LARGE FOR SF
VERSION USED FOR COMPONENTS ON SHEET 2 L1, L2, L3, K6
+24VDC R3 R4 U1 D8 2.- HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY ON AEC OR ABS UNITS ONLY
K2 A3009-09 RAD + HV REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED 3.- LI, L2, L3 AND K6 NOT USED ON RAD SYSTEM
3K3 U1 10K ULN2803A
D1 D2 R2 ULN2803A 12 13 A3009-10 R&F NOT REQUIRED REQUIRED 4.- K5 AND D11 NOT PRESENT IN A3009-15
C1 1N4733 10K 16 7
100uF A3009-11 ONLY RAD NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED NOTAS:
3
1 A3009-12 R&F + HV REQUIRED REQUIRED 1.- FILAMENTO 1 ES FINO PARA RAD Y GRUESO PARA SF 1
D6 2.- LA FUENTE DE ALTA TENSION SOLO PARA UNIDADES CON AEC O ABS
A3009-15 MAMO NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED 3.- L1, L2, L3 Y K6 NO SE USAN EN SISTEMAS RAD
U1
D5 R5 ULN2803A 4.- K5 Y D11 NO SE MONTAN EN A3009-15
BZX55C10V 10K 17 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
2
DRAWING F. Daz 14/02/06
A3009-09/10/11/12/15
R6 R1 1/2
REVISED A. Daz 14/02/06 K Jb1 I b2 I b1 REV
100K 2M2
K NC 08/102 F. Daz 23/04/08 SEDECAL INTERFACE CONTROL

A B C D E
A B C D E
+24VDC
R10
56
C7 5w W7
100 nF
B A
2 U3 D22
4 T1 RGP02-16E 4
PE6189
Vs
5 In1 Out1 3 1
C10 7 C19 R35

2.2 uF C8 R33 10nF 1M
7 In2 Boot1 4
2 33K 1KV 1w
1 1w W6
Out2 2.2uF
9 Vref 8
C9 63V A B
11 8 2.2 uF 3
En Boot2 C18 R34
P1 R42 1KV 1M
22 GND Sense D21 10nF 1w
L6203 RGP02-16E
+12 VDC 6 6 10
+12 VDC 5
W8 C21 C15 R28
100uF 100nF 6K8
PT CRL 4
B A U5 P2
TL594
C14 6 12
R41 RT V+ 1 PT SPLY
R39 2,2nF 8
6K04 10K C1 +Vref
5 CT C2 11
D23
E1 9
16 +2 E2 10
1N4148 15 14
3 -2 REF 3 3
R40
3 FB DC 13
1K C20 R24 R26
100nF R43 R29 C16 R30 R31 1 4 10K 10K
10K 22K1 100nF 2M2 100K +1 DT
2 -1 GND 7
R23
10K R18 R19
10K 10K 5
-ON 3
R32
R22 W4 47K5
GND 2 GND 10K
A B R25 R27
10K 332
C13
GND 1 100nF
7
C17
100pF
6 ROOM LIGHT SUP

R38 R37 R36
4M75 4M75 4M75 K10 4
A B 12
8
2 2
W5 +Vref
C12 K10 1
100nF +24VDC 9
5
4 ROOM LIGHT SW
A B
13
R21 W3 K10
10K 8 7 D20
14
2
6 SD
2 -ROOM LIGHT
3 R20
U4A 5K
TLV2460
4 C11
100nF
NOTE.- BE SURE THAT THE VALUE OF THE PHOTO TUBE SPLY OUTPUT IN P2-1
PHOTO TUBE SPLY OUTPUT ( P2-1) IS THE REQUIRED BEFORE CONECTING THE SYSTEM INTERFACE
+500 VDC OR +300 VDC : JUMPERS W3 TO W8 IN POS "A", AND ADJUSTING WITH R20 NOTA.- ASEGURESE DE QUE EL VALOR DE LA SALIDA PHOTO TUBE SPLY EN P2-1
VARIABLE NEGATIVE OUTPUT : JUMPERS W3 TO W10 IN POS "B" ES EL REQUERIDO ANTES DE HACER LA INTERCONEXION DEL SISTEMA
1 1
SALIDA PHOTO TUBE SPLY (P2-1)
+500 VDC O +300 VDC : PUENTES W3 A W8 EN POS "A",Y AJUSTAR CON R20
SALIDA NEGATIVA VARIABLE : PUENTES W3 A W10 EN POS "B" A3009-09/10/11/12/15
2/2
REVISED A. Daz 14/02/06 K Jb1 I b2 I b1 REV
K NC 08/102 F. Daz 23/04/08 SEDECAL INTERFACE CONTROL

A B C D E
A B C D E
NOTE.- TWO TRANSFORMER FORMATS CAN BE USED, USA AND ROW.

NOTA.- LOS TRANSFORMADORES PUEDEN TENER DOS FORMATOS, USA Y ROW.
U2
4 HCPL4503 4
REG1 2 8
7815
2 3 CR3 6
VI VO 1N4007 R2 J3/J5
BR1 3 5 6K81 C7
COM
VM48 100nF
C1 C3 C2 2 SPR (+5V INPUT 1)
4 1
470uF 470uF 100nF
3 CP1 (-KV DR1)
1
6 3 4 VPC (GND 1)
SEE NOTE
T1
1 VPI (+15V OUTPUT 1)
J2 5
115 VAC U1 5 FPD (-FAULT 1)
1 1
6 HCPL4503
8 2
7
115 VAC RTN 4 6
2
8 5 3
-FAULT
4
3 3
U4
HCPL4503
BR2 REG2 2 8
VM48 7815
4 1 2 3 CR4 6
VI VO
IPM 1N4007
3 5
R3
6K81 C8
J4/J6
COM
DRIVER 6 3
C6 C5 C4
100nF
2 SNR (+5V INPUT 2)
1 470uF 470uF 100nF

3 CN1 (-KV DR2)
1
4 VNC (GND 2)
1 VNI (+15V OUTPUT 2)
U3 5 FND (-FAULT 2)
HCPL4503
8 2
J1
C9 6
+5VDC 100nF R5 R6
4 332 332 5 3
-DR1
1
2 2
-DR2
2
GND
3
J1
+5VDC
4
-DR1
1
-DR2
2 IPM
GND
3 DRIVER
J2 2
115 VAC
1
115 VAC RTN
2
1 1
3
-FAULT
4

A3063-03
1/1
REVISED A. Daz 26/11/04 B REV
B NC 04/195 F. Daz 23/11/04 SEDECAL IPM DRIVER

A B C D E
A B C D E
4
+ 4
R2 R3 R4 R5 R1 R6
100K 3W 10K 15W 10K 15W 10K 15W 39K 15W 27K 4W
CR2
TO MAIN STORAGE BZX85C56V
CAPACITORS Q1
IRF840
DS1
CR3
BZX85C56V
CR1
3 1N4733A 3
U1 R7
H11B1 3M9
1 6 P1
5 2 CHRG
- 2 4 1 GND
P2
2 DISCHARGE RTN
1 DISCHARGE
2 2
1 1
E CN 98/114 F.GARCIA 10/10/98 ENG F. GARCIA
D CN 98/057 F.GARCIA 29/04/98 CHARGE/DISCHARGE MONITOR CHK A. DIAZ
REV CN99/80 (22/07/99)

C CN 96/033 F.GARCIA 06/03/96
3212-01 REV. F
B CN 95/080 F.GARCIA 10/05/95 DWG
A CN 95/74 F.GARCIA 25/04/95 SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE DATE 11/01/95
A B C D E
+
R1
39K 15W
TO MAIN STORAGE
CAPACITORS
DS1

A3212-02
DRAWING A.Querol 03/11/03
1/1
REVISED A.DIAZ 03/11/03 REV
First Issue A.Querol 03/11/03 SEDECAL Charge/Discharge Board

A B C D E
EXT SYNC K4
from J2-14 14 HT-C CLK AEC STOP
7, 8 +5V
LINE SYNC JP4 1
from J3-9 A B ABC IN U19F C55
K5 TPx FL-C CLK R34 R5 R6 R7 74HCT14 100nF
CAM SYNC +5V U33A 1K 10K 10K 2K55 13 12 U29
from J4-9 1, 14 7, 8 U32A 74HCT32 C59 8259A
+12V ISO 74HCT00 1 100nF 18 11 AD0
U19E IR0 D0 AD1
1 3 D1 10
3 2 RP16 U27 74HCT14 CLK 500 19 9 AD2
2 13 470 2501 IR1 D2 AD3
2 11 10 D3 8
CR15 K4 K5 U33B 2 16 -EXPT 20 7 AD4
1N4148 74HCT32 1 2 K1 C1 IR2 D4 AD5
4 D5 6 4
6 6 4 4 14 U19D 21 5 AD6
-DS PREP 3 4 K2 C2 74HCT14 IR3 D6 AD7
6 22 IR4 D7 4
5 5 6 6 K3 C3 12 9 8 23 IR5
U33C 8 10 TMR 1 24
-INTEN 74HCT32 7 8 K4 C4 C60 IR6
MASTER RESET 9 100nF UART RQ 25 12
+5V IR7 CAS0
8
C51 10 A9 1 13
1nF R14 -MWR CS CAS1
+5V U30 10K U33D -MRD A0 27 15
U28 8088 74HCT32 A0 CAS2
71084C 21 28 12 -IOWR 2
R9 RESET IO/M -IORD WR
4 RDY1 RDY 5 22 READY WR 29 11 3 RD EN 16
CR7 10K 6 8 R28 330 19 32 13
1N4148 RDY2 CLK CLK RD -IOWR -INTA 26 INTA INT 17
11 17 U32C
R X1 U32B 74HCT00 -IORD INTR
3 XT1 C42 74HCT00 9
C50 AEN1 10MHz 33pF DATA BUS -INTEN
7 AEN2 4 8
10uF 13 16 26 6 10 U20
16V F/C X2 DEN 74HCT245
15 ASYN 5
1 2 C43 19
CSYN PCLK 33pF G
DT/R 27 1 DIR
+5V 33 16 2 18 D0
MN/MX AD0 A0 B0 D1
23 T AD1 15 3 A1 B1 17
U34 14 4 16 D2
74HCT573 AD2 A2 B2 D3
AD3 13 5 A3 B3 15
3 A15 19 2 39 12 6 14 D4 3
A16 Q1 D1 A15 AD4 A4 B4 D5 U19 U20 U21
18 Q2 D2 3 38 A16 AD5 11 7 A5 B5 13
A17 17 4 37 10 8 12 D6 74HCT14 +5V 74HCT245 +5V 8253 +5V
A18 Q3 D3 A17 AD6 A6 B6 D7
16 Q4 D4 5 36 A18 AD7 9 9 A7 B7 11 Vcc 14 Vcc 20 Vcc 24
15 Q5 D5 6 31 HLD
14 7 17 DATA BUS
Q6 D6 NMI C17 C20 C18
13 Q7 D7 8 1 GND
12 9 8 100nF 100nF 100nF
Q8 D8 A8
A9 7 GND 7 GND 10 GND 12
C 11 25 ALE A10 6
1 5 A0..........A7
+5V OE A11 U23
A12 4
INTR 18 3 MK48T08 U22 U23 U24
INTR A13 A0 D0 74HCT573 +5V MK48T08 +5V 27C256 +5V
A14 2 10 A0 D0 11
R18 -INTA 24 35 AD0 A1 9 12 D1 20 28 32
10K INTA A19 AD1 A2 A1 D1 D2 Vcc Vcc Vcc
8 A2 D2 13
AD2 A3 7 15 D3
AD3 A4 A3 D3 D4 C22 C25 C26
6 A4 D4 16
1.665 MHz AD4 A5 5 17 D5 100nF 100nF 100nF
CLK AD5 A6 A5 D5 D6
4 A6 D6 18 GND 10 GND 14 GND 16
AD6 A7 3 19 D7
AD7 A8 A7 D7
25 A8
U26 A9 24
74HC4040 A10 A9 U26 U28 U29
21 A10
10 9 A11 23 74HC4040 +5V 71084C +5V 8259A +5V
CLK Q1 A12 A11
Q2 7 2 A12 Vcc 16 Vcc 18 Vcc 28
11 RST Q3 6
5 U22 20 +5V
Q4 74HCT573 CS C41 C44 C45
2 Q5 3 27 WR E2 26 2
2 2 19 A0 22 100nF 100nF 100nF
Q6 13KHz D1 Q1 A1 OE
Q7 4 3 D2 Q2 18 GND 8 GND 9 GND 14
13 6.5KHz 4 17 A2
Q8 D3 Q3 A3 U24
Q9 12 5 D4 Q4 16
14 6 15 A4 27C512/27C1001/27C4001
Q10 D5 Q5 A5 A0 D0 U30 U31 U32
Q11 15 7 D6 Q6 14 12 A0 D0 13
1 8 13 A6 A1 11 A1 D1 8088 +5V 74HCT573 +5V 74HCT00 +5V
Q12 U21 D7 Q7 A7 A2 D1 14 D2
9 D8 Q8 12 10 A2 D2 15 Vcc 40 Vcc 20 Vcc 14
8253 A3 9 A3 D3
CLK 500 500Hz A0 A4 D3 17 D4
19 A0 11 C 8 A4 D4 18
to U29-19 8 D0 1 A5 7 A5 D5 C46 C48 C27
A1 D0 D1 OE A6 D5 19 D6 100nF 100nF 100nF
20 A1 D1 7 6 A6 D6 20
U38 6 D2 A7 5 A7 D7
74HC4040 -IORD D2 D3 U31 A8 D7 21 GND 20 GND 10 GND 7
22 RD D3 5 27 A8
10 9 4 D4 74HCT573 A9 26 A9 to U34-17 (sheet 1)
CLK Q1 -IOWR D4 D5 A8 A10 A17
Q2 7 23 WR D5 3 2 D1 Q1 19 23 A10 NC 30
11 6 2 D6 3 18 A9 A11 25 A11 U33 U34 U38
RST Q3 A8 D6 D7 D2 Q2 A10 A12 A18 74HCT32 +5V 74HCT573 +5V 74HC4040 +5V
Q4 5 21 CS D7 1 4 D3 Q3 17 4 A12 PGM 31
3 5 16 A11 A13 28 A13 to U34-16 (sheet 1) 14 20 16
Q5 R21 D4 Q4 A12 A14 Vcc Vcc Vcc
Q6 2 18 CLK2 6 D5 Q5 15 29 A14
4 100 15 7 14 A13 3 A15
Q7 CLK1 D6 Q6 A14 A16 +5V C28 C47 C61
Q8 13 9 CLK0 8 D7 Q7 13 2 A16
12 11 10 9 12 24 OE 100nF 100nF 100nF
Q9 C36 G0 OUT0 D8 Q8 Vpp 1
Q10 14 14 G1 OUT1 13 22 CE GND 7 GND 10 GND 8
15 1nF 16 17 11
Q11 G2 OUT2 C
Q12 1 1 OE 12
11
CONNECTED TO PIN 14 TMR 1 13 PAGE 1 OF 4
1 FOR A3024-50/90 VERSION to U29-24 1
U32D
ENG F. GARCIA
-EXPT 74HCT00
ATP CONSOLE CHK A. DIAZ
+5V
D SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
R13
A1 + 22 G A3024-XX REV.
SPK CR6 S A15
DWG
1N4148 Q4 to J12A-16, J12B-16 and U34-19
NOT PRESENT IN A3024-121
VERSION. CONNECTOR
MTD3055 SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
INSTEAD
DATE 10/10/00
A B C D E
A B C D E
J15
2 PREP V ON
3 EXP TP2
V ON 4 R1 CR1
1 COMM 475 1N4007
K3
K1 K2 +12V ISO R29
1, 14 7, 8 1, 14 7, 8 1, 14 7, 8 J14 1K V ON
+12V ISO R4 1 COMM Q1 Q2

330 2 PREP MTD3055 D MTD3055 D
3 EXP C3
13 13 13 4 POWER OFF ON G OFF G 100uF C4 CR2
4 K1 K3 S S 100nF 1N4733 4
K2 5 POWER ON
CR5 CR4 CR3
1N4148 1N4148 1N4148 R3 V ON 6 V ( ON )
6 6 6
330
R2 J1
100
-PWR OFF 4
-AUTO OFF C39
-PWR ON 5
JP1, JP2, AND JP3 ON to J2-21 (page 3) 100nF
GND 7
POSITION "A" FOR -12V 9
NOVEL CONSOLE C38
+12V 3
100nF
A B A B A B +12V UNREG 8 +12V UNREG +12V ISO +5V +12V -12V
+12V UNREG 2 TP9 TP10 TP3 TP7 TP8
GND UNREG 6
JP1 JP2 JP3 U25
GND UNREG 1
COMM PREP EXP 8279
D0 12 4 R33 R31 R32 R35 R36
D1 D0 IRQ 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K
13 D1 CN/ST 37
D2 14 36 +12V UNREG REG2 REG1
D3 D2 SHFT U17 DC-DC CONVERTER +12V ISO 78SR105 +5V +12V -12V
15 D3
D4 16 74HCT138
D5 D4 -COL0 +Vin +Vout +Vin +Vout
17 D5 SL0 32 1 A Y0 15
D6 18 33 2 14 -COL1
GND
D7 D6 SL1 B Y1 -COL2
19 D7 SL2 34 3 C Y2 13 -Vin -Vout
35 12 -COL3 C9 C54 C56 C2 C57 C1 C6 C5 C7 C8
V ON SL3 +5V Y3 -COL4 470uF 470uF 470uF 100nF 2200uF 10uF 10uF 100nF 10uF 100nF
Y4 11
-IOWR 11 6 10 -COL5 TP11
WR G1 Y5 GND UNREG
4 9
J9 -IORD 10 5
G2A Y6
7
RD G2B Y7 TP1 TP6
11-12 BD 23
3 V (ON) -COL0 A12 J11 GND PT CRL 3
1-2 22 CS
COL 0 -COL1
COL 1 3-4 -COL2 A0 8 SL2
J12A-J12B J1
AEC
21 SL1
COL 2
COL 3
5-6
7-8
-COL3 A0 7
5 SL0
PT CRL
1 PT CRL CONTROL
-COL4 CLK
COL 4 9-10 -COL5
3 CLK OA0 27
26
15 CS1
A0 BOARD
COL 5 13-14 OA1 16 CS2 3 A0
ROW 0 23-24 38 RL0 OA2 25 13 CS3 (A3012-01/02/05/06)
39 24 A1
ROW 1 27-28 RL1 OA3 14 CS4 DATA BUS 4 A1
ROW 2 29-30 1 RL2 OB0 31 11 CS5
2 30 -IOWR
ROW 3 25-26 RL3 OB1 12 CS6 5 -IDWR
ROW 4 15-16 5 RL4 OB2 29 9 CS7
6 28 -KV UP
ROW 5 17-18 RL5 OB3 10 CS8 6 -KV UP
ROW 6 19-20 7 RL6
ROW 7 21-22 8 RL7 RESET 9 2 GND
+5V
POWER OFF 39-40
6 +5V
2 9 D0
POWER ON 37-38 D1 8 D0
3 ON 10 OFF +12V ISO
33-34 D2 7 D1
1 13 4 +12V ISO 10 D2
4 11 D3
35-36 3 +12V ISO D4 9 D3
31-32 5 12 2 GND 12 D4
U1A U1B D5
1 GND D6 11 D5
U2E MC14072B MC14072B
D7 14 D6
RP1 MC14050B U11 PT INPUT
13 D7
10K 11 12 8255A (82C55 ) to J2-13 (page 3)
10 D0 34 DB0.....DB7 AEC STOP
D0 15 AEC STOP
9 D1 33 to J16 (page 4)
8 U2B D2 D1 A15
2 32 D2 16 A15 2
7 MC14050B D3 31 J10
6 D4 D3 DB0 DB0 -12V
5 4 30 D4 PA0 4 7 DB0
5 D5 29 3 DB1 DB1 +12V
D5 PA1 10 DB1 JP5 POSITION: 17 -12V
4 D6 28 2 DB2 DB2 +5V
D6 PA2 12 DB2 18 +12V
3 U2F D7 27 1 DB3 DB3 A.- VD SELECTION
+5V 2 MC14050B D7 PA3 DB4 DB4 11 DB3 B.- IC4 SELECTION
JP5 A B C 20 +5V
PA4 40 14 DB4
13 14 39 DB5 DB5 C.- PT INPUT SELECTION -KV DWN
PA5 13 DB5 19 -KV DWN
1 1 -IOWR 36 38 DB6 DB6
10
WR PA6 DB7 DB7 16 DB6
PA7 37 15 DB7 21 PT INPUT
9 to U37 -IORD 5 not supplied in
RP15 8
RD EN2 ABC OUT A3012-01/02/05
(sheet 3) 22 ABC OUT
10K 7 IN1 A11 6 to J16-7 (page 4) to JP19-A (page 3)
6 IN2 CS
PC0 14 6 RS
5 A0 8 15 J5 J6A J6B J2
4 U2A A1 PC1 8 EN1
PC2 16 9 EN2 1 1 1 1 IC1
MC14050B A1 IC1
3 9 A0 PC3 17 5 R/W IC2 6 2 2 2 IC2
2 3 2 13 -CSE2PROM
PC4 SI IC3 2 3 3 3 IC3
18 PB0 PC5 12 IC4/VD 7 4 4 4 IC4/PT INPUT
19 11 C/-D +5V
PB1 PC6 SCK -FLD1 3 5 5 5 -FLD1
U2C 20 10
PB2 PC7 4 +5V -FLD2 8 6 6 6 -FLD2
MC14050B 21 PB3 3 VD -FLD3 4 7 7 7 -FLD3
7 6 22 PB4 2 GND -STRT DR 9 8 8 8 -STRT DR
23 PB5 1 GND GND 5 9 9 9 GND
24 PB6 10 10 10 VD
SW1 25 35
PB7 RESET C / -D
1 8
2 7 to J16-8 (page 4)
3 6
+5V
PAGE 2 OF 4 RIBBON CABLE
1 4 5 1
ENG F. GARCIA
U1 V ON U2 +5V U11 +5V U17 +5V U25 +5V
U18
X25320 U19B DS2 ATP CONSOLE CHK A. DIAZ
MC14072B MC14050B 8255A (82C55) 74HCT138 8279 1 5 74HCT14 R8
CS SI 1K SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
Vcc 14 Vcc 1 Vcc 26 Vcc 16 Vcc 40 REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
2 SD SCK 6 3 4
+5V A3024-XX REV.
C11 C12 C14 C13 C40 3 7 +5V
WP HLD DWG
100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF C49
GND 7 GND 8 GND 7 GND 8 GND 20 4 GND VCC 8 100nF SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
DATE 10/10/00
A B C D E
A B C D E
NOTE.- ALL DIODES 1N4148 UNLESS SPECIFIED U5A

74HCT02
SET JP13 FOR DIGITAL MODE 2 +5V J3
CR17 CR9
JP13 1 10 -LINE CONT
+5V to U29-18 (page 1) AEC STOP 3 D
R41
2K7 CR8 G Q3 PT CRL
to U21-10 (page 1) -EXPT S MTD3055 to J8-1 and J7-1 (page 4) 7 PT CRL
U4 DS1 U5B -ACT EXP - KV UP
74HCT123 +5V CR18 R40 74HCT02 15 -KV UP
R11 1 10K 5 - KV DWN
CR16 330K 1A R17 R12 C52 8 -KV DWN
2 1B 4
4 3 10K PREP 6 150K 1uF +5V HT-C DAT 4
1CLR RP20 470 3 HT-C DAT
14 1CX
15 R10 +5V LINE SYNC
1RX/CX 1K U5C 1 2 9 LINE SYNC
R20 74HCT02 3 4 -BUCK EXP
9 2A 1Q 13 DATA BUS 5 6 12 -BUCK EXP
C21 10 4 10K 8
1.0 2B 1Q 7 8 HT-C CLK
11 2CLR 10 6 HT-C CLK
6 12 U6 9
2CX 2Q 8255A RP3 22 -HT INTLK
7 2RX/CX 2Q 5 13 -HT INTLK
D0 34 37 U7
D1 D0 PA7 ULN2803 7 8
33 D1 PA6 38 11 5 6 1 -EXP
D2 32 39 13 8 11
D3 D2 PA5 I8 Q8 3 4 4 -PREP
31 D3 PA4 40 12 7 I7 Q7 12 1 2
+5V U3/U12/U14/U27/U37 U35/U36 D4 30 U5D 6 13 -PREP
2501 2501 D5 D4 74HCT02 I6 Q6 to J13-9
29 D5 5 I5 Q5 14
1 D6
A1 E7 15 E7 15
D7
28 D6 PA3 1 1 I1 Q1 18 1 2 2 C-HT DAT
27 D7 PA2 2 2 I2 Q2 17 3 4 5 C-HT CLK
3 13 13 -IOWR 36 3 3 16
GND
A2 E6 E6 WR PA1 I3 Q3 5 6 11 -BUCKY2 DR CMD
PA0 4 4 I4 Q4 15 7 8 14 -BUCKY1 DR CMD
5 11 11 -IORD 5
A3 E5 E5 RD R19 RP4 22 -AUTO OFF
7 9 9 A13 6 2K74 -DS PREP (PAGE 2, R2) J2
9
A4 E4 E4 CS (PAGE 1, K4) RP11 22
A1 U13 25 -ACT EXP
8 A1 1 2 23 ALOE
ULN2803
A0 3 4 21 -AUTO OFF
9 A0 1 I1 Q1 18 5 6 10 EXP OK
PC7 10 2 I2 Q2 17 7 8 8 -ROOM LIGHT
HT-C DAT RP2 U3 +5V 11 3 16
470 2501 1
PC6 I3 Q3 -SPARE IN1
PC5 12 4 I4 Q4 15 22 -SPARE IN1
3 -BUCK EXP 2 16 25 13 5 14 3
1 2 K1 C1 8 PB7 PC4 I5 Q5 7 8
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 6 24 PB6 PC3 17 8 I8 Q8 11 5 6 9 -READY
FL-C DAT 6 12 23 16 7 12
GND
5 6 K3 C3 4 PB5 PC2 I7 Q7 3 4 24 -ALOE
7 8 8 K4 C4 10 2 22 PB4 PC0 14 6 I6 Q6 13 1 2
-THERMOSTAT 1 21 -DOOR
9 PB3 19 -DOOR
20 15 -DRD RP13 22
7 PB2 PC1
-DOOR RP10 U12 19 to J16-6 (page 4) -COL
9
5 PB1 6 -COL
470 2501 18 35 JP19
-COL 3 PB0 RESET MASTER RESET ABC OUT ABC OUT -LEFT -COMP
7 8 8 K4 C4 10 7 -COMP
6 12 RP9 C10 to J12-22 (page 2) A B
-COMP 5 6 K3 C3 10K 1nF
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 11 ABC OUT/ -LEFT
2 16 -DWR
1 2 K1 C1 DATA BUS
-THERMOSTAT 2 to J16-5 (page 4) -THERMOSTAT 2
RP6 22 20 -THERMOSTAT 2
U15 FS U8
8255A to J16-19 (page 4) ULN2803 7 8 2 -SFD SEL
5 6 1 -GEN OK
JUMPER NORMAL MOBILE D0
D1
34 D0 PA7 37 4 I4 Q4 15 3 4 -THERMOSTAT 1
33 D1 PA6 38 3 I3 Q3 16 1 2 3 -THERMOSTAT 1
JP14 set removed D2 32 D2 PA5 39 2 I2 Q2 17
D3 31 40 1 18
D3 PA4 I1 Q1
JP15 removed set D4 30 D4 PA3 1 5 I5 Q5 14 3 4 12 -DIRECT SEL
D5 29 2 6 13
D5 PA2 I6 Q6 5 6 CR12
JP16 removed set D6 28 3 7 12 -SF PREP
GND
D7 D6 PA1 I7 Q7 1 2 4 -SF PREP
27 D7 PA0 4 8 I8 Q8 11 7 8
JP17 removed set -IDWR 36 WR
CR13
+5V RP7 22 -FL EXP
1 17 -FL EXP
JP18 removed set -IDRD 5 SW3
9
RD -PT SEL
PC0 14 2 1 16 16 -PT SEL/ -SFC
A14 6 15 2 15
2 CS PC1 3 2
16 3 14 PT INPUT
+5V A1 PC2 4 13 PT INPUT
8 A1 PC3 17 5
4 13
13 5 12 EXT SYNC
A0 PC4 6 14 EXT SYNC
9 A0 PC5 12 7 6 11
100nF 11 7 10 -SPARE IN2
1K RP12 U14 +5V PC6 8 15 -SPARE IN2
PC7 10 9
8 9
470 2501 1
-HT INTLK RP5 5 GND
1 2 2 K1 C1 16 6 25 PB7 18
10K GND
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 7 24 PB6
-PT SEL 6 12 23 CR20
5 6 K3 C3 8 PB5
8 10 22 1N4148
-FL EXP 7 8 K4 C4 9 PB4 -PREP J4 (to J4 - FLUORO CPU)
3 18 PB0
19
-SF PREP SW2
4
20
PB1 J13 2 -CAM FL EXP
5 PB2 1 C-FL DAT
1 8 10 21 PB3 RESET 35 15 -FS 7 C-FL CLK
2 7 U36 2501 RP18
2 10 -TOMO EXP
3 6 1 470 FL-C DAT
RP14 A1 11 TOMO ON 3 FL-C DAT
4 5 16 C1 K1 2 2 1 9 -TOMO PREP
10K 3 FL-C CLK
A2 1 TIME 1 4 FL-C CLK
14 C2 K2 4 4 3 2 TIME 2
RP19 U37 5 CAM SYNC
470 2501 to RP15 A3 3 TIME 3 9 CAM SYNC
12 C3 K3 6 6 5 4 TIME 4
to J2-15 2 16 (sheet 2) 7 +12V ISO
-SPARE IN2 1 2 K1 C1 IN2 A4 5 -PS (DSI) SEL 5 +12V ISO
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 10 C4 K4 8 8 7 6 -CINE (DSA) SEL 6 GND
5 6 6 K3 C3 12 7 -HCF SEL 8 GND
-SPARE IN1 8 10 IN1 +5V
to J2-22 7 8 K4 C4 8 SPARE IN
12 EXT REF
14 EXP STOP PAGE 3 OF 4
1 1
U4 +5V U5 +5V U6 +5V U15 +5V U35 2501 RP17 13 GND
JP14 JP15 JP16 JP17 JP18 ENG F. GARCIA
74HCT123
Vcc 16
74HCT02
Vcc 14
8255A
Vcc 26
8255A
Vcc 26 16
A1
C1 K1
1
2
470
2 1
3 J20
A2 SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
14 C2 K2 4 4 3 2 EXP STOP REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
C19 C23 C24 C15 5
A3 1 EXT REF
100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 12 C3 K3 6 6 5 A3024-XX REV.
GND 8 GND 7 GND 7 GND 7 A4 7 DWG
10 8
C4 K4 8 7
CR19
JP23
EXT SYNC
to J2-14
SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
1N4148
DATE 10/10/00
A B C D E
A B C D E
VERSION HYBRID REV NOTE.- SOME COMPONENTS COULD

NOT BE REQUIRED ACCORDING TO
11 55 I
THE VERSION USED
21 61 O
SERIAL COMMUNICATION REQUIRES THE
25 70 O
COMPONENTS SHOWN IN THIS BOX -ACT EXP
31 62 O
+5V (PAGE 3, J2-25)
32 63 O
40 80 O
4 R15 4
50 90 O 4K7 RS485
92 132 O JP8 RS485
JP22 JP21 +5V C34 JP7
93 133 O
485 422 485 422 100nF A B
94 134 O A B A B A B
121 O
R16
U10 75
14
MAX489
+5V J8
Vcc
1 NC NC 13 4 +5V
2 R A 12 1 -ACT EXP
3 REB B 11 8 RXD-
4 DE Z 10 7 TXD-
5 D Y 9
+5V C35 6 8 RS232/422
GND
100nF GND NC RS232/422 JP9 9
JP10 232 422
DATA BUS 232 422 6
A B
U16 A B
7
2681 2 RXD+ (RXD)
40
+5V 3 TXD+ (TXD)
D0 5 GND
25 15
Vcc
RS232/422 D1 DO DP7 C31
16 D1 DP6 26
JP11 D2 24 14 10uF
232 422 D3 D2 DP5 16V U9 +5V
17 D3 DP4 27
A B D4 23 13 C33 C32 C30 MAX232
D5 18
D4 DP3
28 10uF 10uF 10uF 2 16 +5V J7
3 D6 D5 DP2 16V 16V 16V V+ Vcc 3
22 D6 DP1 12 1 C1+ 4 DTR
D7 19 29 3 C29 SET JP12 FOR
D7 DP0 C1- 10uF FLUOROSCAN 1 -ACT EXP
4 C2+ 8
-IOWR 8 5 16V
WR C2- +12V UNREG JP12 7
6 V- GND 15
-IORD 9 RD 9
TXDA 30
A10 35 11 11 14
CS TXDB 3 TXD
A0 1 12 13
RS1 2 RXD
A1 6
3 SW4 10 7 GND
RS2 CR24 CR23 5
IP6 37 1 8
A2 5 38 2 7 9 8 1.5KE15CA 1.5KE15CA
RS3 IP5
IP4 39 3 6
A3 6 2 4 5
RS4 IP3 CR22 CR21
IP2 36
31 4 1.5KE15CA 1.5KE15CA
RXDA IP1
10 RXDB IP0 7
32 +5V
X1
21
C37 XT2 IRQ 1 RP8 J16
GND
33pF 3.6864MHz 33 34 10K

X2 D0 2 1 FGND
3
+5V 2 GND
4
20
5
C62 6 3 VDD
7 4 VEE
33pF R38
2 8 2
10K -DWR
UART RQ 9 Q7 R39 (PAGE 3, U15-3) 5 -WR
2 1
(PAGE 1, U29-25) 10 2N4401 1K -DRD
U19A R37 (PAGE 3, U6-15) 6 -RD
74HCT14 1K EN2
(PAGE 2, J10-9) 7 -CE
C/ -D
(PAGE 2, U11-11) 8 C/ -D
-12V R30 FS
+5V 10K (PAGE 3, U15-2) 19 FS
9
10 -RESET
DB0
C58 DB1 11 DB0
+5V 1nF DB2 12 DB1
13 DB2
J2 +12V ISO Q5 CR14 DB3
14 DB3
INTEGRATED 2N4403 1N4148
R24
DB4
DB5 15 DB4
16 DB5
KEYBOARD J4 FLUORO CPU 1K DB6
17 DB6
R22 R23 DB7
18 DB7
J3 BOARD 1K 100K
MASTER RESET TP12
(PAGE 3, U6-35) DB0......DB7 GND
and (PAGE 2, J10) 20 RV
C53 CR10 R27 (PAGE 1, U30-21)
100uF BZX55C C16 6K81
6V2 1uF
PAGE 4 OF 4
1 J9 Q6 1
2N4401
ENG F. GARCIA
ATP J4
CR11
1N4148
R25
825 R26 ATP CONSOLE CHK A. DIAZ
CONSOLE DISPLAY 681
SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
BOARD J10 BOARD
REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
A3024-XX REV.
DWG
J11
SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
DATE 10/10/00
A B C D E
A B C D E F
TP27
CR52 1N4007 R69
TP38
CR57 1N4007 R96 CR14
REG14 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K5
CR19 1 3
K8 IN OUT 280V
REG19 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822
ADJ
1 1 3 CR71 R70 1
IN OUT 420V
F16 2A 226 R67
ADJ
CR76 R95 CR33 6K81 TP28
F21 2A 226 R93 1N4448
2
CR38 6K81 TP37 C28 CR90
1N4448 10uF 1N5408 R68
2
C38 CR95 4K75
10uF 1N5408 R92 KBU4J C53 R71 C29
4K75 2200uF 4K75 100nF
KBU4J C58 R94 C39 50V DS15
2200uF 4K75 100nF
50V DS20
TP26
CR51 1N4007 R66
TP35
CR56 1N4007 R89 CR13
REG13 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K5
CR18 1 3
K7 IN OUT 252V
REG18 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822
ADJ
1 3 CR70 R65
IN OUT 392V
F15 2A 226 R63
ADJ
CR75 R90 CR32 6K81 TP25
F20 2A 226 R87 1N4448
2
2 J4 CR37 6K81 TP36 C26 CR89 2
1N4448 10uF 1N5408 R62
2
C36 CD94 4K75
16 10uF 1N5408 R88 KBU4J C52 R64 C27
15 4K75 2200uF 4K75 100nF
14 KBU4J C57 R91 C37 50V DS14
13 2200uF 4K75 100nF
12 216V
50V DS19
11
10
9 TP34
8 CR55 1N4007
7 R86
6 CR17
5 REG17 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K7 R99
4
3 1 IN OUT 3 364V
2
ADJ
HLMP-D150
CR74 R85 10 2W
1 F19 2A 226 R83 DS1 J2
CR36 6K81 TP33
1N4448 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 PREP
2
C34 CR93 C1 1
10uF 1N5408 R82 470uF 2
3 4K75 3
KBU4J C56 R84 C35 R1
2200uF 4K75 100nF 6K81
50V DS18
TP31 JW2SN-DC24V
CR54 1N4007 R79 CHASSIS
CR16
REG16 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K6
1 IN OUT 3 336V
ADJ
CR73 R80
F18 2A 226 R77
CR35 6K81 TP32
1N4448
2
C32 CR92
10uF 1N5408 R78
4K75
KBU4J C55 R81 C33
2200uF 4K75 100nF
50V DS17
4 4
TP30
CR53 1N4007 R76
CR15
REG15 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K6
1 IN OUT 3 308V
ADJ
CR72 R75
F17 2A 226 R73
CR34 6K81 TP29
1N4448
2
C30 CR91
10uF 1N5408 R72
4K75
KBU4J C54 R74 C31
2200uF 4K75 100nF
50V DS16
5 5

A3285-02
1/2
REVISED A. Daz 22/02/05 E REV
SEDECAL
BATTERY CHARGER
A B C D E F
A B C D E F
TP23 TP14
CR50 1N4007 R59 CR45 1N4007 R36
1 CR12 CR7 1
REG12 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K4 REG7 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K2
1 IN OUT 3 216V 1 IN OUT 3
ADJ
ADJ
CR69 R60 CR64 R35
F14 2A 226 R57 F9 2A 226 R33
CR31 6K81 TP24 CR26 6K81 TP13
1N4448 1N4448
2
C24 CR88 C14 CR83
10uF 1N5408 R58 10uF 1N5408 R32
4K75 4K75
KBU4J C51 R61 C25 KBU4J C46 R34 C15
2200uF 4K75 100nF 2200uF 4K75 100nF
50V DS13 50V DS8
TP22 TP11
CR49 1N4007 R56 CR44 1N4007 R29
CR11 CR6
REG11 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K4 REG6 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K1
1 IN OUT 3 1 IN OUT 3
ADJ
ADJ
2 CR68 R55 CR63 R30 2
F13 2A 226 R53 F8 2A 226 R27
J6 CR30 6K81 TP21 CR25 6K81 TP12
1N4448 1N4448
2
C22 CR87 C12 CR82
16 10uF 1N5408 R52 10uF 1N5408 R28
15 4K75 4K75
14 KBU4J C50 R54 C23 KBU4J C45 R31 C13
13 2200uF 4K75 100nF 2200uF 4K75 100nF
12 50V DS12 50V DS7
11
10
9 TP19 TP10
8 CR48 1N4007 CR43 1N4007
7 R49 R26
6 CR10 CR5
5 REG10 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K3 REG5 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K1
4
3 1 IN OUT 3 1 IN OUT 3
2
ADJ
ADJ
CR67 R50 CR62 R25
1 F12 2A 226 R47 F7 2A 226 CR24 R23
CR29 6K81 TP20 1N4448 6K81 TP9
1N4448
2
2
3 C20 CR86 C10 CR81 3
10uF 1N5408 R48 10uF 1N5408 R22
4K75 4K75
KBU4J C49 R51 C21 KBU4J C44 R24 C11
2200uF 4K75 100nF 2200uF 4K75 100nF
50V DS11 50V DS6
TP18
CR47 1N4007 R46
CR9
REG9 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K3
1 3 J1
IN OUT
ADJ
CR66 R45 0V
F11 2A 226 R43 28V 16
CR28 6K81 TP17 56V 15
1N4448 84V 14
2
C18 112V 13
10uF CR85 140V 12
1N5408 168V 11
KBU4J C48 R44 C19 196V 10
2200uF 4K75 10nF R42 224V 9
4 8 4
50V DS10 4K75
252V 7
280V 6
308V 5
TP15
336V 4
CR46 1N4007 R39 364V 3
392V 2
CR8
REG8 LM317HVT 4K75 1N5822 K2 420V 1
1 IN OUT 3
ADJ
CR65 R40
F10 2A 226 R37 F2
CR27 6K81 TP16
1N4448 6Amp 600V
2
C16 CR84
10uF 1N5408 R38 R98 1M J8
R41 4K75
KBU4J C47 4K75 C17 1
2200uF 100nF 2 V BATT
50V DS9 3
4 GEN
5 5

A3285-02
2/2
REVISED A. Daz 22/02/05 E REV
SEDECAL
BATTERY CHARGER
A B C D E F
A B C D E
SPW47N60C3
+BAT Q1 TP5
J1 TP1 TF3 TF4
SPW47N60C3 + INV
360 VDC 3 JP5
C1 C2 4 C5 Q2
C51 100uF 100nF 100nF SPW47N60C3 R6
68nF 450V 630V 3 630V 25K5 R8
Q3 C8 12K1
GND 2 47uF
5
4 450V 4
C52 TP2 TP15 TP16 R1 1 SPW47N60C3
68nF 180K R9
2w 6 TF1 Q4 12K1
0 VDC 1 AUX PS R4 R5 R7
2K7 2K7 25K5
2w 2w DL1
630V D1 D2 R10 BKP MAINS
30ETH06 30ETH06 12K1
D20 R71 R2 D21 D19 R72 R3 D18 C6 C7 R28

D3 1N4148 47.5 47.5 1N4148 1N4148 47.5 47.5 1N4148 100pF 100pF 1K74
BAT49 630V 630V
- INV
C9
R16 C3 100nF TP6 Q11 C61 R11 R12 R13 R14
25K5 100uF MTP3N120E 100pF 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
3kV R27 6w 6w 6w 6w
TF2 1K74 (NOT INSTALLED)
4
CHOPPER
R19 TP7
221 +15VS
R15 C10 R17 D5 C59 +15VS
4K99 100pF 150K U1 D4 BAT149 +15V R34
3
UC3844N 1N5819 C17 C16 100K
2 7 1uF U17A 100nF 220uF TP13 C23 +15V
VFB VCC
6
TP9 1 6 R20 TC4424A R26 100nF
COMP OUT 1K R22 1K C24
3 8 3 3K32 7 2 1uF 3
VREF ISEN C14
4 RT/CT GND 5
C11 470uF U17B
100nF R18 C13 R21 TC4424A U2 C19
13
18K2 470pF 2.7 DL2 UC3846 470pF
AUX PS 5 4 11 AOUT 15 R33 C25
VC
+15V VIN 4K99 100nF
8
14 4 R32
TP10 BOUT SEN+ 10K R35
+ 3
C12 2 16 1 14K
3
R56 RFOUT SHTDN
3n3 R23 49K9 R25 2 REF 1
C20 -
22 REF 2 5 7 U3A
ERA+ CMP LM393
10nF
10K R31 R36
8 6
4
REF 1 D30 CT ERA- 1K C22 4K99
1N4148 9 1 100nF
M1 M2 C15 C18 RT ILIM
GND
Fan1 Fan2 100nF C62 R24 R30
3 SEN- SYNC 10
1uF 2n2 C21 3K32 R29
12K1 100nF 1K54
12
DL3 R40
TP14 +5V SHDN 750
C28 +15V +15V
10uF R37
100K
U4 C29 5 +
U6A 4027 100nF 7 - SHDN
6
J3 TP17 D6 TF5 TC4426A 5 K Vdd 16 REF 2 6 -

1N5819 ON/OFF +15V U3B
2 2
+11V PERM 4 7 2 6 12 R38 R39 LM393
3 J R 100K 25K5 C26
TP18 C27 3 1 11 C30 U5 100nF
470uF R41 Q K 100nF ICM7555
7.5
5 15 10 4 8 R46
GND 4 Q J RESET V+
U6B 100K
D7 1 C58 TC4426A 14 3 3 7
1N5819 100nF Q CLK OUT DISCH
6 5 4 2 13 R45 2 5 C32
-PWR ON 2 Q CLK 10K TRIG CONTV 100nF TP20
8 Vss R 4 6 THOLD GND 1
R43 +15V
25K5 9 7 C31 CH1 +15V
3
R42 S S 100pF
1K R73
C35 CLK R47 9 475
-
4
1uF 732K 8
+ INV 10 + 13 -
OP1 R79 U8C 14
TLP621-2 4K99 U8A C33 C37 LM324 C45 12 + C39
1 8 LM324 10nF R48 1uF 1uF U8D 100nF
Q12 2 7K32 LM324
-
11
2 7 IRF9510 +15VS 1 V ADC
REF 1 3 +
3 6 R49 C34
750 10uF
4 5 D8
1N4007 TP21
1 R44 U7 1
J4 +15V
3K32 7805 +5V
R74
VI VO R50 475 CH0
1 6 -
ADJ
732K 7
DL4 J NC 06/120 R.Prez 01/06/06 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
3 REF 1
PWR ON C36
+ BAT 5 +
U8B C55 I NC 06/120 F. Daz 01/06/06 DRAWING F. Daz 11/09/06
A3138-01
100nF C38 LM324 1uF 1/2
2 H NC 06/112 F. Daz 12/05/06 REVISED A. Daz 11/09/06 L K J I H G F E REV
R58 1uF
7K32
L NC 06/266 F. Daz 20/12/06
K NC 06/188 F. Daz 11/09/06 SEDECAL ISOLATED STAND ALONE
A B C D E
A B C D E
VADC +15VS + INV

C40 U9 R51
P+
100nF ADC0832 1K +5V Q5
8 6 Z1 SKM40GD123D
VCC DO 10V
3 CH1 CLK 7
C42 R76
CH1 2 5 1uF 1K
CH0 DI
4 1 R77 Q5-A 3 5
GND CS Q5-C
CH0 1K
+5V JP1 D26 D27
AR1 60Hz 50Hz Q7 1N4148 1N4148
4 1 4K7 2N4401 4
Q5-B 4 6
2 Q5-D
R78
3
4
2K21 TP25 J2
5
+5V +5V W 110 VAC OUT
6
D17 C41 5
7
1N5819 10uF C53 C54
8
100nF 100nF MOV1 TP24
9 +15VS C47 630V 630V 130V
100nF V 0 VAC OUT
3
20
C43 R83 R84 TP22
6
100nF +15V 10K 10K 15 1 R59 0 VAC IN
VCC
P1.3 RST 221 2
14 P1.2
+15V 13 8 2 7 9 11 MAINS OUT
P1.1 P3.4 4
J3 OP2
TLP621-4 U11
12 P1.0 U13A D25 D29
16
10
P1.4 1 MAINS IN
16 1 ULN2803 9 TC4426A 1N4148 1N4148
BAT ST 1 5 R52 P3.5
GND
Vcc
1K54 6
15 2 18 1 2 D28 10 12
Q1 I1 P3.0 TP23
BAT ST 2 6 14 3 R53 17 Q2 I2 2 3 P3.1 P1.5 17
16 3 6 R60 1N4148
1K54 Q3 I3 P3.2
13 4 15 4 7 11 221
N-
Q4 I4 P3.3 P3.7
BAT ST 3 7 12 5 R54 14 Q5 I5 5 18 P1.6 P1.7 19 4 5
13 6 - INV
1K54 Q6 I6
11 6 12 7 4 U13B D24
Q7 I7 X2 TC4426A 1N4148
10 7 11 8
GND
-AUTO OFF INH 1 Q8 I8
VSS
+5V 5
3
3 X1 3
9 8
X1
-PWR OFF 8
10
R57 12MHz U10
9
1K AT89Cx051
C44 C60 - SHDN
33pF 33pF
+15VS R55
3K32
DL5 +5V C46 +5V C48 +15V GATE

CHECK 100nF 100nF C49
100nF D13 D14 R63
Q6 1N5819 1N5819 221 to Q5-C
14
6
2N4403 U12 TF6
+15V GATE 74HC107 2 DRIVER
14
1 2 7 4 D22
1 2 3 1N4148
VCC
R81 R82 R69 J Q U14A U15A C56
4 K 3
2K21 1K54 150K 13 74HCT02 TC4426A 100nF Q9
CLK CL 2N4403
12 CLK Q 3 5
9 5 1 R65 R64
CLK Q 1K54 1K54
10 CL 5
R70 11 4 4 5 6 D15
GND
R80 57K6 K to Q5-D
8 6 6 1N5819
1K J Q U14B U15B
74HCT02 TC4426A
3
2 2
Z2
10V
+15V GATE
C50
100nF D16 D11 R66
U14C 1N5819 1N5819 221 to Q5-A
6
74HCT02 TF7
8 DRIVER
10 2 7 4 D23
9 1N4148
U16A 3
TC4426A Q10
5 2N4403
U14D
NOTE : 11
74HCT02 1 R68
1K54
R67
1K54
13 4 5 6 D10
BE CAREFUL WITH THE MEASUREMENT REFERENCES. 12
U16B C57
1N5819 to Q5-B
TC4426A 100nF
THE BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ( ) IS ISOLATED
7
3
FROM THE GENERATOR GROUND ( )
1 1
J NC 06/120 R.Prez 01/06/06 NAME DATE SHEET / OF

I NC 06/120 F. Daz 01/06/06 DRAWING F. Daz 20/12/06
A3138-01
2/2
H NC 06/112 F. Daz 12/05/06 REVISED A. Daz 20/12/06 L K J I H G F E REV
L NC 06/266 F. Daz 20/12/06

K NC 06/188 F. Daz 11/09/06 SEDECAL ISOLATED STAND ALONE
A B C D E
+BAT (328V)
R8 REF REF
909K (5V) +15V (5V)
+15V
R7 +15V
909K R21
C16 1K
CR7 R13 100nF
R9 R6 30K 6 R14 R11 R12 4 8 C12
CR2 100 909K 1N4148 -- 30K 1M CR3 100nF
1N4148 1M 2 2
1N5399 2w (5V) 2 U4 2
-- 8 R15 CR8 7 K2
V SUPP 30K LM393 5 K1
C21 1N4148 U2
C3 U4 1 5 + C10 CR4 6 1 1
R10 47uF SW1 R17 100nF 1N4148 ICM7555
42K2 R18 LM393 3n3 3 2 7
180K 450V 100 R16 R22 7
2w 3 100 C18 30K ON
+ 4 C19
1uF 100nF C8 U3
REG 1 R23 1uF 1 TC4426A
LR745N3 TR1 C14 100K C13
1uF K3 100nF
TR AUX PS
C7 4
100nF 2&3
630V
5 +15V
C4 +15V
100uF 1
35V CR5 6
BAT49 C15
10uF 3 3
U3 K2
TC4426A K1
C5 R1 CR6 TP2 6 4 4
100nF 7 BAT49 4 5
255K TP3
(2.5V) 2 R19 D +15V ON/OFF 3
221 Q1
U1 6 G MTP3N120E C6
R2 R3 UC3844N
S 1000uF R24
49K9 1M 50V J1
1 CR1 12K1
TP5 1
1N5819 FROM BAT CHARG
REF 8 DS1 2
(5V) TP4 FROM LINE RELAY
R5 R4
18K2 3 1K 6 7 6
C9 4 K1 K2 K2
100nF +BAT
R20 5 8 5
5 C1 2.7 3
C2 470pF FROM LINE RELAY
3n3 4
CR10 TO STAND ALONE
MUR1560 5
V SUPP TO LAMP
6
TO STAND ALONE
J2 R26 TP1 7
365K FROM BAT CHARG
1 --BAT 8
+24 VDC TO LAMP
9
CR9 K3 TO STAND ALONE
1N4148
C11
100nF 10
+15V TO STAND ALONE
2
BAT TEST
J3
3
0 VDC 1
2
K1 3
4
8 7
5

DWG:
A3264--01
1/1
REVISED A. DIAZ 10/10/99 B A REV
B CN 07/227 F. GARCIA 05/11/07

A CN 00/039 F. GARCIA 14/03/00 SEDECAL ENERGY GUARD
A B C D E
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 4
TP3
K1
K1 9 6
J1
7 4
PR1 R33 1
2
+24VRED
470
C1 6W
1000uF
35V
B250 C1000
K1
8 5
+12V +24VRED
R1 K2
TF1
SW1 240v 6 D2 47 6W 5 8
12
15v
1 230v DL1 DL2 DL3
2
5
K2 1 K1 1
1N4007
3 3 208v 0v D6 D7 3
4
3 10 RV1
9
+12V RV2 CHECK MAX MIN
5 110v D1 LM340T12 LM340T5.0 1N4007 1N4007
2
16 16
0v 7
IN OUT IN OUT +5V R11 R12 R13
1 15v
1N4007 3K32 3K32 3K32
6VA C2 GND C3 GND C4
1000uF 10uF 10uF

35V 35V 35V
+5V
R2
10K
U4
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
SN75468
+12V +5V +5V +5V R14
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
475K
+5V 9
COM
C5 C10 C12
1B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
R10
E
8 100nF D5 100nF 8 100nF 6 U3 C15
POT1 R3 U1A 1N4448 2K21 U2 MC68HC705KJ1 100nF +5V
3 D4 R5 LMC6482 TP2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VCC VDD
10K 1 5 R7 R8 1 15 9
1M CS PA0 PA6
2 7 2 CH0 DI 5 14 PA1 PA5 10
LMC6482 1N4448 1M 6 7 13 11
C6 2K21 2K21 CLK PA2 PA4 R18
2 3 CH1 DO 6 12 PA3 PB3 4 2
4 100nF C7 U1B C8 D8 1K
PB2 5
D3 680pF R9 8 1N4448
1N4448 1uF Z1 GND PA7 R17
2 OSC1 R16
R4 10K 22K1 C11
IRQ 16
C9 LM336AZ 100nF 4 ADC0832
3 OSC2 R15 100K
R6 100nF 2.5V 1 10K 100K J3
VSS RST +5V 8 K3 1
10K RES1 1
3.58Mhz 7 K3 2
TP1 C13 D9 1N4448 C14 16
1uF 100nF 4
1 1

DRAWING F. Daz 25/10/99 A3139-01
1/1
REVISED A. Daz 27/10/99 C B A B1 REV
C NC 01/168 F. Daz 21/09/01

B NC 00/086 F. Daz 28/04/00
A NC 00/043 F. Daz 15/03/00 LINE MONITOR
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
800V
TP16
Isat=27A
L7
D 2.8mH D2 D
GBPC3150W R1
LED verde
2 1 69K8/5w
D1 1
J2
3
2 R168 Q1 Q2 R10 U26
1 100K 118K
3
2 C2 Q6
3 1 6
2.2uF C1 IRG4RC10K D51
R170 4 2.2uF C27 5 SM4007
100K 0.47uF R9 2
R167 118K 4
100K 4 4
R169 4 4
3
100K 5 5 PLA143 J1
5 5 R8 R4
1 1 1 1 1
BSM35GB120DLC D5
BSM50GB60DLC TP17 118K MMSZ12T1 5K62 2
3
4
PS 400V 5
+15V
J5 D3 6
7
+15V 4 6 6 6 6 8
AC1 LED verde
3 R2 9
2 7 7 7 7
-0V 1 69K8/5w
0v
R7 U27 Q5
2
C C
AC2
-15V IRG4RC10K
118K
1 6
2
-15V
I2- I2+
5
See sheet 6/7 R6 2 D50
4 SM4007
118K
Driver0 PLA143 R3
R5 D4
TP15 MMSZ12T1 5K62
Driver1 118K
/OSC
GATE
OSC /OSC
GATE
0v +15v
/IN EMITER OSC Pasar este cable por sensor de corriente CT1 R11
/Mando-buck Pass this cable through current sensor CT1 1K21
V- /Mando-boost /IN EMITER 0v
V-
See sheet 5/7
+15V
3
0v
See sheet 4/7 Q7 R12
0v NDS7002 100
1 Ready
C63
100nF U14 R124 C28
4
B
ICM7555 10nF B
2
0v 100K
RST
VCC
0v 0v
THD 6
3 OUT
7 +15V
+15V DISCH
TRIG 2
R126 0v
COMP
7
100 R127
GND
1 6 C64 1K
S
Q J
R128 3 100pF
CLK
3
100
1
2 5 Q10 R129
Q K
R
C65 NDS7002 100

10nF 0v 1
U16A
4
14027 C66
0v 10nF
2
0v
R125 0v 0v
+15V 10K
U16A-pin 16
C67
A
U16A-pin8
PCB 90015-03 A
100nF
0v

DRAWING JL Alvarez 20-09-04
A3517-02
1/7
REVISED A. Diaz 20-09-04 A b1 b1 REV
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05

b1 First Issue JL Alvarez 20-09-04 SEDECAL Cargador de Condensadores
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
+15V
TP4 R164
1K
1 4
R74
10K
R78 2 3
R58
200K
+15V 10K 2 7 U30
INA OUTA Ready
4 5 0v SFH6156-2
INB OUTB
+15V
Vref 6 +15V
VDD
R53 C19 + 3 GND
D U4B R67 R83 C39 D
3
2K49 6 LF444 12K7 100 0v U20 1 4
7 5 10nF 10uF TC4426/SO R165
V+
+ 1K
5
2 2 3 J3
OUT
R56 0v 1 /ON
4 U31 /READY
R88 - 2
V-
7K5 C50 U6A 2 7 SFH6156-2
INA OUTA 3 PS
D32 100nF 46K4 LM339 /Deseq 4 5 1 4
INB OUTB 4
12
R166 DESEQ
+15V 5
6 1K
LM431/SOT23 0v VDD 6
C11 + 3 GND 2 3 7 0V
C55
R59 8 +12V
Vcarril 0v U9 U32
2K49 10nF 10uF TC4426/SO SFH6156-2
C49
100nF 4 1
0v R162
+15V 0v 2K R163
3 2
0v
+15V U33 4K7
C54 SFH6156-2
100nF Inh
U8
8
MC34161 R109 R39
0v 1 C79 C51 10K
VCC
VREF 10K 100nF
R106
330pF
9.09K 7 6
14
R108 MS OUT1 0v 0v
C 115K 1 C
0v
2 IN1 3
TP7
OUT2 5 2
U7A
GND
3 HEF4081B
IN2 U7C
7
U7B
8
0v 10 6 U7D U10C
4
0v 9 4 12
R107
R110 5 11 8
15K 1K HEF4081B 13 10
HEF4081B 9
HEF4081B
0v 0v TP8
C44 HEF4081B
100nF R97 V400
93K1
0v R116
R131 R105 10K
+15V
Vref
604
20A 2
JU2
1
100
+15V
R134
806 C46 U13 /Mando-buck
16A JU3 R101 10nF
3
2 1 C53 12K4 R99 +15V 2 7
10K INA OUTA
100nF 7 4 5
V+
R136 + 0v INB OUTB
604
0v OUT 1 6 VDD
12.5A JU4 C59 3
B B
U6B + C13 GND

2 1 R103 6 -
V-
49K9 LM339 10uF
R137 10nF TC4426/SO
TP9
12
301 0v
10A 2
JU5
1 0v
0v
R139
464 +15V R119
8A 2
JU6
1 R104
10K
100 R87
R138 107K +15V C56 /Mando-boost
1240 100nF
V400
R100 0v
14K3 U10B
14
R68
3
0v U10A 5
10K
1V=3 A 9 1 4
V+
+
3 6
C52 14 2
TP6 OUT
2000:1 100nF
R102 U6C
HEF4081B
I2+ 8 HEF4081B
-
V-
33K2 LM339
7
CT1 12
R69 0v
I2- 10K 0v
A
D29 D26 A
2
1N4448 1
+15V 3
U4A 1N4448
LF444 R91 A3517-02
10K DRAWING JL Alvarez 20-09-04
C43 R50 C41 2/7
665
0.1uF 10nF 0v
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05
0v REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
+15V
1V=100Vcarril
2
R77 TP3
3
R62
15K
1V=80V 20K
D D30 TP5 D
FDLL261 R76 R70

-15V 9.09K U5A
R96 R90 R81 R71 R54 R55 C42 10K
2
200K 200K 200K 200K 200K 200K 100nF R63 1
1
Vcarril
800V 0v 0v 3
U4C 0v 10K R75 D34
11
LF444 R84 475 1N4448
LF444
9 30.1K
8
R51 R60 R64 R65 R66 R61 10
200K 200K 200K 200K 200K 200K +15V
400V
R80 R79
4
+15V 30.1K 15K
R52
15K C40
2
100nF
0v 0v
3 0v
D33
FDLL261
J4 R86
10K
1
6 0v
5 Vref
4
C
3 R92 R94 C
2 10K 10K C45 R82
1 604
R161 100nF
470 -15V +15V
Inh
U29 R72
8
ICM7555 D48 R95 150K 0v
C47 10K
RST
VCC
D47 R73
+ 1N5338B 3 100nF 10K
11
C3 OUT R93
7
11
1000uF-10V C80 DISCH R85 10K
R159 6 0v 11 +
100nF 10K D35
R160 7 9 13 /Deseq
301K
470 5 8 10 -
5 2 U5B 10 U6D
COMP TRIG LF444 U5C
6
GND
THD D49 LM339

LF444 1N4448
4
+15V
R89 0v
Desequilibrio mximo : 50V
4
C82 C81 10K
100nF 1uF
1
C48
100nF
0v 0v
0v
B B
R111
150K
Vref
+15V
+15V
+15V U11A
R115 LM339
1V=80V 11.5K R113 R112
2
3
100 C57 10K
TP2 5 10nF
V+
+ 0v
3 2 V400
D27 OUT
FDLL261 R44 R114 C58 4 -
V-
12.4K 100nF
10K
12
U4D 0v
1
R47 R48 R46 0v 13

200K 200K 200K 14
400V 12
0v
LF444
R49
7K5
A A
0v

A3517-02
3/7
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05

5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
+15VA
R140
2.21
D D41 R142 D
2.21
1N4448
16
1
+ C5
C74 100uF
BOOST
BOOST DR
100nF
2 V+
0VA
1
TGDR 15
10 Q11
+15V V+ IRFZ44ES
TGFB 14 2
LT1158
C7 R149
3
10uF + 680K
R122 13
C62 1K TS
100nF R120 D39
U12 348 R148
SENSE+ 12 BAT49
R118 1 8 6 R146 20
NC VCC INPUT
3
1K04 +15VA 20 R145
0v 2 7 C60 Q12 2.21
100nF 2N7002
/IN 3 6 1 U1 11 GATE
SENSE-
8
R117 4 5 0VA R153 1 R144
NC
VCC
1K04 10K VREF R143 2.21 R147 R141
2
HCPL061N + 7 6 5 2.21 2.21 10K
C
MS OUT1 FAULT C
C12 9 EMITER
10uF R156 MC34161 R150 BGDR
2 IN1
0v 2K74 5 100 4
OUT2 ENABLE
1
8
GND
BGFB Q3
3 IN2
3 2 IRFZ44ES
BIAS
GND
C76 0VA
3
R151
825 C73 C75 U2 + C6
R155 100nF 1uF 10nF 330uF
7
2K
D40
BAT49
-5VA
C77
10nF R152
R154 2.21
2.21
R157
B
3K09 B
+15VA
L2
U3 100uH
D43 LM2594 0VA
7 V IN OUTPUT 8
D45
4
GND
BAT49 FB 1N4448
5 ON/OFF
D44 D42 + C8
C70 R158 BAT49
U17 100nF 22uF
T1
6
C10 1K
4 BAT49
OSC L3 47uF + C78
2 INA OUTA 7 3
4 5 5 + 100nF
/OSC INB OUTB
7
6 2 C9
VDD 47uH 22uF
3 GND 6
+15V
D46
1
MIC4423BM
TP1
C69 BAT49
+ C15
10uF
10nF
0VA
A A
0v

V- DRAWING JL Alvarez 20-09-04
A3517-02
4/7
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05

5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
+15VA
R14
2.21
D D9 R15 D
2.21
1N4448
16
1
+ C21
C32 100uF
BOOST
BOOST DR
100nF
2 V+
0VA
1
TGDR 15
10 Q8
+15V V+ IRFZ44ES
TGFB 14 2
LT1158
C23 R31
3
10uF + 680K
R28 13
C61 1K TS
100nF R27 D6
U15 348 R21
SENSE+ 12 BAT49
R121 1 8 6 R19 20
NC VCC INPUT
3
1K04 +15VA 20 R18
0v 2 7 C33 Q9 2.21
100nF 2N7002
/IN 3 6 1 U24 11 GATE
SENSE-
8
R123 4 5 0VA R25 1 R17
NC
VCC
1K04 10K VREF R16 2.21 R20 R13
2
HCPL061N + 7 6 5 2.21 2.21 10K
C
MS OUT1 FAULT C
C14 9 EMITER
10uF R30 MC34161 R26 BGDR
2 IN1
0v 2K74 5 100 4
OUT2 ENABLE
1
8
GND
BGFB Q4
3 IN2
3 2 IRFZ44ES
BIAS
GND
C30 0VA
3
R23
825 C29 C31 U23 + C22
R29 100nF 1uF 10nF 330uF
7
2K
D7
BAT49
-5VA
C34
10nF R24
R22 2.21
2.21
R32
B
3K09 B
+15VA
L5
U25 100uH
D10 LM2594 0VA
7 V IN OUTPUT 8
D11
4
GND
BAT49 FB 1N4448
5 ON/OFF
D13 D8 + C24
C71 R33 BAT49
U18 100nF 22uF
T2
6
C26 1K
4 BAT49
OSC L6 47uF + C35
2 INA OUTA 7 3
4 5 5 + 100nF
/OSC INB OUTB
7
6 2 C25
VDD 47uH 22uF
3 GND 6
+15V
D12
1
MIC4423BM
TP14
C68 BAT49
+ C16
10uF
10nF
0VA
A A
0v

V- DRAWING JL Alvarez 20-09-04
A3517-02
5/7
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05

5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
D D
TP13
R130
10K
+15Vdc
L4 TP11
D36 U19 100uH
BAT49 LM2594
C
AC1I ACL +VO 7 V IN OUTPUT 8 C
masa
4 TP12
GND
FB D37
5 ON/OFF
+ C17 C4 +
470uF 10uF R132 BAT49 C18 D38
R133 1K C83 + 22uF
6
11K3 C72 10uF-50V 1N4448 R135
3.3nF 10K
AC2I ACN -VO -15vdc
U28
LFM15003S
TP10
masa
B B
A A

A3517-02
6/7
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05

5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
D D
U10D
12
U5D
6 12
V-
-
13 11
14 OUT 1 13
12
7
V+
+ HEF4081B
LF444 0v
3
0v 0v U11B LM339
+15V
C 0v C
9
10 15
12
S
J Q
8 13
V-
- CLK
OUT 14 11 K Q 14
R
9
V+
+
12
U16B
14027
3
0v U11C LM339
0v
12
10
V-
-
OUT 13
11
V+
+
3
0v U11D LM339
B B
A A

A3517-02
7/7
A b1 J5,R167-170,C83 JL Alvarez 26-01-05

5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
R2 47K R3 47K
F1 T1
240v 6 C1 10nF C2 10nF +5V +5VSW
12
15v R29 0 OHM
J2 100mA 230v 5 +5V 5 8
DS1
3 208v 3 0v TP1 1 K2 R4
10
2
8
9
R5
- 100 Vac + 2K7
1 110v - 6
2 4K32 2 7 R6 200k R7
- + REF
7 6 1 5 1K D3 12 9
0v +
1 15v + 7 3 AD822 C4 1N4007 C5
5 AD822 U2 1uF 16 DSP2a-5V 2n2F
4 6VA AD822 U1 250Vac 4
U1
4
R8
680 C6 R26 100K
100nF +5V
+5V
R9 +5V +5VSW
1K
8
- TP2 5 8
TP3 2 DS2
1 1 K3 R10
+ INT 110 Vac +
R11 100 3 2K7
AD822 R12
U2 1K D4 12 9
+5V R13 1N4007 C7
4
D1 1N4007 100 16 DSP2a-5V 2n2F
250Vac
TP4
U3
J3 LM7805
1 1 VIN VOUT 2 U4 +5V
GND
2
3 C10 +5V +5VSW
43 P0.0 AVDD 5
C11 44
100uF C12 P0.1 C8 C9 5 8
45 34
3
35V 100uF 1uF P0.2 DVDD 100nF 100nF DS3

46 P0.3 DVDD 20
25V 49 48 1 K4 R14
3 P0.4 DVDD 208 Vac + 2K7 3
50 P0.5
51 16 R15
P0.6 P3.0 RX
52 17 1K D5 12 9
+15V SWITCH P0.7 P3.1 TX
18 1N4007 C13
P3.2 INT
1 19 16 DSP2a-5V 2n2F
REF P1.0 P3.3
2 22 250Vac
P1.1 P3.4
3 P1.2 P3.5 23 W1
4 P1.3 P3.6 24
11 25 R16 100
P1.4 P3.7
12 P1.5 A B
13 42 +5V
P1.6 ALE
14 P1.7 PSEN# 41
40 +5V +5VSW
U5A EA#
S1 2 1 28 P2.0 R17 100
U5B 4 3 29 33 5 8
S2 P2.1 XTAL2
U5C 6 5 30 32 DS4
S3 P2.2 XTAL1
U5D 8 9 31 1 K5 R18
S4. P2.3 230 Vac +
U5E 10 11 36 27 C15 11.059Mhz C16 U7 2K7 J1
S5 P2.4 SDATA/MOSI 100VAC
U5F 12 13 37 26 X1 SN75468 R19
S6 P2.5 SLOCK 110VAC 1
U8A 1K D6
33p
33p
SW ON 2 1 38 P2.6 S1 1 1B 1C 16 2
39 2 15 1N4007 12 9 C17 208VAC
P2.7 S2 2B 2C 3
9 10 +5V 3 14 16 DSP2a-5V 2n2F 230VAC
DAC0 DAC1 S3 3B 3C 4
4 13 250Vac 240VAC
S4 4B 4C COMMON 5
15 RESET VREF 8 S5 5 5B 5C 12 6
+5V +5V 7 6 11 120VAC
CREF S6 6B 6C 7
35 DGND 7 7B 7C 10
C14 C29 21 6 C18 C19 CON7
100nF 100nF DGND AGND
47 8
COM
U5A U8A DGND 100nF 100nF E
2 14 14 2
ADuC831
1 2 1 2 +5V +5VSW
9
7 7 5 8
74HCT04 74HCT04 +5V DS5
R21 1 K6 R20
240 Vac + 2K7
R22
475K 1K D7
+15V SWITCH
1N4007 12 9 C21
C20 16 DSP2a-5V 2n2F
R25 C27 100nF 250Vac
+5V 1K 1/2W 100uF
C22 25V
100nF +5V +5VSW +5V +5VSW
5 8
C23 U6 DS6
16
K1
1uF MAX232CSE 2 + K1 1 K7 R28
2 1 4 D2 120 Vac + 2K7
C1+ 1
V+
V+ C24 1N4007 R27

3 1K D8
6 3 1uF 1N4007 12 9 C28
V- C1- 16 DSP2a-5V 2n2F
C2+ 4
C25 C26 250Vac
1uF D
5 1uF
C2- Q1 G R23
1 14 11 MTD3055 1
SW ON
13 12 S 22
J4 R24 N P.C.B. 90025-07
7 10 100K
1 TX NAME DATE SHEET / OF
2
8 9 DRAWING E. Ojeda 23/10/02
A3525-03
GND
3 RX
1/1
4 REVISED F. Daz 23/10/02 Ab1 REV
CON4
15
Ab1 N. C. 05/173 R. FRUTOS 25/11/05 SEDECAL LINE SELECTOR

A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
F2
J4 10A J5
D D
2 F1 2
1 1
10A
J1
1
J6 2
3
2 R2 4
1 1K D5 K2 5
+ +
1N4007
C5 C6 D4
2.200uF-35V 2.200uF-35V 1N4007
C R1 PT271024 C
1.5K-2W C2
3.3uF-50V
C1
3.3uF-50V
D2
D1
1N4007
1N4007
B J2 J3 B
3 3
2 2
1 K1 1
D3
1N4007 PT271024
PCB 90109-02
A A
DRAWING JLA 10-10-05
A3567-04
1/1
REVISED A. Diaz 10-10-05 A b1 REV
A b1 NC 06/010 (24VDC) JLA 19-01-06 SEDECAL BRAKE BOARD

5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
KB4 KB13 KB4 KB15 KB4 KB14 KB4 KB12 KB4 KB9 KB4 KB10 KB4 KB11 KB4 KB8
ROW5
J3 CR48 CR47 CR12 CR11
SW24 SW20 SW22 SW18
KB1 CR24 TOMO-T2 CR20 BUCKY1-T2 CR22 BUCKY2-T2 CR18 NO BUCKY-T2 SW40 SW39 SW10 SW9
COL 0 1-2 KB2 TP3 DENS DWN DENS UP APR DWN APR UP
COL 1 3-4 KB3 +5V
COL 2 5-6 KB4
COL 3 7-8 KB5
COL 4 9 -10 KB6 R27
V (ON) 11-12 KB7 1K +5V
COL 5 13-14 KB8 CS6 CS1 CS2 CS3
ROW 4 15-16 KB9
ROW 5 17-18 KB10
4 ROW 6 19-20 4
KB11 KB7 KB13 KB7 KB15 KB7 KB14 KB7 KB12 KB7 KB10 KB7 KB9 KB7 KB8 KB7 KB11
ROW 7 21-22 KB12 C7 C19 TP2 ROW6
ROW 0 23-24 KB13 100nF C6 100nF C27 GND CR46 CR44 CR42 CR40
ROW 3 25-26 KB14 10uF 10uF SW23 SW19 SW21 SW17
ROW 1 27-28 KB15 CR23 TOMO-T1 CR19 BUCKY1-T1 CR21 BUCKY2-T1 CR17 NO BUCKY-T1 SW38 SW36 SW34 SW32
ROW 2 29-30 TIME DWN MA DWN MAS DWN KVP DWN
31-32
33-34
35-36 KB19
POWER ON 37-38 KB20 TP4
POWER OFF 39-40 +12V UNREG
CS6 CS1 CS2 CS3
R28
1K +12V UNR KB1 KB10 KB1 KB9 KB1 KB8 KB1 KB11 KB5 KB13 KB5 KB15 KB5 KB14 KB5 KB12 KB5 KB10 KB5 KB9 KB5 KB8 KB5 KB11
CR45 CR43 CR41 CR39 CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 CR8
C29 SW37 SW35 SW33 SW31 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
C8 C9 10uF C28 TIME UP MA UP MAS UP KVP UP ZO1 ZO2 ZO3 ZO4 ZO5 ZO6 ZO7 ZO8
10uF 100nF +5V C18 100nF
100nF
U3 U5
16
9
74HCT238 UDN2981 KB3 KB13 KB3 KB15 KB3 KB14 KB3 KB12 KB6 KB19 KB6 KB20
1 ROW4
Y0 15 1 Q1 18
Vs
VCC
A I1
2 B Y1 14 2 I2 Q2 17
3 3 SW41 SW25 SW27 SW29 +12V UNR R11 SW15 3
+5V C Y2 13 3 I3 Q3 16 CR49 RESET CR25 SLOW CR27 MED CR29 FAST 1K PW ON SW16
Y3 12 4 I4 Q4 15 PW OFF
6 G1 Y4 11 5 I5 Q5 14
Y5 10 6 I6 Q6 13
4 Y6 9 7 Q7 12
GND
GND
G2A I7
5 G2B Y7 7 8 I8 Q8 11
10
CS1 CS2 CS3 CS4

8
C17 C16 C15 C14 C13 C12 C11 C10 ROW4

100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF ROW1
ROW2 KB3 KB10 KB3 KB9 KB3 KB8 KB3 KB11 KB2 KB11
ROW3
DS20 DS17 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW30

R6 47, 2w ERROR CL CR13 PP CR14 SP CR15 MP CR16 LP CR30 RIGHT
CS1
J2
R5 47, 2w
+12V ISO 4 CS2
+12V ISO 3
SL0 5 +5V R4 47, 2w
SL1 7 CS3
U4 CS7 CS7 CS1 CS2 CS3 CS4 CS5
SL2 8 ULN2803
+5V 6
8 11 R3 47, 2w
CS1 15 I8 Q8 CS4
CS2 16 7 I7 Q7 12
6 13 KB2 KB8
2 CS3 13 I6 Q6 2
5 14 R7 47, 2w
CS4 14 I5 Q5 CS5
4 15 DS18 DS21 DS19
CS5 11 I4 Q4
3 16 PA ER ST SW28
CS6 12 I3 Q3
2 17 R8 47, 2w 1 16 1 16 1 16 CR28 CENTER
GND
CS7 9 I2 Q2 CS6
CS8 10 1 I1 Q1 18 2 15 2 15 2 15
GND 2 3 14 3 14 3 14
R9 47, 2w 4 13 4 13 4 13
GND 1 CS7
9
5 12 5 12 5 12
6 11 6 11 6 11
R10 47, 2w 7 10 7 10 7 10
CS8 8 9 8 9 8 9 CS5
R17 5, 2w
KB2 KB9
R18 5, 2w DS22
ET SW26
1 16 CR26 LEFT
R21 5, 2w 2 15
U1 3 14
ULN2803 4 13
8 11 R22 5, 2w 5 12
I8 Q8
7 I7 Q7 12 6 11
6 I6 Q6 13 7 10
5 14 R19 5, 2w 8 9 CS5
I5 Q5
4 I4 Q4 15
3 I3 Q3 16
2 17 R23 5, 2w CS8 PAGE 1 OF 2
GND
I2 Q2
1 1 18 1
I1 Q1
ENG F. GARCIA
R24 5, 2w DS2 DS1 DS23 DS24
LG SPOT SM SPOT READY X-RAY GE RAD/APR DISPLAY
9
CHK A. DIAZ
+5V
RP1 R20 5, 2w CN04/174 (18/11/04)
REV
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3K3
1
A3095-01/02 REV. E
DWG
REV.
SEDECAL S.A.
REV.
DATE 10/10/97
A B C D E
A B C D E
+5V CR32 CR31 +5V CR36 CR35 +5V CR38 CR37

1N4007 1N4007 1N4007 1N4007 1N4007 1N4007
DS15 DS3 DS4 DS5 DS16 DS9 DS10 DS11 DS12 DS13 DS14
DENS-D KVP-C KVP-D KVP-U DENS-U mA-C mA-D mA-U TIME-C TIME-D TIME-U
1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14
2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13 2 f b 13
3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12
4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11 4 nc g 11
4 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 4
6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9 6 D.P. nc 9
7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8 7 e d 8
21
22
24
26
23
13
14
15
16
17
19
18
10
12
11
25
37
38
39
40
20
21
22
24
26
23
13
14
15
16
17
19
18
10
12
11
25
37
38
39
40
20
21
22
24
26
23
13
14
15
16
17
19
18
10
12
11
25
37
38
39
40
20
6
7
8
9
2
4
3
6
7
8
9
2
4
3
6
7
8
9
2
4
3
B4
C4
E4
F4
D4
A3
B3
C3
D3
E3
F3
G3
A2
B2
C2
D2
E2
F2
G2
G4
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
F1
G1
A4
B4
C4
E4
F4
D4
A3
B3
C3
D3
E3
F3
G3
A2
B2
C2
D2
E2
F2
G2
G4
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
F1
G1
A4
B4
C4
E4
F4
D4
A3
B3
C3
D3
E3
F3
G3
A2
B2
C2
D2
E2
F2
G2
G4
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
F1
G1
A4
+5V +5V +5V
36 +5V 36 +5V 36 +5V
U6 GND U8 GND U9 GND
1 V+ 1 V+ 1 V+
3 7212A 35 7212A 35 7212A 35 3
C21 GND R12 C23 GND R14 C24 GND R15
BRT
BRT
BRT
100nF 10K 100nF 10K 100nF 10K
D4
D3
D2
D1
D4
D3
D2
D1
D4
D3
D2
D1
B0
B1
B2
B3
B0
B1
B2
B3
B0
B1
B2
B3
27
28
29
30
34
33
32
31
27
28
29
30
34
33
32
31
27
28
29
30
34
33
32
31
5
5
+5V CR34 CR33
1N4007 1N4007
DS6 DS7 DS8

mAs-C mAs-D mAs-U
11
10
18
17
20
19
14
13
16
15
9
8
7
6
5
4
1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14 1 a V+ 14
2 13 2 13 2 13 U2
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Y8
Y9
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
f b f b f b +5V 74HCT4514
3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12 3 V+ nc 12
4 11 4 11 4 11 +12V UNR
nc g nc g nc g
5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 5 nc c 10 24 VDD VSS 12
6 9 6 9 6 9 R1
2 D.P. nc D.P. nc D.P. nc 2
7 8 7 8 7 8 22 CR10
e d e d e d
INH
2w 1N4007 C20
D4
D1
D2
D3
ST
TP5 100nF
22
21
23
J4 J1
3
REG1
LM317 R2 R25 7
7.5 CR9 1K DB0 7 DB0
VI VO DB1 8 10 DB1
C5 1N4007 9
COM
10uF DB2 12 DB2

DB3 10 11 DB3
DB4 11 14 DB4
A DB5 12 13 DB5
DISPLAY 1 13
C4 DB6 16 DB6
10uF
APR DISPLAY DB7 14 15 DB7
RS 4 6 RS
K R/W 5 5 R/W
EN 6 8 EN1
VD 3 3 VD
TP1 2
+5V 4 +5V
GND 1 9 EN2
R26 2 GND
1K 1 GND
21
22
24
26
23
13
14
15
16
17
19
18
10
12
11
25
37
38
39
40
20
6
7
8
9
2
4
3
B4
C4
E4
F4
D4
A3
B3
C3
D3
E3
F3
G3
A2
B2
C2
D2
E2
F2
G2
G4
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
F1
G1
A4
+5V +5V
GND 36
1 U7 C1 C2 C25 C26 R16 C3 PAGE 2 OF 2
V+ 7212A R13 10uF 100nF 10uF 100nF 10K 100nF
1 35 1
C22 GND 10K
ENG F. GARCIA
BRT
100nF
D4
D3
D2
D1
GE RAD/APR DISPLAY
B0
B1
B2
B3
CHK A. DIAZ
27
28
29
30
34
33
32
31
CN04/174 (18-11-04)
5
REV
A3095-01/02 REV. E
DWG
A3095-01 : STANDARD VERSION REV.
SEDECAL S.A.
A3095-02 : VERSION WITH APR OPTION REV.
DATE 10/10/97
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
ON/OFF SWITCH KEYBOARD KIT FANS CONSOLE

50613003 HANDSWITCH AC SUPPLY GENERATOR COM3 COM4 A6675-01
MOUSE
A6796-04
A7025-01
D D
A7031-01
A7252-01
PROTECTION +
A6787-02 TERMINAL BLOCK +
VARISTORS
A7028-01 A7026-01
COM_1 COM_2 COM_3 COM_4
KB COMMS
CN2
MOUSE
C C
A6795-03
JP2 KIT PC
232/TTL A6671-01
IDE 1
TOUCH -SCREEN
CONTROLLER
JP3 JP4
55001097
KIT POWER SUPPLY
A6672-01
JP4
A6766-03
POWER
JP5 8
TFT
WIRES
PW1
PROCESSOR
+ FAN
LCD1
B
J1 B
J7
J8
J10
DIMM-1
J9 FAN
J4
J6 J5
Interface
Console
TPC
A3515-02
A7252-01
A A
55001042

DRAWING J.A. Garca 4/04/03 54302032
1/1
INVERTER 2 LAMPS 55001037 REVISED F. Daz 4/04/03 D C B A REV
TOUCH TFT 12,1" + INVERTER D NC: 06/152 J.A.GARCIA 22/06/06
C NC: 04/025 J.A. GARCIA 18/02/04
KIT TFT SCREEN TPC 12" A6674-01 B NC: 03/064 J.A.GARCIA 04/04/03 SEDECAL TPC CONNECTION A6264-02/03
5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
GENERATOR ON_OFF
4 J4 D1 C3 4
1N4007 2200uF 35V
+12V K1
1
2
3 +5V
4 + K2
D2 DS2E-DC12V
1N4007 +5V SB +5V SB
-
K1
DS2E-DC12V
+ C6
100nF
R3
- 10K
- K3
D3 DS2E-DC12V
J10
1N4007 R4
2 /PS_ON
+ 1
3 20K
4 C5
100nF
R1 J8
3 Q2 3
+5V SB 2N7000 1 2
2K21 3 4
5 6
K4 K4 R2 7 8
Q1 9 10
9012-05-11 2N7000 10K 11 12
J9 C1 13 14
J1 1uF 15 16
1 17 18
1 J6 2 C4 19 20
2 RxD_PC 100nF 21 22
3 PREP/EXP COMM 1 23 24
4 TxD_PC RxD 2 25 26
5 EXP ORDER 3 27 28
6 TxD 4 29 30
7 PREP ORDER 5 31 32
8 6 33 34
9 POWER COMM 7 35 36
10 8 37 38
POWER OFF 9 39 40
PC COM1 CONNECTION 10
POWER ON 11 PRIMARY IDE
POWER GND 12
13
14 GENERATOR CONNECTION
15
16
K3 17
2 OFF 18 2
19
20
21
22
K2 +24V DC UNR 23
ON LOGIC GND 24
25
26
J5
PREP/EXP COMM
1 PREP ORDER
J2
2 EXP ORDER +24V DC UNR
3 1
4 2
HAND-SWITCH CONNECTOR
J3
+5V
1
2
C2
220uF 35V J7
1 +12V 1
1 POWER FOR TOUCH-SCREEN
2
CONTROLLER
DRAWING J.A.GARCIA 31/07/06
A3515-02
REVISED A.DIAZ 31/07/06 1/1 A REV
C B
C NC: 05/081 J.A.Garcia 11/05/05

B NC: 04/163 J.A.Garcia 29/09/04 SEDECAL INTERFACE CONSOLE TPC
A B C D E
A B C D E
KV UP
CR14
Time UP
CR10 J3
SW9 SW5
NOTE.- ALL DIODES 1N4148 UNLESS SPECIFIED 1 COMM
2 PREP
3 EXP
4 4 4
KV DWN Time DWN
SW10 CR15 SW6 CR11
PREP SW SW14
STORE PREP/EXP COMM

CR18 EXP SW SW13
SW17 PREP ORDER
EXP ORDER
POWER OFF
POWER OFF SW12
POWER ON
POWER COMM
POWER ON SW11
ROW1
ROW2
ROW3
ROW4
ROW5
3 ROW8 3
CAL+ CAL- CAL

SW15 CR16 SW16 CR17 SW18 CR19 +12V
R16
332
COL1
COL2
DS13
COL3
COL4 POWER ON
COL6
COL7
COL8
+5V
U15 U14
ULN2803A 1 ULN2803A
1 18 2 1 18 DS20 DS19
I1 O1 I1 O1 DS18
2 17 3 2 17 DOOR HU TUBE OVL
I2 O2 4 I2 O2
3 I3 O3 16 3 I3 O3 16
4 15 5 4 15
I4 O4 6 I4 O4
5 I5 O5 14 5 I5 O5 14
6 13 7 6 13
2 I6 O6 I6 O6 2
7 12 8 7 12
GND
GND
I7 O7 9 I7 O7
8 I8 O8 11 8 I8 O8 11
RP4
10K
9
DS15 DS14
READY X-RAY
+5V
C12
100 nF
D(0..7)
U12
19 ICM7218
D0 12 4
D1 ID0 DP
11 ID1 SEGa 27
D2 13 3 +12V
D3 ID2 SEGb
14 ID3 SEGc 1 C13
D4 10 25
D5 ID4(SHUT) SEGd 100 nF
6 ID5(DEC) SEGe 2
D6 U13
5 ID6(HEXA) SEGf 24
9
D7 7 26 UDN2981
ID7(DATA) SEGg
Vs
MODE 9 MODE D8 18 1 I1 Q1 18 R17

DISPLAY4 8 WRITE D7 21 2 I2 Q2 17 R18
1 D6 22 3 I3 Q3 16 1
17 4 15 DS12
D5 I4 Q4 BUCKY3
D4 20 5 I5 Q5 14
D3 23 6 I6 Q6 13
D2 16 7 I7 Q7 12
15 8 11 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
GND
D1 I8 Q8 R19
DRAWING F.GARCIA 05/05/04
1/3
A3163-02
28
R17 and R18 are 47 ohm, 2w REVISED A.DIAZ 05/05/04 REV
10
R19 is 82 ohm, 2w
SEDECAL RAD-2P Display/Keyboard

A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
DS9 DS8 DS7 DS6 DS5 DS4

KVP-C KVP-D KVP-U mA-C mA-D mA-U
D(0..7) 14 14 14 14 14 14
U8 com com com com com com
3 com 3 com 3 com 3 com 3 com 3 com
ICM7218 1 1 1 1 1 1
D0 a a a a a a
12 ID0 DP 4 13 b 13 b 13 b 13 b 13 b 13 b
D1 11 27 10 10 10 10 10 10
D2 ID1 SEGa c c c c c c
13 ID2 SEGb 3 8 d 8 d 8 d 8 d 8 d 8 d
D3 14 1 7 7 7 7 7 7
D4 ID3 SEGc e e e e e e
10 ID4(SHUT) SEGd 25 2 f 2 f 2 f 2 f 2 f 2 f
MODE D5 6 2 11 11 11 11 11 11
D6 ID5(DEC) SEGe g g g g g g
5 ID6(HEXA) SEGf 24 6 D.P. 6 D.P. 6 D.P. 6 D.P. 6 D.P. 6 D.P.
D7 7 26
ID7(DATA) SEGg
DISPLAY1 9 MODE D8 18
8 WRITE D7 21
D6 22
D5 17
D4 20
D3 23
D2 16
3 D1 15 3
NOTE.- SEVEN SEGMENT DISPLAYS TYPE HDSP3600
DS3 DS2 DS1

sec-C sec-D sec-U
14 com 14 com 14 com
U7 3 3 3
ICM7218 com com com
1 a 1 a 1 a
D0 12 4 13 13 13
D1 ID0 DP b b b
11 ID1 SEGa 27 10 c 10 c 10 c
D2 13 3 8 8 8
D3 ID2 SEGb d d d
14 ID3 SEGc 1 7 e 7 e 7 e
D4 10 25 2 2 2
D5 ID4(SHUT) SEGd f f f
6 ID5(DEC) SEGe 2 11 g 11 g 11 g
D6 5 24 6 6 6
D7 ID6(HEXA) SEGf D.P. D.P. D.P.
7 ID7(DATA) SEGg 26
DISPLAY2 9 MODE D8 18
8 WRITE D7 21
2 22 2
D6
D5 17
D4 20
D3 23
D2 16
D1 15
1 1
+5V
C10,C11
100 nF 19
U7,U8 DRAWING F.GARCIA 05/05/04
2/3
A3163-02
ICM7218 REVISED A.DIAZ 05/05/04 REV
28

A B C D E
A B C D E
+5V
J1
C4
9 RXD 100nF
TXD D[0..7]
10
3 U1 +5V
AT89C55 RP2 U3 U2
40
4
1 10K 74HCT373 6264
5
31 39 3 D0 D0 3 2 10 11 D0
6
VCC
C1 33pF EA/VP P0.0 4 D1 D1 D0 Q0 A0 D0 D1
11 PREP/EXP COMM P0.1 38 4 D1 Q1 5 9 A1 D1 12
EXP ORDER +5V 19 37 5 D2 D2 7 6 8 13 D2
13 X1 P0.2 D2 Q2 A2 D2
PREP ORDER 36 6 D3 D3 8 9 7 15 D3
12 11.059Mhz P0.3 D3 Q3 A3 D3
4 POWER COMM C3 35 7 D4 D4 13 12 6 16 D4 4
14 XT1 P0.4 D4 Q4 A4 D4
POWER OFF 10uF 18 34 8 D5 D5 14 15 5 17 D5
16 X2 P0.5 D5 Q5 A5 D5
POWER ON 33 9 D6 D6 17 16 4 18 D6
15 25V P0.6 D6 Q6 A6 D6
C2 33pF 32 10 D7 D7 18 19 3 19 D7
2 P0.7 D7 Q7 A7 D7
1 9 A8 25
RESET A8 A9 A8
7 P2.0 21 1 OC 24 A9
8 +5V CR1 22 A9 11 A10 21
CR2 1N4148 P2.1 A10 G A11 A10
12 INT0 P2.2 23 23 A11
1N4148 R1 LS1 + 13 24 A11 A12 2
8K25 SPEAKER INT1 P2.3 A12 A12
14 T0 P2.4 25
15 T1 P2.5 26 20 CS1
P2.6 27 A[8..12] 22 OE
1 P1.0 P2.7 28 R5 27 WE
RP1 2 100 26
10K P1.1 CS2
3 P1.2 RD 17
SW19 4 16
TP3 P1.3 WR +5V
TP1 1 8 5 5 29
+12V 6 P1.4 PSEN R3 U6 R6
+24V UNR 2 7 6 30 100
7 P1.5 ALE/P 74HCT138 1K
3 6 7 P1.6 TXD 11
VSS
4 5 8 8 10 1 15
+24V UNR P1.7 RXD A Y0 D[0..7]
2 B Y1 14
R10 R11 1
+5V 3 C Y2 13
20
1K REG1 1K 12
LT4D12 Y3 DISPLAY1
+5V 11
+12V Y4 DISPLAY2
TP2 +5V 6 10 DISPLAY
R9
R8
R7
R2
R4
+IN +OUT G1 Y5
AGND C14 C15 4 9
470uF 470uF TP6 G2A Y6 DISPLAY4
GND 5 G2B Y7 7
63V 25V
-IN -OUT R2,R4,R7,R8,R9
3 are 4K7 resistor 3
MODE
U4
74HCT373
D0 3 2
D0 Q0 ROW1
D1 4 5
D1 Q1 ROW2
D2 7 6
D2 Q2 ROW3
D3 8 9
D3 Q3 ROW4
D4 13 12
D4 Q4 ROW5
D5 14 15
D6 D5 Q5
17 D6 Q6 16
D7 18 19
D7 Q7 ROW8
1 OC
11 G
KEYBOARD
TP8
TxD U5 RP3
74HCT244 4K7
+5V1 D0 18 2 2
1Y1 1A1 3 COL1
D1 16 4
1Y2 1A2 5 COL2
R15 D2 14 6
2 1Y3 1A3 7 COL3 2
1K D3 12 8
U9 +5V 1Y4 1A4 10 COL4
+5V1 D4 9 11
C23 16 MAX232 U10 D5 2Y1 2A1 8
7 2Y2 2A2 13 COL6
1uF 2 1 C21 6N137 D6 5 15 6
V+ C1+ 2Y3 2A3 4 COL7
1uF 8 1 D7 3 17
C25 VCC NC 2Y4 2A4 COL8
6 3 100nF 7 2 1 1
V- C1- C22 1G
C2+ 4 2G 19
C24 1uF 6 3
1uF
C2- 5 5 NC 4
TP7
14 11 RxD
13 12 U11 +5V1 +5V +5V +5V +5V

6N137 C20
7 10 +5V1 1 8 10uF C9 C8 C6,C7 C5
TXD NC VCC +5V 25V 16 20 28
16 100nF 20 100nF 100nF 100nF
8 9 2 7 U9 U6 U5 U3,U4 U2
RXD R14 C26 74HCT138 74HCT244 74HCT373
1K MAX232 6264
3 6 100nF 15 8 10 10 14
TP4 4 5
CR3 +5V1 NC
1N4007 CR5
TP5 1N4148
CR4 +5V
+24V UNR R12 1N4007
1 REG2 1K 1
LM7805
+12V R13
1 VIN VOUT 2 +5V1
REG3 1K
R20
GND
C16 C17 22 3w LM7805

10uF 10uF 1 2 +5V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
50V 25V
VIN VOUT
DRAWING F.GARCIA 05/05/04 A3163-02
GND
C18 C19 3/3

3
10uF 470uF REVISED A.DIAZ 05/05/04 REV

25V 25V
3

A B C D E
A B C D E
EXT SYNC K4
from J2-14 14 HT-C CLK AEC STOP
7, 8 +5V
LINE SYNC JP4 1
from J3-9 A B ABC IN U19F C55
K5 TPx FL-C CLK R34 R5 R6 R7 74HCT14 100nF
CAM SYNC +5V U33A 1K 10K 10K 2K55 13 12 U29
from J4-9 1, 14 7, 8 U32A 74HCT32 C59 8259A
+12V ISO 74HCT00 1 100nF 18 11 AD0
U19E IR0 D0 AD1
1 3 D1 10
3 2 RP16 U27 74HCT14 CLK 500 19 9 AD2
2 13 470 2501 IR1 D2 AD3
2 11 10 D3 8
CR15 K4 K5 U33B 2 16 -EXPT 20 7 AD4
1N4148 74HCT32 1 2 K1 C1 IR2 D4 AD5
4 D5 6 4
6 6 4 4 14 U19D 21 5 AD6
-DS PREP 3 4 K2 C2 74HCT14 IR3 D6 AD7
6 22 IR4 D7 4
5 5 6 6 K3 C3 12 9 8 23 IR5
U33C 8 10 TMR 1 24
-INTEN 74HCT32 7 8 K4 C4 C60 IR6
MASTER RESET 9 100nF UART RQ 25 12
+5V IR7 CAS0
8
C51 10 A9 1 13
1nF R14 -MWR CS CAS1
+5V U30 10K U33D -MRD A0 27 15
U28 8088 74HCT32 A0 CAS2
71084C 21 28 12 -IOWR 2
R9 RESET IO/M -IORD WR
4 RDY1 RDY 5 22 READY WR 29 11 3 RD EN 16
CR7 10K 6 8 R28 330 19 32 13
1N4148 RDY2 CLK CLK RD -IOWR -INTA 26 INTA INT 17
11 17 U32C
R X1 U32B 74HCT00 -IORD INTR
3 XT1 C42 74HCT00 9
C50 AEN1 10MHz 33pF DATA BUS -INTEN
7 AEN2 4 8
10uF 13 16 26 6 10 U20
16V F/C X2 DEN 74HCT245
15 ASYN 5
1 2 C43 19
CSYN PCLK 33pF G
DT/R 27 1 DIR
+5V 33 16 2 18 D0
MN/MX AD0 A0 B0 D1
23 T AD1 15 3 A1 B1 17
U34 14 4 16 D2
74HCT573 AD2 A2 B2 D3
AD3 13 5 A3 B3 15
3 A15 19 2 39 12 6 14 D4 3
A16 Q1 D1 A15 AD4 A4 B4 D5 U19 U20 U21
18 Q2 D2 3 38 A16 AD5 11 7 A5 B5 13
A17 17 4 37 10 8 12 D6 74HCT14 +5V 74HCT245 +5V 8253 +5V
A18 Q3 D3 A17 AD6 A6 B6 D7
16 Q4 D4 5 36 A18 AD7 9 9 A7 B7 11 Vcc 14 Vcc 20 Vcc 24
15 Q5 D5 6 31 HLD
14 7 17 DATA BUS
Q6 D6 NMI C17 C20 C18
13 Q7 D7 8 1 GND
12 9 8 100nF 100nF 100nF
Q8 D8 A8
A9 7 GND 7 GND 10 GND 12
C 11 25 ALE A10 6
1 5 A0..........A7
+5V OE A11 U23
A12 4
INTR 18 3 MK48T08 U22 U23 U24
INTR A13 A0 D0 74HCT573 +5V MK48T08 +5V 27C256 +5V
A14 2 10 A0 D0 11
R18 -INTA 24 35 AD0 A1 9 12 D1 20 28 32
10K INTA A19 AD1 A2 A1 D1 D2 Vcc Vcc Vcc
8 A2 D2 13
AD2 A3 7 15 D3
AD3 A4 A3 D3 D4 C22 C25 C26
6 A4 D4 16
1.665 MHz AD4 A5 5 17 D5 100nF 100nF 100nF
CLK AD5 A6 A5 D5 D6
4 A6 D6 18 GND 10 GND 14 GND 16
AD6 A7 3 19 D7
AD7 A8 A7 D7
25 A8
U26 A9 24
74HC4040 A10 A9 U26 U28 U29
21 A10
10 9 A11 23 74HC4040 +5V 71084C +5V 8259A +5V
CLK Q1 A12 A11
Q2 7 2 A12 Vcc 16 Vcc 18 Vcc 28
11 RST Q3 6
5 U22 20 +5V
Q4 74HCT573 CS C41 C44 C45
2 Q5 3 27 WR E2 26 2
2 2 19 A0 22 100nF 100nF 100nF
Q6 13KHz D1 Q1 A1 OE
Q7 4 3 D2 Q2 18 GND 8 GND 9 GND 14
13 6.5KHz 4 17 A2
Q8 D3 Q3 A3 U24
Q9 12 5 D4 Q4 16
14 6 15 A4 27C512/27C1001/27C4001
Q10 D5 Q5 A5 A0 D0 U30 U31 U32
Q11 15 7 D6 Q6 14 12 A0 D0 13
1 8 13 A6 A1 11 A1 D1 8088 +5V 74HCT573 +5V 74HCT00 +5V
Q12 U21 D7 Q7 A7 A2 D1 14 D2
9 D8 Q8 12 10 A2 D2 15 Vcc 40 Vcc 20 Vcc 14
8253 A3 9 A3 D3
CLK 500 500Hz A0 A4 D3 17 D4
19 A0 11 C 8 A4 D4 18
to U29-19 8 D0 1 A5 7 A5 D5 C46 C48 C27
A1 D0 D1 OE A6 D5 19 D6 100nF 100nF 100nF
20 A1 D1 7 6 A6 D6 20
U38 6 D2 A7 5 A7 D7
74HC4040 -IORD D2 D3 U31 A8 D7 21 GND 20 GND 10 GND 7
22 RD D3 5 27 A8
10 9 4 D4 74HCT573 A9 26 A9 to U34-17 (sheet 1)
CLK Q1 -IOWR D4 D5 A8 A10 A17
Q2 7 23 WR D5 3 2 D1 Q1 19 23 A10 NC 30
11 6 2 D6 3 18 A9 A11 25 A11 U33 U34 U38
RST Q3 A8 D6 D7 D2 Q2 A10 A12 A18 74HCT32 +5V 74HCT573 +5V 74HC4040 +5V
Q4 5 21 CS D7 1 4 D3 Q3 17 4 A12 PGM 31
3 5 16 A11 A13 28 A13 to U34-16 (sheet 1) 14 20 16
Q5 R21 D4 Q4 A12 A14 Vcc Vcc Vcc
Q6 2 18 CLK2 6 D5 Q5 15 29 A14
4 100 15 7 14 A13 3 A15
Q7 CLK1 D6 Q6 A14 A16 +5V C28 C47 C61
Q8 13 9 CLK0 8 D7 Q7 13 2 A16
12 11 10 9 12 24 OE 100nF 100nF 100nF
Q9 C36 G0 OUT0 D8 Q8 Vpp 1
Q10 14 14 G1 OUT1 13 22 CE GND 7 GND 10 GND 8
15 1nF 16 17 11
Q11 G2 OUT2 C
Q12 1 1 OE 12
11
TMR 1 13 PAGE 1 OF 4
1 to U29-24 1
U32D
ENG F. GARCIA
-EXPT 74HCT00
+5V
D SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
R13
A1 + 22 G A3024-XXX REV.
SPK CR6 S A15
DWG
1N4148 Q4 to J12A-16, J12B-16 and U34-19
MTD3055 SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
DATE 13/06/03
A B C D E
A B C D E
J15
2 PREP V ON
3 EXP TP2
V ON 4 R1 CR1
1 COMM 475 1N4007
K3
K1 K2 +12V ISO R29
1, 14 7, 8 1, 14 7, 8 1, 14 7, 8 J14 1K V ON
+12V ISO R4 1 COMM Q1 Q2

330 2 PREP MTD3055 D MTD3055 D
3 EXP C3
13 13 13 4 POWER OFF ON G OFF G 100uF C4 CR2
4 K1 K3 S S 100nF 1N4733 4
K2 5 POWER ON
CR5 CR4 CR3
1N4148 1N4148 1N4148 R3 V ON 6 V ( ON )
6 6 6
330
R2 J1
100
-PWR OFF 4
-AUTO OFF C39
-PWR ON 5
JP1, JP2, AND JP3 ON to J2-21 (page 3) 100nF
GND 7
POSITION "A" FOR -12V 9
NOVEL CONSOLE C38
+12V 3
100nF
A B A B A B +12V UNREG 8 +12V UNREG +12V ISO +5V +12V -12V
+12V UNREG 2 TP9 TP10 TP3 TP7 TP8
GND UNREG 6
JP1 JP2 JP3 U25
GND UNREG 1
COMM PREP EXP 8279
D0 12 4 R33 R31 R32 R35 R36
D1 D0 IRQ 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K
13 D1 CN/ST 37
D2 14 36 +12V UNREG REG2 REG1
D3 D2 SHFT U17 DC-DC CONVERTER +12V ISO 78SR105 +5V +12V -12V
15 D3
D4 16 74HCT138
D5 D4 -COL0 +Vin +Vout +Vin +Vout
17 D5 SL0 32 1 A Y0 15
D6 18 33 2 14 -COL1
GND
D7 D6 SL1 B Y1 -COL2
19 D7 SL2 34 3 C Y2 13 -Vin -Vout
35 12 -COL3 C9 C54 C56 C2 C57 C1 C6 C5 C7 C8
V ON SL3 +5V Y3 -COL4 470uF 470uF 470uF 100nF 2200uF 10uF 10uF 100nF 10uF 100nF
Y4 11
-IOWR 11 6 10 -COL5 TP11
WR G1 Y5 GND UNREG
4 9
J9 -IORD 10 5
G2A Y6
7
RD G2B Y7 TP1 TP6
11-12 BD 23
3 V (ON) -COL0 A12 J11 GND PT CRL 3
1-2 22 CS
COL 0 -COL1
COL 1 3-4 -COL2 A0 8 SL2
J12A-J12B J1
AEC
21 SL1
COL 2
COL 3
5-6
7-8
-COL3 A0 7
5 SL0
PT CRL
1 PT CRL CONTROL
-COL4 CLK
COL 4 9-10 -COL5
3 CLK OA0 27
26
15 CS1
A0 BOARD
COL 5 13-14 OA1 16 CS2 3 A0
ROW 0 23-24 38 RL0 OA2 25 13 CS3 (A3012-11/12/15/17)
39 24 A1
ROW 1 27-28 RL1 OA3 14 CS4 DATA BUS 4 A1
ROW 2 29-30 1 RL2 OB0 31 11 CS5
2 30 -IOWR
ROW 3 25-26 RL3 OB1 12 CS6 5 -IDWR
ROW 4 15-16 5 RL4 OB2 29 9 CS7
6 28 -KV UP
ROW 5 17-18 RL5 OB3 10 CS8 6 -KV UP
ROW 6 19-20 7 RL6
8 9 -KV DWN
ROW 7 21-22 RL7 RESET 19 -KV DWN
+5V 2 GND
POWER OFF 39-40
6 +5V
2 9 D0
POWER ON 37-38 D1 8 D0
3 ON 10 OFF +12V ISO
33-34 D2 7 D1
1 13 4 +12V ISO 10 D2
4 11 D3
35-36 3 +12V ISO D4 9 D3
31-32 5 12 2 GND 12 D4
U1A U1B D5
1 GND D6 11 D5
U2E MC14072B MC14072B
D7 14 D6
RP1 MC14050B U11 PT INPUT
13 D7
10K 11 12 8255A (82C55 ) to J2-13 (page 3)
10 D0 34 DB0.....DB7 AEC STOP
D0 15 AEC STOP
9 D1 33 to J16 (page 4)
8 U2B D2 D1 A15
2 32 D2 16 A15 2
7 MC14050B D3 31 J10
6 D4 D3 DB0 DB0 -12V
5 4 30 D4 PA0 4 7 DB0
5 D5 29 3 DB1 DB1 +12V
D5 PA1 10 DB1 JP5 POSITION: 17 -12V
4 D6 28 2 DB2 DB2 TP5 +5V
D6 PA2 12 DB2 18 +12V
3 U2F D7 27 1 DB3 DB3 A.- VD SELECTION
+5V 2 MC14050B D7 PA3 DB4 DB4 11 DB3 B.- IC4 SELECTION
JP5 A B C PULSED FL 20 +5V
PA4 40 14 DB4
13 14 39 DB5 DB5 C.- PT INPUT SELECTION
1 1 -IOWR PA5 DB6 DB6 13 DB5 24 -PULSED FL
36 WR PA6 38 16 DB6 21 PT INPUT
10 37 DB7 DB7
9 to U37 -IORD PA7 15 DB7 ABC OUT
5 RD 22 ABC OUT
RP15 8 (sheet 3) EN2 to JP19-A (page 3)
10K 7 IN1 A11 6 to J16-7 (page 4)
CS RAPID TERMINATION 23 RAPID TERMINATION
6 IN2 14
5 A0 PC0 6 RS
8 A1 PC1 15 8 EN1
4 U2A 16 J5 J6A J6B J2
MC14050B A1 PC2 9 EN2
3 9 A0 PC3 17 5 R/W 1 1 1 1 IC1
2 -CSE2PROM IC1
3 2 PC4 13 IC2 6 2 2 2 IC2
18 12 SI
PB0 PC5 C/-D IC3 2 3 3 3 IC3
19 11 +5V
PB1 PC6 SCK IC4/VD 7 4 4 4 IC4/PT INPUT
U2C 20 10
PB2 PC7 4 +5V -FLD1 3 5 5 5 -FLD1
MC14050B 21 PB3 3 VD -FLD2 8 6 6 6 -FLD2
7 6 22 PB4 2 GND -FLD3 4 7 7 7 -FLD3
23 PB5 1 GND -STRT DR 9 8 8 8 -STRT DR
SW1 24 PB6 GND 5 9 9 9 GND
1 8 25 PB7 RESET 35 10 10 10 VD
C62 C / -D
2 7
3 6 to J16-8 (page 4)
RIBBON CABLE
4 5
RAPID TERMINATION 100nF +5V
PAGE 2 OF 4
1 1
to J12A/B-23 ENG F. GARCIA
U1 V ON U2 +5V U11 +5V U17 +5V U25 +5V
U18
X25320 U19B DS2 ATP CONSOLE CHK A. DIAZ
MC14072B MC14050B 8255A (82C55) 74HCT138 8279 1 5 74HCT14 R8
CS SI SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
14 1 1K
Vcc Vcc Vcc 26 Vcc 16 Vcc 40 REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
2 SD SCK 6 3 4
+5V A3024-XXX REV.
C11 C12 C14 C13 C40 3 7 +5V DWG
100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF WP HLD C49
GND 7 GND 8 GND 7 GND 8 GND 20 4 GND VCC 8 100nF SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
DATE 13/06/03
A B C D E
A B C D E
NOTE.- ALL DIODES 1N4148 UNLESS SPECIFIED U5A

74HCT02
SET JP13 FOR DIGITAL MODE 2 +5V J3
CR17 CR9
JP13 1 10 -LINE CONT
+5V to U29-18 (page 1) AEC STOP 3 D
R41
2K7 CR8 G Q3 PT CRL
to U21-10 (page 1) -EXPT S MTD3055 to J8-1 and J7-1 (page 4) 7 PT CRL
U4 DS1 U5B -ACT EXP - KV UP
74HCT123 +5V CR18 R40 74HCT02 15 -KV UP
R11 1 10K 5 - KV DWN
CR16 330K 1A R17 R12 C52 8 -KV DWN
2 1B 4
4 3 10K PREP 6 150K 1uF +5V HT-C DAT 4
1CLR RP20 470 3 HT-C DAT
14 1CX
15 R10 +5V LINE SYNC
1RX/CX 1K U5C 1 2 9 LINE SYNC
R20 74HCT02 3 4 -BUCK EXP
9 2A 1Q 13 DATA BUS 5 6 12 -BUCK EXP
C21 10 4 10K 8
1.0 2B 1Q 7 8 HT-C CLK
11 2CLR 10 6 HT-C CLK
6 12 U6 9
2CX 2Q 8255A RP3 22 -HT INTLK
7 2RX/CX 2Q 5 13 -HT INTLK
D0 34 37 U7
D1 D0 PA7 ULN2803 7 8
33 D1 PA6 38 11 5 6 1 -EXP
D2 32 39 13 8 11
D3 D2 PA5 I8 Q8 3 4 4 -PREP
31 D3 PA4 40 12 7 I7 Q7 12 1 2
+5V U3/U12/U14/U27/U37 U35/U36 D4 30 U5D 6 13 -PREP
2501 2501 D5 D4 74HCT02 I6 Q6 to J13-9
29 D5 5 I5 Q5 14
1 D6
A1 E7 15 E7 15
D7
28 D6 PA3 1 1 I1 Q1 18 1 2 2 C-HT DAT
27 D7 PA2 2 2 I2 Q2 17 3 4 5 C-HT CLK
3 13 13 -IOWR 36 3 3 16
GND
A2 E6 E6 WR PA1 I3 Q3 5 6 11 -BUCKY2 DR CMD
PA0 4 4 I4 Q4 15 7 8 14 -BUCKY1 DR CMD
5 11 11 -IORD 5
A3 E5 E5 RD R19 RP4 22 -AUTO OFF
7 9 9 A13 6 2K74 -DS PREP (PAGE 2, R2) J2
9
A4 E4 E4 CS (PAGE 1, K4) RP11 22
A1 U13 25 -ACT EXP
8 A1 1 2 23 ALOE
ULN2803
A0 3 4 21 -AUTO OFF
9 A0 1 I1 Q1 18 5 6 10 EXP OK
PC7 10 2 I2 Q2 17 7 8 8 -ROOM LIGHT
HT-C DAT RP2 U3 +5V 11 3 16
470 2501 1
PC6 I3 Q3 -SPARE IN1
PC5 12 4 I4 Q4 15 22 -SPARE IN1
3 -BUCK EXP 2 16 25 13 5 14 3
1 2 K1 C1 8 PB7 PC4 I5 Q5 7 8
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 6 24 PB6 PC3 17 8 I8 Q8 11 5 6 9 -READY
FL-C DAT 6 12 23 16 7 12
GND
5 6 K3 C3 4 PB5 PC2 I7 Q7 3 4 24 -ALOE
7 8 8 K4 C4 10 2 22 PB4 PC0 14 6 I6 Q6 13 1 2
-THERMOSTAT 1 21 -DOOR
9 PB3 19 -DOOR
20 15 -DRD RP13 22
7 PB2 PC1
-DOOR RP10 U12 19 to J16-6 (page 4) -COL
9
5 PB1 6 -COL
470 2501 18 35 JP19
-COL 3 PB0 RESET MASTER RESET ABC OUT ABC OUT -LEFT -COMP
7 8 8 K4 C4 10 7 -COMP
6 12 RP9 C10 to J12-22 (page 2) A B
-COMP 5 6 K3 C3 10K 1nF
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 11 ABC OUT/ -LEFT
2 16 -DWR
1 2 K1 C1 DATA BUS
-THERMOSTAT 2 to J16-5 (page 4) -THERMOSTAT 2
RP6 22 20 -THERMOSTAT 2
U15 FS U8
8255A to J16-19 (page 4) ULN2803 7 8 2 -SFD SEL
5 6 1 -GEN OK
JUMPER NORMAL MOBILE D0
D1
34 D0 PA7 37 4 I4 Q4 15 3 4 -THERMOSTAT 1
33 D1 PA6 38 3 I3 Q3 16 1 2 3 -THERMOSTAT 1
JP14 set removed D2 32 D2 PA5 39 2 I2 Q2 17
D3 31 40 1 18
D3 PA4 I1 Q1
JP15 removed set D4 30 D4 PA3 1 5 I5 Q5 14 3 4 12 -DIRECT SEL
D5 29 2 6 13
D5 PA2 I6 Q6 5 6 CR12
JP16 removed set D6 28 3 7 12 -SF PREP
GND
D7 D6 PA1 I7 Q7 1 2 4 -SF PREP
27 D7 PA0 4 8 I8 Q8 11 7 8
JP17 removed set -IDWR 36 WR
CR13
+5V RP7 22 -FL EXP
1 17 -FL EXP
JP18 removed set -IDRD 5 SW3
9
RD -PT SEL
PC0 14 2 1 16 16 -PT SEL/ -SFC
A14 6 15 2 15
2 CS PC1 3 2
16 3 14 PT INPUT
+5V A1 PC2 4 13 PT INPUT
8 A1 PC3 17 5
4 13
13 5 12 EXT SYNC
A0 PC4 6 14 EXT SYNC
9 A0 PC5 12 7 6 11
100nF 11 7 10 -SPARE IN2
1K RP12 U14 +5V PC6 8 15 -SPARE IN2
PC7 10 9
8 9
470 2501 1
-HT INTLK RP5 5 GND
1 2 2 K1 C1 16 6 25 PB7 18
10K GND
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 7 24 PB6
-PT SEL 6 12 23 CR20
5 6 K3 C3 8 PB5
8 10 22 1N4148
-FL EXP 7 8 K4 C4 9 PB4 -PREP J4 (to J4 - FLUORO CPU)
3 18 PB0
19
-SF PREP SW2
4
20
PB1 J13 2 -CAM FL EXP
5 PB2 1 C-FL DAT
1 8 10 21 PB3 RESET 35 15 -FS 7 C-FL CLK
2 7 U36 2501 RP18
2 10 -TOMO EXP
3 6 1 470 FL-C DAT
RP14 A1 11 TOMO ON 3 FL-C DAT
4 5 16 C1 K1 2 2 1 9 -TOMO PREP
10K 3 FL-C CLK
A2 1 TIME 1 4 FL-C CLK
14 C2 K2 4 4 3 2 TIME 2
RP19 U37 5 CAM SYNC
470 2501 to RP15 A3 3 TIME 3 9 CAM SYNC
12 C3 K3 6 6 5 4 TIME 4
to J2-15 2 16 (sheet 2) 7 +12V ISO
-SPARE IN2 1 2 K1 C1 IN2 A4 5 -PS (DSI) SEL
3 4 4 K2 C2 14 10 C4 K4 8 8 7 6 -CINE (DSA) SEL 5 +12V ISO
5 6 6 K3 C3 12 7 -HCF SEL 6 GND
-SPARE IN1 8 10 IN1 +5V
to J2-22 7 8 K4 C4 8 SPARE IN 8 GND
12 EXT REF
14 EXP STOP PAGE 3 OF 4
1 1
U4 +5V U5 +5V U6 +5V U15 +5V U35 2501 RP17 13 GND
JP14 JP15 JP16 JP17 JP18 ENG F. GARCIA
74HCT123
Vcc 16
74HCT02
Vcc 14
8255A
Vcc 26
8255A
Vcc 26 16
A1
C1 K1
1
2
470
2 1
3 J20
A2 SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
14 C2 K2 4 4 3 2 EXP STOP REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
C19 C23 C24 C15 5
A3 1 EXT REF
100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF 12 C3 K3 6 6 5 A3024-XXX REV.
GND 8 GND 7 GND 7 GND 7 A4 7 DWG
10 8
C4 K4 8 7
CR19
JP23
EXT SYNC
to J2-14
SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
1N4148
DATE 13/06/03
A B C D E
A B C D E
VERSION HYBRID REV NOTE.- SOME COMPONENTS COULD

NOT BE REQUIRED ACCORDING TO
11 55 I
THE VERSION USED
221 361 O
SERIAL COMMUNICATION REQUIRES THE
225 O
COMPONENTS SHOWN IN THIS BOX -ACT EXP
231 O
+5V (PAGE 3, J2-25)
232 O
240 O
4 R15 4
250 O 4K7 RS485
292 O JP8 RS485
JP22 JP21 +5V C34 JP7
293 O
485 422 485 422 100nF A B
294 O A B A B A B
R16
U10 75
14
MAX489
+5V J8
Vcc
1 NC NC 13 4 +5V
2 R A 12 1 -ACT EXP
3 REB B 11 8 RXD-
4 DE Z 10 7 TXD-
5 D Y 9
+5V C35 6 8 RS232/422
GND
100nF GND NC RS232/422 JP9 9
JP10 232 422
DATA BUS 232 422 6
A B
U16 A B
7
2681 2 RXD+ (RXD)
40
+5V 3 TXD+ (TXD)
D0 5 GND
25 15
Vcc
RS232/422 D1 DO DP7 C31
16 D1 DP6 26
JP11 D2 24 14 10uF
232 422 D3 D2 DP5 16V U9 +5V
17 D3 DP4 27
A B D4 23 13 C33 C32 C30 MAX232
D5 18
D4 DP3
28 10uF 10uF 10uF 2 16 +5V J7
3 D6 D5 DP2 16V 16V 16V V+ Vcc 3
22 D6 DP1 12 1 C1+ 4 DTR
D7 19 29 3 C29 SET JP12 FOR
D7 DP0 C1- 10uF FLUOROSCAN 1 -ACT EXP
4 C2+ 8
-IOWR 8 5 16V
WR C2- +12V UNREG JP12 7
6 V- GND 15
-IORD 9 RD 9
TXDA 30
A10 35 11 11 14
CS TXDB 3 TXD
A0 1 12 13
RS1 2 RXD
A1 6
3 SW4 10 7 GND
RS2 CR24 CR23 5
IP6 37 1 8
A2 5 38 2 7 9 8 1.5KE15CA 1.5KE15CA
RS3 IP5
IP4 39 3 6
A3 6 2 4 5
RS4 IP3 CR22 CR21
IP2 36
31 4 1.5KE15CA 1.5KE15CA
RXDA IP1
10 RXDB IP0 7
32 +5V
X1
21
C37 XT2 IRQ 1 RP8 J16
GND
33pF 3.6864MHz 33 34 10K

X2 D0 2 1 FGND
3
+5V 2 GND
4
20
5
C63 6 3 VDD
7 4 VEE
33pF R38
2 8 2
10K -DWR
UART RQ 9 Q7 R39 (PAGE 3, U15-3) 5 -WR
2 1
(PAGE 1, U29-25) 10 2N4401 1K -DRD
U19A R37 (PAGE 3, U6-15) 6 -RD
74HCT14 1K EN2
(PAGE 2, J10-9) 7 -CE
C/ -D
(PAGE 2, U11-11) 8 C/ -D
-12V R30 FS
+5V 10K (PAGE 3, U15-2) 19 FS
9
10 -RESET
DB0
C58 DB1 11 DB0
+5V 1nF DB2 12 DB1
13 DB2
J2 +12V ISO Q5 CR14 DB3
14 DB3
INTEGRATED 2N4403 1N4148
R24
DB4
DB5 15 DB4
16 DB5
KEYBOARD J4 FLUORO CPU 1K DB6
17 DB6
R22 R23 DB7
18 DB7
J3 BOARD 1K 100K
MASTER RESET TP12
(PAGE 3, U6-35) DB0......DB7 GND
and (PAGE 2, J10) 20 RV
C53 CR10 R27 (PAGE 1, U30-21)
100uF BZX55C C16 6K81
6V2 1uF
PAGE 4 OF 4
1 J9 Q6 1
2N4401
ENG F. GARCIA
ATP J4
CR11
1N4148
R25
825 R26 ATP CONSOLE CHK A. DIAZ
CONSOLE DISPLAY 681
SEE TABLE ON PAGE 4
BOARD J10 BOARD
REV CN 07/103 (07/05/07)
A3024-XXX REV.
DWG
J11
SEDECAL S.A. REV.
REV.
DATE 13/06/03
A B C D E
A B C D E
AEC/ABC SW
J1 U6
U3 +12V U2 U4 ULN2803 J2
D0 7224 AD7590 74HCT574
D0 8 D1 D0 13 17 D0 3 D0 2 19 1 18
D1 7 D0 RESET A1 D1 Q1 I1 Q1 5 -FLD 1
D2 D1 12 D1 4 D1 3 18 2 17
D2 10 D1 A2 D2 Q2 I2 Q2 6 -FLD 2
D3 +5V U7 D2 11 D2 5 D2 4 17 3 16
D3 9 D2 A3 D3 Q3 I3 Q3 7 -FLD 3
D4 74HCT138 D3 10 D3 6 D3 5 16 4 15
D4 12 D3 A4 D4 Q4 I4 Q4 8 -STRT DR
D5 6 D4 9 D4 6 15 5 14
D5 11 G1 D4 D5 Q5 I5 Q5 9 GND
D6 D5 8 D5 7 14 6 13
D6 14 D5 D6 Q6 I6 Q6 10 VD
D7 5 D6 7 2 D6 8 13 7 12
D7 13 G2B D6 VOUT D7 Q7 I7 Q7
D7 6 D7 9 12 8 11
GND
D7 D8 Q8 I8 Q8
4 VREF 3 7 W 4
-IOWR 5 4 G2A DGND 5 11 CLK OC 1
9
A15 16 3 C Y2 13 15 WR VSS 1
A1 4 2 B Y1 14 LDAC 16 SCL 2
A0 3 1 A Y0 15 CS 14 SCL 1
REFERENCE (as calibration number)
+12V
R21 CR4
TP4 3K32 J1
IN4148
J2 RP2 U5 RAMP R20 6 -
1K DG508 4K99 1 15 AEC STOP
IC 1 1 1 2 4 S1 D 8 7 +
3 4 5 U8A
IC 2 2 S2 R16 LM339
IC 3 3 5 6 6 S3 A0 1 SCL 1
7 8 1M C12
PT INPUT 4 +12V 100nF
A1 16 SCL 2
C8 C9 C10 12 R19 C25 U8B
100nF 100nF 100nF S5 49K9 22 nF LM339 R15
11 S6 VC 2
10 7 R8 4 - 100
S7 S4 +5V 2K2
9 S8 A2 15 2 1 PT CRL
U2C R4 5
3 + 3
AD7590 7K32
12 11 C13
S D 100nF
R6
JP4 R7 200 K C7 +5V
B A R10 10K 3.3uF
10K
U2D R13 R12

JP3 AD7590 10K 10K
R3 U2A 10 9
1K AD7590 B A +12V S D
FL RAD
16 15 See Note
S D
TP2 TP1 R9
INTEGRATION RESET UP PT DWN PT U8C 100K
LM339 J1
8 -
R1 U2B R14 R11 14 19 -KV DWN
604K AD7590 10K 10K 9 +
13 14 RP1 +12V
D S 1K
8 7
6 5 +5V
FLUORO ABC TP3 U8D 4 3
ABC IN LM339 2 1
C24 C6 R2 R5 10 -
100nF 1nF 1K 10K 13
2 6 -KV UP 2
11 +
JP1 INTEGRATION CR3
C11 R18 IN3595 R17
C U1 1nF +12V 1K 1K +5V
CA3140
2 - JP2
B 6 B A
3 +
CR1 CR2 BOARD VERSION JP1 JP2 JP4
A 1N4148 1N4148
C1
1
100pF +12V C14 3012-01 PHOTOMULTIPLIER B B A

+12V C22 100nF
1uF 3012-02 FOR TV CAMERA A A A
7
U1 3012-05 4 ION CHAMBERS C A B
3
- CA3140
4 -
2 + NOTE.- JUMPER JP3 IN POSITION A FOR ION CHAMBERS
J1 5 +
C15 WITH HIGH SENSIBILITY (GAIN 2V / mR )
U8B 100nF
LM339
4
+5V 20
12
+12V 18 -12V
-12V +12V +5V U2 +12V C16 U5 +12V C20
AD7590 100nF U3 +12V U4 +5V 5108 100nF
1 8 7224 74HCT574 13 U7 +5V 1
-12V 17 +V +V
18 20 74HCT138
Vcc Vcc ENG F. GARCIA
16
C3 C2 C4
C5
100nF TP5
Vcc
AEC CONTROL CHK A. DIAZ
10uF 10uF 10uF GND C17 C18 C19 C21
REV CN 08/137 (14/05/08)
100nF 100nF 100nF 100nF C23
GND
GND
GND 2 -V 1 -V 3 100nF A3012-01/02 REV. L

GND 4 GND 10 DWG
8 A3012-05 E
GND
SEDECAL S.A. REV.
14
-12V -12V
2
REV.
DATE 15/05/08
A B C D E
A B C D E
AEC/ABC SW
J1 U6
U3 +12V U2 U4 ULN2803 J2
D0 7224 AD7590 74HCT574
D0 8 D1 D0 13 17 D0 3 D0 2 19 1 18
D1 7 D0 RESET A1 D1 Q1 I1 Q1 5 -FLD 1
D2 D1 12 D1 4 D1 3 18 2 17
D2 10 D1 A2 D2 Q2 I2 Q2 6 -FLD 2
D3 +5V U7 D2 11 D2 5 D2 4 17 3 16
D3 9 D2 A3 D3 Q3 I3 Q3 7 -FLD 3
D4 74HCT138 D3 10 D3 6 D3 5 16 4 15
D4 12 D3 A4 D4 Q4 I4 Q4 8 -STRT DR
D5 6 D4 9 D4 6 15 5 14
D5 11 G1 D4 D5 Q5 I5 Q5 9 GND
D6 D5 8 D5 7 14 6 13
D6 14 D5 D6 Q6 I6 Q6 10 VD
D7 5 D6 7 2 D6 8 13 7 12
D7 13 G2B D6 VOUT D7 Q7 I7 Q7
D7 6 D7 9 12 8 11
GND
D7 D8 Q8 I8 Q8
4 VREF 3 7 W 4
-IOWR 5 4 G2A DGND 5 11 CLK OC 1
9
A15 16 3 C Y2 13 15 WR VSS 1
A1 4 2 B Y1 14 LDAC 16
SCL 2
A0 3 1 A Y0 15 CS 14
C25 +12V +5V
SCL 1
100nF
REFERENCE (as calibration number) R21
+12V R19 1K TP6
8
115K LM393 RAPID
2 - U9
R24 1
TP4 CR4
3K32 3 +
RP2 U5 RAMP IN4148 R20 C26
J2 R23 6 -
1K DG501 4K99 1 38K3 100nF
1 2 4 8 7
4
IC 1 1 S1 D + U8A
IC 2 2 3 4 5 S2
5 6 6 1 R16 LM339 J1
IC 3 3 S3 A0 SCL 1
7 8 1M C12 R22 C27
PT INPUT/IC4 4 100nF 22 nF RAPID
16 SCL 2 49K9
C8 C9 C10 A1 23
12 S5 TERMINATION
100nF 100nF 100nF 11 2
S6 VC +12V
10 S7 S4 7 15 AEC STOP
9 15 +5V
S8 A2
3 R8 R15 3
2K2 U2C R4 4 - 100
AD7590 7K32 2 1 PT CRL
12 S D 11 5 +
C13 +5V
B A R6 C7 U8B 100nF
R10 R7 200 K 3.3uF LM339
JP4 10K 10K
U2D R13 R12
JP3 AD7590 10K 10K
R3 U2A 10 9
1K AD7590 B A +12V S D
FL RAD
16 15 See Note
S D
TP2 TP1 R9
INTEGRATION RESET UP PT DWN PT U8C 100K
LM339 J1
8 -
R1 U2B R14 R11 14 19 -KV DWN
604K AD7590 10K 10K 9 +
13 14 RP1 +12V
D S 1K
8 7
6 5 +5V
FLUORO ABC TP3 U8D 4 3
ABC IN LM339 2 1
C24 C6 R2 R5 10 -
100nF 1nF 1K 10K 13
2 6 -KV UP 2
11 +
INTEGRATION CR3
C11 R18 IN3595 R17
C
U1 1nF +12V 1K 1K +5V
CA3140
B 2 -
6 B A
J1 JP1 3 +
CR1 CR2 JP2
+5V A 1N4148 1N4148
20 C1 C14
1
+12V 100pF +12V C22 +12V 100nF

18 1uF
-12V +12V +5V
7
-12V U1
17
3
- CA3140 BOARD VERSION JP1 JP2 JP4
6 - 4 -
C5 7 2 +
C3 C2 C4 100nF TP5 5 + 5 3012-21 PHOTOMULTIPLIER B B A
+
10uF 10uF 10uF GND U9 U8B C15
LM393 LM339 100nF 3012-22 FOR TV CAMERA A A A
4
12
GND
2 3012-25 4 ION CHAMBERS C A B
-12V
NOTE.- JUMPER JP3 IN POSITION A FOR ION CHAMBERS

1 U2 +12V C16 U3 +12V U4 +5V U5 +12V C20 U7 +5V WITH HIGH SENSIBILITY (GAIN 2V / mR ) 1
AD7590 100nF 7224 74HCT574 5108 100nF 74HCT138
+V 8 VCC 18 VCC 20 +V 13 VCC 16
C18 C19 C23

C17 100nF 100nF C21 100nF A3012-21/22/25
100nF 100nF DRAWING R. Asenjo 16/04/08
1/1
GND
GND
-V 1 GND 4 GND 10 -V 3 GND 8 REVISED A. Daz 16/04/08 B A REV

14
-12V -12V
2
B NC 08/137 M.A. Gonzalez 21/05/08

A NC 08/105 R. Asenjo 16/04/08 SEDECAL AEC CONTROL
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
3 3
SW4 SW1
SW2 SW5
JP2 JP1
2 2
J1
INTERLOCK2
1 INTERLOCK2 RTN.
2 INTERLOCK1
3 INTERLOCK1 RTN
4 SW6 SW3
CON4
1 1

A3540-01
1/1
SEDECAL ALIGNMENT
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 J1 4
1
2
3
4
K1
8 CON4
4
6
K1
9
13
11
J3
1
2
3
4
K2
CON4 8
4
6
3 3
J2
K2 1
9 2
13 3
11 4
CON4
K1 K2
1
J4
+
D1 D2
1 1N4007 1N4007
-
2
16
16
CON2 DS2Y-S-DC24V DS2Y-S-DC24V
2 2
1 1
N PCB = 90119-01
DRAWING R.FRUTOS 27/01/06
A9509-01
1/1
REVISED F.DIAZ 27/01/06 Ab1 REV
SEDECAL Double-Tube Safety Adapter

A B C D E
--FIELD SEL 3
F E D C B A
TB1 J1
1 1
COMM COMM
2 7
--12 VDC --12 VDC
3 8
+12 VDC +12 VDC
4 9
+24 VDC GND
8 5
4 RELAY 4 IC1 OUT IC1 OUTPUT 4
5 +12 VDC 3
RELAY 3 -- 4 FLD2--IC1 CENTER AREA
6 U1 C1 C3 2
RELAY 2 LF347 100uF FLD1--IC1 LEFT AREA
0.1 uF
7 + 35V 6
RELAY 1 TP1 +12 VDC 11 FLD3--IC1 RIGHT AREA
RP1 +12 VDC RP4
9 TP6 IC1 10K C2 C4 4
IC4 10K R12 TP2 --12 VDC STRT--IC1 --RESET
R6 RP4 +12 VDC 0.1 uF 100uF
10 RP2 3K01 5 6 RP3 3K01 IC2 35V
5 6 10K 10K
GND 6 10K -- 9 R11
R7
+12 VDC TP5
R4 --
6 5
R5
1K
R10
1K U1 56 1K
1 2 RP3
10K
3K01
IC3
TP4 RP1
10K GND J2
1K U1 R1
LF347 RP3 R9 -- 13 R8 1
J4 7
LF347 RP2
10K C10
8
10 10K 1K U1 2 1 1K 1 2 RP2
10K
3K01
COMM
5 +
5 C8 +
0.1 uF 7 7 8 14
LF347 RP3 R3 -- 2 R2 --12 VDC
7
7 7 8
GND 0.1 uF
RP4 C9 12 10K 1K U1 2 1 1K --12 VDC
RP1 + RP2 +12 VDC
7 8 10K 0.1 uF 3 3 4 LF347 8
8 10K JP9 1 10K
IC4 INPUT JP12 IC1 OUT RP4 C7 +
3 +12 VDC
IC4 OUT 4 10K
1 B A B A
JP10 0.1 uF 3 3 4 9
IC1 INPUT IC2 OUT RP1 GND
6 B A 4 10K 5
IC2 INPUT JP11 IC2 OUT IC2 OUTPUT
IC3 OUT
2 B A 3
IC3 INPUT FLD2--IC2 CENTER AREA
8 2
3 --FLD 2 DR FLD1--IC2 LEFT AREA 3
3 6
--FLD 1 DR FLD3--IC2 RIGHT AREA
4 4
--FLD 3 DR STRT--IC2 --RESET
9
--STRT DR
J3
K10 JP8 K6 JP6 K2 JP14 K15 1
COMM
A A A
6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 7
B B B --12 VDC
CR2
1N4148
8
C6 13 8
FLD2--IC1
13 8
FLD2--IC2
13 8 13 8 +12 VDC
C5 FLD2--IC3
0.1 uF 100uF 9
35V GND
5
K11 JP4 K7 JP2 K3 JP16 K14 IC3 OUT IC3 OUTPUT
A A A 3
6 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 FLD2--IC3 CENTER AREA
B B B 2
CR3 FLD1--IC3 LEFT AREA
1N4148 13 8
13 8
FLD1--IC1 FLD1--IC2
13 8
FLD1--IC3 13 8 6
FLD3--IC3 RIGHT AREA
4
STRT--IC3 --RESET
2 K12 JP7 K8 JP5 K4 JP15 K13 2
6 1
A
6 1
A
6 1 A
6 1 J5
B B B
CR4 1
1N4148 COMM
13 8 13 8 13 8 13 8
--12 VDC
8
+12 VDC
TP3 K9 JP3 K5 JP1 K1 JP13 K16 9
ST GND
A A 6 1 A
6 1 6 1 6 1 5
R13 B B B IC4 OUT IC4 OUTPUT
10K CR1
1N4148
3
13 8 STRT--IC1 13 8
STRT--IC2
13 8 STRT--IC3 13 8 CENTER AREA
2
LEFT AREA
6
RIGHT AREA
JUMPERS JP9, JP10, JP11, JP12 4 1
--RESET
POS. B -- OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
Note.-- Version 03 as CN 99/45
1
Ion Chamber Jumpers Jumpers Jumpers NAME DATE SHEET / OF
Type JP3,JP4,JP7,JP8 JP1,JP2,JP5,JP6 JP13, JP14, JP15, JP16
DWG:
A3263--03
IC1=IC2=IC3=IC4 B B B 1/1
IC1=IC2=IC3 B B A
IC1=IC2 B A A SEDECAL AEC ADAPTATION
/ / /
IC1=IC2=IC3=IC4 A A A
ADAPTACION AEC
F E D C B A
TB1 TB2
Note 1.-- R1 and R2 are 2K, 2w for version A3261--05 (as per CN 00/07). In this case, TB1--15 is for 24 VDC input. 21
21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
4 BUCKY 1 MOTION RTN BUCKY MOTION RTN ( to Bucky 1&3 ) 4
26 26
BUCKY 2 MOTION RTN BUCKY MOTION RTN ( to Bucky 2&4 )
K2
See Note 1 +24 VDC 14
5
15 TOMO STROKE START
220 VAC R2 U1 6 13 to Tomo Device
R19 39K, 2w R12 R13 8 TOMO STROKE START RTN
to TS1 H11AA4 20K 10K 7
22.1 CR2
Generator 1 5 4 K3
12 13 1N4007
Cabinet C14 R20 7 6 3 5 2
470nF 2K + 1 BUCKY 4 X--RAY (to Bucky 4)
2 4 C12 2 +24 VDC 6 4
17 250V R1 9 8 BUCKY 2 MOT
BUCKY 1 DR 10 uF U4 7 6
39K, 2w ta. ULN2803 CR3 BUCKY 2 X--RAY (to Bucky 2)
6 4 5
BUCKY DR 1N4007 BUCKY 4 START (to Bucky 4)
3 1
+24 VDC 1 BUCKY 2 DR
13 2 3
+24 VDC BUCKY 2 START (to Bucky 2)
C1 TP1 K1 NOTE.-- UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,
+
C2 GND 5 K4
100uF ALL DIODES ARE 1N4148
12 35V 0.1uF ALL RESISTOR ARE 3K32, 1/2W, 1% 5 9
GND 6 +24 VDC BUCKY 3 X--RAY (to Bucky 3)
8 ALL CAPACITORS ARE 10uF, 16V, TA. +24 VDC 6 8
18 7 8 BUCKY 1 MOT
TOMO X--RAY CR1 7 7
(to Tomo Device) 4
1N4007 BUCKY 1 X--RAY (to Bucky 1)
3 19 4 12 3
BUCKY X--RAY
3
1 BUCKY 3 START (to Bucky 3)
3
2 1
20 2 10
TOMO X--RAY RTN K6 BUCKY 1 START (to Bucky 1)
(to Tomo Device) +24 VDC
+24 VDC K5
14 1 6 19
TOMO MODE PREP TOMO
6 1
11 8 13
TOMO MODE RTN CR18
7 13 8 20
TOMO SCL +24 VDC PREP TOMO RTN
RP3
(J13--11 console ) +24 VDC RP2 C13 9X10K
C11 0.1uF C5 Q1
16 9X10K 1 R18 2N4401
TUBE 2 SCL 0.1uF 1 0.1uF 3K32
(to TS1 Generator Cabinet) U5
RP1 ULN2803 9 2 5 3 10 6 8 4 7
8X3K3 U3 9 10 6 7 5 3 2 8
5 TLP621--4 1 18
CR17
TOMO COMM
1 2 R11 1 16
2 CR16
17 U4
2 C9 +
TOMO ANGLE 1
2 15
3 16 SW1--1 CR15 ULN2803 R17
3 R10 3 14 CR11 TP2 22.1 17
4
SW1--2 17 TIME 1 (J13--1 console)
1 C10 +
4 13
15 2
TOMO ANGLE 2 5
CR12
14
5 R9 5 12
2 6 13 SW1--3 CR4 2
4 C7 +
6 11
TOMO ANGLE 3 7 12 SW1--4 U4
7 R8 7 10 CR10 ULN2803 R16
3 C8 +
8 9
8
9
11 TP3 22.1 16
TOMO FAST SPEED SW1--6 16
CR5 3 TIME 2 (J13--2 console)
U2 SW1--8 CR6
from TLP621--4 7 12 CR8
Tomo 9 R3 7 10 U4
Device 10 + 6 13 CR9 ULN2803 R15
C4 8 9
SW1--7 TP4 22.1 15
TOMO MED SPEED 5 14 15
8 R4 5 12 4 TIME 3 (J13--3 console)
CR7
9 C3
+
6 11 4 15
TOMO SLOW SPEED 3 16
6 R5 3 14 CR13
8 C6
+
4 13 2 17 U4
SPARE CR14 ULN2803 R14
1 16 1 18 TP5
SW1--5 14 22.1 18
+24 VDC 2 15 8 11 5 TIME 4 (J13--4 console)
9 JP3
U6 11 A B 18 1
R7 ULN2803 8 1
2K R6 U4 U4 11
475 B JP2 A ULN2803 ULN2803 PREP (J13--9 console)
CR19
1N4733A
1
A3261--03/05
1/1
REVISED A. Diaz 18/01/00 B A REV
SW1 JP2 JP3
TOMO TIME INPUTS OPEN B A
TOMO ANGLE/SPEED INPUTS CLOSED A B B CN 98/111 F. GARCIA 10/10/98 SEDECAL TOMO/BUCKY ADAPTATION
A CN 98/022 F. GARCIA 02/02/98
ADAPTACION TOMO/BUCKY
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
CHAPTER 8
DATA BOOK
8-1
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
8-2
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
This Data Book is the register of the Configuration and Calibration data of the
Generator and the register of each Periodic Maintenance Service carried out.
Keep this book always with the equipment for reference.
Note . Enter the data with a pencil in order to modify them later due to
future changes.
If the HT Controller Board or the ATP Console CPU Board are

replaced, check specially that Extended Memory data have
not been lost or modified with the Board change. Compare
Extended Memory data displayed on the Console with the
values noted in this document.
Also, make some exposures using different techniques and

Focal Spot and check that mA stations are calibrated
correctly, if not perform Calibration procedures.
Note . Verify that Configuration Control Sheet and Final Test Results
pages from factory have been included with the equipment.
1.1 INSTALLATION DATA
Enter the following information.
HOSPITAL
INSTALLED AND TESTED BY DATE
8-3
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
1.2 MAINTENANCE HISTORY
Enter the following information after each data modification in this book or
Periodic Maintenance Service.
DATE PERFORMED BY SERVICE NOTES
8-4
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
SECTION 2 DATA TABLES
Table 8-1
3024SW1 - ATP Console CPU Board
Table 8-2
3024SW2 - ATP Console CPU Board
Table 8-3
3024SW3 and 3024SW4 - ATP Console CPU Board
Note . Dip switch 3024SW3 and 3024SW4 are not used for configuration
but all their switches must be set in Off position.
8-5
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-4
3000SW2 - HT Controller Board
Table 8-5
Workstations
WS Lock
WORKSTATION ICON Device-
Tube Ion Chamber (Alignment
(Draw the buttons) Working Mode
Interlock option)
WS1
WS2
WS3
WS4
WS5
WS6
WS7
WS8
8-6
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-6
Basic Configuration in Generator Boards
JP1 and JP2
HT CONTROLLER JP3, JP5 and JP6
JP4
FILAMENT CONTROL JP1
W1
INTERFACE CONTROL W2
W3 to W8
JP1, JP2 and JP3
JP4
JP5
JP6
Connector J8 configured for RS232 so:

JP9, JP10 and JP11 in A. JP7, JP8, JP21
ATP CONSOLE CPU and JP22 do not matter jumpers position
JP12
JP13
JP14
JP15, JP16, JP17 and JP18
JP19
8-7
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-7
AEC Configuration
JUMPERS POSITION
AEC Control Board A3012--_____
JP1
JP2
JP3
JP4
JUMPERS POSITION
AEC Adaptation Board A3263--03
JP3, JP4, JP7, JP8
JP1, JP2, JP5, JP6
JP13, JP14, JP15, JP16
JP9 (IC1)
JP10 (IC2)
JP11 (IC3)
JP12 (IC4)
8-8
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-8
MEMORY LOCATION VALUE MEMORY LOCATION VALUE
E01 E19
E02 E20
E03 E21
E04 E22
E05 E23
E06 E24
E07 E25
E08 E26
E09 E27
E10 E28
E11 E29
E12 E30
E13 E31
E14 E32
E15 E67
E16 E68
E17 E69
E18
8-9
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-9
Rotor Acceleration Time Configuration
3000SW2-2
OPERATION MODE
Rotor Speed Low Speed High Speed
TUBE-1 3000SW2-7 3000SW2-8

_____ seconds
TUBE-2 3000SW2-5 3000SW2-6

_____ seconds
Table 8-10
DRAC Configuration
3243SW1 3243SW2 3243SW3 3243SW4
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
8-10
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-11
mA Calibration Numbers
TUBE-1
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS AT kVp BREAK POINT
mA STATION
40 50 80 120
10
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
64
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
400
500
640
Note.-- The mA station values depend on the Generator model. Some models do not contain all the mA stations listed above.
8-11
REV 7 sm 2401593--100
Table 8-11 (Cont.)

mA Calibration Numbers
TUBE-2
FILAMENT CURRENT NUMBERS AT kVp BREAK POINT
mA STATION
40 50 80 120
10
12.5
16
20
25
32
40
50
64
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
400
500
640
Note.-- The mA station values depend on the Generator model. Some models do not contain all the mA stations listed above.
8-12

X Rad Generator

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

X Rad Generator

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Technical

Proteus / BRX -- RAD Generator

THIS EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR

--- MEDICAL EQUIPMENT ---

REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE

1 DEC 28, 2004 First edition.

2 OCT 10, 2005 Anode Starter Configuration and Schematics

3 FEB 06, 2006 New X-ray Tube E7865X

4 OCT 04, 2006 Information update for Capacitor Discharge Generators

5 JUL 10, 2007 Schematics upgrade

6 OCT 22, 2007 Schematics upgrade and Installation of Dosimeter option

7 AUG 08, 2008 General update

The following advisory symbols will be used throughout this manual.

DANGERS ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT

ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT IF NOT

Advise of conditions or situations that if not heeded or

Note . Alert readers to pertinent facts and conditions. Notes represent

The following safety symbols will be used in the equipment.

Attention, consult accompanying documents.

This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and

1.1 Tools and Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1.2 Pre-installation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

1.3 General Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

2 UNPACKING, MECHANICAL INSTALLATION AND POWER LINE CONNECTION 1-7

2.1 Compact Generators -- Line Powered Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

2.2 Compact-ESM Generators -- Battery Powered Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

2.3 Compact Generators -- Capacitor Discharge Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

2.4 Control Console Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29

3 STORAGE CAPACITOR DISCHARGING AND VOLTAGE TEST

4 CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35

4.1 Cable Routing inside Generator Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35

4.3 X-ray Tube Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41

5 FINAL INSTALLATION AND CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53

5.1 HV Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53

5.2 Cable Fastening and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53

6 SYSTEM INTERCONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55

6.1 System Interconnection Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-55

6.2 System Interconnection Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57

CHAPTER 2A - CONFIGURATION (RAD CONSOLE)

1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-3

1.1 Configuration and Test Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-5

1.3 AEC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-8

1.4 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-9

2 EXTENDED MEMORY SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-13

2.1 Extended Memory Locations ........................................ 2A-13

2.3 Limit of Maximum Rad kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-16

2.4 Limit of Maximum kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-16

3 X-RAY TUBE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-19

3.1 X-ray Tube Insert Protection Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-19

3.2 Generators with LF-RAC (Low Speed Starter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-20

3.5 Focal Spots Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-28

4 X-RAY TUBE DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2A-31

CHAPTER 2B - CONFIGURATION (RAD TOUCH SCREEN CONSOLE)

1 INITIAL CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-3

1.1 Configuration and Test Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-5

1.3 AEC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-8

1.4 Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-9

1.6 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-23

2 EXTENDED MEMORY SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-27

2.1 Extended Memory Locations ........................................ 2B-27

2.3 Limit of Maximum Rad kV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-30

2.4 Limit of Maximum kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-30

2.5 X-ray Tube Power Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B-31